QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 2008

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

8 Henrietta Place, London, W1G 0NB, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Paul Tunnacliffe Company Secretary
Tel: +44 20 7927 5200    Fax: +44 20 7927 4600
8 Henrietta Place, London W1G 0NB, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class     Name of each exchange on which registered  
American Depositary Shares
Ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108 pence each
  New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange*

*Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such ordinary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

          Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

          Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,821,857,259 ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108 pence each.

          Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes  ý     No  o

          If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes  o     No  ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  ý     No  o

          Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer  ý     Accelerated Filer  o     Non-Accelerated Filer  o

          Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý
  Other o

          If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

          Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17  o     Item 18 ý

          If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes  o     No  ý

          This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 2008 of Diageo plc (the 2008 Form 20-F). Reference is made to the cross reference to Form 20-F table on pages 207 to 208 hereof (the Form 20-F Cross reference table). Only (i) the information in this document that is referenced in the Form 20-F Cross reference table, (ii) the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 25 and 26 and (iii) the Exhibits, shall be deemed to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for any purpose, including incorporation by reference into the Registration Statements on Form F-3 File Nos. 333-10410, 333-14100, 333-110804 and 333-132732 and Registration Statements on Form S-8 File Nos. 333-08090, 333-08092, 333-08094, 333-08096, 333-08098, 333-08102, 333-08104, 333-08106, 333-09770, 333-11460 and 333-11462, and any other documents, including documents filed by Diageo plc pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which purport to incorporate by reference the 2008 Form 20-F. Any information herein which is not referenced in the Form 20-F Cross reference table, or the Exhibits themselves, shall not be deemed to be so incorporated by reference.



Contents

 
   
1   Historical information

6

 

Business description
6   Strategy
7   Premium drinks
20   Disposed businesses
20   Risk factors
25   Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

27

 

Business Review
27   Introduction
29   Operating results – 2008 compared with 2007
47   Operating results – 2007 compared with 2006
62   Trend information
63   Recent developments
63   Liquidity and capital resources
68   Contractual obligations
68   Off-balance sheet arrangements
69   Risk management
71   Market risk sensitivity analysis
72   Critical accounting policies
74   Adoption of IFRS
75   New accounting standards

76

 

Directors and senior management
80   Directors' remuneration report
101   Corporate governance report
113   Directors' report

116

 

Consolidated financial statements
117   Report of independent registered public accounting firm
118   Consolidated income statement
119   Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense
120   Consolidated balance sheet
121   Consolidated cash flow statement
122   Accounting policies of the group
128   Notes to the consolidated financial statements
187   Principal group companies

188

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls

190

 

Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends

191

 

Additional information for shareholders
191   Legal proceedings
191   Related party transactions
191   Material contracts
191   Debt securities
192   Share capital
194   Memorandum and articles of association
200   Exchange controls
200   Documents on display
200   Taxation
205   Signature
206   Exhibits
207   Cross reference to Form 20-F

Contents (continued)


208

 

Glossary of terms and US equivalents
Exhibit   1.1    
Exhibit   4.4    
Exhibit   4.7    
Exhibit   4.8    
Exhibit   4.9    
Exhibit   4.10    
Exhibit   4.11    
Exhibit   4.12    
Exhibit   4.13    
Exhibit   4.14    
Exhibit   4.15    
Exhibit   4.16    
Exhibit   12.1    
Exhibit   12.2    
Exhibit   13.1    
Exhibit   13.2    
Exhibit   15.1    

This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2008. The information set out in this Form 20-F does not constitute the company's statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2008, 2007 or 2006. Those accounts have been reported on by the company's auditors; their reports were unqualified and did not contain a statement under section 237(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 1985. The accounts for 2007 and 2006 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 2008 will be delivered in due course.

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo's control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 25 and 26.

The market data contained in this document is taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

This report includes names of Diageo's products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term 'company' refers to Diageo plc and the terms 'group' and 'Diageo' refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the document.

Diageo's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards comprising International Accounting Standards, International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (together IFRS), as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU), which is the group's primary reporting framework and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all other financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.


Information presented

Percentage movements in this document are organic movements unless otherwise stated. These movements and operating margins are before exceptional items. Commentary, unless otherwise stated refers to organic movements. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to volume share. See the 'Business review' for an explanation of organic movement calculations. The financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2008 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The content of the company's website (www.diageo.com) should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this Form 20-F.


Historical information

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for Diageo prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for the four years ended 30 June 2008 and as at the respective year ends. References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB, unless otherwise indicated. Consolidated financial data was prepared in accordance with IFRS for the first time for the year ended 30 June 2006, following the implementation of IFRS by the group, and the data for the year ended 30 June 2005 was adjusted accordingly to IFRS. The data presented below has been derived from Diageo's audited consolidated financial statements.

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Income statement data(1)

                         

Sales

    10,643     9,917     9,704     8,968  

Operating profit(3)

    2,226     2,159     2,044     1,731  

Profit for the year

                         

Continuing operations(3)(4)

    1,571     1,417     1,965     1,326  

Discontinued operations(2)

    26     139         73  
                   

Total profit for the year(3)(4)

    1,597     1,556     1,965     1,399  
                   

 

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Per share data

                         

Dividend per share(5)

    34.35     32.70     31.10     29.55  

Earnings per share

                         

Basic

                         

Continuing operations

    58.3     50.2     67.2     42.8  

Discontinued operations(2)

    1.0     5.2         2.4  
                   

Basic earnings per share

    59.3     55.4     67.2     45.2  
                   

Diluted

                         

Continuing operations

    57.9     49.9     66.9     42.8  

Discontinued operations(2)

    1.0     5.1         2.4  
                   

Diluted earnings per share

    58.9     55.0     66.9     45.2  
                   

 

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

Average shares

   
2,566
   
2,688
   
2,841
   
2,972
 

 

 
  As at 30 June  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance sheet data(1)

                         

Total assets

    16,027     13,956     13,927     13,921  

Net borrowings(6)

    6,447     4,845     4,082     3,706  

Equity attributable to the parent company's equity shareholders

    3,498     3,972     4,502     4,459  

Called up share capital(7)

    816     848     883     883  

1


Historical information (continued)

Notes to the historical information

1      Accounting policies     The financial statements for the years ended 30 June 2008, 30 June 2007 and 30 June 2006 were prepared in accordance with IFRS. Extracts from the income statement and balance sheet as of and for the year ended 30 June 2005 presented here have been restated under IFRS as applied by the group from financial information previously reported in the group's consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended 30 June 2005 prepared in accordance with UK GAAP. The group adopted the provisions of IAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and measurement from 1 July 2005. As permitted under IFRS 1 – First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards , financial instruments in the year ended 30 June 2005 remain recorded in accordance with previous UK GAAP accounting policies, and the adjustment to IAS 39 was reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at 1 July 2005. The IFRS accounting policies applied by the group to the financial information in this document are presented in 'Accounting policies of the group' in the financial statements. No reconciliation to US GAAP is included in the financial statements following the SEC's adoption of a rule accepting financial statements from foreign private issuers prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without that reconciliation.

2      Discontinued operations     Discontinued operations in the years ended 30 June 2008, 30 June 2007 and 30 June 2005 are adjustments in respect of the quick service restaurants business (Burger King, sold 13 December 2002) and the packaged food business (Pillsbury, sold 31 October 2001).

3      Exceptional items     These are items which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate. An analysis of exceptional items before taxation for continuing operations is as follows:

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Exceptional items (charged)/credited to operating profit

                         

Restructuring of Irish brewing operations

    (78 )            

Disposal of Park Royal property

        40          

Park Royal brewery accelerated depreciation

                (29 )

Seagram integration costs

                (30 )

Thalidomide Trust

                (149 )

Disposal of other property

                7  
                   

    (78 )   40         (201 )
                   

Other exceptional items

                         

Gain on disposal of General Mills shares

            151     221  

Gains/(losses) on disposal and termination of businesses

    9     (1 )   6     (7 )
                   

    9     (1 )   157     214  
                   

Total exceptional items

    (69 )   39     157     13  
                   

In the year ended 30 June 2008, there were exceptional tax credits of £8 million (2007 – £nil; 2006 – £315 million; 2005 – £78 million).

2


Historical information (continued)

4      Taxation     The taxation charge deducted from income for the year in determining profit from continuing operations for the year ended 30 June 2008 was £522 million (2007 – £678 million; 2006 – £181 million; 2005 – £599 million). Included in the taxation charge were the following items: in the year ended 30 June 2008, a tax credit of £8 million on exceptional items; in the year ended 30 June 2007, a net tax charge of £24 million from intra group reorganisations of brand businesses, a reduction in the carrying value of deferred tax assets primarily following a reduction in tax rates of £74 million, and a provision for settlement of tax liabilities related to the GrandMet/Guinness merger of £64 million; in the year ended 30 June 2006, an exceptional tax credit of £315 million arose principally as a consequence of the agreement with fiscal authorities of the carrying values of certain brands, which resulted in an increase to the group's deferred tax assets of £313 million; and in the year ended 30 June 2005, there were £58 million of tax credits on exceptional operating items and £20 million of tax credits on exceptional prior year business disposals.

5      Dividends     The board expects that Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo's earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the board deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the board for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend. The information provided in the tables above and below represents the amounts payable in respect of the relevant financial year, and the final dividend amount included in these tables represents the dividend proposed by the directors but not approved by the shareholders and therefore is not reflected as a deduction from reserves at the balance sheet date.

        The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS representing four ordinary shares) at the noon buying rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 
   
  Year ended 30 June  
 
   
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  
 
   
  pence
  pence
  pence
  pence
  pence
 

Per ordinary share

  Interim   13.20   12.55   11.95   11.35   10.60  

      Final   21.15   20.15   19.15   18.20   17.00  
                           

      Total   34.35   32.70   31.10   29.55   27.60  
                           

      $   $   $   $   $  

Per ADS

  Interim   1.05   1.01   0.88   0.81   0.77  

      Final   1.68   1.62   1.42   1.30   1.24  
                           

      Total   2.73   2.63   2.30   2.11   2.01  
                           

Note: Subject to shareholder approval, the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2008 will be paid on 20 October 2008 and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 24 October 2008. In the table above, an exchange rate of £1 = $1.99 has been used to calculate this dividend, but the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 20 October 2008.

3


Historical information (continued)

6      Definitions     Net borrowings are defined as total borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease obligations), interest rate fair value hedging instruments and foreign currency swaps and forwards, less cash and cash equivalents and other liquid resources. Other liquid resources represent amounts with an original maturity date of greater than three months but less than one year.

7      Share capital     The called up share capital represents the par value of ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108  pence in issue. There were 2,822 million ordinary shares in issue and fully paid up at the balance sheet date (2007 – 2,931 million; 2006 – 3,051 million; 2005 – 3,050 million; 2004 – 3,057 million). Of these, 26 million are held in employee share trusts (2007 – 33 million; 2006 – 42 million; 2005 – 43 million; 2004 – 43 million) and 279 million are held as treasury shares (2007 – 281 million; 2006 – 252 million; 2005 – 86 million; 2004 – nil). Shares held in employee share trusts and treasury shares are deducted in arriving at equity attributable to the parent company's equity shareholders.

        During the year ended 30 June 2008, the company repurchased 97 million ordinary shares for cancellation at a cost including fees and stamp duty of £1,008 million (2007 – 141 million ordinary shares, cost of £1,405 million; 2006 – 164 million ordinary shares, cost of £1,407 million; 2005 – 94 million ordinary shares, cost of £710 million; 2004 – 43 million ordinary shares, cost of £306 million) and 11 million ordinary shares to be held as treasury shares for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees during the year at a cost of £124 million (2007 – 9 million ordinary shares, cost of £82 million; 2006 – 2 million ordinary shares, cost of £21 million; 2005 and 2004 – nil, £nil). In addition the company utilised 1 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares with an historical purchase cost of £11 million to satisfy options exercised by employees during the year (2007 – 1 million ordinary shares, cost of £10 million; 2006 and 2005 – nil, £nil).

8      Exchange rates     A substantial portion of the group's assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than pound sterling, principally US dollars. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the company's financial condition and results of operations, see 'Business review – Risk management'.

        The following table shows period end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  
 
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
 

Year end

    1.99     2.01     1.85     1.79     1.81  

Average rate(a)

    2.01     1.93     1.78     1.86     1.75  

4


Historical information (continued)

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six month period to 27 August 2008, expressed in US dollars per £1. The information in respect of the month of August is for the period up to and including 27 August 2008.

 
  2008  
 
  August   July   June   May   April   March  
 
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
 
Month end     1.83     1.98     1.99     1.98     1.98     1.99  
Month high     1.97     2.00     1.99     1.98     2.00     2.03  
Month low     1.83     1.97     1.95     1.95     1.96     1.98  
Average rate(b)     1.89     1.99     1.97     1.96     1.98     2.00  

The average exchange rate for the period 1 to 10 September 2008 was £1=$1.77 and the noon buying rate on 10 September was £1=$1.75


(a)
The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

(b)
The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

(c)
These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 2(i)(d) to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used.

5


Business description

Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business with a collection of international brands. Diageo was the sixteenth largest publicly quoted company in the United Kingdom in terms of market capitalisation on 10 September 2008, with a market capitalisation of approximately £26 billion.

        Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo plc's principal executive office is located at 8 Henrietta Place, London W1G 0NB and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 7927 5200.

        Diageo is a major participant in the branded beverage alcohol industry and operates on an international scale. It brings together world-class brands and a management team committed to the maximisation of shareholder value. The management team expects to invest in global brands, expand internationally and launch innovative new products and brands.

        Diageo produces and distributes a leading collection of branded premium spirits, beer and wine. The wide range of premium brands it produces and distributes includes Smirnoff vodka, Johnnie Walker scotch whisky, Captain Morgan rum, Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur, J e B scotch whisky, Tanqueray gin and Guinness stout. In addition it also has the distribution rights for the José Cuervo tequila brands in North America and many other markets.


Strategy

Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business and operates on an international scale. It is one of a small number of premium drinks companies that operate across spirits, beer and wine. Diageo is the leading premium spirits business in the world by volume, by net sales and by operating profit and it manages eight of the world's top 20 spirits brands as defined by Impact Databank. Diageo's beer brands include the only global stout brand, Guinness, and together these beer brands account for approximately 21% of net sales while Diageo's wine brands represent approximately 6% of Diageo's net sales.

        Diageo's size provides for scale efficiencies in production, selling and marketing. This enables cost efficiencies and the dissemination of best practices in business operations across markets and brands, allowing Diageo to serve its customers and consumers better.

        All of the above factors enable Diageo to attract and retain talented individuals with the capabilities to contribute to the delivery of Diageo's strategy, which is to focus on premium drinks to grow its business through organic sales and operating profit growth and the acquisition of premium drinks brands that add value for shareholders.

        Diageo's brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies and the company and its employees are proud of the responsible manner in which the brands are marketed and the role that moderate consumption of these brands plays in the lives of many people.

        Diageo recognises, however, that excessive or irresponsible patterns of alcohol consumption may cause health or social problems for the individual or society as a whole. Diageo seeks to be at the forefront of industry efforts to promote responsible drinking and combat misuse and works with other stakeholders to combat alcohol misuse. Diageo's approach is based on two principles: set world-class standards for responsible marketing and innovation; and promote a shared understanding of what responsible drinking means in order to reduce alcohol related harm.

Market participation     Diageo targets its geographical priorities in terms of the major regional economies in which it operates. Since 1 February 2007, these markets are managed under four business areas: North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific. The North American business area

6


Business description (continued)


comprises the United States and Canada. The European business area comprises Great Britain, Ireland, Continental Europe, Iberia and Russia. The International business area comprises Latin America and the Caribbean (including Mexico), Africa and the Global Travel and Middle East business. The Asia Pacific business area comprises India, China, South Korea, Japan and other Asian markets, Australia and New Zealand. North America accounts for the largest proportion of Diageo's operating profit.

Product offering     Diageo manages its brands in terms of global priority brands, local priority brands and category brands. Acting as the main focus for the business, global priority brands are Diageo's primary growth drivers across markets. Local priority brands have market-leading positions in the markets in which they are distributed. They drive growth on a significant scale but with a narrower geographic reach than the global priority brands. Category brands comprise the smaller scale brands in Diageo's collection.

Business effectiveness     Over the long term, Diageo's strategy will be continually focused on driving growth and increasing shareholder value.

        Diageo was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness PLC (the Guinness Group) and has subsequently completed a number of acquisitions and disposals consistent with its strategy of focusing on its premium drinks business. In the period from the merger in December 1997 to 30 June 2008, the group has received approximately £10.5 billion from disposals (including £4.3 billion from the sale of Pillsbury, £1.9 billion from the sale of General Mills shares and £0.7 billion from the sale of Burger King) and spent approximately £5.6 billion on acquisitions (including £3.7 billion in relation to certain Seagram businesses).


Premium drinks

Diageo is engaged in a broad range of activities within the beverage alcohol industry. Its operations include producing, distilling, brewing, bottling, packaging, distributing, developing and marketing a range of brands in approximately 180 markets around the world. Diageo markets a wide range of recognised beverage alcohol brands including a number of the world's leading spirits and beer brands. The brand ranking information below, when comparing volume information with competitors, has been sourced from data published during 2008 by Impact Databank. Market data information is taken from industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates. In calendar year 2007, 17 of the group's owned brands were among the top 100 premium distilled spirits brands worldwide, as ranked by Impact Databank.

        References to ready to drink products in this document include progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States. References to Smirnoff ready to drink include Smirnoff Ice, Smirnoff Black Ice, Smirnoff Twisted V, Smirnoff Mule, Smirnoff Spin, Smirnoff Storm, Smirnoff Caipiroska, Smirnoff Signatures and Smirnoff Cocktails. References to Smirnoff Black Ice include Smirnoff Ice Triple Black in the United States and Smirnoff Ice Double Black in Australia.

        In the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo sold 117 million equivalent units of spirits (including ready to drink), 25 million equivalent units of beer and 3 million equivalent units of wine. In the year ended 30 June 2008, ready to drink products contributed 7 million equivalent units of total volume, of which Smirnoff ready to drink variants accounted for 5 million equivalent units. Volume has been measured on an equivalent units basis to nine litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine

7


Business description (continued)


litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine litre cases divide by 10 and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink divide by five.

        The collection of premium drinks comprises brands owned by the company as a principal and brands held by the company under agency or distribution agreements. They include:


Global priority brands

Smirnoff vodka and Smirnoff ready to drink products
Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies
Captain Morgan rum
Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur
J
e B scotch whisky
José Cuervo tequila (agency brand in North America and many other markets)
Tanqueray gin
Guinness stout

Other spirits brands include:
  Wine brands include:
  Other beer brands include:
Crown Royal Canadian whisky
Buchanan's De Luxe whisky
Gordon's gin and vodka
Windsor Premier whisky
Bell's Extra Special whisky
Seagram's whiskey
Old Parr whisky
Bushmills Irish whiskey
Bundaberg rum Cacique rum
Ketel One vodka (exclusive worldwide
distribution rights)
  Beaulieu Vineyard
Sterling Vineyards
Rosenblum Cellars
Chalone Vineyard
Blossom Hill
Piat d'Or
  Harp lager
Smithwick's ale
Malta Guinness non-alcoholic malt
Red Stripe lager
Tusker lager

Diageo's agency agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. Diageo's principal agency brand is José Cuervo in North America and many other markets (with distribution rights extending to 2013). In the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo signed a three-year agency agreement with Inversiones de Guatemala to distribute Zacapa ultra premium rums globally, other than in Central America (Guatemala, Guatemalan duty free, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama), where Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala will retain the right to distribute the Zacapa brands. There can be no assurances that Diageo will be able to prevent termination of distribution rights or rights to manufacture under licence, or renegotiate distribution rights or rights to manufacture under licence on favourable terms when they expire.

        Diageo also brews and sells other companies' beer brands under licence, including Budweiser and Carlsberg lagers in Ireland, Heineken lager in Jamaica and Tiger beer in Malaysia.

Global priority brands     Diageo has eight global priority brands that it markets worldwide. Diageo considers these brands to have the greatest current and future earnings potential. Each global priority brand is marketed consistently around the world, and therefore can achieve scale benefits. The group manages and invests in these brands on a global basis. Figures for global priority brands include related ready to drink products, unless otherwise indicated. Net sales are sales after deducting excise duties.

8


Business description (continued)

        In the year ended 30 June 2008, global priority brands accounted for 59% of total volume (86.3 million equivalent units) and contributed net sales of £4,614 million.

        Smirnoff achieved sales of 29.6 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2008. Smirnoff vodka volume was 25.1 million equivalent units. It was ranked, by volume, as the number one premium vodka and the number one premium spirit brand in the world. Smirnoff ready to drink volume totalled 4.5 million equivalent units.

        Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies comprise Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and several other brand variants. During the year ended 30 June 2008, Johnnie Walker Red Label sold 10.0 million equivalent units, Johnnie Walker Black Label sold 5.5 million equivalent units and the remaining variants sold 0.8 million equivalent units. The Johnnie Walker franchise was ranked, by volume, as the number one premium scotch whisky and the number three premium spirit brand in the world.

        Captain Morgan was ranked, by volume, as the number two premium rum brand in the world with sales of 8.3 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2008.

        Baileys was ranked, by volume, as the number one liqueur in the world, having sold 7.5 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2008.

        Guinness is the group's only global priority beer brand, and for the year ended 30 June 2008 achieved volume of 11.4 million equivalent units.

        Other global priority brands were also ranked, by volume, among the leading premium distilled spirits brands by Impact Databank. These include: J e B scotch whisky (comprising J e B Rare, J e B Reserve, J e B Exception and J e B Jet), ranked the number three premium scotch whisky in the world; José Cuervo, ranked the number one premium tequila in the world; and Tanqueray, ranked the number four premium gin brand in the world. During the year ended 30 June 2008, J e B, José Cuervo and Tanqueray sold 6.1 million, 5.0 million and 2.1 million equivalent units, respectively.

Other brands     Diageo manages its other brands by category, analysing them between local priority brands and category brands.

        Local priority brands represent the brands, apart from the global priority brands, that make the greatest contribution to operating profit in a business area (North America, Europe, International or Asia Pacific), rather than worldwide. Diageo has identified 25 local priority brands. Diageo manages and invests in these brands within its business areas and, unlike the global priority brands, may not have a consistent marketing strategy around the world for such brands. For the year ended 30 June 2008, local priority brands contributed volume of 26.0 million equivalent units, representing 18% of total volume, and net sales of £1,734 million. Examples of local priority brands include Crown Royal Canadian whisky in North America, Buchanan's De Luxe whisky in International, Windsor Premier whisky in Asia Pacific, Gordon's gin in Europe, Bundaberg rum in Asia Pacific, Cacique rum in Europe, Malta Guinness non-alcoholic malt in International, Tusker lager in International, Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey and Seagram's VO whisky in North America, Bell's Extra Special whisky in Europe and Sterling Vineyards wines in North America.

        The remaining brands are grouped under category brands. Category brands include spirits, beer and wine brands and for the year ended 30 June 2008, these category brands contributed volume of 32.8 million equivalent units, representing 23% of total volume, and net sales of £1,742 million. Of this, spirits achieved volume of 23.9 million equivalent units and contributed £1,120 million to Diageo's net sales in the year ended 30 June 2008. Examples of category spirits brands are Gordon's gin (all markets

9


Business description (continued)


except Europe in which it is a local priority brand), Gordon's vodka, The Classic Malt whiskies and White Horse whisky.

        In the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo sold 13.2 million equivalent units of beers other than Guinness, achieving net sales of £765 million. Other beer volume was mainly attributable to owned brands, such as Red Stripe, Pilsner, Tusker and Harp lager, with a minority being attributable to beers brewed and/or sold under licence, such as Tiger beer in Malaysia and Heineken lager in Jamaica.

        In addition, Diageo produces and markets a wide selection of wines. These include well known labels such as Beaulieu Vineyard, Sterling Vineyards, Rosenblum Cellars and Chalone Vineyard in the United States, Blossom Hill in the United Kingdom, and Barton & Guestier and Piat d'Or in Europe. For the year ended 30 June 2008, other wine volume was 2.3 million equivalent units, contributing net sales of £275 million.

Production     Diageo owns production facilities including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages, vineyards and distribution warehouses. Production also occurs at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations internationally.

        Approximately 75% of total production (including third party production) is undertaken in five Diageo production areas, namely the United Kingdom, Baileys, Guinness, Santa Vittoria and North America centres. The majority of these production centres have several production facilities. The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume in 2008 of these principal production centres are set out in the following table:

Production centre
  Location   Principal products   Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units*
  Production
volume in
2008 in
millions of
equivalent
units

United Kingdom

  United Kingdom   Scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink   62   45

Baileys

  Ireland   Irish cream liqueur, vodka   17   9

Guinness

  Ireland   Beers   11   9

Santa Vittoria

  Italy   Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink   9   6

North America

  United States, Canada   Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, wine, ready to drink   50   40

*
Capacity represents ongoing production capacity at any production centre.

Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 29 whisky distilleries in Scotland, an Irish whiskey distillery in Northern Ireland, a whisky distillery in Canada and gin distilleries in the United Kingdom and the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff vodka internationally, Popov vodka and Gordon's vodka in the United States and Baileys in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom and is distilled, blended and bottled in Australia and Venezuela. All of Diageo's maturing scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland. Diageo is investing £100 million in expanding malt and grain whisky distilling and expanding packaging warehousing operations in Scotland. Diageo is building a new malt

10


Business description (continued)


distillery in the north of Scotland and is expanding the Cameronbridge grain distillery in Fife. Bottling capacity at the group's Shieldhall packaging plant in Glasgow will be increased and warehousing capacity will be extended in central Scotland.

        In June 2008, Diageo and the government of the US Virgin Islands announced a public/private initiative for the construction and operation of a high capacity distillery in St Croix. This new facility, expected to open in 2011, will have the capacity to distil up to 20 million proof gallons per year and will supply all bulk rum used to produce Captain Morgan branded products for the United States.

        Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, South Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

        Diageo's principal brewing facilities are at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin and in Kilkenny, Waterford and Dundalk in the Republic of Ireland, and in Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Malaysia and Jamaica. Ireland is the main export centre for the Guinness brand. In other countries, Guinness is brewed by third parties under licence arrangements.

        All Guinness Draught production is at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin in the Republic of Ireland. Guinness Draught in cans and bottles, which uses an in-container system to replicate the taste of Guinness Draught, is packaged at Runcorn and Belfast in the United Kingdom. The Runcorn facility performs the kegging of Guinness Draught, transported to the United Kingdom in bulk for the Great Britain market.

        In May 2008, Diageo announced the intention to make a total capital investment of €650 million in the construction of a new brewery close to Dublin, expected to open in 2013, and a rejuvenation of the St James's Gate brewery. When the new brewery is commissioned, all production from existing breweries in Kilkenny and Dundalk will be transferred.

        Diageo's principal wineries are in the United States, France and Argentina. Wines are sold both in their local markets and overseas.

Property, plant and equipment     Diageo owns or leases land and buildings throughout the world. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2008, Diageo's land and buildings were included in the group's consolidated balance sheet at a net book value of £736 million. Diageo's largest individual facility, in terms of net book value of property, is St James's Gate brewery in Dublin. Approximately 97% by value of the group's properties are owned and approximately 3% are held under leases running for 50 years or longer. Diageo's properties are primarily a variety of manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities spread across the group's worldwide operations, as well as vineyards in the United States. Approximately 41% and 24% of the book value of Diageo's land and buildings comprise properties located in the United Kingdom and the United States, respectively.

Raw materials     The group has a number of contracts for the forward purchasing of its raw material requirements in order to minimise the effect of raw material price fluctuations. Long term contracts are in place for the purchase of significant raw materials including glass, other packaging, tequila, bulk whisky, neutral spirits, cream, rum and grapes. In addition, forward contracts are in place for the purchase of other raw materials including sugar and cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

        Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of wine and are sourced from suppliers in the United States, France and Argentina. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are tequila, bulk whisky, neutral spirits, molasses, rum, cereals, sugar and

11


Business description (continued)


a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

        The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from suppliers located around the world, the principal supplier being the Owens Illinois group.

        Diageo has a supply agreement with Casa Cuervo SA de CV, a Mexican company, for the supply of bulk tequila used to make the José Cuervo line of tequilas and tequila drinks in the United States. The supply agreement extends to June 2013.

        Diageo has a supply agreement with Destiléria Serrallés Inc, a Puerto Rican corporation, for the supply of rum used to make the Captain Morgan line of rums and rum drinks in the United States. The supply agreement is for 10 years from 2002, and can be terminated either (1) in the last 18 months before the expiration of the 10-year term, on notice of the shorter of one year or the time remaining until the expiration of the original 10-year term, or (2) with a three year notice requirement coming into effect once the original 10-year term has expired.

Marketing and distribution     Diageo is committed to investing in its brands. £1,239 million was spent worldwide on marketing brands in the year ended 30 June 2008. Marketing was focused on the eight global priority brands, which accounted for 68% of total marketing expenditure in the year ended 30 June 2008.

        Diageo aims to maintain and improve its market position by enhancing the consumer appeal of its brands through consistent high investment in marketing support focused around the eight global priority brands. Diageo makes extensive use of magazine, newspaper, point of sale and poster and billboard advertising, and uses radio, cinema, television and internet advertising where appropriate and permitted by law. Diageo also runs consumer promotional programmes in the on trade (for example, licensed bars and restaurants). Diageo also uses sponsorship to market its brands and is a sponsor of Formula One Team Vodafone McLaren Mercedes, a NASCAR racing team and the Johnnie Walker golf championships.

        Diageo markets and distributes its brands under a business area organisation comprising North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific.

Business analysis     In the year ended 30 June 2008, North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific contributed 38%, 30%, 25% and 7%, respectively, of the group's operating profit before corporate costs.

        An analysis of net sales and operating profit by market for the year ended 30 June 2008 is as follows:

 
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

North America

    2,523     907  

Europe

    2,630     720  

International

    1,971     593  

Asia Pacific

    877     170  

Corporate

    89     (164 )
           

Total

    8,090     2,226  
           

12


Business description (continued)

North America     North America is the largest market for Diageo in terms of operating profit, and the largest market for premium drinks in the world. Diageo markets its products through four operating units: US Spirits, Diageo-Guinness USA, Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines Company and Diageo Canada.

        The US Spirits business, while managed as a single business unit, executes sales and marketing activities through 14 teams or clusters. National brand strategy and strategic accounts marketing are managed at the corporate North America level. The spirits clusters market the majority of Diageo's portfolio of spirits (including Smirnoff vodka, Baileys Irish Cream liqueur, José Cuervo tequila, Johnnie Walker scotch whisky, Captain Morgan rum, Tanqueray gin, J e B scotch whisky, Crown Royal Canadian whisky, Seagram's 7 Crown American whiskey, Seagram's VO Canadian whisky, Buchanan's scotch whisky and Ketel One vodka) across the United States. Diageo Guinness USA distributes Diageo's US beer portfolio (including Guinness stout, Harp lager, Red Stripe lager and Smithwick's ale) as well as the group's progressive adult beverages (including Smirnoff Ice and Captain Morgan Parrot Bay Tropical Malt Beverage). Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines owns and operates vineyards in California and Washington State (including Beaulieu Vineyard, Sterling Vineyards, Chalone Vineyard and Hewitt Vineyards) and markets these and other wines across the United States. The Canada business unit distributes the group's spirits, wine and beer portfolio across all Canadian territories.

        Within the United States, there are generally two types of regulatory environments: open states and control states. In open states, spirits companies are allowed to sell spirits, wine and beer directly to independent distributors. In these open states, Diageo generally trades through a three tier distribution system, where the product is initially sold to distributors, who then sell it to on and off trade retailers. In most control states, Diageo markets its spirits products to state liquor control boards through the bailment warehousing system, and from there to state or agency liquor stores. There are variations – for example, certain states control distribution but not retail sales. Generally, wines are treated in the same way as spirits, although most states that are control states for spirits are open states for wines. Beer distribution generally follows open states regulation across the United States. In Canada, beer and spirits distribution laws are generally consistent and similar to those of control states in the United States. Diageo, however, has some licences to deliver keg beer directly to licensed accounts, which account for approximately 25% of Diageo's beer business in Canada.

        Across the United States, Diageo's distributors and brokers have over 2,200 dedicated sales people focused on selling its spirits and wine brands. Diageo has pursued a distribution strategy centred around consolidating the distribution of Diageo's US spirits and wine brands into a single distributor or broker in each state where possible. The strategy is designed to provide a consolidated distribution network which will limit the duplication of activities between Diageo and the distributor, improve Diageo's and distributors' selling capabilities and enable a number of alternative approaches to optimise product distribution. To date, Diageo has consolidated its business in 40 markets (39 states plus Washington DC), representing over 80% of Diageo's US spirits and wine volume. The remaining states will be consolidated as opportunities arise. Diageo is now focused on building the capabilities and selling tools of the distributors' dedicated sales forces and creating a more efficient and effective value chain.

Europe     Diageo Europe comprises Great Britain, Ireland, Continental Europe, Iberia and Russia.

        In Great Britain, Diageo sells and markets its products via three business units: Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready to drink), Percy Fox & Co (wines) and Justerini & Brooks Retail (private client wines). Products are distributed both via independent wholesalers and directly to the major grocers, convenience and specialist stores. In the on trade (for example, licensed bars and restaurants), products

13


Business description (continued)


are sold through the major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers. The customer base in Great Britain has seen consolidation in recent years in both the on trade and home consumption channels. In particular, Great Britain's top four national multiple grocers together make up over 45% of home consumption total spirits volume.

        Ireland comprises the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. In both territories, Diageo sells and distributes directly to both the on trade and the off trade (for example, retail shops and wholesalers) through a telesales operation, extensive sales calls to outlets and third party logistics providers. The Guinness, Smirnoff and Baileys brands are market leaders in their respective categories of long alcoholic drinks, vodka and liqueurs. Budweiser and Carlsberg lagers, also major products in the Diageo collection of brands in Ireland, are brewed and sold under licence in addition to the other European local priority brands of Smithwick's ale and Harp lager.

        In Russia, Diageo sells and markets its products through a company in which Diageo owns a 75% interest. This company is the exclusive distributor of Diageo spirits brands in Russia.

        Across the remainder of Europe, and including the majority of the markets within Continental Europe, Diageo distributes its spirits brands primarily through its own distribution companies. Exceptions to this are:

A specialist unit has been established for the distribution of Diageo's beer brands in Continental Europe in order to achieve synergies in the marketing and distribution of Guinness, Harp and Kilkenny brands. The distribution of these brands is managed by this specialist unit with particular focus on the markets in Germany, Italy, Russia and France, which are the largest Continental European beer markets by size for Diageo.

International     Diageo International comprises Latin America and the Caribbean (including Mexico), Africa and the Global Travel and Middle East business.

        In Latin America and the Caribbean, distribution is achieved through a mixture of Diageo companies and third party distributors. In addition, Diageo owns a controlling interest in Desnoes & Geddes Limited, the Jamaican brewer of Red Stripe lager.

        Africa (excluding North Africa) is one of the longest established and largest markets for the Guinness brand, with the brewing of Guinness Foreign Extra Stout in a number of African countries, either through subsidiaries or under licence. Diageo has a three way venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited in South Africa. In May 2008 this changed from a cost sharing venture to a profit sharing operation. Diageo has a wholly-owned subsidiary in Cameroon and also has majority-owned subsidiaries in Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Uganda, Réunion and the Seychelles.

14


Business description (continued)

        Global Travel and Middle East (GTME) encompasses a sales and marketing organisation which targets the international consumer in duty free and travel retail outlets such as airport shops, airlines and ferries around the world, and distribution of Diageo brands in the Middle East and North Africa. The global nature of the travel channel and its organisation structure allows a specialist Diageo management team to apply a co-ordinated approach to brand building initiatives and to build on consumer insights in this trade channel, where consumer behaviour tends to be different from domestic markets. In the Middle East and North Africa, distribution is achieved through third party distributors. Lebanon is an exception, where a Diageo subsidiary distributes most of the Diageo brands sold there.

Asia Pacific     Diageo Asia Pacific comprises India, the People's Republic of China, South Korea, Japan, Thailand, Vietnam, Singapore, Malaysia and other Asian markets, Australia and New Zealand.

        Diageo works with a number of joint venture partners in Asia Pacific. In Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong, People's Republic of China, Thailand and Japan, Diageo distributes the majority of its spirits brands through joint venture arrangements with Moët Hennessy. In the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo established in-market companies in China (for brands not included in the joint venture such as Smirnoff and Baileys) and Vietnam (for all brands). In South Korea, Diageo's own distribution company distributes the majority of Diageo's brands except that, for the period during which it was without its import licence, Soo Seok Trading Co Limited distributed those brands. In Japan, Guinness beer is distributed through a joint venture company with Sapporo Breweries. There is also a direct relationship with Sapporo Breweries for the distribution of Smirnoff Ice. Other spirits and wine brands, which are not distributed by either the Moët Hennessy joint venture or Diageo's own distribution company in Japan, are handled by third parties. In Malaysia, Diageo's own and third party beers are brewed and distributed by a listed business (Guinness Anchor Berhad) in which Diageo and its partner, Asia Pacific Breweries, have a majority share through a jointly controlled joint venture company. In Singapore, Diageo's beer brands are brewed and distributed by Asia Pacific Breweries. In India, distribution of both imported and locally produced products is achieved through a combination of Diageo's own distribution company and third party distributors. In 2007 a joint venture was formed with Radico Khaitan to manufacture and distribute certain premium local spirits, the first of which, Masterstroke, was launched in 2007.

        Generally, the remaining markets in Asia are served by third party distribution networks monitored by regional offices.

        In Australia, Diageo has its own distribution company as well as a distribution arrangement with VOK Beverages, and also has licensed brewing arrangements with Fosters. In New Zealand, Diageo operates through third party distributors and has licensed brewing arrangements with Lion Nathan.

Seasonal impacts     The festive holiday season provides the peak period for sales. Approximately 30% of annual sales volume occurs in the last three months of each calendar year.

Employees     Diageo's directors believe that its people, culture and values are a source of sustainable competitive advantage. Diageo aims to attract and retain highly talented individuals and the goal to release the potential of its employees remains core to its people processes and strategy.

        The Diageo values continue to be embedded in Diageo's business. A values survey is conducted with employees every year and the most recent results demonstrate an improvement from 2007 in all categories measured.

15


Business description (continued)

        Independent research indicates that there is a strong correlation between high levels of employee engagement and strong business performance and Diageo is continually striving to achieve a high level of engagement across its employee base.

        Consistent with its ambition to be one of the most admired companies, Diageo aims to be the employer of choice in key markets in which it operates. Since 30 June 2007, Diageo has been ranked within the top 10 in published results in a number of best company surveys around the world.

        Diageo strives to keep its employees well informed and engaged on the company's strategy and business goals as a high priority, focusing on dialogue and consultation (both formal and informal) on changes that affect its employees.

        Consistent with the desire that its people have a stake in the company's performance, Diageo currently has share plans in place in the United Kingdom, North America and Ireland. In order to extend the opportunity for employees to take a financial stake in the group's future, it was decided to review the existing International Sharesave Plan. Based on this review, the International Sharesave Plan was amended in the year and under its revised terms, employees in 22 of Diageo's international markets are able to participate in at least one Sharesave plan. It is planned to make a Sharesave plan available to a further five markets in the year ending 30 June 2009. These plans are designed to unite and motivate Diageo's people and are unique in being created and administered by employees for employees. Diageo is very proud of its achievement in this area, which was recognised recently in winning the Global Equity Organisation, Geo Award 2008, for the most innovative and creative design.

        Diageo values diversity in its workforce and works to ensure that the group is inclusive of all people, regardless of their background or style. To enhance diversity, Diageo aims to create opportunities that are attractive to a wide range of candidates, including those with disabilities, and seeks to make working for Diageo compatible with a variety of lifestyles. The group also seeks to design and adjust roles to accommodate people. Not only is this approach to inclusion and diversity consistent with Diageo's values, it is also believed to be critical for the long term health of the organisation.

        Delivery of the group's stretching business goals will require strong, creative leadership. Emphasis has been placed on the development of its internal leadership talent pool and the Diageo leadership performance programme was created to develop outstanding Diageo leaders, present and future. Nine hundred senior leaders participated in this programme during the year ended 30 June 2008. The aim is that Diageo will be recognised for the quality of its authentic and inspiring leaders and their ability to create new possibilities for the business. Through its leaders, Diageo seeks to create the conditions for people that will make it a truly special place for people to work.

        Diageo's average number of employees during each of the three years ended 30 June 2008 was as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  

Average number of employees

                   

Full time

    23,908     22,086     21,972  

Part time

    465     434     647  
               

    24,373     22,520     22,619  
               

16


Business description (continued)

Competition     Diageo competes on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

        In spirits, Diageo's major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Bacardi, Fortune Brands and Brown-Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

        In beer, the Guinness brand competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including Heineken, SABMiller, Coors Brewing (Carling) and Carlsberg.

        In wine, the market is fragmented with many producers and distributors.

Research and development     The overall nature of the group's business does not demand substantial expenditure on research and development. However, the group has ongoing programmes for developing new drinks products. In the year ended 30 June 2008, the group's research and development expenditure amounted to £17 million (2007 – £17 million; 2006 – £18 million). Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks     Diageo produces and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protections are available) in all material respects in its most important markets.

Regulations and taxes     Diageo's worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations covering virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

        Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

        Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo's products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position versus other brands. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

        Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain countries and cultures, through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated.

17


Business description (continued)

        Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off premise, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, Canada, Norway, and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on premise outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the western world (for example, most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

        Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. Specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States. Following the end of the voluntary restrictions on television advertising of spirits in the United States, Diageo and other spirits companies have been advertising products on the air on local cable television stations. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Further requirements for warning statements and any prohibitions on advertising and marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

        Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or impact its business activities.

Business services     Diageo has committed to re-engineer its key business activities with customers, consumers, suppliers and the processes that summarise and report financial performance. In that regard, global processes have been designed, built and implemented across a number of markets and global supply.

        A business service centre in Budapest, Hungary performs various process tasks for markets and supply centres including Australia, Austria, Benelux, Brazil, Canada, the Canaries, Germany, Global Travel and Middle East, Great Britain, Guinness Continental Europe, Guinness Supply, Iberia, Ireland, Mexico, the Nordics, North America, Northern European Logistics and Switzerland. Certain central finance activities, including elements of group financial control and treasury, are also performed in the business service centre in Budapest. Additional markets and supply entities may transfer to Budapest during the next few years.

        The costs of the business service centre and other corporate costs which cannot be directly allocated to the business areas are reported separately within Corporate costs in the analysis of business performance. Also included in Corporate are the revenues and costs related to rents receivable in respect of properties not used by Diageo in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drink products and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.

Associates     Diageo's principal associate is Moët Hennessy. It also owns shares in a number of other associates. In the year ended 30 June 2008, the share of profits of associates after tax was £177 million (2007 – £149 million; 2006 – £131 million), of which Moët Hennessy accounted for £161 million (2007 – £136 million; 2006 – £122 million).

        Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of a number of brands in its main business areas of champagne and cognac. Its principal champagne brands are Moët & Chandon (including Dom Pérignon), Veuve Clicquot and Mercier, all of which are included in the top 10

18


Business description (continued)


champagne brands worldwide by volume. Moët Hennessy also owns Hennessy, which is the top cognac brand worldwide by volume, and Glenmorangie, a malt whisky.

        Since 1987, a number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH, principally covering distribution of Diageo's premium brands of scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy's premium champagne and cognac brands in the Asia Pacific region and France. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a minority shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

Acquisitions and disposals     Diageo has made a number of acquisitions and disposals of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in premium drinks businesses including the following:

        On 3 July 2006, Diageo completed the purchase of the Smirnov brand in Russia through the formation of a 75% Diageo-owned joint venture company. This company unites the Smirnoff/Smirnov brands in Russia under common ownership and is the exclusive distributor of Smirnov and Diageo's spirits brands in Russia.

        On 27 January 2007, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 43% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Co Limited ('Quanxing'). Quanxing then held 39.48% of the equity in Sichuan ShuiJing Fang Joint Stock Co Limited ('ShuiJingFang'), a leading maker of premium Chinese white spirits, or baijiu. ShuiJing Fang is listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. The agreed purchase price for the 43% equity interest in Quanxing was RMB517 million (£37 million). Quanxing subsequently increased its equity stake in ShuiJingFang to 39.7%. On 30 July 2008, Diageo acquired a further 6% of the equity of Quanxing. Diageo now owns 49% of Quanxing and continues to equity account for this investment.

        On 9 June 2008, Diageo completed the acquisition of a new 50:50 company based in the Netherlands with the Nolet Group, owners of the Ketel One brand. The new company owns the exclusive and perpetual global rights to market, sell and distribute Ketel One vodka products, including Ketel One vodka, Ketel One Citroen vodka and any line extensions of Ketel One vodka and Ketel One Citroen vodka. The business is operated pursuant to a global agreement and ancillary agreements relating to intellectual property, supply, distribution services and certain other matters. Diageo will pay a total of £473 million (including acquisition costs) for a 50% equity stake in the company and is entitled to certain governance rights under the global agreement. Diageo consolidates the company with a minority interest. The Nolet Group has an option to sell their stake in the company to Diageo for $900 million (£452 million) plus interest from 9 June 2011 to 9 June 2013. If the Nolet Group exercises this option but Diageo chooses not to buy their stake, Diageo will pay $100 million (£50 million) and the Nolet Group may then pursue a sale of their stake to a third party, subject to rights of first offer and last refusal on Diageo's part.

        On 29 February 2008, Diageo acquired Rosenblum Cellars in North America for a total cost of £54 million (including acquisition costs).

        On 1 May 2008 Diageo formed a new venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited (NBL) for their combined beer, cider and ready to drink businesses in South Africa, called DHN Drinks (Pty) Limited (DHN Drinks). The new venture builds on the success of brandhouse Beverages (Pty) Limited (brand house), the parties' existing venture in South Africa, which was formed in July 2004. Diageo and Heineken each own 42.25% of DHN Drinks and NBL owns 15.5%. The cost of this

19


Business description (continued)


acquisition in the period was £43 million, with additional consideration of up to £11 million payable through 31 December 2009. Each party will share in the profits of DHN Drinks in proportion to their shareholding. Brand house will continue to market and distribute the parties' products in South Africa. Diageo and Heineken also entered into a second venture in South Africa to be called Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited on 1 May 2008 whereby a brewery and bottling plant will be constructed in Gauteng province, South Africa, which will produce Amstel and certain other key brands. Heineken owns 75% and Diageo owns 25% of Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited. A cost of £8 million was incurred for this acquisition during the year ended 30 June 2008, with additional costs expected to be payable until completion of construction of the brewery.


Disposed businesses

Pillsbury/General Mills     Diageo acquired an investment in the shares of General Mills on the disposal of Pillsbury to General Mills in October 2001. On 4 October 2004, Diageo sold 50 million shares of common stock in General Mills and transferred a further 4 million shares to the Diageo UK pension fund and Diageo ceased to be an affiliate of General Mills for US federal securities laws purposes at that time. In November 2005, Diageo sold its remaining 25 million shares of common stock of General Mills.

Burger King     Diageo completed the disposal of Burger King on 13 December 2002.


Risk factors

Diageo faces substantial competition that may reduce its market share and margins     Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates. Diageo competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, consolidation or realignment is still possible. Consolidation is also taking place amongst Diageo's customers in many countries. Increased competition and unanticipated actions by competitors or customers could lead to downward pressure on prices and/or a decline in Diageo's market share in any of these categories, which would adversely affect Diageo's results and hinder its growth potential.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its strategy to focus on premium drinks or its systems change and cost-saving programmes designed to enhance earnings     Diageo's strategy is to focus on premium drinks to grow its business through organic sales and operating profit growth and the acquisition of premium drinks brands that add value for shareholders. There can be no assurance that Diageo's strategic focus on premium drinks will result in better opportunities for growth and improved margins.

        It is possible that the pursuit of this strategic focus on premium drinks could give rise to further acquisitions (including associated financing), disposals, joint ventures or partnerships. There can be no guarantee that any such acquisition, disposal, joint venture or partnership would deliver the benefits intended.

        Similarly, there can be no assurance that the systems change and cost-savings programmes implemented by Diageo in order to improve efficiencies and deliver cost-savings will deliver the expected benefits.

Systems change programmes may not deliver the benefits intended and systems failures could lead to business disruption     Certain change programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operating, administrative and financial systems and processes continue to be undertaken.

20


Business description (continued)


This includes moving transaction processing from a number of markets to business service centres. There can be no certainty that these programmes will deliver the expected operational benefits. There is likely to be disruption caused to production processes and possibly to administrative and financial systems as further changes to such processes are effected. They could also lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction. Any failure of information systems could adversely impact on Diageo's ability to operate. As with all large systems, Diageo's information systems could be penetrated by outside parties intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo's business and/or lead to loss of assets. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any disruption arising from system failure or physical plant issues could impact on a large portion of Diageo's global business.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or limit its business activities     Diageo's operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements which include those in respect of production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, labelling, advertising, labour, pensions and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policy could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, other restrictions on marketing, promotion and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products. Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recall, seizure of products or other sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on its sales or damage its reputation.

        In addition, beverage alcohol products are the subject of national import and excise duties in most countries around the world. An increase in import or excise duties could have a significant adverse effect on Diageo's sales revenue or margin, both through reducing overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol. Diageo's reported after tax income is calculated based on extensive tax and accounting requirements in each of its relevant jurisdictions of operation. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), accounting policies and accounting standards could materially reduce Diageo's reported after tax income.

Diageo is subject to litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry and other litigation     Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other litigation relating to alcohol advertising, alcohol abuse problems or health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. If such litigation resulted in fines, damages or reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, Diageo's business could be materially adversely affected.

Contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances could harm the integrity or customer support for Diageo's brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands     The success of Diageo's brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally, or through deliberate third-party action, or other events that harm the integrity or consumer support for those brands, could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production of its spirits and wines from third-party producers or on the open market. Contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation or fermentation process could lead to low beverage quality as well as illness among, or injury to, Diageo's consumers and may result in reduced sales of the affected brand or all Diageo brands. Also, to the extent that third parties sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like

21


Business description (continued)


Diageo brands, consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with them. This could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair brand equity and adversely affect Diageo's business.

Demand for Diageo's products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences and tastes     Diageo's collection of brands includes some of the world's leading beverage alcohol brands as well as brands of local prominence. Maintaining Diageo's competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer products that have a strong appeal to consumers. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations, changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather effects and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers' willingness to purchase premium branded products. In addition, concerns about health effects due to negative publicity regarding alcohol consumption, negative dietary effects, regulatory action or any litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry may have an adverse effect on Diageo's profitability.

        The competitive position of Diageo's brands could also be affected adversely by any failure to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the product or service levels to customers.

        In addition, both the launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain especially as to their appeal to consumers. The failure to launch a new product successfully can give rise to inventory write offs and other costs and can affect consumer perception of an existing brand. Growth in Diageo's business has been based on both the launch of new products and the growth of existing products. Product innovation remains a significant aspect of Diageo's plans for growth. There can be no assurance as to Diageo's continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products or as to the profitable lifespan of newly or recently developed products.

        Any significant changes in consumer preferences and failure to anticipate and react to such changes could result in reduced demand for Diageo's products and erosion of its competitive and financial position.

If the social acceptability of Diageo's products declines, Diageo's sales volume could decrease and the business could be materially adversely affected     In recent years, there has been increased social and political attention directed to the beverage alcohol industry. Diageo believes that this attention is the result of public concern over problems related to alcohol abuse, including drink driving, underage drinking and health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. If, as a result, the general social acceptability of beverage alcohol were to decline significantly, sales of Diageo's products could materially decrease.

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by increased costs or shortages of labour     Diageo's operating results could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo's success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop the capabilities that it requires to deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage the business and could adversely affect operations and financial results.

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities or business service centres     Diageo would be affected if there were a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. See 'Business description – Premium drinks – Production' for

22


Business description (continued)


details of Diageo's principal production areas. In addition, the maintenance and development of information systems may result in systems failures which may adversely affect business operations.

        Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which mature over periods of up to 30 years. As at 30 June 2008, the historical cost of Diageo's maturing inventory amounted to £1,939 million. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo's maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters or destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties. In addition, there is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption. This could lead to an inability to supply future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks.

An increase in the cost of raw materials or energy could affect Diageo's profitability     The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions, agricultural uncertainty and/or governmental controls. Commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials, glass bottles and other packaging materials and Diageo's beverage products. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of raw materials or packaging materials. In addition, energy cost increases result in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit. Diageo has experienced significant increases in commodity costs and energy costs, and these costs could continue to rise.

Diageo's business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic conditions or political or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates     Diageo's business is dependent on general economic conditions in the United States, Great Britain and other important markets. A significant deterioration in these conditions, including a reduction in consumer spending levels, could have a material adverse effect on Diageo's business and results of operations. In addition, Diageo may be adversely affected by political and economic developments in any of the countries where Diageo has distribution networks, production facilities or marketing companies. Diageo's operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to trading in numerous foreign countries, including political or economic upheaval and the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues (including pandemic issues) and terrorist threats and/or acts may also occur in various places around the world, which will have an impact on trade, tourism and travel. These disruptions can affect Diageo's ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as affecting the levels of consumer demand (for example in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo's levels of sales or profitability.

        Part of Diageo's growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo's products in particular, has not historically been as great but where there are prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful and some of the markets represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

23


Business description (continued)

        Diageo may also be adversely affected by movements in the value of, and returns from, the investments held by its pension funds.

        Diageo may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. The results of operations of Diageo are accounted for in pounds sterling. Approximately 29% of sales in the year ended 30 June 2008 were in US dollars, approximately 23% were in sterling and approximately 19% were in euros. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo's reported results of operations from year to year.

        Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through an increased interest expense. To partly delay any adverse impact from interest rate movements, the profile of fixed rate to floating rate net borrowings is maintained according to a duration measure that is equivalent to an approximate 50% fixed and 50% floating amortising profile. See 'Business review – Risk management'.

Diageo's operations may be adversely affected by failure to renegotiate distribution and manufacturing agreements on favourable terms     Diageo's business has a number of distribution agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate distribution rights on favourable terms when they expire or that agreements will not be terminated. Failure to renew distribution agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo's sales and operating profit. In addition, Diageo's sales may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products.

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights     Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo's patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo's brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against the directors of Diageo     Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo's directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo's assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws.

24


Business description (continued)


Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains 'forward-looking statements' within the meaning of the 'Safe Harbor 'provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Diageo and certain of the plans and objectives of Diageo with respect to these items. In particular, all statements that express forecasts, expectations and projections with respect to future matters, including trends in results of operations, margins, growth rates, overall market trends, the impact of interest or exchange rates, the availability of financing to Diageo, anticipated cost savings or synergies and the completion of Diageo's strategic transactions, are forward-looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo's control.

These factors include, but are not limited to:

25


Business description (continued)

        All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and those described in 'Business description – Risk factors'. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo's expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the SEC. All readers, wherever situated, should take note of these disclosures.

        The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or any other invitation or inducement to engage in investment activities.

        Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

26


Business review

Introduction

Information presented     Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business and operates on an international scale selling all types of beverage alcohol. It is one of a small number of premium drinks companies that operate across spirits, beer and wine. Diageo's brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies; as a result, the business is organised under the business areas of North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific and the business analysis is presented on this basis. The following discussion is based on Diageo's IFRS results for the year ended 30 June 2008 compared with the year ended 30 June 2007, and the year ended 30 June 2007 compared with the year ended 30 June 2006.

        In the discussion of the performance of the business, net sales, which are defined as sales after deducting excise duties, are presented in addition to sales, since sales reflect significant components of excise duties which are set by external regulators and over which Diageo has no control. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In some countries, excise duties are based on sales and are separately identified on the face of the invoice to the external customer. In others, it is effectively a production tax, which is incurred when the spirit is removed from bonded warehouses. In these countries it is part of the cost of goods sold and is not separately identified on the sales invoice. Changes in the level of excise duties can significantly affect the level of reported sales and cost of sales, without directly reflecting changes in volume, mix or profitability that are the variables which impact on the element of sales retained by the group.

        The underlying performance on a constant currency basis and excluding exceptional items and the impact of acquisitions and disposals is referred to as 'organic' performance, and further information on the calculation of organic measures as used in the discussion of the business is included in the organic movements calculation and in the notes to that calculation.

Presentation of information in relation to the business     In addition to describing the significant factors impacting on the income statement compared to the prior year for both of the years ended 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007, additional information is also presented on the operating performance and cash flows of the group.

        There are several principal key performance indicators (some of which are non-GAAP measures) used by the group's management to assess the performance of the group in addition to income statement measures of performance. These are volume, the organic movements in volume, sales, net sales and operating profit and free cash flow. These key performance indicators are described below:

Volume     has been measured on an equivalent units basis to nine litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products, other than spirits, to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine litre cases divide by 10 and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink divide by five.

Organic movements     in volume, sales, net sales, operating profit and operating margin are measures not specifically used in the consolidated financial statements themselves (non-GAAP measures). The performance of the group is discussed using these measures.

        In the discussion of the performance of the business, organic information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis. This strips out the effect of exchange rate movements and enables an understanding of the underlying performance of the market that is most

27


Business review (continued)


closely influenced by the actions of that market's management. The risk from exchange rate movements is managed centrally and is not a factor over which local managers have any control.

        Exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals also impact on the reported performance and therefore the reported movement in any period in which they arise. Management adjusts for the impact of such transactions in assessing the performance of the underlying business.

        Diageo's strategic planning and budgeting process is based on organic movements in volume, sales, net sales and operating profit, and these measures closely reflect the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by the group's management.

        These measures are chosen for planning, budgeting, reporting and incentive purposes since they represent those measures which local managers are most directly able to influence and they enable consideration of the underlying business performance without the distortion caused by fluctuating exchange rates, exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals.

        The group's management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group's performance since they provide information on those elements of performance which local managers are most directly able to influence and they focus on that element of the core brand portfolio which is common to both periods. They should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures.

Free cash flow     is a non-GAAP measure that comprises the net cash flow from operating activities as well as the net purchase and disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment that form part of net cash flow from investing activities. The group's management believes the measure assists users of the financial statements in understanding the group's cash generating performance as it comprises items which arise from the running of the ongoing business.

        The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group's management, are in respect of the purchase and disposal of subsidiaries, associates and businesses. The group's management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant and machinery is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and disposals of businesses are discretionary. However, free cash flow does not necessarily reflect all amounts which the group either has a constructive or legal obligation to incur. Where appropriate, separate discussion is given for the impacts of acquisitions and disposals of businesses, equity dividends paid and the purchase of own shares – each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

        The free cash flow measure is also used by management for their own planning, budgeting, reporting and incentive purposes since it provides information on those elements of performance which local managers are most directly able to influence.

28


Business review (continued)


Operating results – 2008 compared with 2007

Summary consolidated income statement

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    10,643     9,917  

Excise duties

    (2,553 )   (2,436 )
           

Net sales

    8,090     7,481  

Operating costs

    (5,864 )   (5,322 )
           

Operating profit

    2,226     2,159  

Sale of businesses

    9     (1 )

Net finance charges

    (319 )   (212 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    177     149  
           

Profit before taxation

    2,093     2,095  

Taxation

    (522 )   (678 )
           

Profit from continuing operations

    1,571     1,417  

Discontinued operations

    26     139  
           

Profit for the year

    1,597     1,556  
           

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders

    1,521     1,489  

Minority interests

    76     67  
           

    1,597     1,556  
           

Sales and net sales     On a reported basis, sales increased by £726 million from £9,917 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £10,643 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. On a reported basis, net sales increased by £609 million from £7,481 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £8,090 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. Exchange rate movements increased reported sales by £160 million and reported net sales by £112 million, principally arising from the strengthening of the euro. Acquisitions and disposals resulted in a net increase in reported sales and reported net sales of £1 million for the year.

Operating costs     On a reported basis, operating costs increased by £542 million in the year ended 30 June 2008 due to an increase in marketing costs of £77 million, from £1,162 million to £1,239 million, an increase in cost of sales of £242 million, from £3,003 million to £3,245 million, and an increase in other operating expenses of £223 million, from £1,157 million to £1,380 million. Exceptional costs of £78 million in respect of restructuring costs for the Irish brewing operations are included within operating expenses in the year ended 30 June 2008. Offset within other operating expenses in the year ended 30 June 2007 was an exceptional gain of £40 million on the disposal of land at Park Royal in the United Kingdom. Excluding exceptional items, operating costs increased by £424 million from £5,362 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £5,786 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Post employment plans     Post employment costs for the year ended 30 June 2008 of £53 million (2007 – £56 million) included amounts charged to operating profit of £99 million (2007 – £104 million)

29


Business review (continued)


partly offset by finance income of £46 million (2007 – £48 million). At 30 June 2008, Diageo's deficit before taxation for all post employment plans was £408 million (2007 – £419 million).

Operating profit     Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2008 increased by £67 million to £2,226 million from £2,159 million in the prior year. In the year ended 30 June 2008, there were exceptional operating costs of £78 million in respect of the restructuring of the Irish brewing operations. Exceptional property profits of £40 million relating to Park Royal were generated in the year ended 30 June 2007. Excluding exceptional items, operating profit for the year increased by £185 million from £2,119 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £2,304 million in the current year.

        Exchange rate movements reduced operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2008 by £5 million compared to the prior year.

Sale of businesses     In the year ended 30 June 2008, a gain of £9 million arose from the sale of businesses including a £5 million gain on the sale of the 49% equity holding in Toptable and a £4 million gain on the sale of distribution rights for ready to drink products and Guinness in South Africa to a 42.25% equity accounted associate. In the year ended 30 June 2007, a loss before taxation of £1 million arose from the disposal of businesses.

Net finance charges     Net finance charges increased by £107 million from £212 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £319 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

        The net interest charge increased by £90 million from £251 million in the prior year to £341 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. This movement principally resulted from the increase in net borrowings in the year and an increase in US dollar and euro interest rates. Exchange rate movements increased the net interest charge by £1 million.

        Other net finance income of £22 million (2007 – £39 million) included income of £46 million (2007 – £48 million) in respect of the group's post employment plans.

        Other net finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2008 of £24 million (2007 – £9 million) included net charges of £17 million (2007 – £16 million) in respect of the unwinding of the discount on discounted provisions, £6 million (2007 – £nil) on the conversion of cash transferred out of countries where exchange controls are in place and £1 million (2007 – income of £7 million) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements that do not meet the accounting criteria for recognition in equity.

Associates     The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £177 million for the year ended 30 June 2008 compared to £149 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £161 million (2007 – £136 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax.

Profit before taxation     Profit before taxation decreased by £2 million from £2,095 million to £2,093 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Taxation     The reported effective tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2008 is 24.9% compared with 32.4% for the year ended 30 June 2007. Factors that increased the reported effective tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2007 were a provision for the settlement of tax liabilities relating to the Guinness/GrandMet merger, lower carrying value of deferred tax assets primarily following a reduction in tax rates and the tax impact of an intragroup reorganisation of certain brand businesses.

Discontinued operations     In the year ended 30 June 2008, profit after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £26 million. This principally arose from a tax credit of £24 million relating to the

30


Business review (continued)


disposal of the Pillsbury business. In the year ended 30 June 2007, profit after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £139 million. This profit represented a tax credit of £82 million in respect of the recognition of capital losses that arose on the disposal of Pillsbury and Burger King and a tax credit of £57 million following resolution with the tax authorities of various audit issues including prior year disposals.

Dividend     The directors recommend a final dividend of 21.15 pence per share, an increase of 5% on last year's final dividend. The full dividend will therefore be 34.35 pence per share, an increase of 5% from the year ended 30 June 2007. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 20 October 2008 to shareholders on the register on 12 September 2008. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 24 October 2008. A dividend reinvestment plan is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 29 September 2008.

Exceptional items before taxation     Exceptional items are those that in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Operating costs

             

Restructuring of Irish brewing operations

    (78 )    

Gain on disposal of Park Royal property

        40  

Disposals

             

Other business disposals

    9     (1 )


Analysis by business area and brand

In order to assist the reader of the financial statements, the following comparison of 2008 with 2007 includes tables which present the exceptional items, exchange, acquisitions and disposals and organic components of the year on year movement for each of volume, sales, net sales and operating profit. Organic movements in the tables below are calculated as follows:

(a)    The organic movement percentage is the amount in the column headed Organic movement in the tables below expressed as a percentage of the aggregate of the column headed 2007 Reported, the column headed Exchange and the amounts in respect of transfers (see note (2) beneath the tables of organic movement calculations) and disposals (see note (4) beneath the tables of organic movement calculations) included in the column headed Transfers, acquisitions and disposals. The inclusion of the column headed Exchange in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to exclude the effect of exchange rate movements by recalculating the prior period results as if they had been generated at the current period's exchange rates. Organic movement percentages are calculated as the organic movement amount in £ million, expressed as a percentage of the prior period results at current period exchange rates and after adjusting for transfers, disposals and exceptional items. The basis of calculation means that the results used to measure organic movement for a given period will be adjusted when used to measure organic movement in the subsequent period.

(b)    Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the current period, the group, in organic movement calculations, adjusts the results for the comparable prior period to exclude the amount the group earned in that period that it could not have earned in the current period (i.e. the period between the date in the prior period, equivalent to the date of the disposal in the current period, and the end of the prior period). As a result, the organic

31


Business review (continued)


movement numbers reflect only comparable performance. Similarly, if a business was disposed of part way through the equivalent prior period, then its contribution would be completely excluded from that prior period's performance in the organic movement calculation, since the group recognised no contribution from that business in the current period. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management. For acquisitions, a similar adjustment is made in the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions subsequent to the end of the equivalent prior period, the post acquisition results in the current period are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior period, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior period but are only included from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current period.

(c)    Organic movement in operating margin is the difference between the 2008 operating margin (operating profit adjusted for exceptional items expressed as a percentage of sales) and an operating margin where the amounts for each of sales and operating profit are the aggregate of those captions in the column headed 2007 Reported, the column headed Exchange and the amounts in respect of transfers (see note (2) beneath the tables of organic movement calculations) and disposals (see note (4) beneath the tables of organic movement calculations) included in the column headed Transfers, acquisitions and disposals. Organic movement in operating margin is calculated as the movement amount in margin percentage, expressed in basis points, between the operating margin for the prior period results at current period exchange rates and after adjusting for transfers, disposals and exceptional items and the operating margin for the current period results adjusted for current period exceptional items. The basis of calculation means that the results used to measure organic movement for a given period will be adjusted when used to measure organic movement in the subsequent period.

        The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2008 were as follows:

 
  2007
Reported
units
  Acquisitions
and
disposals
units
  Organic
movement
units
  2008
Reported
units
  Organic
movement
 
 
  million
  million
  million
  million
  %
 

Volume

                               

North America

    50.2     0.1     0.8     51.1     2  

Europe

    40.9         0.7     41.6     2  

International

    37.3         1.8     39.1     5  

Asia Pacific

    12.9         0.3     13.2     2  
                         

Total

    141.3     0.1     3.6     145.0     3  
                         

32


Business review (continued)

 

 
  2007
Reported
  Exchange   Transfers,
acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2008
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Sales

                                     

North America

    2,915     (91 )       141     2,965     5  

Europe

    3,765     183         98     4,046     2  

International

    2,031     34     1     310     2,376     15  

Asia Pacific

    1,131     33         4     1,168      

Corporate

    75     1         12     88     16  
                             

Total sales

    9,917     160     1     565     10,643     6  
                             

Net sales

                                     

North America

    2,472     (73 )       124     2,523     5  

Europe

    2,427     128         75     2,630     3  

International

    1,667     37     1     266     1,971     16  

Asia Pacific

    840     19         18     877     2  

Corporate

    75     1         13     89     17  
                             

Total net sales

    7,481     112     1     496     8,090     7  
                                 

Excise duties

    2,436                       2,553        
                                   

Total sales

    9,917                       10,643        
                                   

 

 
  2007
Reported
  Exceptional
items
  Exchange   Transfers,
acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2008
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Operating profit

                                           

North America

    850         (27 )   2     82     907     10  

Europe

    723     (78 )   47     6     22     720     3  

International

    499         2     (4 )   96     593     19  

Asia Pacific

    196         2     (4 )   (24 )   170     (12 )

Corporate

    (109 )   (40 )   (29 )   (2 )   16     (164 )   9  
                                 

Total

    2,159     (118 )   (5 )   (2 )   192     2,226     9  
                                 

Notes

(1)
Differences between the reported volume movements and organic volume movements are due to acquisitions and disposals.

(2)
Transfers represent the movement between operating units of certain activities, the most significant of which were the reallocation of certain net operating items between Corporate and the regions. Transfers reduced operating profit for International, Asia Pacific and Corporate by £5 million, £4 million and £1 million respectively and increased operating profit in North America and Europe by £4 million and £6 million respectively.

(3)
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales and operating profit are principally in respect of the US dollar and the euro.

33


Business review (continued)

(4)
Acquisitions in the year ended 30 June 2008 that affected sales, net sales and operating profit were the acquisition of Rosenblum Cellars, Ketel One Worldwide BV and the distribution rights for Zacapa rum, which contributed volume, sales, net sales and operating costs of 65,000 equivalent units, £7 million, £7 million and £1 million, respectively, in the year ended 30 June 2008. The only disposal affecting the year was the disposal of the distribution rights of certain champagne brands, which contributed volume, sales, net sales and operating profit of 6,000 equivalent units, £6 million, £6 million and £1 million, respectively, in the year ended 30 June 2007.

(5)
Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2008 comprised restructuring costs for the Irish brewing operations of £78 million. Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2007 comprised a gain on the disposal of land at the Park Royal site of £40 million.

Brand performance

 
  Volume
movement*
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

    4     8     6  

Local priority brands

    2     10     4  

Category brands

    1     8     10  

Total

    3     8     7  

Key spirits brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

    8     12     10  

Johnnie Walker

    5     14     12  

Captain Morgan

    8     10     13  

Baileys

    1     6     3  

J e B

    5     15     9  

Jose Cuervo

    (4 )   (5 )   (3 )

Tanqueray

    1     2     4  

Crown Royal – North America

    5     5     9  

Buchanan's – International

    (2 )   15     5  

Windsor – Asia Pacific

    7     (17 )   (12 )

Guinness

   
1
   
9
   
6
 

Ready to drink

   
(7

)
 
(4

)
 
(5

)

*
Reported and organic volume movements are the same for all brands in all regions.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Focus on the global priority brands drove almost two thirds of total net sales growth. Smirnoff performed strongly across all regions with new campaigns and the launch of Smirnoff Black in a number of markets driving volume growth. Price increases across most markets resulted in net sales growth.

        The International region together with Eastern Europe and Russia led the growth in Johnnie Walker. The strong performance of Johnnie Walker Black Label, Johnnie Walker super deluxe labels and price increases in key markets drove price/mix improvement of 7 percentage points.

34


Business review (continued)

        Captain Morgan sustained its strong performance from the first half. While the key driver of growth is the brand's performance in North America, the brand is now delivering double-digit net sales growth in each region.

        Strong growth in Great Britain, Russia and Latin America drove the growth in Baileys. In Great Britain and Russia Baileys Original Irish Cream performed strongly, while in Latin America Baileys flavours continued to deliver double-digit net sales growth supporting further growth in Baileys Original Irish Cream. Overall results were constrained by lower volume on Baileys flavours in all regions except International as the brand lapped the launch in fiscal 2007.

        J e B grew volume across all regions, in many markets supported by the success of the global 'Start a Party' campaign. Price increases in key markets resulted in improved price/mix driving net sales growth.

        While Jose Cuervo grew net sales in Latin America and Europe, Jose Cuervo's performance continued to be affected by the growth of the ultra premium tequila segment in North America. Price increases and more premium launches have driven net sales growth in Latin America and Europe.

        Tanqueray increased net sales in all regions. North America remained the main contributor to growth, where Tanqueray outperformed the gin category, driven by the continued growth of Tanqueray Rangpur. A price increase on the core brand in North America drove price/mix improvement.

        Crown Royal continued to take share in North America and net sales grew benefiting from price increases and successful innovations.

        Price increases on Buchanan's, in line with Diageo's overall scotch pricing strategy, impacted volume but drove net sales growth.

        Windsor's performance reflected the loss of licence in Korea for part of the year which reduced net sales per case while Diageo Korea was operating through a third party distributor from July 2007 to the beginning of March 2008.

        Growth in Guinness was fuelled by double digit net sales growth in International and outperformance against the beer categories in Ireland and Great Britain as a result of successful advertising campaigns. Net sales grew ahead of volume growth driven by price increases in key markets.

        Crown Royal, Buchanan's and Windsor were the key local priority brands. In addition Malta Guinness showed strong net sales growth as a result of successful marketing campaigns, a new product launch and the development of the off trade in the key markets of Nigeria and Ghana.

        Net sales growth of category brands was driven by the success of our global scotch strategy, namely a focus on net sales growth not volume growth. Price/mix improvement in scotch combined with double-digit growth of beer brands in Africa and growth of reserve and premium brands such as Cîroc, Don Julio and the Classic Malts led to 9 percentage points of price/mix improvement.

        Ready to drink remains challenging as expected and net sales were down 5% driven by North America and Europe. Strong performance of Smirnoff ready to drink in International with growth in Nigeria, South Africa, Brazil and Venezuela with the introduction of new flavours and price increases drove 13% net sales growth in the region which partially offset the impact of the segment's decline in North America and Europe. Diageo's ready to drink brands performed strongly in Australia prior to the 70% duty increase which was implemented on the ready to drink segment at the end of April 2008.

35


Business review (continued)


Since the increased duty was introduced, net sales of ready to drink have declined, partially offset by net sales growth in core spirits.

 
  2008   2007  
Analysis by business
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

North America

    2,523     907     2,472     850  

Europe

    2,630     720     2,427     723  

International

    1,971     593     1,667     499  

Asia Pacific

    877     170     840     196  

Corporate

    89     (164 )   75     (109 )
                   

    8,090     2,226     7,481     2,159  
                   


North America

Key highlights


Key measures
  2008   2007   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

                2     2  

Net sales

    2,523     2,472     2     5  

Marketing spend

    366     364     1     3  

Operating profit

    907     850     7     10  

Reported performance     Net sales were £2,523 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up by £51 million from £2,472 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit increased by £57 million to £907 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Organic performance     The weighted average exchange rate used to translate US dollar sales and profit moved from £1 = $1.93 in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £1 = $2.01 in the year ended 30 June 2008. Exchange rate impacts decreased net sales by £73 million. Acquisitions increased net sales by £6 million, the loss of distribution rights for certain champagne brands decreased net sales by £6 million and there was an organic increase of £124 million. Exchange rate impacts reduced operating profit by £27 million and transfers of costs between regions increased operating profit by £4 million.

36


Business review (continued)


Acquisitions and the loss of distribution rights for certain champagne brands decreased operating profit by £2 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £82 million.

Brand performance
  Volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

    2         3  

Local priority brands

    3     5     8  

Category brands

    1     6     10  

Total

    2     2     5  

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

    8     9     12  

Johnnie Walker

    5     6     10  

Captain Morgan

    7     9     12  

Baileys

    (6 )   (5 )   (3 )

José Cuervo

    (5 )   (7 )   (4 )

Tanqueray

        (1 )   3  

Crown Royal

    5     5     9  

Guinness

    5     4     7  

Ready to drink

    (13 )   (13 )   (10 )

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Overall volume growth was driven by the priority brands. Price increases on 40% of spirits volume in the United States drove net sales growth despite negative mix within the global priority brands due to the strong growth of Smirnoff and Captain Morgan. The continued challenges in the ready to drink segment reduced overall volume growth by 1 percentage point and net sales growth by 2 percentage points. Marketing spend grew 3% as investment was realigned behind the priority and reserve brands and away from ready to drink. Marketing excluding ready to drink grew 5%. Diageo grew share on the majority of its priority spirits and wine brands. Loss of share in the value brands resulted in overall share of US spirits being broadly maintained during the year at 28.3 percentage points, with share of priority spirits brands up 0.3 percentage points.

        In Canada share gains of 1.0 percentage points were delivered in the spirits category. Volume grew 6% driven by the global priority brands and net sales were up 9% as price increases were implemented.

        Smirnoff continued its strong performance from the first half and grew volume 8%. Price increases were taken in key markets driving net sales growth of 12% and share grew 0.2 percentage points. Growth of Smirnoff Red was driven by two successful advertising campaigns, the 'Diamonds' programme and 'Vladimir's Journey', which reinforced the quality image of the brand and its heritage. Smirnoff flavours were driven by the launch of three new flavours: Blueberry, Passion Fruit and White Grape and the 'Simple Drinks' campaign, which taught consumers simple ways of making drinks at home with flavoured vodka.

        Johnnie Walker also grew ahead of the category with volume up 5% and net sales up 10% driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label and the super deluxe labels, leading to share growth of 1.2 percentage points. Price increases were taken across the Johnnie Walker range. Expansion of the Johnnie Walker

37


Business review (continued)


Blue Label bottle engraving programme and the distribution of Johnnie Walker Blue Label King George V drove growth of the super deluxe labels and improved mix.

        Captain Morgan volume was up 7% and net sales were up 12% driven by Captain Morgan Original Spiced rum which gained a further 0.6 percentage points of share despite the launch of two competitor brands in the rum category. Successful marketing campaigns around holidays and the 'Pose-off' contest continued to build this iconic brand.

        The overall Baileys results were constrained by lower volume in Baileys flavours, which lapped the launch in fiscal 2007. Baileys Original Irish Cream outperformed the category with volume up 3% and net sales up 7% as price increases were taken across most of its markets. Strong year round marketing support of the brand along with summer programming for Baileys 'Shiver' helped drive the growth.

        The release of José Cuervo Platino in the first half of 2008 to good consumer response is one of the ways José Cuervo is positioning itself in an increasingly premiumising category. José Cuervo Especial experienced heavy pricing competition and volume decreased 5% as the José Cuervo brand maintained price and in some states increased it, to support the premiumisation of the brand. Marketing spend on José Cuervo was weighted toward the summer season and promoted the mixability of the brand.

        Tanqueray again outperformed a declining gin category, gaining 1.6 percentage points of share driven by the continued growth of Tanqueray Rangpur.

        Crown Royal continued to take share in the North American whiskey category, up 0.4 percentage points. Volume grew 5% and price increases drove net sales up 9%. Crown Royal Cask 16, launched in October 2007, helped to drive mix. The brand was supported by two off trade promotions, the 'Legend of the Purple Bag' and 'I'd Rather Be' as well as its continued sponsorship of NASCAR.

        Guinness showed good growth against the import segment which was broadly flat, with volumes up 5% driven by keg sales and Guinness Extra Stout. Net sales grew 7% as price increases were implemented. The brand was supported by a new advertising campaign, 'Guinness Alive Inside'.

        The local priority brands grew volume 3% and net sales were up 8%, benefiting from price increases and mix improvement from the higher margin spirits brands. Crown Royal led this performance. Buchanan's volume was up 18% and net sales up 24% and Seagram's 7 Crown and Seagram's VO grew net sales 4% and 1%, respectively, on flat volumes. Local priority wines grew volume 6% and net sales were up 8%, driven by strong performance of Sterling Vineyards and Chalone Vineyard and price/mix improvement in Beaulieu Vineyards.

        Within the category brands, mix improvement was driven by strong growth of Don Julio volume up 19% and net sales up 22%, the Classic Malts volume up 14% and net sales up 19%, Bushmills volume up 13% and net sales up 16% and Cîroc volume up 89% and net sales up 90% on strong marketing and distribution gains. Successful marketing of Smithwick's Irish heritage delivered strong growth albeit off a low base with volume up 19% and net sales up 20% following national price increases. This offset net sales declines among the value brands such as Gordon's vodka, net sales down 10% and Gordon's Gin, down 1%.

        The ready to drink segment continued to decline with volume down 13% and net sales down 10%. This was driven by progressive adult beverages, led by the decline of Smirnoff Ice. Smirnoff Ice Light, Smirnoff Ice Strawberry Acai and Captain Morgan Parrot Bay Mojito were introduced in the second half of the year to help refresh the segment. The decline in progressive adult beverages was partially offset by the success of the recently launched Smirnoff cocktail line which has performed very well to

38


Business review (continued)


date. Consequently marketing spend has been reduced on progressive adult beverages and support provided to the spirit based cocktails.

        On 9 June 2008, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 50% equity stake in the newly formed company Ketel One Worldwide BV, which holds the exclusive and perpetual rights to market, sell and distribute Ketel One vodka products.


Europe

Key highlights


Key measures
  2008   2007   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

                2     2  

Net sales

    2,630     2,427     8     3  

Marketing spend

    438     391     12     6  

Operating profit

    720     723         3  

Reported performance     Net sales were £2,630 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up by £203 million from £2,427 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit decreased by £3 million to £720 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. Exceptional costs of £78 million in respect of restructuring costs for the Irish brewing operations are included within operating expenses in the year ended 30 June 2008. Reported operating profit excluding exceptional items increased by £75 million to £798 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Organic performance     The weighted average exchange rate used to translate euro sales and profit moved from £1 = €1.48 in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £1 = €1.36 in the year ended 30 June 2008. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £128 million. Acquisitions increased net sales by £1 million, transfers between regions decreased net sales by £1 million and there was an organic increase of £75 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £47 million. Transfers of

39


Business review (continued)


costs between regions increased operating profit by £6 million, exceptional costs decreased operating profit by £78 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £22 million.

Brand performance
  Volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

    3     10     4  

Local priority brands

    (3 )   3     (2 )

Category brands

        9     4  

Total

    2     8     3  

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

    6     9     5  

Johnnie Walker

    6     19     11  

Baileys

    4     11     4  

J e B

    1     14     6  

Guinness

        7     3  

Ready to drink

    (11 )   (10 )   (13 )

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Strong volume growth in Great Britain, driven by Smirnoff and Baileys, and in Eastern Europe and Russia, was partially offset by continued volume weakness in Iberia. Price increases across Europe, combined with focus on the premium spirit brands, offset negative market mix from the rapid growth in Eastern Europe and resulted in net sales up 3%.

        Global priority brands were the key growth driver with volume up 3% and net sales up 4%. Johnnie Walker was the main contributor with double-digit net sales growth. J e B, Smirnoff and Baileys also performed strongly and Guinness continued its positive performance from the first half, delivering net sales growth for the full year.

        Smirnoff volume was up 6% and net sales were up 5%. This performance was driven by Great Britain where new advertising campaigns and a successful Christmas trading period drove volume up 10%. Net sales were up 8% as a simplified promotional strategy led to higher volume but an increased percentage of that volume being sold on promotion. Within Continental Europe, negative market mix generated by the growth of Smirnoff Vladimir in Poland was partially offset by price increases and the growth of Smirnoff Black as it was seeded across a number of markets.

        Johnnie Walker volume was up 6%, driven by growth in Eastern Europe and Russia, both of which were up over 30%, albeit off a small base. Consistent advertising has increased awareness and the status of the brand in this markets. This growth was partially offset by declines in Iberia and Greece. Net sales were up 11% as a result of price increases and mix improvement as investment focused on Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker super deluxe labels.

        Baileys returned to growth in Great Britain and delivered strong growth in Russia, resulting in overall volume and net sales up 4%. In Great Britain a return to advertising on television and a revised promotional strategy at Christmas drove the brand back to growth. In Russia Baileys continued to demonstrate great potential with net sales growth of 37%, albeit off a small base. In Continental Europe net sales were flat as the brand lapped the Baileys flavours launch in the prior year.

40


Business review (continued)

        J e B returned to growth in Europe supported by the 'Start a Party' advertising campaign and expansion across Continental Europe. In Iberia category volume declines worsened, however J e B delivered net sales growth and share gains as further price increases were implemented. Within Continental Europe, France and Eastern Europe were the main growth drivers. In France a price increase was implemented and J e B gained share. In Romania and Bulgaria, the brand's biggest markets in Eastern Europe, the 'Start a Party' campaign has delivered strong growth.

        Guinness volume was flat and net sales were up 3% as the brand continued to outperform the beer categories in both Ireland and Great Britain. This was the result of new advertising campaigns, focus on quality and the cooler summer of 2007. In Ireland net sales were up 2% and share gains were made in both the on and off trade, driving an overall share gain for Diageo Ireland in the beer category. In Great Britain the beer category worsened in the second half. However, Guinness net sales were up 2% as it continued to outperform the category, particularly in the on trade where it recorded its highest ever share. Volume was up 3% in the rest of Europe as a result of growth across a number of markets which, combined with price increases, led to net sales up 6%.

        Local priority brand volume was down 3% and net sales were down 2%. This was driven by beer in Ireland and Cacique in Spain. Local beer brands in Ireland declined, impacted by the continued decline of the beer category in the on trade and the decision to reduce the volume sold on promotion in the off trade. Carlsberg, however, delivered net sales growth as a result of distribution gains and a new advertising campaign and gained share. In Spain lower volumes of Cacique were partially offset by price increases.

        Category brands delivered price/mix improvement with volume flat and net sales up 4%, as a result of price increases on category scotch brands and the strategy to drive net sales from wine through a change in promotional strategy and mix improvement.

        Ready to drink continued to decline, driven by Smirnoff Ice in Great Britain. The segment now accounts for less than 5% of net sales in the region.


International

Key highlights


41


Business review (continued)


Key measures
  2008   2007   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %

Volume

          5   5

Net sales

  1,971   1,667   18   16

Marketing spend

  244   208   17   16

Operating profit

  593   499   19   19

Reported performance     Net sales were £1,971 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up £304 million from £1,667 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit increased by £94 million from £499 million to £593 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Organic performance     Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £37 million. Transfers between regions increased net sales by £1 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £266 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £2 million and transfers of costs between regions reduced operating profit by £5 million. Acquisitions increased operating profit by £1 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £96 million.

Brand performance
  Volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

  6   17   15  

Local priority brands

  4   20   15  

Category brands

  4   19   17  

Total

  5   18   16  

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

  7   18   15  

Johnnie Walker

  8   21   18  

Baileys

  1   9   6  

Buchanan's

  (2 ) 15   5  

Guinness

  2   15   13  

Ready to drink

  3   12   13  

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Across global priority, local priority and category brands, net sales growth outpaced volume growth driven by price increases. Global priority brands are the drivers of the International business and net sales were up 15%, with Johnnie Walker, Guinness and Smirnoff the main contributors.

        Smirnoff volume grew 7%, driven mostly by Brazil and South Africa where successful marketing campaigns led to further share gains. Price increases in key markets led to strong price/mix improvement, resulting in 15% net sales growth.

        Johnnie Walker delivered 8% volume growth, mostly driven by South Africa, Mexico and Global Travel and Middle East, fuelled by strong trade support and successful advertising. Net sales increased by 18% as a result of price increases implemented across the region and stronger growth in more

42


Business review (continued)


profitable channels in Latin America and of higher margin brands in Africa and Global Travel and Middle East.

        Baileys volume grew 1% and net sales were up 6%, driven by premium priced gift packs combined with brand promotion in Global Travel and the launch of Baileys flavours in Mexico and Central America.

        Buchanan's is the key local priority brand in International. Buchanan's strategy was to increase price in all key markets and this impacted volume while increasing net sales. Volume decreased 2% while improved price/mix drove net sales growth of 5%. The main growth came from Mexico driven by strong on trade activities and successful media campaigns.

        Guinness volume increased 2%, with strong growth coming from Cameroon and East Africa driven by the 'Guinness Greatness' campaign and economic expansion. Net sales for the region were up 13% as a result of price increases and a benefit from changes in excise duty in some markets.

        Increased focus on the 'Start a Party' campaign for J e B led to strong growth with volume up 13% and net sales up 21%. The key markets were Mexico, South Africa and Global Travel and Middle East, where price increases drove net sales growth.

        Local priority brands delivered 4% volume growth and 15% net sales growth, mostly driven by improved price/mix across Buchanan's and beer. Tusker and Pilsner continued to show double-digit net sales growth, driven by price increases and wider availability. As a result of successful marketing campaigns and the development of the off trade in key markets Nigeria and Ghana, Malta Guinness also showed double-digit net sales growth.

        Category brands volume increased 4% and net sales increased 17%. Volume growth was driven by double-digit growth of beer brands in Africa. Significant price increases on value and standard scotch brands in Latin America resulted in volume decline, but strong price/mix improvement drove net sales growth.

        Ready to drink volume grew 3%, mainly driven by Smirnoff ready to drink brands, in particular the introduction of new flavours in Brazil and the continued success of Smirnoff Ice in Brazil and Nigeria and Smirnoff ready to drink in South Africa. Net sales grew 13% mainly as a result of price increases in South Africa, Venezuela and Brazil.

        In Diageo's major African markets net sales growth was in double-digits, with the main growth coming from East Africa, Nigeria and South Africa, where net sales were up 23%, 14% and 20%, respectively.

        In East Africa net sales growth was driven by strategic price increases in the key market of Kenya, significantly improving price/mix, and effective marketing on Guinness and Tusker increasing visibility and driving volume growth.

        In South Africa Diageo's scotch brands and Smirnoff benefited from price increases and, supported by successful marketing campaigns, continued to outperform the category. The introduction of Foundry cider contributed to growth and gave access to a profitable and growing cider category.

        In Ghana net sales grew 32%, driven by price increases across all brands. The largest volume growth came from lagers, malt and stout, as a result of successful marketing investments and expansion in the off trade. In Nigeria net sales increased 14%, driven by a re-launch of Malta Guinness and price increases across all brands. Net sales growth was 9% in Cameroon, as a result of price increases on main brands combined with an improved route to market.

43


Business review (continued)

        Latin America delivered double-digit net sales growth, with main growth coming from Mexico and Brazil as a result of price increases in key brands and strong marketing campaigns.

        In Venezuela and Mexico prices were increased across brands. In Venezuela volume was down 14% as price increases were implemented as a result of the economic situation, however net sales were up 4% as a result of improved price/mix and strong performance in rum. Mexico's volume grew 26% as a result of continued scotch category growth led by Diageo, combined with share gains. Mexico's net sales grew 31% driven by premiumisation and price increases.

        Net sales grew 10% in the Brazil, Uruguay and Paraguay hub with scotch and Smirnoff the key drivers. Successful marketing campaigns on scotch and Smirnoff combined with continued growth in the ready to drink segment led to volume increases. Increased prices and favourable channel and product mix improved price/mix driving net sales growth.

        In Global Travel and Middle East, volume grew 2% and net sales grew 16%. Volume growth was driven by strong performance of scotch, especially Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker super deluxe labels, as a result of gift pack promotions and successful advertising campaigns. Strong price/mix improvements, driven by price increases combined with favourable mix on scotch, resulted in double-digit net sales growth.


Asia Pacific

Key highlights



Key measures
  2008   2007   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

          2   2  

Net sales

  877   840   4   2  

Marketing spend

  191   199   (4 ) (6 )

Operating profit

  170   196   (13 ) (12 )

Reported performance     Net sales were £877 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up £37 million from £840 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit decreased by £26 million from £196 million to £170 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Organic performance     Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £19 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £18 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £

44


Business review (continued)


2 million and transfers between regions decreased operating profit by £4 million. There was an organic decrease in operating profit of £24 million.

Brand performance
  Volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

  4   9   6  

Local priority brands

  4   (7 ) (7 )

Category brands

  (4 ) 11   6  

Total

  2   4   2  

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

  20   37   29  

Johnnie Walker

  (1 ) 5   4  

Windsor

  7   (17 ) (12 )

Guinness

  1   6   6  

Ready to drink

  (2 ) 8   (1 )

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Following the loss of Diageo's import licence in Korea, the route to market was through a third party distributor for part of the year. There was a reduction in net sales per case, marketing spend and operating profit in Korea and this had a significant impact on the overall performance of Asia Pacific for the year. Excluding Korea net sales increased 5% and marketing increased 4%. In addition, overheads increased to support the future performance in the region with the establishment of in market companies in China and Vietnam, increased resources behind the Indian domestic route to market and the creation of the distribution hub in Singapore.

        Smirnoff grew volume 20% and net sales 29%. This performance was driven by double-digit volume and net sales growth in India, Australia and Thailand. The focus on Smirnoff flavours in India and Smirnoff Black and flavours in Australia drove the overall price/mix improvement. A significant increase in marketing spend fuelled performance in Thailand. The brand grew share in all these markets.

        Johnnie Walker volume was marginally down, with volume decline in India as a result of the closure of the duty free channel which was only partially offset by the growth of sales in the domestic channel, in Australia where net sales grew as a result of significant price increases and in Taiwan where the scotch category declined but Johnnie Walker gained share. In China Johnnie Walker grew volume 7% in the second half. Therefore volume was flat for the year, recovering from the 8% decline in the first half. Full year net sales increased 4%, following a 10% decline in the first half. Consumer demand continued to strengthen and Johnnie Walker gained an estimated 3 percentage points of volume share in the growing deluxe scotch segment in China. In Thailand Johnnie Walker grew net sales 5% and Diageo remained the market leader in both premium and deluxe scotch. Across the region net sales grew 4% on the back of price increases. Marketing spend was broadly in line with last year.

        Windsor volume increased 7% whilst net sales were down 12% as a result of having to pay distributor margin in Korea for part of the year. Consistent marketing activity throughout the year extended Windsor's leading share within deluxe scotch by 1.1 percentage points in volume terms.

45


Business review (continued)

        Guinness volume was up 1% and net sales up 6%, with increased distribution and successful consumer promotions driving strong double-digit net sales growth in Korea and with the expansion of the brand in China following a new distribution agreement, supported by significant marketing activity.

        Overall performance of local priority brands was impacted by Korea, with volume up 4% but net sales down 7%. Excluding Korea volume was up 2% and net sales were up 3%. This was driven by Bundaberg in Australia, with volume up 5% and net sales up 6% as a result of strong sales of Bundaberg ready to drink prior to the significant increase in duty which was implemented at the end of April and, after this duty increase, an uplift in Bundaberg spirit sales. This was partially offset by declines in Old Parr and Dimple.

        The volume of category brands in the region was down 4%, however net sales value grew 6% as a result of continued focus on improving profitability of scotch brands in Thailand where low value brands were discontinued. The growth of locally bottled scotch brands in India, together with the growth of bottled in India brands in other categories, enhanced Diageo's route to market there and offset much of the volume decline in category scotch brands. The growth of The Singleton malt whisky in Greater China further contributed to price/mix improvement.

        The Australia ready to drink segment represents over 90% of ready to drink net sales in the region. Ready to drink brands in Australia performed strongly for the first 10 months of the year but slowed significantly following a 70% duty increase in April 2008, and for the full year volume declined 2% and net sales were down 1% for the region. For the year ending 30 June 2009, it is expected that the increase in excise duty in Australia will reduce operating profit by £25 million.

        As previously reported, Diageo Korea and several of its current and former employees have been subject to investigations by Korean authorities regarding various regulatory and control matters. Convictions for improper payments to a Korean customs official have been handed down against a current and a former Diageo Korea employee, and three further Diageo Korea employees have been convicted for various counts of tax evasion.

        Diageo had previously voluntarily reported the allegations relating to the convictions for improper payments to the US Department of Justice and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC has commenced an informal investigation into these matters, and Diageo is in the process of responding to the regulators' inquiries. Diageo's own internal investigation is ongoing.


Corporate revenue and costs

Net sales were £89 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up £14 million from £75 million in the prior year. Net reported operating costs were £164 million, up from £149 million in the prior year. £29 million of this increase relates to exchange rate movements. Excluding this and the impact of transfers and acquisitions (£2 million increase in costs), net operating costs decreased £16 million.

46


Business review (continued)

Operating results – 2007 compared with 2006

Summary consolidated income statement

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

  9,917   9,704  

Excise duties

  (2,436 ) (2,444 )
           

Net sales

  7,481   7,260  

Operating costs

  (5,322 ) (5,216 )
           

Operating profit

  2,159   2,044  

Disposal of investments and businesses

  (1 ) 157  

Net finance charges

  (212 ) (186 )

Associates' profits

  149   131  
           

Profit before taxation

  2,095   2,146  

Taxation

  (678 ) (181 )
           

Profit from continuing operations

  1,417   1,965  

Discontinued operations

  139    
           

Profit for the year

  1,556   1,965  
           

Attributable to:

         

Equity shareholders

  1,489   1,908  

Minority interests

  67   57  
           

  1,556   1,965  
           

Sales and net sales     On a reported basis, sales increased by £213 million from £9,704 million in the year ended 30 June 2006 to £9,917 million in the year ended 30 June 2007. On a reported basis, net sales increased by £221 million from £7,260 million in the year ended 30 June 2006 to £7,481 million in the year ended 30 June 2007. Exchange rate movements decreased reported sales by £358 million and reported net sales by £280 million, principally arising from the weakening of the US dollar. Acquisitions and disposals resulted in a net decrease in reported sales and reported net sales of £24 million and £10 million, respectively, for the year.

Operating costs     On a reported basis, operating costs increased by £106 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 due to an increase in marketing costs of £35 million, from £1,127 million to £1,162 million, an increase in cost of sales of £82 million, from £2,921 million to £3,003 million, and a decrease in other operating expenses of £11 million, from £1,168 million to £1,157 million. Offset within other operating expenses in the year ended 30 June 2007 are profits on disposal of property, plant and equipment, including an exceptional gain of £40 million on the disposal of land at Park Royal in the United Kingdom. There were no exceptional items in operating costs in the year ended 30 June 2006. Excluding exceptional items, operating costs increased by £146 million from £5,216 million in the year ended 30 June 2006 to £5,362 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

Post employment plans     Post employment costs for the year ended 30 June 2007 of £56 million (2006 – £87 million) included amounts charged to operating profit of £104 million (2006 – £106 million) partly offset by finance income of £48 million (2006 – £19 million). At 30 June 2007, Diageo's deficit before taxation for all post employment plans was £419 million (2006 – £801 million).

47


Business review (continued)

Operating profit     Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2007 increased by £115 million to £2,159 million from £2,044 million in the prior year. Exceptional operating gains of £40 million were generated in the year ended 30 June 2007. There were no comparable exceptional operating gains or costs in the year ended 30 June 2006. Excluding the exceptional gain relating to Park Royal, operating profit for the year increased by £75 million from £2,044 million in the year ended 30 June 2006 to £2,119 million in the current year.

        Exchange rate movements reduced operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2007 by £91 million.

Disposal of investments and businesses     In the year ended 30 June 2007 a loss before taxation of £1 million arose from the disposal of businesses. In the year ended 30 June 2006 gains before taxation on the disposal of businesses were £157 million, representing a gain of £151 million on the sale of the group's remaining 25 million shares of common stock of General Mills and a gain on the sale of other businesses of £6 million.

Net finance charges     Net finance charges increased by £26 million from £186 million in the year ended 30 June 2006 to £212 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

        The net interest charge increased by £58 million from £193 million in the prior year to £251 million in the year ended 30 June 2007. This increase principally resulted from the increase in net borrowings in the year and the increase in US dollar and euro interest rates. Exchange rate movements reduced net interest by £11 million.

        Other net finance income of £39 million (2006 – £7 million) included income of £48 million (2006 – £19 million) in respect of the group's post employment plans. This movement principally reflects the increase in the value of the assets held by the post employment plans between 1 July 2005 and 30 June 2006. Other finance income for the year ended 30 June 2007 of £7 million (2006 – charge of £2 million) includes income of £6 million (2006 – charge of £2 million) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on intercompany funding arrangements that do not meet the accounting criteria for recognition in equity. Other finance charges of £16 million (2006 – £15 million) in respect of the unwinding of the discount on discounted provisions were recognised during the year. Other finance income in the year ended 30 June 2006 also included £5 million dividend income in respect of the group's interest in General Mills.

Associates     The group's share of profits of associates after interest and tax was £149 million for the year ended 30 June 2007 compared to £131 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £136 million to share of profits of associates after interest and tax (2006 – £122 million).

Profit before taxation     Profit before taxation decreased by £51 million from £2,146 million to £2,095 million in the year ended 30 June 2007, primarily as a result of increased operating profit in the year which was more than offset by the £151 million gain on disposal of General Mills shares in the year ended 30 June 2006.

Taxation     The reported effective tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2007 is 32.4% compared with 8.4% for the year ended 30 June 2006. Factors that increased the reported effective tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2007 were a provision for the settlement of tax liabilities relating to the Guinness/GrandMet merger, lower carrying value of deferred tax assets primarily following a reduction in tax rates and the tax impact of an intragroup reorganisation of certain brand businesses. The effective tax

48


Business review (continued)


rate in the prior year was reduced following the agreement of certain brand values with tax authorities that resulted in recognising an increase in the group's deferred tax assets of £313 million.

Discontinued operations     In the year ended 30 June 2007 profit after tax in respect of the disposal of businesses was £139 million. This profit represents a tax credit of £82 million in respect of the recognition of capital losses that arose on the disposal of Pillsbury and Burger King and a tax credit of £57 million following resolution with the tax authorities of various audit issues including prior year disposals. There was no profit or loss from discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2006.

Exceptional items before taxation     Exceptional items are those items that in management's judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

 
  2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Operating costs

         

Gain on disposal of Park Royal property

  40    
           

Disposals

         

Gain on disposal of General Mills shares

    151  

Other disposals

  (1 ) 6  
           

  (1 ) 157  
           


Analysis by business area and brand

The organic movements for the comparison of 2007 compared with 2006 are calculated using the same methodology as the organic movements for 2008 compared with 2007.

        The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2007 were as follows:

 
  2006
Reported
units
  Acquisitions
and
disposals
units
  Organic
movement
units
  2007
Reported
units
  Organic
movement
 
 
  million
  million
  million
  million
  %
 

Volume

                     

North America

  48.8     1.4   50.2   3  

Europe

  41.4   0.1   (0.6 ) 40.9   (2 )

International

  32.1   0.2   5.0   37.3   16  

Asia Pacific

  11.5     1.4   12.9   12  
                       

Total

  133.8   0.3   7.2   141.3   5  
                       

49


Business review (continued)

 
  2006
Reported
  Exchange   Transfers,
acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2007
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Sales

                         

North America

  2,968   (225 ) 2   170   2,915   6  

Europe

  3,834   (32 ) (26 ) (11 ) 3,765    

International

  1,784   (73 )   320   2,031   19  

Asia Pacific

  1,042   (28 )   117   1,131   12  

Corporate

  76       (1 ) 75   (1 )
                           

Total sales

  9,704   (358 ) (24 ) 595   9,917   6  
                           

Net sales

                         

North America

  2,510   (190 ) 1   151   2,472   7  

Europe

  2,455   (23 ) (11 ) 6   2,427    

International

  1,456   (46 )   257   1,667   18  

Asia Pacific

  763   (21 )   98   840   13  

Corporate

  76       (1 ) 75   (1 )
                           

Total net sales

  7,260   (280 ) (10 ) 511   7,481   7  
                           

Excise duties

  2,444               2,436      
                           

Total sales

  9,704               9,917      
                           
 
  2006
Reported
  Exceptional
items
  Exchange   Transfers,
acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2007
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Operating profit

                             

North America

  829     (69 ) (3 ) 93   850   12  

Europe

  737     (10 ) (3 ) (1 ) 723    

International

  445     (20 ) (5 ) 79   499   19  

Asia Pacific

  199     (6 ) (9 ) 12   196   7  

Corporate

  (166 ) 40   14   17   (14 ) (109 ) (9 )
                               

Total

  2,044   40   (91 ) (3 ) 169   2,159   9  
                               

Notes

(1)
Differences between the reported volume movements and organic volume movements are due to acquisitions and disposals.

(2)
Transfers represent the movement between operating units of certain activities, the most significant of which were the reallocation of certain supply and other overheads from Corporate to the regions and the reallocation of certain prior year transaction exchange differences into Corporate. Transfers reduced restated prior year operating profit for North America, International and Asia Pacific by £3 million, £5 million and £9 million, respectively, and reduced costs in Corporate by £17 million.

(3)
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, and operating profit are principally in respect of the US dollar.

50


Business review (continued)

(4)
The only acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2007 that affected sales, net sales and operating profit was the acquisition of the Smirnov brand in Russia, which was reported in Europe. The other acquisition impacting on the calculation of organic growth in the period was the acquisition of The "Old Bushmills" Distillery Company Limited in August 2005. Disposals affecting the period were the disposal of United Beverages Limited and Three Barrels (both Europe), which contributed volume, sales, net sales and operating profit of 0.2 million equivalent units, £35 million, £17 million and £2 million, respectively, in the year ended 30 June 2006.

(5)
Exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2007 comprise a gain on the disposal of land at the Park Royal site. There were no operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2006.

Brand performance

 
  Reported
volume
movement
  Organic
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

  6   6   3   7  

Local priority brands

  4   3   3   7  

Category brands

  7   6   4   8  

Total

  6   5   3   7  

Key spirits brands:*
                 

Smirnoff vodka

  6   6   4   9  

Johnnie Walker

  14   14   13   16  

Captain Morgan

  7   7   2   10  

Baileys

  7   7   6   10  

J e B

  (2 ) (2 ) (3 ) (1 )

José Cuervo

  2   2   (4 ) 3  

Tanqueray

  6   6   3   10  

Crown Royal – North America

  5   5   1   9  

Buchanan's – International

  41   41   53   40  

Windsor – Asia Pacific

  15   15   12   15  

Guinness

 
2
 
2
 
 
3
 

Ready to drink

 
(1

)

(1

)

(5

)

 

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 
  2007   2006  
Analysis by business
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

North America

  2,472   850   2,510   829  

Europe

  2,427   723   2,455   737  

International

  1,667   499   1,456   445  

Asia Pacific

  840   196   763   199  

Corporate

  75   (109 ) 76   (166 )
                   

Total

  7,481   2,159   7,260   2,044  
                   

51


Business review (continued)

North America

Key highlights


Key measures
  2007   2006   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

                3     3  

Net sales

    2,472     2,510     (2 )   7  

Marketing spend

    364     384     (5 )   5  

Operating profit

    850     829     3     12  

Reported performance     Net sales were £2,472 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 down by £38 million from £2,510 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit increased by £21 million to £850 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

Organic performance     The weighted average exchange rate used to translate US dollar sales and profit moved from £1 = $1.78 in the year ended 30 June 2006 to £1 = $1.93 in the year ended 30 June 2007. Exchange rate impacts decreased net sales by £190 million. Acquisitions increased net sales by £1 million and there was an organic increase of £151 million. Exchange rate impacts reduced operating profit by £69 million and transfers of costs between regions reduced operating profit by £3 million. There was an organic increase in operating profit of £93 million.

Brand performance
  Reported
volume
movement
  Organic
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

    4     4     (2 )   7  

Local priority brands

    3     3     (2 )   8  

Category brands

    (2 )   (2 )   (1 )   5  

Total

    3     3     (1 )   7  

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff vodka

    5     5     2     10  

Johnnie Walker

    5     5     (2 )   7  

Captain Morgan

    6     6     1     9  

Baileys

    20     20     13     22  

José Cuervo

    1     1     (5 )   3  

Tanqueray

    6     6     1     9  

Crown Royal

    5     5     1     9  

Guinness

    4     4     (1 )   7  

Ready to drink

    (6 )   (6 )   (8 )   (1 )

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

52


Business review (continued)

        Price increases and mix improvement drove performance in North America as top line growth was achieved across spirits, wine and beer.

        Smirnoff vodka had another strong year with volume up 5% and net sales up 10% as price increases have been implemented. Smirnoff continued to benefit from the 'Clearly Smirnoff' campaign and gained 0.2 percentage points of value share.

        Johnnie Walker volume was up 5% and stronger growth of Johnnie Walker Black Label together with price increases on Johnnie Walker Black Label led to net sales growth of 7%. Share was up 2.0 percentage points on a value basis with gains on both Johnnie Walker Red Label and Johnnie Walker Black Label.

        New television advertising campaigns and successful on trade marketing programmes increased brand awareness and recruited new consumers to Captain Morgan resulting in share gains of 1.5 percentage points on a value basis. Volume was up 6% and price increases on Captain Morgan Original Spiced Rum were implemented, driving net sales growth of 9%.

        Baileys had an outstanding year with volume up 20% and net sales up 22%. This was driven by the national launch of Baileys flavours and by continued growth of the core brand.

        José Cuervo delivered 1% volume growth and 3% net sales growth. Investment has been focused around the super premium labels as this is the segment that is driving category growth. As a result these grew by 20%, albeit off a small base.

        Tanqueray grew volume 6% and net sales 9%, gaining 0.9 percentage points of value share in a declining category. This was driven by increased media investment behind the 'Are You Ready to Tanqueray' campaign and the introduction of Tanqueray Rangpur which was launched nationally in the second half.

        Local priority brand volume increased 3% and net sales increased 8%. Growth of Crown Royal and US wines were partially offset by a small decline in Seagram's VO. US wines grew net sales 8% driven by strong growth of the Chalone wines.

        Crown Royal volume increased 5% as the NASCAR team sponsorship was up-weighted for the 2006 season and the brand returned to being advertised on television in December following two years of limited presence. Price increases were implemented on approximately 40% of volume and this, combined with the positive performance of the luxury Crown Royal Extra Rare, drove net sales growth of 9%.

        Volume in the category brands declined 2%. Growth of beer and reserve brands led to mix improvement and net sales grew 5%.

        Guinness volume grew 4%, with net sales up 7% as a result of a national price increase on the brand. Increased marketing activity was focused on Guinness Draught in Bottles leading to distribution gains and increased levels of visibility in retail. Additionally, marketing spend on TV media was up.

        Ready to drink volume declined 6% whilst net sales were down 1% as a result of price increases and mix improvement. While Smirnoff ready to drink volume declined, innovation delivered mix improvements with the introduction of new Smirnoff Ice flavours and Smirnoff Raw Tea. The continued growth of Parrot Bay Tropical Malt Beverages and José Cuervo Golden Margaritas also contributed to this.

53


Business review (continued)


Europe

Key highlights


Key measures
  2007   2006   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

                (1 )   (2 )

Net sales

    2,427     2,455     (1 )    

Marketing spend

    391     389     1     1  

Operating profit

    723     737     (2 )    

Reported performance     Net sales were £2,427 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 down by £28 million from £2,455 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit decreased by £14 million to £723 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

Organic performance     The weighted average exchange rate used to translate euro sales and profit moved from £1 = €1.46 in the year ended 30 June 2006 to £1 = €1.48 in the year ended 30 June 2007. Exchange rate impacts reduced net sales by £23 million. Acquisitions increased net sales by £6 million, disposals decreased net sales by £17 million and there was an organic increase of £6 million. Exchange rate impacts reduced operating profit by £10 million. Acquisitions decreased operating profit by £1 million, disposals decreased operating profit by £2 million and there was an organic decrease in operating profit of £1 million.

Brand performance
  Reported
volume
movement
  Organic
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )    

Local priority brands

    (6 )   (6 )   (3 )   (2 )

Category brands

    3     1     (1 )   2  

Total

    (1 )   (2 )   (1 )    

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff vodka

    2     2     3     4  

Johnnie Walker

    4     4     11     12  

Baileys

    (2 )   (2 )   1     2  

J e B

    (4 )   (4 )   (3 )   (2 )

Guinness

    (6 )   (6 )   (5 )   (4 )

Ready to drink

    (12 )   (12 )   (14 )   (12 )

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

54


Business review (continued)

        Global priority brand volume declined 1% and net sales were flat as the decline of Smirnoff ready to drink and of Guinness was offset by strong growth of Johnnie Walker. Performance in the global priority brands significantly improved during the second half with volume up 3% and net sales up 4%.

        Smirnoff vodka volume increased 2% while net sales increased 4% following price increases in Ireland and benefiting from the premiumisation strategy in Continental Europe which focused on building the brand credentials of Smirnoff Red and Smirnoff Black. With significant improvement in Great Britain, volume in the second half grew 6% and net sales grew 8%.

        Johnnie Walker volume was up 4% and net sales increased 12%. Volume growth was driven largely from Johnnie Walker Black Label in Greece and Poland and Johnnie Walker Red Label in Russia, Poland, Bulgaria and the Balkans. Net sales growth was the result of price increases, up-weighted investment and a premiumisation strategy in Russia, Greece and Iberia. Volume and net sales further improved in the second half, with growth of 11% and 24% respectively.

        While Baileys volume declined 2%, net sales increased 2%. This was driven by action taken in Great Britain in the first half to increase net sales per case and higher net sales per case in Russia as a result of the move to an in-market company. Strong volume performance in Continental Europe and Russia and the launch of Baileys flavours partially offset the decline in Great Britain. Both volume and net sales growth across Europe improved during the second half as volume increased 13% and net sales increased 17%.

        J e B volume declined 4% and net sales declined 2%, primarily driven by the continued decline of the scotch category in Spain. This was partially offset by growth in France and Eastern Europe.

        Guinness volume declined 6% driven by the continued trend from on to off trade. Price increases were taken during the year and net sales declined 4%.

        Total ready to drink volume and net sales declined 12%, primarily driven by Smirnoff Ice in Great Britain, Germany and France.

        Local priority brand performance was impacted by the decline of Gordon's and Bell's in Great Britain, as a result of the Christmas pricing strategy to increase net sales value to the trade and by a decline in Cacique in Spain. This led to volume down 6% and net sales down 2%.

        Category brand volume increased 1% and net sales increased 2%, driven by gains in Pimm's and Blossom Hill.

Great Britain     In the full year volume and net sales both declined 5%. This reflects decline in the first half partially offset by growth in the second half. As a result of a more focused strategy on core spirits during the second half, spirits accounted for a greater proportion of total net sales and the proportion of ready to drink and beer fell. This resulted in second half volume growth of 6% ahead of net sales growth of 1%.

        Smirnoff vodka volume declined 1% but net sales increased 1% as a result of price increases. In the second half, a combination of focus on sales execution and brand building initiatives resulted in volume up 10% and net sales up 11%.

        Baileys volume declined 25% and net sales declined 21% as a result of the Christmas pricing strategy to increase net sales per case to the off trade. In the second half net sales were up 12% as a result of increased promotions.

55


Business review (continued)

        Guinness volume declined 5% while a price increase in February 2007 moderated the net sales decline to 3%. This was broadly in line with the performance of the beer market in the United Kingdom. However, positive consumer reaction to a new advertising campaign meant that Guinness gained share in the on trade and is now the number four beer in Great Britain.

        Local priority brand volume declined 9% and net sales declined 8%, driven by Gordon's and Bell's. Performance significantly improved during the second half with a 10% volume and 6% net sales increase.

        Category brand volume increased 4% while net sales were flat as growth in Pimm's and Blossom Hill offset declines in Piat d'Or.

        Smirnoff ready to drink net sales declined 14% in line with the segment.

Ireland     The key driver in Ireland continues to be the trend from the on to the off trade. For the full year, volume was down 2% and net sales were down 1%. While net sales of beer declined 2%, spirits and wines outperformed in both the on and off trade with 4% and 7% net sales growth respectively. Smirnoff vodka grew net sales 7% and Baileys net sales increased 2%. In wine, Blossom Hill increased net sales by 37%, albeit off a small base.

        Guinness volume declined 9% and net sales declined 7%. The second half performance improved following increased marketing and net sales declined by 5%.

        Net sales of the lager brands grew 3% driven by Budweiser with the support of the successful launch of Bud Light.

Iberia     Volume declined 7% and net sales declined 2%. This was primarily driven by Spain, where performance was impacted by a declining scotch category combined with changes in consumer behaviour following new legislation that increased drink driving penalties. Price increases across both Spain and Portugal partially offset the impact of the volume decline.

        J e B volume declined 8% and net sales declined 3%. In the second half, volume and share performance improved as a result of investment in the off trade and price increases were implemented. This combined with growth in J e B Reserve led to price mix improvement.

        Price increases contributed to Johnnie Walker net sales growth of 4% while stock level reduction led to a volume decline of 2%. The brand outperformed the scotch category in Spain with Johnnie Walker Red Label the only whisky brand growing within the standard segment. Johnnie Walker Black Label became the number one deluxe whisky in Spain with share growth of 4.2 percentage points.

        Local priority brand volume declined 10%, primarily driven by lower volume in Cacique down 8%. Growth in premium variants and Cacique 500 and Cacique Origen, which both gained share, combined with price increases, did improve mix and net sales were down 3%.

        Category brand volume was down 9% primarily because of the decline in low priced scotch brands. Mix improvement was delivered as Diageo's malt whisky brands grew strongly, albeit off a small base and net sales declined 3%.

Rest of Europe     In Continental Europe focus on premiumisation with the relaunch of Smirnoff Black, reallocation of spending toward key brands and innovation with Baileys flavours drove volume up 4% and net sales up 5%.

        In France volume increased 6% and net sales increased 2%. In a competitive market, promotional activity for priority brands such as Baileys, Smirnoff and Johnnie Walker increased.

56


Business review (continued)

        In Greece total industry spirit sales declined 2%, driven by a decline in the off trade of 5%. In addition, the port strike during the first half and a decline in Ursus caused volume to decline 4%. Net sales were flat however as a result of a premiumisation strategy and price increases across all categories. Diageo continues to be the leader in whisky, with Johnnie Walker Red Label leading both the on and off trade. Net sales performance in Johnnie Walker Black Label, Tanqueray and Cardhu were also strong, with increases of 25%, 39% and 14% respectively.

        In Eastern Europe total volume increased 13% driven by Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label, J e B and Baileys. Net sales grew 16% as a result of premiumisation, in particular the strong growth of Johnnie Walker Black Label and new routes to market.

        In Russia volume grew 25% and net sales grew 63%. The move from a distributor to a newly created in-market company in July 2006 drove an increase in net sales per case. Following this move Diageo's regional presence increased to cover 74 cities in Russia and marketing spend increased behind Johnnie Walker Red Label, Baileys and Captain Morgan. The newly acquired Smirnov brand has shown a promising start.


International

Key highlights


Key measures
  2007   2006   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

                16     16  

Net sales

    1,667     1,456     14     18  

Marketing spend

    208     183     14     17  

Operating profit

    499     445     12     19  

Reported performance     Net sales were £1,667 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 up by £211 million from £1,456 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit increased by £54 million to £499 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

Organic performance     Exchange rate impacts reduced net sales by £46 million. There was an organic increase in net sales of £257 million. Exchange rate impacts reduced operating profit by £20 million and

57


Business review (continued)


transfers of costs between regions reduced operating profit by £5 million. There was an organic increase in operating profit of £79 million.

Brand performance
  Reported
volume
movement
  Organic
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

    15     15     12     17  

Local priority brands

    19     15     22     24  

Category brands

    18     18     14     16  

Total

    16     16     15     18  

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff vodka

    11     11     8     17  

Johnnie Walker

    17     16     18     18  

Baileys

    19     19     19     21  

Buchanan's

    41     41     53     40  

Guinness

    13     13     7     15  

Ready to drink

    22     22     8     19  

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Global priority brands achieved strong growth with Guinness net sales up 17% in Africa and Johnnie Walker and Baileys delivering double digit net sales growth across most markets. Smirnoff vodka also performed strongly with Brazil the key driver.

        Johnnie Walker continued to demonstrate the success of its global campaign with volume up 16% and net sales up 18%, benefiting from increased marketing investment especially in Latin America and South Africa. Johnnie Walker's Grand Prix team sponsorship continues to be a powerful platform to drive brand equity and deliver Diageo's responsible drinking messages.

        Guinness delivered strong growth throughout Africa. Growth accelerated in the second half as the new Guinness Greatness campaign was rolled out. The brand responded well to increased investment especially in Nigeria, the biggest market for Guinness in International, which accounts for 50% of the volume in Africa.

        Baileys delivered net sales growth in Latin America and Global Travel and Middle East with Baileys flavours helping to drive the increase.

        Performance of the local priority brands was driven by Buchanan's. Malta Guinness also performed strongly in Nigeria and Ghana with net sales up 14% and 25% respectively, while Tusker grew net sales across East Africa.

        Old Parr in Latin America and beer brands, especially Senator in East Africa, drove growth of category brands.

        Ready to drink volume grew 22% and net sales grew 19%. Growth was driven by Smirnoff Storm, which continued to grow share in the segment in South Africa and the launch of Smirnoff Ice in Nigeria and Ghana. Smirnoff Ice also continued to perform well in Brazil.

Africa     Volume in Africa grew 17% with net sales up 19% as a result of price increases in Ghana and Nigeria and mix improvement in South Africa. Guinness, Senator, Johnnie Walker Black Label and Smirnoff ready to drink were the main drivers of growth.

58


Business review (continued)

        Volume in Nigeria was up 10% as a result of strong growth in a relatively stable economy. Net sales were up 16% as a price increase was implemented on Guinness. Investment behind the Guinness Greatness campaign drove Guinness net sales up 18%. Malta Guinness net sales grew 14%.

        In East Africa volume was up 27% and net sales up 25%. Senator grew net sales 55%, benefiting from the government's zero-rated tax on non-malt beer in Kenya that allowed it to compete in the huge low value alcohol segment. Guinness net sales were up 32% due to the success of the Guinness Greatness campaign and net sales of Tusker and Pilsner were up 15% and 18% respectively.

        In South Africa net sales were up 23% on volume growth of 15%. Mix improvement was delivered as a result of the growth in Smirnoff ready to drink, which grew net sales 40% and Diageo's scotch brands, which grew ahead of the category. Johnnie Walker led this growth with net sales up 44%. Price increases were implemented across all key brands during the year.

        Volume in Ghana was up 3% and net sales up 16% as a result of growth in Malta Guinness and Guinness and price increases taken in the year.

        In Cameroon trading improved following a substantial decline in volume in the prior year. Volume was up 10% as Guinness performed strongly and gained 1.4 percentage points of share. Net sales growth up 2% was held back primarily as a result of a change to third party distribution.

Latin America and Caribbean     Strong growth was delivered in Latin America and Caribbean throughout the year with volume up 18% and net sales up 22%. Diageo's scotch brands continued to drive this growth, especially Johnnie Walker and Buchanan's. Smirnoff and Baileys also delivered strongly across the region with net sales up 29% and 32% respectively.

        In Venezuela Diageo leads the growing scotch category and made further share gains, with share up 0.7 percentage points in the super deluxe scotch segment and 2.3 percentage points in the standard scotch segment.

        In Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil net sales grew 21%. New advertising campaigns and a broadening of distribution outside of key cities drove growth in Johnnie Walker with net sales up 19%. Price increases were successfully implemented on Smirnoff vodka and net sales grew 31% on volume growth of 18%. Smirnoff vodka is driving growth in the premium vodka segment. Smirnoff ready to drink also performed well as net sales grew 25%.

        In Mexico volume was up 5% and net sales up 9% as Diageo gained share in the scotch and liqueurs categories. While Diageo gained share across each scotch segment, super deluxe scotch is the fastest growing segment in the category and Diageo gained 2.0 percentage points of share. In liqueurs Baileys volume increased 21% following the launch of Baileys flavours in May 2007.

Global Travel and Middle East     Volume was up 7% and net sales up 8% despite the difficult trading conditions resulting from conflicts in the Middle East and travel security issues worldwide. Diageo's scotch brands were key to this growth. Johnnie Walker Black Label performed strongly with net sales up 8% as the premium status of the brand was enhanced through promotional activities such as the golf gift pack in Asia around the Johnnie Walker Classic golf tournament. The Johnnie Walker super deluxe labels also continued their strong performance. Baileys grew net sales 11% mainly driven by the global roll out of Baileys flavours.

59


Business review (continued)


Asia Pacific

Key highlights


Key measures
  2007   2006   Reported
movement
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

                12     12  

Net sales

    840     763     10     13  

Marketing spend

    199     171     16     22  

Operating profit

    196     199     (2 )   7  

Reported performance     Net sales were £840 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 up by £77 million from £763 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit decreased by £3 million to £196 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

Organic performance     Exchange rate impacts reduced net sales by £21 million. There was an organic increase in net sales of £98 million. Exchange impacts reduced operating profit by £6 million and transfers of costs between regions reduced operating profit by £9 million. There was an organic increase in operating profit of £12 million.

Brand performance
  Reported
volume
movement
  Organic
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

    18     18     14     17  

Local priority brands

    4     4     3     6  

Category brands

    4     4     10     14  

Total

    12     12     10     13  

Key brands:*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff vodka

    23     23     25     31  

Johnnie Walker

    25     25     19     22  

Windsor

    15     15     12     15  

Guinness

    (5 )   (5 )   5     5  

Ready to drink

    3     3     1     5  

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Global priority brands drove overall performance. Johnnie Walker which is Diageo's largest brand in Asia Pacific, representing nearly a third of net sales, drove approximately 50% of the net sales growth in the region.

        Smirnoff volume grew 23% responding well to increased marketing investment. Price increases were also implemented in a number of markets and as a result net sales grew 31%. Growth was driven

60


Business review (continued)


by India and Australia as Smirnoff Experience events, promotions and in the case of Australia, the 'Clearly Smirnoff' media campaign, increased brand awareness.

        Johnnie Walker growth accelerated over last year as a result of brand building marketing, aligned to Johnnie Walker's Grand Prix team sponsorship, mentoring and PR events. Johnnie Walker Red Label grew net sales over 50% in Thailand and in China net sales of Johnnie Walker Black Label continued to grow strongly.

        Guinness performance was the result of a strategy to drive value. Net sales increased 5% as price increases and the repatriation of Guinness from a third party distributor in Korea offset a volume decline of 5%.

        Local priority brands grew volume 4% and net sales 6% primarily as a result of growth in Windsor in Korea.

        Significant mix improvement was delivered in category brands with volume up 4% and net sales up 14%. This was primarily driven by the growth of Benmore in Thailand offsetting declines in the lower priced Spey Royal and Golden Knight.

        Ready to drink volume increased 3% and net sales increased 5%, driven by Smirnoff Ice in Japan which was re-launched in fiscal 2006. In Australia, a decline in Bundaberg ready to drink was offset by new brand launches.

        Marketing spend in Asia Pacific increased 22%. This growth was driven by investments made in the high growth potential markets such as India and China, although the rate of growth in marketing spend in China has now moderated following the significant upweight in fiscal 2005 and 2006. The growth in marketing was targeted behind priority brands such as Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff vodka and behind the launch of new brands in India.

        In Australia volume increased 3% and net sales grew 4%. In ready to drink net sales grew 1% as a net sales decline in Bundaberg of 4% was offset by growth in both Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff ready to drink variants, with net sales up 12% and 5% respectively. Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff net sales growth was driven by new line extensions and formats. In spirits Diageo outperformed the spirits category. Smirnoff vodka grew volume 15% as a result of media investment behind the 'Clearly Smirnoff' campaign and price increases led to net sales growth of 22%. Johnnie Walker's cricket sponsorship and a new advertising campaign led to volume up 8%. Net sales were up 11% as a price increase was implemented on Johnnie Walker Red Label.

        In Korea volume increased 8% and net sales were up 13%. Windsor continued to perform strongly, driving overall performance as net sales grew 15%. Diageo has outperformed the growing whisky category and therefore extended its leadership position with Windsor now the number one scotch brand in Korea. Positive brand mix was delivered as the growth of Windsor more than offset the decline of Dimple and this, combined with price increases and the repatriation of Guinness from a third party distributor, drove net sales growth ahead of volume growth. During the year Diageo Korea and several employees were subject to investigations regarding various regulatory and control matters.

        In Japan volume declined 1%, while net sales grew 8%. Volume performance continued to be impacted by the decline in the scotch category while the growth of Smirnoff Ice following the relaunch drove mix improvement. Although share has been lost in the standard and deluxe segments, Diageo has focused investment on the super deluxe brands and delivered growth significantly ahead of the segment.

61


Business review (continued)

        In Thailand while the whisky category declined, Diageo continued to outperform. Volume was up 4% and net sales were significantly ahead, up 21%, driven by Diageo's strategy to drive mix improvement and a reduction in excise duties on certain brands. Diageo leads across premium, deluxe and super deluxe scotch segments and has increased its value share of the overall category by 5.4 percentage points. Johnnie Walker Black Label gained further share in the deluxe segment whilst Johnnie Walker Red Label drove the growth in the premium whisky segment, with net sales up 54%. In the standard segment, mix improvement has been achieved through focus on Benmore in preference to the lower priced Spey Royal. Volume of Spey Royal therefore declined as did volume of Golden Knight in the economy segment.

        In China volume grew 41% and net sales grew 61% as Johnnie Walker Black Label continued to take share. In January 2007 Diageo made its first investment in the Chinese white spirits category through a minority stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Co Limited.

        In Taiwan while the overall scotch category is in decline, the deluxe segments are in growth. Diageo's focus on the Johnnie Walker deluxe labels has resulted in volume up 1% and net sales up 4%.

        In India Johnnie Walker is the leading scotch and continued to lead the growth of the category with volume up 30%, led by Johnnie Walker Black Label, up 41%. In the year Diageo took steps to widen its participation both within and across categories, launching a number of new brands. Haig was introduced to compete in the premium whisky segment and the joint venture with Radico Khaitan launched its first new whisky brand, Masterstroke, into the Indian made foreign liquor segment. In the vodka category Smirnoff continued to gain share with volume up 37%, whilst Shark Tooth vodka was introduced into the prestige vodka segment and performed well on launch. The introduction of these new brands resulted in a dilution of mix, however net sales still grew 36% on volume growth of 44%.


Corporate revenue and costs

Net sales were £75 million in the year ended 30 June 2007, down by £1 million from £76 million in the prior year.

        Net operating costs were £109 million, down from £166 million in the prior year. £40 million of this decrease relates to the exceptional gain on the sale of the Park Royal land in the United Kingdom. Excluding this exceptional gain, net operating costs decreased £17 million as a result of transfer of costs to the regions and there was an underlying reduction in net operating costs of £4 million.


Trend information

The following comments were made by Paul Walsh, chief executive of Diageo, in Diageo's preliminary announcement on 28 August 2008:

        'Our financial results in recent years have mirrored the consistent improvement we have achieved in our business and we finish the year with a stronger business. We enter the new financial year facing slowing global GDP growth and more challenging global economic trends, but given the strength and diversity of Diageo's business, we believe we can deliver organic operating profit growth for the coming year within our range of 7% to 9%. Together with the expected positive impact of exchange rate movements on reported results and our share buyback programme, this means we expect to deliver double-digit reported eps growth.'

62


Business review (continued)


Recent developments

In the period 1 July 2008 to 10 September 2008 the company acquired and cancelled 28 million shares for a total consideration of £257 million including expenses.


Liquidity and capital resources

Cash flow     A summary of the cash flow and reconciliation to movement in net borrowings for the three years ended 30 June 2008 is as follows:

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit for the year

    1,597     1,556     1,965  

Discontinued operations

    (26 )   (139 )    

Taxation

    522     678     181  

Share of associates' profits after tax

    (177 )   (149 )   (131 )

Net interest and other net finance income

    319     212     186  

(Gains)/losses on disposal of businesses

    (9 )   1     (157 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    233     210     214  

Movements in working capital

    (282 )   (180 )   (192 )

Dividend income and other items

    128     83     133  
               

Cash generated from operations

    2,305     2,272     2,199  

Interest received

    67     42     64  

Interest paid

    (387 )   (279 )   (235 )

Dividends paid to equity minority interests

    (56 )   (41 )   (40 )

Taxation paid

    (369 )   (368 )   (393 )
               

Net cash from operating activities

    1,560     1,626     1,595  

Net investment in property, plant and equipment

    (262 )   (205 )   (241 )

Net disposal/(purchase) of other investments

    4     (6 )   7  

Payment into escrow in respect of the UK pension fund

    (50 )   (50 )    
               

Free cash flow

    1,252     1,365     1,361  

Disposal of shares in General Mills

            651  

Other disposals

    4     4     121  

Purchase of businesses

    (575 )   (70 )   (209 )

Proceeds from issue of share capital

    1     1     3  

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes

    (78 )   (25 )   (32 )

Own shares repurchased

    (1,008 )   (1,405 )   (1,407 )

Net increase in loans

    1,094     1,226     309  

Equity dividends paid

    (857 )   (858 )   (864 )
               

Net (decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents

    (167 )   238     (67 )

Cash flows from loans (excluding overdrafts)

    (1,094 )   (1,226 )   (309 )

Exchange differences

    (372 )   211     15  

Non-cash items

    31     14     (18 )
               

Increase in net borrowings

    (1,602 )   (763 )   (379 )
               

63


Business review (continued)

The primary sources of the group's liquidity over the last three financial years have been cash generated from operations and cash received from disposals. These funds have generally been used to fund acquisitions, share repurchases, to pay interest, dividends and taxes, and to fund capital expenditure.

        Free cash flow decreased by £113 million to £1,252 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. Cash generated from operations increased from £2,272 million to £2,305 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. This £33 million increase primarily arose from an increase of £67 million in operating profit, an increase of £22 million in the dividend received from Moët Hennessy and a decrease of £38 million in property profits (included in operating profit), partly offset by an incremental increase of £102 million in working capital.

        In the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo invested £575 million in business acquisitions (2007 – £70 million) and purchased 97 million shares as part of the share buyback programme (2007 – 141 million shares) at a cost including fees of £1,008 million (2007 – £1,405 million). Net payments to acquire shares for employee share schemes totalled £78 million (2007 – £25 million). Equity dividends of £857 million were paid during the year (2007 – £858 million).

Capital structure     The group's management is committed to enhancing shareholder value, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to improve the return on investment and by managing capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, maximise flexibility and give the appropriate level of access to debt markets at attractive cost levels.

Capital repayments     During the year ended 30 June 2008, the company purchased 97 million ordinary shares for cancellation (2007 – 120 million for cancellation and 21 million to be held as treasury shares; 2006 – 164 million to be held as treasury shares only) as part of its share buyback programme, for a total consideration of £1,008 million including expenses (2007 – £1,405 million; 2006 – £1,407 million). In addition, the company purchased 11 million ordinary shares to be held as treasury shares for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees during the year (2007 – 9 million; 2006 – 2 million) for a total consideration of £124 million (2007 – £82 million; 2006 – £21 million). The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure and will continue to repurchase shares when appropriate.

        In the period from the balance sheet date to 10 September 2008 the company acquired and cancelled 28 million shares for a total consideration of £257 million including expenses.

64


Business review (continued)

        The total number of shares purchased for settlement in each calendar month and the average price paid excluding expenses for the year ended 30 June 2008 were as follows:

Calendar month
  Number of shares
purchased(a)
  Average price paid
pence
  Authorised purchases
unutilised at month end
 

July 2007

    13,935,000     1038     152,477,697  

August 2007

    10,215,000     1006     142,262,697  

September 2007

    10,581,040     1065     131,681,657  

October 2007

    5,744,049     1103     259,295,916  

November 2007

    11,790,000     1085     247,505,916  

December 2007

    4,605,000     1077     242,900,916  

January 2008

    12,947,517     1018     229,953,399  

February 2008

    8,893,311     1032     221,060,088  

March 2008

    7,232,076     1023     213,828,012  

April 2008

    8,116,000     1046     205,712,012  

May 2008

    4,970,294     1014     200,741,718  

June 2008

    9,260,500     973     191,481,218  

Notes

(a)
All shares were purchased as part of publicly announced programmes.

(b)
Authorisation was given by shareholders on 17 October 2006 to purchase a maximum of 278,571,000 shares. Under the authority granted, the minimum price which may be paid is 28 101 / 108  pence and the maximum price is equal to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days. The expiration date for the programme was 16 October 2007.

(c)
Authorisation was given by shareholders on 16 October 2007 to purchase a maximum of 263,122,000 shares. Under the authority granted, the minimum price which may be paid is 28 101 / 108  pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The expiration date for the programme is 15 October 2008.

Borrowings     The group policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings of group financing companies is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, it is group policy to maintain backstop facility terms from relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

        The group's net borrowings and gross borrowings in the tables below are measured at amortised cost with the exception of borrowings designated in fair value relationships, interest rate hedging

65


Business review (continued)


instruments and foreign currency swaps and forwards which are measured at fair value. Net borrowings, reported on this basis, comprise the following:

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Overdrafts

    (31 )   (46 )   (48 )

Other borrowings due within one year

    (1,632 )   (1,489 )   (711 )
               

Borrowings due within one year

    (1,663 )   (1,535 )   (759 )

Borrowings due between one and three years

    (802 )   (1,209 )   (1,790 )

Borrowings due between three and five years

    (1,765 )   (1,206 )   (831 )

Borrowings due after five years

    (2,978 )   (1,717 )   (1,380 )

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

    27     (20 )   (44 )

Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

    29     (29 )   (17 )

Finance leases

    (9 )   (14 )   (9 )
               

Gross borrowings

    (7,161 )   (5,730 )   (4,830 )

Offset by:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    714     885     699  

Other liquid resources

            49  
               

Net borrowings

    (6,447 )   (4,845 )   (4,082 )
               

The effective interest rate for the year ended 30 June 2008, based on average monthly net borrowings and interest charge, excluding finance charges unrelated to net borrowings, was 5.9% (2007 – 5.5%; 2006 – 4.8%).

        Borrowings due within one year (including foreign currency swaps and forwards) as at 30 June 2008 were £1,634 million (2007 – £1,564 million; 2006 – £776 million).

        Designated net borrowings in net investment hedge relationships amounted to £5,396 million as at 30 June 2008 (2007 – £4,624 million; 2006 – £3,655 million).

        The group's gross borrowings were denominated in the following currencies:

 
  Total   US dollar   Sterling   Euro   Other  
 
  £ million
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Gross borrowings

                               

2008

    (7,161 )   38     17     33     12  

2007

    (5,730 )   48     5     33     14  

2006

    (4,830 )   47     8     30     15  

Cash and cash equivalents and other liquid resources were denominated in the following currencies:

 
  Total   US dollar   Sterling   Euro   Other  
 
  £ million
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Cash and cash equivalents and other liquid resources

                               

2008

    714     21     13     16     50  

2007

    885     23     15     13     49  

2006

    748     21     20     12     47  

66


Business review (continued)

During the year ended 30 June 2008, the group borrowed $750 million (£367 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2013, €1,150 million (£917 million) in the form of a euro bond that matures in 2013 and $1,250 million (£611 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2017. During the year ended 30 June 2007, the group borrowed $600 million (£298 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2012, $600 million (£298 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2016, $600 million (£298 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2036 and €750 million (£507 million) in the form of a floating rate euro bond that matures in 2012. During the year ended 30 June 2006, the group borrowed $250 million (£135 million) in the form of a medium term note that matures in 2008, $400 million (£216 million) in the form of a medium term note that matures in 2009, $600 million (£324 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2013 and $750 million (£405 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2015. The proceeds of all issuances have been used in the ongoing cash management and funding activities of the group.

        At 30 June 2008, the group had available undrawn US dollar denominated committed bank facilities of $3,230 million (£1,623 million) (2007 – $3,230 million (£1,607 million); 2006 – $3,230 million (£1,746 million)). Of the facilities, $1,000 million (£503 million) expire in May 2009, $900 million (£452 million) expire in May 2010, $1,080 million (£543 million) expire in May 2011 and $250 million (£125 million) expire in May 2012. Commitment fees are paid on the undrawn portion of these facilities. Borrowings under these facilities will be at prevailing LIBOR rates (dependent on the period of drawdown) plus an agreed margin. These facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group's commercial paper programmes. The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being a minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items aggregated with share of associates' profits to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

        Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo's financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain notes and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with all of its financial covenants throughout each of the periods presented.

        Capital commitments not provided for at 30 June 2008 were estimated at £130 million (2007 – £86 million; 2006 – £56 million).

        Diageo management believes that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.

67


Business review (continued)

Contractual obligations

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

As at 30 June 2008

                               

Long term debt obligations

    849     791     1,755     2,989     6,384  

Interest obligations

    296     600     478     1,212     2,586  

Operating leases

    73     135     92     220     520  

Purchase obligations

    1,006     1,101     475     116     2,698  

Provisions and other non-current payables

    56     131     69     81     337  
                       

    2,280     2,758     2,869     4,618     12,525  
                       

Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, it is assumed that rates will remain unchanged from the last business day of the year ended 30 June 2008 until maturity of the instruments. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of certain raw materials, principally bulk whisky, grapes, cans and glass bottles. The contracts are used to guarantee supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable more accurate predictions of future costs. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £19 million in respect of vacant properties and £79 million for onerous contracts, which are included in operating leases and purchase obligations, respectively.

        Potential income tax exposures included within corporate tax payable of £685 million (2007 – £673 million) and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of settlement cannot reasonably be estimated.

        Post employment benefit liabilities are also not included in the table above. The group makes service-based cash contributions to the Diageo pension scheme in the United Kingdom. In the year ending 30 June 2009, the contribution is expected to be £49 million. In addition, the group has agreed a deficit funding plan with the trustees of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme, which provides for the group to make further payments of £50 million in each of the two years to 30 June 2010 into escrow accounts.


Off-balance sheet arrangements

In connection with the disposal of Pillsbury in October 2001, Diageo has guaranteed debt of International Multifoods Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of The JM Smucker Company as from 18 June 2004, to the amount of $200 million (£101 million), until November 2009. The directors are not aware of any instances of default by the borrower at present, but the ability of the borrower to continue to be in compliance with the guaranteed debt instrument, and in particular remaining current on payments of interest and repayments of principal, is significantly dependent on the current and future operations of the borrower and its affiliates. This guarantee is unrelated to the ongoing operations of the group's business.

        Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group, has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group's financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

68


Business review (continued)


Risk management

The following section forms part of the audited financial statements.

        The group's funding, liquidity and exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks are managed by the group's treasury department. The treasury department uses a combination of derivative and conventional financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

        Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and subsequently monitored by the finance committee. This committee is described in the corporate governance report. These policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk. The benchmarks, hedge cover and overall appropriateness of Diageo's risk management policies are reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board-approved strategies. Transactions giving rise to exposures away from the defined benchmark levels arising on the application of this flexibility are separately monitored on a daily basis using value at risk analysis. These derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value and gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise. At 30 June 2008 gains and losses on these transactions were not material.

        The finance committee receives monthly reports on the activities of the treasury department, including any exposures away from the defined benchmarks.

Currency risk     The group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency exchange risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group's transaction costs and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations     The group hedges a substantial portion of its exposure to fluctuations on the translation into sterling of its foreign operations by holding net borrowings in foreign currencies and by using foreign currency swaps and forwards. In February 2008, the board reviewed and approved the following revised foreign exchange risk management policy to effectively manage planning and rebalancing processes. Where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, the group's policy is to seek to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars, 80% to 100% for euros and 50% to 100% for other significant currencies. The group's previous policy was, where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, to seek to hedge currency exposure on its foreign equity investments before net borrowings at approximately the following percentages: 90% for US dollars, 90% for euros and 50% for other significant currencies. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of foreign currency borrowings (including foreign currency swaps and forwards), to the extent that they are in an effective hedge relationship, are recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense to match exchange differences on foreign equity investments. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings not in a hedge relationship and any ineffectiveness are taken to the income statement.

Transaction exposure hedging     In February 2008, the board reviewed the group's foreign exchange risk management policy and approved the following revised policy. For currencies in which there is an active market, the group seeks to hedge between 60% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months forward, using forward foreign currency exchange contracts with coverage levels increasing nearer to the forecast transaction date. The group's previous policy for currencies in which there is an active market, was to seek to hedge between 80% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months

69


Business review (continued)


forward, using forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

Hedge of foreign currency debt     The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the forward foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated bonds. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement. Hedges are documented and tested for hedge effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the income statement to be material.

Interest rate risk     The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate term debt and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices serve to reduce the volatility of the group's reported financial performance. In June 2007, the board reviewed the group's interest rate risk management policy and approved the following revised policy, which allows for flexibility in executing the policy to facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting. The new policy was implemented during the year ended 30 June 2008. Fixed rate borrowings are maintained within a band of 40% to 60% of projected net borrowings for a time period approved by the board, and the overall net borrowings portfolio is managed according to a duration measure. The board approved template specifies different duration guidelines and fixed/floating amortisation periods (time taken for the fixed element of debt to reduce to zero) depending on different interest rate environments. During the year ended 30 June 2007, the profile of fixed rate to floating rate net borrowings was targeted according to a duration measure that was equivalent to an approximate 50% fixed and 50% floating amortising profile. The number of years within the amortising profile depended on the template approved by the board. The majority of Diageo's existing interest rate hedges are designated as hedges. Designated hedges are expected to be effective, and therefore the impact of ineffectiveness on the income statement is not expected to be material.

Liquidity risk     The group's policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of group financing companies' borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, it is group policy to maintain backstop facility terms from relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

Credit risk     Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises from cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), fixed income and money market investments and derivative financial instruments, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions. Credit risk is managed on group basis separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk    Diageo minimises its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the board. While counterparties are limited to major banks and financial institutions, group policy ensures that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. Diageo monitors the credit ratings of its

70


Business review (continued)


counterparties (where applicable) as part of its ongoing assessment of its credit exposure. Financial instruments are only transacted with major international financial institutions with a long term credit rating of A or better. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for interest rate and foreign exchange management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

Business related credit risk    Trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

Commodity price risk     The group uses long term purchase and commodity futures contracts to hedge against price risk in certain commodities. Long term purchase contracts are used to secure prices with suppliers to protect against volatility in commodity prices. All commodity futures contracts hedge a projected future purchase of raw material. Commodity futures are then either closed out at the time the raw material is purchased or they are exchanged with the company manufacturing the raw material to determine the contract price. Commodity futures contracts are held in the balance sheet at fair value. To the extent that they are considered an effective hedge, the fair value movements are recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement.

        Realised net gains recognised in the income statement in the year ended 30 June 2008 were £4 million (2007 – £2 million). There were no unrealised net gains on the balance sheet at 30 June 2008 (2007 – £1 million) as all commodity futures contracts had expired before that date.

Insurance     The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.


Market risk sensitivity analysis

The following section forms part of the audited financial statements.

        The group has used a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated change to the fair value of the group's financial instruments, to the income statement and to equity of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 1% (100 basis points) in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June 2008, for each class of financial instrument with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on net post employment benefit obligations and taxation. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice market rates rarely change in isolation.

The sensitivity analysis is based on the following:

71


Business review (continued)

The amounts generated from the sensitivity analysis are estimates of the impact of market risk assuming that specified changes occur. Actual results in the future may differ materially from these results due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the hypothetical amounts disclosed in the following table, which therefore should not be considered a projection of likely future events and losses.

        As at 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007, hypothetical changes in other risk variables would not significantly affect the fair value of financial instruments at those dates.


Sensitivity analysis table

 
  1% decrease in
interest rates
  1% increase in
interest rates
  10%
weakening
in sterling
  10%
strengthening
in sterling
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2008

                         

(Decrease)/increase in fair value of financial instruments

    (277 )   243     (727 )   595  

Impact on income statement: gain/(loss)

    24     (24 )   (31 )   25  

Impact on equity: gain/(loss)

    24     (24 )   (727 )   595  

At 30 June 2007

                         

(Decrease)/increase in fair value of financial instruments

    (206 )   180     (712 )   585  

Impact on income statement: gain/(loss)

    18     (18 )   (28 )   24  

Impact on equity: gain/(loss)

    15     (15 )   (712 )   585  

The above analysis considers the fair value impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities.


Critical accounting policies

The following section forms part of the audited financial statements.

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo's accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements in this annual report. In applying these policies the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates. Of Diageo's accounting policies, the directors consider that policies in relation to the following areas are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgement.

72


Business review (continued)

Brands, goodwill and other intangibles     Acquired brands are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost. Where brands are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised. Assessment of the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management judgement.

        Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. In particular, the group performs a discounted cash flow analysis annually to compare discounted estimated future operating cash flows to the net carrying value of each acquired brand. The analysis is based on forecast cash flows with terminal values being calculated using the long term growth rate (the real GDP growth rate of the country plus its inflation rate) of the principal countries in which the majority of the profits of each brand are generated. The estimated cash flows are discounted at the group's weighted average cost of capital in the relevant country. Any impairment write downs identified are charged to the income statement.

        In assessing whether goodwill is carried at above its recoverable amount, a discounted cash flow analysis is performed annually to compare the discounted estimated future operating cash flows of cash generating units of the group to the net assets attributable to the cash generating units including goodwill. The discounted cash flow review is consistent with the brand review in its use of estimated future operating cash flows, weighted average cost of capital for the cash generating unit concerned and long term growth rates.

        The tests are dependent on management estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, long term growth rates and the discount rate applied to these cash flows.

Post employment benefits     Diageo accounts for post employment benefits in accordance with IAS 19 – Employee benefits . Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises in excess of inflation, employee and pensioner demographics and the future expected returns on assets.

        Diageo determines the assumptions to be adopted in discussion with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with UK practice generally, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, statement of recognised income and expense and balance sheet in respect of post employment benefits. The assumptions vary among the countries in which the group operates, and there may be an interdependency between some of the assumptions. The major assumptions used by the group for the three years ended 30 June 2008 are set out in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. It would be impracticable to give the impact of the effect of changes in all of the assumptions used to calculate the post employment charges in the income statement, statement of recognised income and expense and balance sheet, but the following disclosures are provided to assist the reader in assessing the impact of changes in the more critical assumptions.

        The finance income and charges included in the income statement for post employment benefits are partly calculated by assuming an estimated rate of return on the assets held by the post employment plans. For the year ended 30 June 2008, this was based on the assumption that equities would outperform fixed interest government bonds by three and a quarter percentage points. A one percentage point decrease in this assumption would have reduced profit before taxation by approximately £48 million.

        The rates used to discount the liabilities of the post employment plans are determined by using rates of return on high quality corporate bonds of appropriate currency and term. A half a percentage

73


Business review (continued)


point decrease in the discount rate assumption used to determine the income statement charge in the year ended 30 June 2008 would have reduced profit before taxation by approximately £9 million. A half a percentage point decrease in the discount rate assumption used to determine the post employment liability at 30 June 2008 would have increased the liabilities before tax by approximately £417 million.

        The net liability for post employment benefits is partly determined by the fair value at the end of the year of the assets owned by the post employment plans. A 10% movement in worldwide equity values would increase/decrease the net pension liability before tax at 30 June 2008 by approximately £290 million.

        The mortality assumptions used in the UK plan were reassessed in 2006 and are based on the recent mortality experience of the plan and allow for future improvements in life expectancy. For example, it is assumed that members who retire in 2028 at age 65 will live on average for a further 22 years if they are male and for a further 24 years if they are female. If assumed life expectancies had been one year greater, the charge to profit before taxation would have increased by approximately £13 million and the net post employment liability before tax would have increased by approximately £174 million.

Exceptional items     These are items which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. The determination of which items are separately disclosed as exceptional items requires a significant degree of judgement.

Taxation     The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets or liabilities which are included within the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantially enacted tax rates expected to apply when the temporary differences reverse. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. This evaluation requires judgements to be made including the forecast of future taxable income.

        Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

        The group operates in many countries in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. As a consequence the group is subject to tax audits, which by their nature are often complex and can require several years to conclude. Management judgement is required to determine the total provision for income tax. Amounts accrued are based on management's interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group's profit and loss and/or cash position.


Adoption of IFRS

The financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2008 were prepared in accordance with IFRS. Prior to this the financial statements were prepared in accordance with UK GAAP. The financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2005 have been restated under IFRS.

74


Business review (continued)

IFRS 1 – First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards permits certain optional exemptions from full retrospective application of IFRS accounting policies and the options adopted by Diageo at 1 July 2004 are summarised below together with an indication as to their impact.

Business combinations     Business combinations prior to date of transition have not been restated on an IFRS basis. There are two main impacts of this approach.

        The merger of GrandMet and the Guinness Group in the group's primary financial statements has been accounted for under merger accounting principles (pooling of interests), where the results, cash flows and balance sheets of both entities, having made adjustments to achieve uniformity of accounting policies, were aggregated with no adjustment to fair value. Under purchase accounting, the merger would have been accounted for as an acquisition of the Guinness Group by GrandMet. Under this accounting, the group would have recognised additional intangible assets relating mainly to the fair value on acquisition of acquired brands and an adjustment upwards to the fair value of inventories. These adjustments would have been offset by the recognition of related deferred tax liabilities. Goodwill would have arisen on the acquisition. The recognition of intangible assets and higher inventory values would have resulted in increased amortisation and an increase in the charge to cost of sales as the inventories are sold, net of effects of taxation.

        The group has written off goodwill and other intangible assets acquired up to 30 June 1998, direct to reserves in the period when acquired. Under IFRS 3 all separately identifiable intangible assets are required to be capitalised in the balance sheet, with subsequent annual impairment test. Under this accounting, net assets would increase in respect of goodwill capitalised with no change to net income in the year ended 30 June 2008 or the three previous years.

Cumulative translation differences     The cumulative translation difference arising on consolidation has been deemed to be zero at the date of transition.

Share-based payments     Full retrospective application has been adopted. This option is available to the group because the fair value of applicable equity instruments granted was previously disclosed. As a result, all years presented have a charge in respect of share-based payments on the basis of full retrospective application.

Financial instruments     The group has adopted the provisions of IAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and measurement from 1 July 2005. Financial instruments in the year ended 30 June 2005 remain recorded in accordance with previous UK GAAP accounting policies and the adjustment to IAS 39 is reflected in the balance sheet at 1 July 2005. Under IFRS, prior to the adoption of IAS 39 on 1 July 2005, changes in the fair value of interest rate derivatives and derivatives hedging forecasted transactions were not recognised until realised. Since 1 July 2005, all such derivatives are carried at fair value at the balance sheet date. Under IFRS, prior to 1 July 2005, for derivatives hedging the translation of net assets of overseas operations in respect of foreign exchange differences arising on translation to closing rates, changes in their fair value were taken to the statement of recognised income and expense. The impact on net income for the year ended 30 June 2005 cannot be estimated reliably. The impact on net assets at 1 July 2005 was to increase net assets by £164 million.


New accounting standards

A number of IFRS standards and interpretations have been issued by the IASB or IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

75


Directors and senior management

 
  Age   Nationality   Position (committees)

Directors

             

Dr Franz B Humer

    62   Swiss/Austrian   Chairman, non-executive director(3)*

Paul S Walsh

    53   British   Chief executive, executive director(2)*

Nicholas C Rose

    50   British   Chief financial officer, executive director(2)

Lord Hollick of Notting Hill

    63   British   Senior non-executive director(1),(3),(4)*

Laurence M Danon

    52   French   Non-executive director(1),(3),(4)

Maria Lilja

    64   Swedish   Non-executive director(1),(3),(4)

Philip G Scott

    54   British   Non-executive director(1)*(3),(4)

William S Shanahan

    68   American   Non-executive director(1),(3),(4)

H Todd Stitzer

    56   American   Non-executive director(1),(3),(4)

Paul A Walker

    51   British   Non-executive director(1),(3),(4)

Senior management

             

Stuart R Fletcher

    51   British   President, Diageo International(2)

James N D Grover

    50   British   Global business support director(2)

Robert M Malcolm

    56   American   President, global marketing, sales and innovation(2)

Ivan M Menezes

    49   American   President, Diageo North America(2)

Andrew Morgan

    52   British   President, Diageo Europe(2)

John C Pollaers

    46   Australian   President, Diageo Asia Pacific(2)

Timothy D Proctor

    58   American/British   General counsel(2)

Gareth Williams

    55   British   Human resources director(2)

Officer

             

Paul D Tunnacliffe

    46   British   Company secretary

Key to committees:

(1)
Audit

(2)
Executive (comprising senior management)

(3)
Nomination

(4)
Remuneration

*
Chairman of committee

Lord Blyth, who served as chairman during the year ended 30 June 2008, retired as chairman and director on 30 June 2008 and was succeeded as chairman by Dr Franz Humer. Upon taking up the role as chairman, Dr Humer also became chairman of the nomination committee and ceased to be a member of the audit and remuneration committees.

Jon Symonds retired as chairman of the audit committee on 21 September 2007 and as a non-executive director on 16 October 2007. Philip Scott was appointed to the board as a non-executive director with effect from 17 October 2007, on which date he was also appointed chairman of the audit committee. Paul Walker served as chairman of the audit committee in the interim period from 22 September 2007 to 16 October 2007.

Susanne Bunn retired as company secretary on 4 January 2008 and was succeeded by Paul Tunnacliffe.

76


Directors and senior management (continued)

Information in respect of the directors and senior management is set out below:

Dr Franz Humer     was appointed chairman of Diageo plc with effect from 1 July 2008, having been a non-executive director since April 2005. He is also chairman of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Limited in Switzerland, a non-executive director of Allianz Versicherungs AG in Germany and a board member of Chugai in Japan. He was formerly chief operating director of Glaxo Holdings plc and has held a number of other non-executive directorships.

Paul Walsh     was appointed chief executive of Diageo plc in September 2000, having been chief operating officer since January 2000. He has served in a number of management roles since joining GrandMet's brewing division in 1982, including chief executive officer of The Pillsbury Company. He was appointed to the GrandMet board in October 1995 and to the Diageo plc board in December 1997. He is also a non-executive director of Centrica plc, a governor of Henley Management College, a member of the Business Council for Britain, chairman of the Scotch Whisky Association and a non-executive director of FedEx Corporation in the USA.

Nicholas (Nick) Rose     was appointed chief financial officer of Diageo plc in July 1999. He has served in a number of finance roles since joining GrandMet in June 1992, including group treasurer and group controller and was appointed to the Diageo plc board in June 1999. He is also a member of the main committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors and was formerly a non-executive director of Scottish Power plc.

Lord (Clive) Hollick of Notting Hill     was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in December 2001 and senior non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee in September 2004. He is a partner of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts and is also a member of the supervisory boards of ProSiebenSat.1 Media AG and The Nielsen Company, a non-executive director of Honeywell International Inc in the USA and a founding trustee of the Institute of Public Policy Research. He was formerly chief executive of United Business Media plc and has held a number of other non-executive directorships.

Laurence Danon     was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in January 2006. She is a member of the executive board of Edmond de Rothschild Corporate Finance, in France and is also a non-executive director of Plastic Omnium, Lafuma SA and Rhodia SA, all in France, and a non-executive director of Experian Group Limited. Formerly she served with the French Ministry of Industry and Energy, held a number of senior management posts with Total Fina Elf and was chairman and chief executive officer of France Printemps.

Maria Lilja     was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in November 1999. She is a non-executive director of Observer AB in Sweden and was formerly head of American Express Europe (having played a leading role in building Nyman & Schultz, a long-established Scandinavian travel management company, which was acquired by American Express) and has held a number of other non-executive directorships.

Philip Scott     was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc (and chairman of the audit committee) with effect from 17 October 2007. He is group finance director of Aviva plc, to which position he was appointed in July 2007. He began his career with Norwich Union as a trainee actuary in 1973 and subsequently held a number of senior roles with that company and its successor Aviva, including that of group executive director.

William (Bill) Shanahan     was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in May 1999. He is also a non-executive director of MSD Performance Group and Visa Inc and a management adviser to

77


Directors and senior management (continued)


ValueAct Capital, all in the USA. Formerly he was chief operating officer and then president of The Colgate-Palmolive Company, having joined that company in 1965 as a sales assistant and held various general management and marketing roles.

H Todd Stitzer     was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in June 2004. He is chief executive of Cadbury plc (to which office he was appointed in 2003) and formerly held a number of marketing, sales, strategy and general management posts subsequent to joining the company in 1983 as an assistant general counsel.

Paul Walker     was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in June 2002. He is chief executive of The Sage Group plc (to which office he was appointed in 1994, having previously been finance director) and was formerly a non-executive director of MyTravel Group plc.

Stuart Fletcher     was appointed president, Diageo International in October 2004, having been president, Key Markets since September 2000. He held a number of senior management positions with Guinness, after joining the company in 1986, including managing director of Developing and Seed Markets and previously held various financial positions with Procter & Gamble and United Glass.

James (Jim) Grover     was appointed global business support director in February 2004, having been strategy director since December 1997. Formerly he held a number of senior strategy positions in GrandMet and worked as a management consultant with Booz-Allen & Hamilton Inc and OC&C Strategy Consultants.

Robert (Rob) Malcolm     was appointed president, global marketing, sales and innovation in September 2000. Formerly he served as scotch category director and then global marketing director with United Distillers & Vintners and held various marketing and general management positions with Procter & Gamble. He is also a non-executive director of Logitech Inc, in the USA.

Ivan Menezes     was appointed president, Diageo North America in January 2004, having been chief operating officer, North America since July 2002. Formerly he held various senior management positions with Guinness and then Diageo and worked across a variety of sales, marketing and strategy roles with Nestlé in Asia, Booz-Allen & Hamilton Inc in North America and Whirlpool in Europe. He is also a non-executive director of Coach Inc, in the USA.

Andrew Morgan     was appointed president, Diageo Europe in October 2004, having been president, Venture Markets since July 2002. He joined United Distillers in 1987 and held various senior management positions with Guinness and then Diageo, including group chief information officer and president, New Business Ventures for Guinness United Distillers & Vintners and director, global strategy and innovation for United Distillers & Vintners.

John Pollaers     was appointed president, Diageo Asia Pacific in February 2007. Prior to this, he held various senior management positions with Diageo, including managing director, Diageo Asia and was formerly an engineering officer in the Royal Australian Navy.

Timothy (Tim) Proctor     was appointed general counsel of Diageo plc in January 2000. Formerly he was director, worldwide human resources of Glaxo Wellcome and senior vice president, human resources, general counsel and secretary for Glaxo's US operating company. He has over 20 years' international legal experience, including 13 years with Merck and six years with Glaxo Wellcome. He is also a non-executive director of Wachovia Corporation, in the USA.

Gareth Williams     was appointed human resources director in January 1999. Formerly he held a number of senior personnel management positions with GrandMet and then United

78


Directors and senior management (continued)


Distillers & Vintners and spent 10 years with Ford of Britain in a number of personnel and employee relations positions.

Paul Tunnacliffe     was appointed company secretary of Diageo plc in January 2008. He was formerly company secretary of Hanson PLC (to which office he was appointed in 1997) where he previously served as assistant company secretary, having joined the company in 1983.

79


Directors' remuneration report

Dear shareholder

I am pleased to present the remuneration report for the 2008 financial year.

        This year, at the company's October 2008 AGM, we will be submitting two resolutions for shareholder approval on two long term incentive plans to replace the existing share option plan and performance share plan (the Senior Executive Share Option Plan (SESOP) and the Total Shareholder Return (TSR) plan).

        The existing TSR plan expired in August 2008 and the SESOP is due to expire in October 2009. The remuneration committee has, therefore, carried out a comprehensive review of remuneration arrangements for executive directors and senior executives. This has included a full review of plan design, performance measures, market practice and emerging trends in long term incentive arrangements, and has taken into account the published guidelines of institutional shareholder bodies. The committee's appointed remuneration adviser, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has supported the review.

        As part of the review, the committee has considered its remuneration philosophy and policy and has concluded that they continue to remain appropriate to deliver Diageo's strategy within a framework of good corporate governance for 2008 onwards. The key principles of the policy, which are interdependent, are:

After careful consideration of a number of alternative approaches, the committee concluded that the variable remuneration elements, comprising annual bonus, conditional share awards and share options, remain appropriate to drive the business and remunerate its leaders over the medium to long term whilst ensuring alignment with shareholders' interests. A summary of the proposals is provided in the relevant sections of this report.

        We believe that the new plans are appropriate for Diageo and will continue to incentivise delivery of consistent performance in the future and we look forward to your support at our AGM on 15 October 2008.

Lord Hollick of Notting Hill

Senior non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee

80


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What this report covers

This report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 2008 covers:

The report was approved by the remuneration committee, which is a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors, on 26 August 2008 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Hollick who is senior non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee. As required by the Companies Act 1985, a resolution to approve the directors' remuneration report will be proposed at the AGM and will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote.

        The board has followed and complied with the requirements of Schedule 7A to the Companies Act 1985 and section 1 of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance in preparing this report and in designing performance-related remuneration for senior executives. KPMG Audit Plc has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2008', 'Long term incentive plans' and 'Executive directors' pension benefits'. In addition, the following sections form part of the audited financial statements: 'Share and other interests' and 'Key management personnel related party transactions'. Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.

The remuneration committee

The committee's principal responsibilities are:

The remuneration committee consists of Diageo's non-executive directors, all of whom are independent: LM Danon, Lord Hollick, Dr FB Humer (until 30 June 2008), M Lilja, PG Scott (from 17 October 2007), WS Shanahan, HT Stitzer, and PA Walker. JR Symonds resigned on 16 October 2007. Lord Hollick is chairman of the remuneration committee. The chairman of the board and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed.

        The committee met five times during the year to consider, and approve, amongst other things:

81


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Further information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report. The remuneration committee's terms of reference are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the company secretary.

Advice

During the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo's human resources director and director of performance and reward were invited by the remuneration committee to provide their views and advice. The remuneration committee appointed the following independent consultants:

Additional remuneration survey data published by Ernst & Young, Hewitt Associates, Towers Perrin and Monks (part of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP), were presented to the committee during the year.

Remuneration philosophy

Diageo's remuneration philosophy for senior executives is based on a belief in:

Review of executive remuneration

During the year, the committee undertook a comprehensive review of remuneration arrangements as the existing SESOP is due to expire in October 2009 and the TSR plan expired in August 2008. As a result of the review, the company will be submitting two resolutions for shareholder approval for two

82


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


long term incentive plans to replace the existing SESOP and TSR plan at the company's October 2008 AGM.

        The proposed new plans are, in many respects, very similar to the existing arrangements. The committee also reaffirmed that EPS and TSR remain the most appropriate measures of Diageo's performance on the basis that they are the best combination of measures for driving optimum business performance that is aligned to shareholder interests. Targets, under both arrangements, will continue to provide a challenging level of performance expectation. Key features of the plans are detailed below and summarised in the policy table.

Proposed senior executive share option plan 2008 (SESOP)

The proposed SESOP will operate in a similar way to the existing plan with some key changes as follows:

It is anticipated that the first grant of options under the proposed new SESOP will be made to executive directors following the AGM in October 2008.

Proposed performance share plan 2008 (PSP)

The proposed PSP will mirror the existing TSR plan to a significant degree, with the following key changes:

83


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        The following table shows the proposed vesting schedule under the PSP and the percentage of the award that will normally be released at the end of the performance cycle:

Ranking in peer group

    1-2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10+  

% of award released

    100     95     75     65     55     50     40     25     nil  

It is anticipated that the first award of performance shares under the proposed new PSP will be made to executive directors following the AGM in October 2008.

Revised share ownership guidelines

As part of the review of remuneration, the committee reviewed the share ownership guidelines and increased these to further strengthen the alignment between the interests of executive directors and those of shareholders. From 1 January 2009, the existing share ownership guidelines will be increased to 300% of base salary for the chief executive and 250% for the chief financial officer and are at the upper quartile of Diageo's comparator group.

Summary of remuneration policy for executive directors

Remuneration
  Purpose   Delivery   Policy
Base salary   • reflect the value of the individual and their role
• reflect skills and experience
  • cash
• monthly
• pensionable
  • reviewed annually with changes usually taking effect from 1 October
• benchmarked against the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 excluding financial services businesses

Annual performance bonus

 

• incentivise year on year delivery of short term performance goals

 

• performance-related
• cash
• annual payment
• non-pensionable

 

• entirely based on Diageo's overall financial performance
• at least 70% based on profit measures
• targets set by reference to annual operating plan
• up to 100% of salary can be earned for on target performance with a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance

84


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Remuneration
  Purpose   Delivery   Policy
Share options
(SESOP)
  • incentivise three-year earnings growth above a minimum threshold
• provide focus on increasing Diageo's share price over the medium to longer term
  • share options with an exercise price set at the market value on date of grant
• value subject to meeting financial performance targets and the share price increasing above the grant value
• long term incentive
• discretionary annual grant
  • maximum annual grant of 375% of salary
• EPS performance relative to RPI
• exchange rate movements excluded from EPS performance
• no re-test facility
            For 2008 onwards:
• performance test based on absolute annual compound growth in adjusted EPS
• threshold vesting level of 30%, with pro rata vesting up to 100% maximum
• initial growth targets of 6%-10% per annum compound

85


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Remuneration
  Purpose   Delivery   Policy
Performance share awards
(TSR plan)
  • incentivise three-year total shareholder return relative to a selected peer group of companies
• provide focus on delivering superior returns to shareholders
  • shares
• highly variable due to vesting schedule
• long term incentive
• discretionary annual award
  • maximum annual initial award of 250% of salary
• TSR performance test against a peer group of companies
• none of the award vests for performance below median with a sliding scale applied to improvements in the ranking above median
• for outstanding performance, achieving first or second position, 150% of the initial award vests
            For 2008 awards:
• simplified vesting schedule, with threshold vesting of 25% for median performance up to vesting of 100% for position 1 or 2
• adjustment to level of awards to reflect revised vesting schedule
• maximum annual award of 375% of salary
• notional dividends will accrue on awards

86


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Remuneration
  Purpose   Delivery   Policy
Pension   • provide competitive post-retirement compensation and benefits   • deferred income
• payable on retirement in the form of a monthly pension with the option to take part as a lump sum
  • accrual rate of 1 / 30 of annual base salary
• maximum pension is restricted to 2 / 3 of final remuneration minus retained benefits
• normal retirement age (NRA) is 62
• contributory
• subject to election, benefits in excess of the Lifetime Allowance (LTA) provided through unfunded nonregistered arrangement

In setting levels of reward, the remuneration committee has considered the total remuneration packages paid in the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 by market capitalisation, excluding those in the financial services sector. The committee believes it is appropriate to position total remuneration between the median and upper quartile of this group, given the size and complexity of Diageo's business globally.

Fixed and variable remuneration

The balance between fixed and variable elements of remuneration changes with performance. The anticipated normal mix between fixed and variable remuneration for executive directors is that for £100 of remuneration earned, £32 will be fixed remuneration and £68 will be performance-related remuneration, excluding pensions and other benefits. This mix is illustrated in the pie chart below. In some years, the performance-related remuneration may be higher or lower depending on the performance of the business.

LOGO

87


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        The board of directors continues to set stretching performance targets for the business and its leaders. To achieve these stretching targets requires exceptional business management and strategic execution to deliver performance. This approach to target setting reflects the aspirational performance environment that Diageo wishes to create.

        The annual incentive plan aims to reward the delivery of short term performance goals with commensurate levels of remuneration. Long term incentive plans aim to reward long term sustained performance. Under both sets of plans, if the demanding targets are achieved, high levels of reward may be earned. All incentives are capped to ensure that inappropriate business risk taking is neither encouraged nor rewarded.

Base salary     The summary table on the previous page sets out the policy on base salary for the executive directors. Base salaries are generally set around the median of the relevant market for each role and take account of level of experience, performance and the external market. The committee also has regard to pay conditions throughout the company when deciding annual salary increases for executive directors.

        As at 30 June 2008 the annual salaries payable to the chief executive and the chief financial officer were £1,100,000 and £635,000 respectively. In the financial year ended 30 June 2008 the percentage increase in base salary of the chief executive and chief financial officer were 4.8% and 5.0% respectively.

Annual performance bonus     The annual bonus plan is designed to incentivise year on year delivery of short term performance goals that are determined by pre-set stretching targets and measures agreed by the remuneration committee with reference to the annual operating plan. The committee determines the level of performance achieved based on Diageo's overall financial performance at the financial year end. The business results for the year ended 30 June 2008 are described in the Business review.

        The targets for the last financial year were a combination of measures including profit before exceptional items and tax, net sales and free cash flow. The level of performance achieved resulted in an actual performance bonus paid equating to 108% of base salary. The actual bonus payments received by the executive directors are shown in the table 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2008'.

Long term incentive plans (LTIPs)

Current long term incentives comprise a combination of share options under the SESOP and performance share awards under the TSR plan. These awards are made on an annual basis with the level of award considered each year in light of individual and business performance. Awards made under both sets of plans are subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three-year period. The regular review of the performance measures and the vesting schedule used in each plan has ensured that the LTIPs continue to support the business objectives and are in line with current best practice. Subject to the adoption of the new share option plan and performance share plan by shareholders at the AGM in October 2008, no further awards will be made under the long term incentive plans described below.

Senior executive share option plan 1999 (SESOP)     Options granted under the SESOP cannot normally be exercised unless a performance condition is satisfied. The current performance condition is based on the increase in Diageo's adjusted EPS over a three-year period excluding the effect of movements in exchange rates. If the increase in this EPS measure is at least 15 percentage points greater than the increase in the RPI over the same period, then all the options can be exercised. If the increase in this

88


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


EPS measure is at least 12 percentage points greater than that of the RPI but less than 15 percentage points, half of the options can be exercised. Re-testing of the performance condition is not permitted on any options.

Total shareholder return plan 1998 (TSR plan)     Under this plan, at the discretion of the remuneration committee, participants are granted a conditional right to receive shares. All conditional rights awarded vest after a three-year period subject to achievement of two performance tests. The primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three-year TSR – the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are reinvested) – with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and FMCG companies. TSR calculations are converted to a common currency (US dollars). The second performance test requires that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three-year financial performance, typically measured by an adjusted EPS measure, for the committee to recommend the release of awards.

Performance cycles from 1 January 2005

Anheuser-Busch   Groupe Danone   Pernod Ricard
Brown-Forman   Heineken   Procter & Gamble
Cadbury plc   Heinz   SABMiller
Carlsberg   Inbev   Scottish & Newcastle(1)
Coca-Cola   Nestlé   Unilever
Colgate-Palmolive   PepsiCo    

(1)
The peer group for the TSR plan was reviewed during the year due to the takeover of Scottish & Newcastle. As a result the committee carefully considered a number of alternatives and deemed neither L'Oreal (the existing reserve company for all cycles) nor any alternative to be comparable and concluded that three-year TSR performance for all outstanding awards (July 2005 onwards) would be measured on the basis of a reduced peer group of 16 companies. This decision ensured that the peer group against which relative TSR performance is measured accurately reflects the product and geographic mix of Diageo's business.

        The following table shows the percentage of the award that will normally be released at the end of the performance cycle:

 
  January 2005 – June 2008  

Ranking in peer group

    1-2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10+  

% of award released

    150     142     114     94     83     72     61     35     nil  

For awards made before July 2005 the performance cycles began on 1 January each year. For awards made after July 2005 the performance cycle begins on 1 July each year.

89


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

TSR plan performance     The chart below illustrates Diageo's historical ranking against the peer group for each performance cycle since the plan was approved by shareholders in 1998. For performance below the median (position 10 +) no shares are released at the end of the performance cycle.

LOGO


Notes

The timing of awards under the TSR plan was aligned with the financial year in 2004. To effect this transition, awards granted on 18 February 2005 were a one-off half size award with a performance cycle that began on 1 January 2005.

Long term incentive plans and change of control     In the event of a change of control and at the remuneration committee's discretion, outstanding TSR plan awards would be released and outstanding share options would become exercisable, based on the extent to which the relevant performance conditions had been met since the initial award or grant respectively.

Share ownership

Senior executives are currently required to hold shares in Diageo to participate fully in the share option and share award plans. This policy extends to the top 80 senior executives and reflects Diageo's belief that its most senior leaders should also be shareholders. Individuals have three years to build up their shareholding from their own resources. On 1 January 2008 the executive directors met the requirement by each holding company shares equivalent to at least 225% of their base salary. Shareholding guidelines for executive directors will be increased and, from 1 January 2009, the chief executive and chief financial officer will be required to hold company shares equivalent to 300% and 250% of their base salary respectively.

Eligibility for share plan participation     The senior executives are eligible to participate in the broad-based share and option plans Diageo operates for its employees. These are the tax approved share incentive plan and savings-related share option scheme in the United Kingdom.

Pension provision

Scheme details     NC Rose and PS Walsh are members of the Diageo Pension Scheme. They currently accrue pension rights at the rate of one-thirtieth of base salary each year. Bonus payments and other benefits are not included in pensionable pay. The pension at normal retirement age (NRA) will not be less than two-thirds of base pay in the 12 months prior to retirement less any pension benefits accrued elsewhere. Subject to the consent of the company, no actuarial reduction is currently applied upon early retirement on or after age 57. Pensions in payment are increased each year in line with increases in the RPI subject to a maximum of 5% per year, and a minimum of 3% per year.

        On death in service, a lump sum of four times pensionable salary would become payable, together with a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the executive director's prospective pension. Upon death after

90


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


retirement, a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the executive director's pension before commutation is payable.

        Employee contributions equal to 2% of base pay were introduced on 1 April 2006, increasing at 2% a year up to 6% of base pay by 1 April 2008.

        As a result of changes introduced by the Finance Act 2004 affecting the taxation of pensions from 6 April 2006, executive directors were offered the option of having benefits in excess of their personal lifetime allowance (LTA) provided by an unfunded non-registered arrangement. Both executive directors have opted to have part of their benefits provided from this unfunded arrangement. Total pension benefits remain subject to the HM Revenue and Customs limits that were in force on 5 April 2006.

Service contracts

The executive directors have rolling service contracts which provide for six months' notice by the director or 12 months' notice by the company and contain non-compete obligations. In the event of early termination by the company without cause, the agreements provide for a termination payment to be paid, equivalent to 12 months' base salary for the notice period and an equal amount in respect of all benefits. The remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to require half of the termination payment to be paid in monthly instalments and, upon the executive commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation. If the board determines that the executive has failed to perform his duties competently, the remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the termination payment on the grounds of poor performance. PS Walsh's service contract with the company is dated 1 November 2005. NC Rose's service contract with the company is dated 14 February 2006.

External appointments

With the specific approval of the board in each case, executive directors may accept external appointments as non-executive directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them.

        During the year ended 30 June 2008, PS Walsh served as a non-executive director of Centrica plc and of FedEx Corporation and retained the fees paid to him for his services. The total amounts of such fees paid to him in the year ended 30 June 2008 were £60,000 and $97,000 respectively. In line with the FedEx Corporation policy for outside directors, PS Walsh is eligible to be granted share options. During the year ended 30 June 2008, he was granted 4,400 options at an option price of $103.35. PS Walsh did not exercise any FedEx options in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Chairman and non-executive directors – policy, terms, conditions and fees

Diageo's policy on chairman's and non-executive director fees is as follows:

91


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        The former chairman, Lord Blyth, had a letter of appointment for an initial five-year term from 1 July 2000 that was extended by the board to 30 June 2008. Lord Blyth has now stepped down as chairman and his successor, Dr Humer, commenced his appointment as chairman of the board on 1 July 2008. Dr Humer has a letter of appointment for an initial five-year term from 1 July 2008. It is terminable on six months' notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months' fees in lieu of notice. The annual fee payable to Dr Humer is £400,000; of this, a proportion will be used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares.

        The chairman's fee is normally reviewed every two years and any changes would normally take effect from 1 January. Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in large UK companies and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. As recommended by the Combined Code on Corporate Governance, any changes will be approved by the remuneration committee. In line with Diageo's policy, a proportion of the annual fee is paid in shares, which have to be retained until the chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a director for any other reason.

        All non-executive directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com

        The fees paid to the non-executive directors are normally reviewed every two years and any changes would normally take effect from 1 January. Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in large UK companies and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. The last review of fees was effective from 1 January 2007 and the current annual non-executive director fees remain as:

Base fee

    £70,000  

Senior non-executive director

    £20,000  

Chairman of audit committee

    £20,000  

Chairman of remuneration committee

    £10,000  

In addition, an allowance of £3,000 is payable each time an overseas based non-executive director is required to travel to attend board and committee meetings to reflect the additional time commitment involved.

92


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2008

 
  2008   2007  
Emoluments
  Base salary   Annual
performance
bonus
  Share
incentive
plan
  Other
benefits(b)
  Total   Total  
 
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Chairman – fees

                                     

Lord Blyth(a) (retired 30 June 2008)

    525             14     539     541  

Executive directors

                                     

NC Rose

    627     686     3     57     1,373     1,500  

PS Walsh

    1,087     1,188     3     39     2,317     2,607  
                           

    1,714     1,874     6     96     3,690     4,107  
                           

Non-executive directors – fees

                                   

LM Danon

    85             1     86     81  

Lord Hollick

    100             1     101     96  

Dr FB Humer

    85             1     86     81  

M Lilja

    85             1     86     81  

PG Scott (appointed 17 October 2007)

    64             1     65      

WS Shanahan

    79             1     80     75  

HT Stitzer

    70             1     71     66  

PA Walker

    70             1     71     66  

Former non-executive directors – fees

                                     

JR Symonds (resigned 16 October 2007)

    30                 30     86  
                           

    668             8     676     632  
                           

Total

    2,907     1,874     6     118     4,905     5,280  
                           

Notes

(a)
£210,000 (2007 – £205,000) of Lord Blyth's remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2008 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which were retained until he retired from the company.

(b)
Other benefits may include company car and driver, fuel, product allowance, financial counselling and medical insurance.

93


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Long term incentive plans

Payment and gains for the year ended 30 June 2008

In the year the executive directors received payments and made gains under long term incentive plans as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Executive
share option
exercises
  February
2005
TSR award
  Total   Total  
 
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Executive directors

                         

NC Rose

    2,387     474     2,861     1,276  

PS Walsh

    1,692     1,050     2,742     3,693  
                   

Total

    4,079     1,524     5,603     4,969  
                   

94


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Directors' share options over ordinary shares

The following table shows, for the directors who held office during the year, the number of options held under all executive share option schemes and savings-related schemes. 'Exercisable' options are those that have vested and can be exercised in the option period; 'not exercisable' are those options where the minimum holding period has not been completed or the performance conditions have not yet been met. The 'option period' starts from the earliest month in which the options may be exercised and ends with the month in which the options lapse.

 
   
  30 June
2007
  Granted   Exercised   Market
price at
exercise
in pence
  30 June
2008
  Option
price
in pence
  Option period

UK options

                                             

NC Rose

                                             

Exercisable

          274,461           (274,461 )   1110         649   Oct 07 – Oct 13

          278,465           (278,465 )   1110         707   Oct 07 – Oct 14

Not exercisable

    (a )   262,269                       262,269     815   Sep 08 – Sep 15
 

    (b )   2,914                       2,914     567   Dec 09 – May 10

          243,951                       243,951     930   Sep 09 – Sep 16

                226,569                 226,569     1051   Sep 10 – Sep 17
                                       

          1,062,060     226,569     (552,926 )         735,703          
                                       

PS Walsh

                                             

Exercisable

          300,000           (69,513 )   1082         687   Sep 04 – Sep 11

                      (100,000 )   1050         687   Sep 04 – Sep 11

                      (130,487 )   1040         687   Sep 04 – Sep 11

          370,553                       370,553     759   Oct 05 – Oct 12

          30,487           (30,487 )   1082         615   Mar 06 – Mar 13

          479,584           (100,000 )   1100     379,584     649   Oct 07 – Oct 13

          493,281                       493,281     707   Oct 07 – Oct 14

Not exercisable

    (a )   455,521                       455,521     815   Sep 08 – Sep 15
 

    (b )   2,465                       2,465     653   Dec 10 – May 11

          423,387                       423,387     930   Sep 09 – Sep 16

                392,483                 392,483     1051   Sep 10 – Sep 17
                                       

          2,555,278     392,483     (430,487 )         2,517,274          
                                       

Notes

(a)
The performance condition in respect of this SESOP grant was measured after 30 June 2008. The growth in Diageo's EPS over the three years ended 30 June 2008 exceeded the performance condition (RPI plus 15 percentage points) and these options will become exercisable in full in September 2008. The effect of movements in exchange rates is excluded from the comparison of the group's EPS performance against the RPI under the SESOP for all current and future grants.

(b)
Options granted under the UK savings-related share option scheme.

        The mid-market price for ordinary shares at 30 June 2008 was 924 pence (2007 - 1037 pence; 11 August 2008 – 999 pence). The highest mid-market price during the year was 1122 pence and the lowest mid-market price was 911 pence.

95


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Directors' interests in TSR plan awards

The following table shows the directors' interests in the TSR plan. Details of executive share options are shown separately below.

 
   
  Interests at
30 June 2007
  Awards made
during year
  Awards released
during year
   
   
 
  Date of award   Target
award(a)
  Maximum
award(b)
  Target
award(a)
  Maximum
award(b)
  Number(c)   Price in
pence(d)
  Interests at
30 June
2008(e)
  Performance
cycle(f)

NC Rose

    18 Feb 05(g)     72,816     109,224                 44,417     1068       Jan 05 – Dec 07

    02 Sep 05(h)     154,237     231,356                             231,356   Jul 05 – Jun 08

    19 Sep 06     142,018     213,027                             213,027   Jul 06 – Jun 09

    18 Sep 07(i)                 127,895     191,843                 191,843   Jul 07 – Jun 10

          369,071     553,607     127,895     191,843     44,417           636,226    

PS Walsh

    18 Feb 05(g)     161,234     241,851                 98,352     1068       Jan 05 – Dec 07

    02 Sep 05(h)     334,858     502,287                             502,287   Jul 05 – Jun 08

    19 Sep 06     308,098     462,147                             462,147   Jul 06 – Jun 09

    18 Sep 07(i)                 276,938     415,407                 415,407   Jul 07 – Jun 10

          804,190     1,206,285     276,938     415,407     98,352           1,379,841    

Notes

(a)
This is the number of shares initially awarded. Of this number of shares initially awarded, 35% would be released for achieving position nine in the peer group. No shares would be released for achievement of position 10 or below.

(b)
This number reflects the maximum number of shares which could be awarded, being 150% of the number of shares initially awarded; the entire amount of these shares would only be released for achieving position one or two in the peer group.

(c)
The three-year performance cycle for the February 2005 TSR award ended on 31 December 2007. The number of shares released was 61% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position eight in the peer group at the end of the performance cycle. Kepler Associates independently verified the 3-year TSR of Diageo and ranking. The remuneration committee reviewed Diageo's EPS growth over the performance cycle and confirmed that it exceeded the growth in the RPI over the same period and determined that this represented an underlying improvement in financial performance that permitted the release of the awards.

(d)
The price on 15 February 2008, the release date. The market price was 752 pence when the award was made on 18 February 2005.

(e)
The directors' interests at 11 August 2008 were the same as at 30 June 2008.

(f)
The remuneration committee will normally approve the release of awards in the August following the end of the relevant performance cycle.

(g)
The timing of awards under the TSR plan was aligned with the financial year in 2004. To effect this transition, awards granted on 18 February 2005 were a one-off half size award with a performance cycle that began on 1 January 2005.

(h)
The three-year performance cycle for the September 2005 TSR award ended on 30 June 2008. The number of shares that will be released in September is 35% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position nine in the peer group at the end of the performance cycle. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking. The remuneration committee reviewed and confirmed Diageo's EPS growth over the performance cycle exceeded the growth in the UK Retail Prices Index (RPI) over the same period and determined this represented an underlying improvement in financial performance that permitted the release of the awards in September 2008.

(i)
The market price on 18 September 2007, the award date, was 1070 pence.

96


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Executive directors' pension benefits

Details of the accrued pension to which each director is entitled had they left service on 30 June 2008 and the transfer value of those accrued pensions are shown in the following table. The accrued pensions shown represent the annual pension to which each executive director would be entitled at NRA. The transfer value is broadly the cost to Diageo if it had to provide the equivalent pension benefit. The transfer values shown in the following table have been calculated in accordance with the Guidance Note published by the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries (GN11).

 
  Age at
30 June
2008
  Pensionable
service at
30 June
2007
  Accrued
pension at
30 June
2007
  Additional
pension
accrued in
the year(a)
  Accrued
pension at
30 June
2008(a)(b)
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2007
  Change in
transfer
value during
the year(c)
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2008(c)
 
 
  Years
  Years
  £000 pa
  £000 pa
  £000 pa
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

NC Rose

    50     16     292     36     328     3,634     717     4,351  

PS Walsh

    53     26     490     65     555     6,901     1,360     8,261  

Notes

(a)
Of the additional pension accrued in the year, the changes attributable to factors other than inflation were an increase of £25,000 pa for NC Rose and £46,000 pa for PS Walsh.

(b)
Part of the pension for both NC Rose and PS Walsh is provided from the unfunded non-registered arrangement. As at 30 June 2008, the percentage of pension provided from this arrangement for NC Rose was 75% (2007 – 72%) and for PS Walsh 15% (2007 – 9%).

(c)
The changes in the transfer values during the year attributable to an additional year's service was an increase of £273,000 for NC Rose and £533,000 for PS Walsh and for salary increases received during the year, an increase of £201,000 for NC Rose and £419,000 for PS Walsh. The remainder of the change in the transfer values is mainly attributable to changes in market conditions, in particular, interest earned on the transfer value and changes in index-linked gilt markets over the year.

(d)
During the year, NC Rose made pension contributions of £28,275 (2007 – £14,950) and PS Walsh made pension contributions of £49,000 (2007 – £25,950).

97


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Share and other interests

The beneficial interests of the directors in office at 30 June 2008 in the ordinary shares of the company are shown in the table below.

 
  Ordinary shares  
 
  11 August
2008
  30 June
2008
  30 June 2007
or appointment
 

Chairman

                   

Lord Blyth (retired 30 June 2008)

        161,137     144,549  

Executive directors

                   

NC Rose

    403,556     403,517     360,488  

PS Walsh

    683,373     683,334     637,833  

Non-executive directors

                   

LM Danon

    2,000     2,000     2,000  

Lord Hollick

    5,000     5,000     5,000  

Dr FB Humer

    4,301     3,500     3,500  

M Lilja

    4,532     4,532     4,532  

PG Scott (appointed 17 October 2007)

    5,000     5,000      

WS Shanahan

    29,155     29,155     25,155  

HT Stitzer

    5,566     5,355     4,211  

PA Walker

    44,250     44,250     44,250  
               

Total

    1,186,733     1,346,780     1,231,518  
               

Notes

JR Symonds (resigned 16 October 2007) held 5,159 shares at 30 June 2007.

At 30 June 2008, there were 3,262,709 shares (30 June 2007 – 5,107,079; 11 August 2008 – 3,776,462) held by trusts to satisfy grants made under Diageo incentive plans and savings-related share option schemes, and 109,834 shares and 352,275 shares subject to call options (30 June 2007 – 109,834 and 352,275; 11 August 2008 – 109,834 and 352,275) held by a trust to satisfy grants made under ex-GrandMet incentive plans. NC Rose and PS Walsh are among the potential beneficiaries of these trusts and are deemed to have an interest in all these shares and shares subject to call options.

98


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Performance graph

The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE 100 Index since 30 June 2003. The FTSE 100 Index reflects the 100 largest UK quoted companies by market capitalisation and has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large UK companies.

LOGO

Additional information

Emoluments and share interests of senior management     The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 2008 of the executive directors, the executive committee members and the company secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual performance bonus, share incentive plan and other benefits were £12,079,987. The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £17,301,530. In addition, they were granted 1,467,194 options during the year at a weighted average share price of 1052 pence, exercisable by 2017. They were also initially awarded 926,336 shares under the TSR plan in September 2007, which will vest in three years subject to the performance tests described above.

        At 11 August 2008, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 2,345,177 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

 
  Number   Weighted
average
exercise price
in pence
  Option period

Options over ordinary shares

               

NC Rose

    735,703     925   Sep 08 – Sep 17

PS Walsh

    2,517,274     817   Oct 05 – Sep 17

Other members of the executive committee and company secretary

    4,355,551     856   Sep 03 – Sep 17
               

    7,608,528          
               

Key management personnel related party transactions     Key management personnel of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the company secretary. As previously disclosed, Lord Hollick, PS Walsh, NC Rose and G Williams have

99


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


informed the company that they have purchased seasonal developments at Gleneagles from a subsidiary of the company, Gleneagles Resort Developments Limited. The transactions were priced on the same basis as all the external seasonal development transactions and were at arm's length. The value of the transactions at the date of purchase is as follows: Lord Hollick – £25,000, PS Walsh – £43,000, NC Rose – £11,600 and G Williams – £19,400. Each director continued to hold these seasonal developments at 30 June 2008.

        Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the directors and the company secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as directors or company secretary (as applicable), of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2008.

        Other than disclosed in this report, no director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any director or officer, or 3% shareholder, or any relative or spouse thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company by any directors or officer or 3% shareholder.

100


Corporate governance report

Corporate governance

Diageo's board and executive committee are committed to achieving the highest standards of corporate governance, corporate responsibility and risk management in directing and controlling the business. The principal corporate governance rules applying to UK companies listed on the London Stock Exchange are contained in the Combined Code on Corporate Governance adopted by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2003, as amended in June 2006 and June 2008 (the Code). The company has complied with the provisions set out in section 1 of the Code throughout the year.

        As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, Diageo, as a company listed on the NYSE, is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the SEC. Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign issuers, is continually monitored. Whilst the directors believe that the group's corporate governance policies are robust, changes have been and will continue to be made to ensure compliance with the rules that are in place at any point of time. Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice; differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

        The way in which the Code's principles of good governance and relevant provisions of SOX are applied is described within this corporate governance report.

Board of directors

During the year to 30 June 2008, Diageo's board consisted of its chairman, Lord Blyth, chief executive, chief financial officer and eight non-executive directors. Their biographies are set out in the 'Directors and senior management' section of this Annual Report. On 30 June 2008, Lord Blyth retired as chairman and as a director and was succeeded as chairman by Dr FB Humer.

        There is a clear separation of the roles of the chairman and the chief executive. The chairman is responsible for the running of the board and for ensuring all directors are fully informed of matters sufficient to make informed judgements. As chief executive, PS Walsh has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the board and for managing the group. He is supported in this role by the executive committee.

        The principal commitments of Lord Blyth outside Diageo were as a non-executive director of Anixter Inc. and a senior adviser to Greenhill & Co, Inc. These commitments did not change during the year. Dr Humer's principal commitments outside Diageo are as chairman of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Limited in Switzerland, as a non-executive director of Allianz Versicherungs AG in Germany and as a board member of Chugai in Japan.

        The board considers that it is beneficial for the executive directors to hold an external directorship to broaden their experience and normally this would be limited to one company. The chief executive, PS Walsh, holds a UK non-executive directorship in Centrica plc and a US non-executive directorship in FedEx Corporation. The board considers that, given the importance of the United States to the company's business, the FedEx directorship is of benefit to Mr Walsh in terms of market awareness, US business practices and networking and that the time commitment is not onerous as the meetings can be combined with other business trips to the United States. The chief financial officer, NC Rose, does not currently have an external directorship.

        The senior non-executive director is Lord Hollick. The non-executive directors, all of whom the board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries and countries. Their mix of skills and business experience is a major contribution to the

101


Corporate governance report (continued)


proper functioning of the board and its committees, ensuring that matters are fully debated and that no individual or group dominates the board's decision-making processes.

        Through the nomination committee, the board ensures that plans are in place for the succession of the executive and non-executive directors.

        A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the non-executive directors is available on www.diageo.com or on request from the company secretary.

        It is the responsibility of the chairman and the company secretary to work closely together in planning the annual programme and agendas for meetings. During the year, six scheduled board meetings were held, five in the United Kingdom and one in the United States. In addition a joint annual strategy conference was held off-site with the full executive committee for two days, at which the group's strategy was reviewed in depth.

        The meetings were fully attended, except that WS Shanahan and PA Walker were unable to attend one meeting and Lord Hollick was unable to attend two meetings. When directors are unable to attend a meeting, they are advised of the matters to be discussed and given an opportunity to make their views known to the chairman prior to the meeting.

        Other than PA Walker, all directors then in office attended the AGM in October 2007.

        The board manages overall control of the company's affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved to the board for decision. The schedule is reviewed annually and was last revised in September 2004. The review in December 2007 concluded that no revision was necessary.

        The board makes decisions and reviews and approves key policies and decisions of the company, in particular in relation to: group strategy and operating plans; corporate governance; compliance with laws, regulations and the company's code of business conduct; business development, including major investments and disposals; financing and treasury; appointment or removal of directors and the company secretary; risk management; financial reporting and audit; corporate citizenship, ethics and the environment; and pensions.

        All directors are equally accountable for the proper stewardship of the company's affairs.

        The non-executive directors have a particular responsibility for ensuring that the business strategies proposed are fully discussed and critically reviewed. This enables the directors to act in the best long term interests of shareholders, whilst having regard to the interests of employees, the fostering of business relationships with customers, suppliers and others, and the impact of the company's operations on the communities in which the business operates and the environment.

        The non-executive directors also oversee the operational performance of the whole group. To do this they have full and timely access to all relevant information, with updates also provided on governance and regulatory matters affecting the company. In addition, executive committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility. Non-executive directors are also invited to attend the executive committee members' senior leadership meetings to gain further insight into different aspects of the business.

        There is a formal induction programme for new directors; they meet with the executive committee members individually and receive orientation training from the relevant senior executive in relation to the group and its business, for example in relation to its assurance processes, environmental policies and corporate responsibility policies and practices.

102


Corporate governance report (continued)

        All directors are provided with the opportunity, and encouraged to go, for training to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant new legislation and best practice and changing commercial and other risks. Typical training experience for all directors includes attendance at seminars, forums, conferences and working groups and during the year also included training from the company's legal advisers on the key provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

        In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the company secretary who is responsible for advising the board, through the chairman, on all governance matters.

        During the year, the board undertook a formal evaluation of its own performance and the board committees assessed their respective roles, performance and terms of reference and reported accordingly to the board. The board assessed the reviews of each committee. An internally produced questionnaire was used for the performance evaluation process. The board questionnaire included the areas of board responsibility; the structure/composition of the board and its committees and the performance of the committees; the quantity, quality and scope of information provided to the board; the content of board meetings and presentations to meetings; and the openness of communications between the board members and executive management. The board members concluded that appropriate actions had been identified to address areas that could be improved and that, overall, the board and its committees continued to operate effectively.

        Each director's performance was evaluated by the chairman based on input from all other directors. An internally produced questionnaire was completed and returned to the chairman, who then met privately with each director to review their performance. The chairman's performance was evaluated by the directors, using an internally produced questionnaire which was completed and returned to the senior non-executive director, who discussed the feedback in a meeting with the non-executive directors and then privately with the chairman. A report on the individual performance evaluation process was given to the nomination committee, which is done on an annual basis. Following the performance evaluation of individual directors, the chairman has confirmed that the non-executive directors standing for re-election at this year's AGM continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. It is the board's intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors. A decision is taken each year on the performance evaluation process to be used and, in respect of the coming year's evaluation process, the board has concluded that it will be seeking to engage an external facilitator.

        The non-executive directors meet independently without the chairman present, and also meet with the chairman independently of management, on a regular basis.

        The non-executive directors fulfil a key role in corporate accountability. The remits and membership of the remuneration, the audit and the nomination committees of the board are set out below. The company secretary acts as secretary to all of these committees. The terms of reference of the committees are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

Audit committee     The audit committee is chaired by PG Scott and consists of all the independent non-executive directors (the names and qualifications of whom are set out in the 'Directors and senior management' section of this Annual Report). Dr Humer ceased to be a member of the audit committee when he became chairman of the board but is normally invited to attend meetings of the audit committee. In addition, the chief financial officer, the group controller, the head of global audit

103


Corporate governance report (continued)


and risk, the director of technical accounting and the external auditor are normally invited to attend meetings. The audit committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing:

For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under the US Securities Exchange Act, the board has determined that PG Scott is independent and may be regarded as an audit committee financial expert.

        The audit committee met six times during the year and reported its conclusions to the full board. The meetings were fully attended, except that WS Shanahan was unable to attend one meeting and Lord Hollick was unable to attend two meetings. The audit committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

        During the year, the audit committee formally reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year-end results announcements, focusing on key areas of judgement and complexity, critical accounting policies and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition the audit committee also reviewed the interim results announcement and the company's interim management statements. The audit committee also reviewed the work of the filings assurance committee described below and external audit findings and was updated on litigation risks by the group's general counsel.

        The audit committee received detailed presentations from certain senior executives on the management of key risk and control issues in their respective business areas, and reviewed the effectiveness and findings from the internal control and risk management processes described below, including review of risk mitigation plans for critical risks (the oversight of Diageo's primary risks is allocated between the audit committee, board and executive committee). During the year, the audit committee received regular reporting in respect of management's self-assessment process over the group's internal controls. The audit committee also reviewed reporting in respect of the compliance programme and the work of the audit and risk committee described below. The audit committee had available to it the resources of the global audit and risk function, the activities of which are described below.

        The board's statement on its review of the effectiveness of the company's systems of internal control and risk management, and management's separate report on the group's internal control over financial reporting are included below.

104


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The audit committee carried out an annual self-assessment in December 2007 to review its effectiveness and at the same time reviewed and confirmed to the board that no revisions to its terms of reference were recommended.

        During the year, the audit committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim announcement and its audit of the annual financial statements. As noted above, the audit committee also met privately with the external auditor. The audit committee assessed the ongoing effectiveness of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with finance, audit and risk staff and other senior executives. In reviewing the independence of the external auditor, the audit committee considered a number of factors. These include: the standing, experience and tenure of the external audit director; the nature and level of services provided by the external auditor; and confirmation from the external auditor that it has complied with relevant UK and US independence standards.

        The group has a policy on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in June 2008. Under this policy the provision of any service must be approved by the audit committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the audit committee has pre-approved. These pre-approved service categories may be summarised as follows:

Nomination committee     Chaired by Lord Blyth during the year and, with effect from 1 July 2008, by Dr Humer, this committee comprises all the independent non-executive directors. The nomination committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior management positions. It makes recommendations to the board concerning appointments to the board, whether of executive or non-executive directors, having regard to the balance and structure of the board and the required blend of skills and experience. The nomination committee also makes recommendations to the board concerning the re-appointment of any non-executive director at the conclusion of his or her specified term and the re-election of any director by shareholders under the retirement provisions of the company's articles of association. No director is involved in determining his or her own re-appointment or re-election.

        Any new directors are appointed by the board and, in accordance with the company's articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. They must retire, and may stand for re-election by the shareholders, at least every three years.

        The nomination committee met four times during the year. The meetings were fully attended, except that Lord Hollick, WS Shanahan and PG Scott were each unable to attend one meeting. The nomination committee reviewed its own effectiveness through a self-assessment in December 2007 and at the same time reviewed and confirmed to the board that no revisions to its terms of reference were recommended.

105


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The principal activities of the nomination committee during the year were the review of individual performance; a review of the executive committee structure, membership and succession planning for it; and the consideration of potential non-executive directors.

Remuneration committee     This committee is chaired by Lord Hollick and comprises all the independent non-executive directors. Dr Humer ceased to be a member of the remuneration committee when he became chairman of the board. The role of the remuneration committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of directors' remuneration are set out above in the directors' remuneration report.

        The chairman and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.

        The remuneration committee held five meetings during the year. The meetings were fully attended, except that Lord Hollick, WS Shanahan and PG Scott were each unable to attend one meeting. On the occasion that Lord Hollick was unable to attend, Dr Humer chaired the meeting. The remuneration committee reviewed its own effectiveness through a self-assessment in December 2007 and at the same time reviewed and confirmed to the board that no revisions to its terms of reference were recommended.

Executive direction and control

The executive committee, appointed and chaired by the chief executive, consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific markets, global supply and global functions. It met six times during the year, including an off-site executive strategy meeting and the joint annual strategy conference with the board, and spent most of its time discussing strategy, people, performance (including brands) and governance. One of the meetings was held in Germany, one in India and the remainder in the United Kingdom. In addition, scheduled interim update meetings were held by teleconference throughout the year. Responsibility and authority (within the financial limits set by the board) are delegated by the chief executive to individual members of the executive committee who are accountable to him for the performance of their business units.

        Executive direction and control procedures include approval of annual strategic plans submitted by each business unit executive and periodic business reviews. These reviews are generally attended by the regional president responsible for the market (and in certain cases additional members of the executive committee) and are held in the relevant market. The reviews focus on business performance management and specific issues around brands, people, key business decisions and risk management.

        The chief executive has created several executive working groups to which are delegated particular tasks, generally with specific time spans and success criteria. He has also created committees, intended to have an ongoing remit, including the following:

Audit and risk committee     Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for overseeing the approach to securing effective internal control and risk management in the group; reviewing and challenging the adequacy of the group's sources of assurance over the management of key risks; reviewing the effectiveness of the group's compliance programme; and reporting periodically on the above to the audit committee or to the board.

106


Corporate governance report (continued)

        In addition, the audit and risk committee is responsible for promoting the culture and processes that support effective compliance with the group's codes of conduct, business guidelines and marketing practices throughout the business and supports the audit committee, board and executive committee in satisfying its corporate governance responsibilities relating to internal control and risk management within the group.

Corporate citizenship committee     Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for making decisions or, where appropriate, recommendations to the board or executive committee, concerning corporate citizenship strategy, policies and issues. This includes such matters as: corporate citizenship performance, measurement and reporting; community affairs; environmental matters; and other emerging corporate citizenship issues. Progress in these areas is reported periodically to the board and publicly through a separate corporate citizenship report, which is subject to external assurance. That report and the group's social, ethical and environmental policies are published on the Diageo website. A copy of the corporate citizenship report is available on request.

        Two executive working groups – one on alcohol and responsibility and a new working group on environmental performance – assist the committee with its work on specific issues. They bring together the key executives from the business and functional representatives involved in developing and achieving Diageo's commitments in these key areas.

Finance committee     Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board on funding strategy, capital structure and management of financial risks and the policies and control procedures (including financial issues relating to treasury and taxation) required to implement the company's financial strategy and financial risk management policies. In certain specific circumstances, the board has delegated authority to the finance committee to make decisions in these areas. Treasury activity is managed centrally within tightly defined dealing authorities and procedures recommended by the finance committee and approved by the board.

Filings assurance committee     Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by SOX or deriving from it.

        As at the end of the period covered by this report, the filings assurance committee, with the participation of the chief executive and chief financial officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Diageo's disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the US Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, the chief executive and the chief financial officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the company's principal executive and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Internal control and risk management

The group's aim is to manage risk and to control its business and financial activities cost-effectively and in a manner that enables it to: exploit profitable business opportunities in a disciplined way; avoid or

107


Corporate governance report (continued)


reduce risks that can cause loss, reputational damage or business failure; support operational effectiveness; and enhance resilience to external events. To achieve this, an ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council in October 2005, 'Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code', also known as the Turnbull guidance (as amended by the Flint Review).

        All significant business units, groups of business units and the executive committee are required to maintain a process to ensure key risks are identified, evaluated and managed appropriately. This process is also applied to major business decisions or initiatives, such as systems implementations. Additional risk management activity is focused directly towards operational risks within the business, including health and safety, product quality and environmental risk management.

        Business unit risk assessments, and the activities planned to manage those risks, are reviewed by relevant executives, for example at periodic business reviews. The executive committee risk assessment, and selected key risk assessments, are reviewed by the audit and risk committee and by the audit committee. In addition, business units are required to self-assess the effectiveness of the design of their internal control framework. Relevant executives review the results of these self-assessments and summary reporting is provided to the audit and risk committee and audit committee. Processes are in place to ensure appropriate action is taken, where necessary, to remedy any deficiencies identified through the group's internal control and risk management processes. Specific processes are also in place to ensure management maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, as separately reported on below. There have been no changes to the group's internal control over financial reporting during the current year that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the group's internal control over financial reporting.

        The audit and risk committee and the audit committee gain assurance in relation to the effectiveness of internal control and risk management from: summary information in relation to the management of identified risks; detailed review of the effectiveness of management of selected key risks; results of management's self-assessment process over internal controls; and the independent work of the global audit and risk function. The global audit and risk function ensures that the audit committee, board and executive committee have adequate visibility and understanding of the group's key risks and risk management capability; oversees the group's compliance programme; and provides assurance over the quality of the group's internal control and management of key risks in line with a plan agreed by the audit committee.

        The above risk management processes and systems of internal control, together with the filings assurance processes, are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve the group's strategic objectives. It should be recognised that such systems can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

        The board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company's systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The board confirms that, through the audit committee, it has reviewed their effectiveness, based on the procedures described above, during the period.

108


Corporate governance report (continued)

Compliance programme

Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. The board has a well established compliance programme to support achievement of this commitment. The code of business conduct sets out Diageo's expectations of Diageo businesses and employees in relation to issues such as conflicts of interest, entertainment and gifts, confidentiality and improper payments, as well as providing the standards against which these expectations are to be met. The Diageo marketing code establishes the principles that Diageo follows in relation to advertising and promotion of its products.

        In addition, in accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering Diageo's chief executive, chief financial officer, regional presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year. The full texts of the code of conduct, marketing code and other codes that comprise the compliance programme are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

        Compliance programme guidelines specify the manner in which any potential violations of these codes should be dealt with, including line manager reporting and an independent 'SpeakUp Helpline'. The latter is operated independently and reports to the secretary of the audit committee, head of group security and the global compliance and ethics director for escalation to the audit committee as required. There is an annual certification requirement for all senior employees to confirm compliance with the code of business conduct or to identify areas of possible non-compliance to the head of global audit and risk. Training and education (including 'e-learning') activities are also undertaken. Both the audit and risk committee and the audit committee review the operation of the compliance programme.

Relations with shareholders

The company values its dialogue with both institutional and private investors. The board's primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the chief executive and chief financial officer.

        The chief executive and chief financial officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. Coverage of the company by sell-side analysts is circulated to the board. The board also ensures that all directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion which is conducted and reviewed annually. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at an annual meeting with the chairman and senior non-executive director. The chief executive and chief financial officer are normally also present and available to take questions and the chairman reports on the meeting to the board.

        Investor seminars and analyst presentations, including those following the announcement of interim results and preliminary year end results, are webcast and other presentations made to institutional investors are available on the company's website.

        For the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo produced a short-form summary review and a full Annual Report, which are available to all shareholders on its website, by election or on request. As an alternative to receiving shareholder documents through the post, shareholders may elect to receive email notification that the documents are available to be accessed on the company's website. Shareholders can also choose to receive email notification when new company information is published

109


Corporate governance report (continued)


on www.diageo.com. The website also provides private shareholders with the facility to check their shareholdings online and to send any questions they may have to the company.

        Private shareholders are invited to write to the chairman or any other director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private shareholders to put their questions in person. The company also holds an annual presentation to the UK Shareholders' Association.

        The chairmen of the audit, nomination and remuneration committees are normally available at the AGM to take any relevant questions and all other directors attend, unless illness or another pressing commitment precludes them from doing so.

        At general meetings, a schedule of the proxy votes cast is made available to all shareholders and is published on www.diageo.com. The company proposes a separate resolution on each substantially separate issue and does not bundle resolutions together inappropriately. Resolutions on the receipt of the reports and accounts and the approval of the directors' remuneration report are put to shareholders at the AGM.

Charitable and political donations

During the year, total charitable donations made by the group were £23.9 million (2007 – £20.7 million). UK group companies made donations of £10.7 million (2007 – £10.6 million) to charitable organisations including £1.0 million (2007 – £0.5 million) to the Diageo Foundation and £7.1 million (2007 – £6.8 million) to the Thalidomide Trust. In the rest of the world, group companies made charitable donations of £13.2 million (2007 – £10.1 million).

        The group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom. The group made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year. The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.3 million during the year (2007 – £0.4 million). These were all made in the United States, where it is common practice for major companies to make political contributions. No particular party or political persuasion was supported and contributions were made to federal and state candidates and committees with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.

Supplier payment policies and performance

Given the international nature of the group's operations, there is no group standard in respect of payments to suppliers. Operating companies are responsible for agreeing terms and conditions for their business transactions when orders for goods and services are placed, so that suppliers are aware of the terms of payment and including the relevant terms in contracts where appropriate. These arrangements are adhered to when making payments, subject to the terms and conditions being met by the supplier. Creditor days have not been calculated, as Diageo plc had no material trade creditors at 30 June 2008. The company's invoices for goods and services are settled by subsidiaries acting on behalf of the company.

Going concern

The directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

110


Corporate governance report (continued)

Management's report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the supervision of the chief executive and chief financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group's financial reporting. The company's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that: in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary; permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act) based on the framework in 'Internal Control – Integrated Framework', issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2008, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

        Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in the company's internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting.

        KPMG Audit plc, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the group's consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group's internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included on pages 188 and 189 of this document.

Directors' responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

        Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as endorsed and adopted for use by the EU and applicable law. The directors have taken responsibility to prepare the group financial statements also in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The directors have also presented certain additional information required by the SEC for the purposes of the company's Form 20-F.

        The group financial statements are required by law and IFRS to present fairly the financial position and the performance of the group; the Companies Act 1985 provides in relation to such

111


Corporate governance report (continued)


financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

        In preparing the group financial statements, the directors are required to:

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

        Under applicable UK and US law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a directors' report, a directors' remuneration report and a corporate governance report that comply with that law and those regulations.

        In addition, the directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the company's website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement

Each of the directors, the names of whom are set out in the 'Directors and senior management' section of this Annual Report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

The responsibility statement was approved by the board of directors on 27 August 2008 and signed on its behalf by NC Rose, the chief financial officer.

112


Directors' report

The directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2008.

Annual general meeting

The AGM will be held at The Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre, Broad Sanctuary, Westminster, London SW1P 3EE at 2.30 pm on Wednesday, 15 October 2008.

Dividends

Diageo paid an interim dividend of 13.20 pence per share on 7 April 2008. The directors recommend a final dividend of 21.15 pence per share. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 20 October 2008 to shareholders on the register on 12 September 2008. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 24 October 2008. A dividend reinvestment plan, which enables ordinary shareholders to invest their dividends in ordinary shares, is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 29 September 2008.

Directors

The directors of the company who served during the year are shown under 'Directors and senior management' above. Lord Blyth retired as chairman and director on 30 June 2008 and was succeeded as chairman by Dr FB Humer.

        Dr Humer, WS Shanahan and HT Stitzer retire by rotation at the AGM in accordance with the articles and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. In addition, M Lilja will have served nine years in November 2008 and, although not strictly required to retire at the AGM, in the spirit of good governance she will also seek re-election. For WS Shanahan, who has served more than nine years, his re-election would only last until 30 April 2009, at which time he will retire from the board, and for M Lilja, her re-election would only last until the AGM in 2009 at the latest. In proposing the re-election of WS Shanahan and M Lilja, both of whom the board considers remain independent in character and judgement, the board wishes to ensure continuity at senior board level in the period immediately following the succession of Dr Humer to the chairmanship of the company. PG Scott, who was appointed since the last AGM, retires in accordance with the articles and, being eligible, offers himself for election at the AGM. The non-executive directors proposed for election and re-election do not have service contracts.

        Further details of directors' contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 2008 are given in the directors' remuneration report above.

Auditor

The auditor, KPMG Audit Plc, is willing to continue in office and a resolution for its re-appointment as auditor of the company will be submitted to the AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

The directors who held office at the date of approval of this directors' report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company's auditor is unaware; and each director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the company's auditor is aware of that information.

113


Directors' report (continued)

Purchases of own shares

At the 2007 AGM, shareholders gave the company renewed authority to purchase a maximum of 263 million ordinary shares. During the year ended 30 June 2008, the company purchased 108 million ordinary shares (nominal value £31 million), representing approximately 4% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares) at 11 August 2008, for a consideration including expenses of £1,132 million. Of the shares purchased, 97 million were purchased and subsequently cancelled and 11 million were held as treasury shares for the hedging of grants made under employee share plans.

Business review

The review of the business of the company and the description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the company, prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the Chief executive's review, the Business description and the Business review.

Significant agreements – change of control

The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo's counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

        Under the agreement governing the company's 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC ('MH') and Moët Hennessy International, SAS ('MHI'), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA ('LVMH') may require the company to sell its shares in MH and MHI to LVMH.

        The master agreement governing the operation of the group's regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

        Agreements for the distribution of the José Cuervo tequila brands allow Casa Cuervo SA de CV ('Cuervo') the right to terminate such agreements upon a change of control of the company, if Cuervo's advance written consent to the change of control is not obtained.

114


Directors' report (continued)

Other information

Other information relevant to the directors' report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

Information
  Location in Annual Report
Amendment of memorandum and articles of association   Additional information for shareholders – Memorandum and articles of association
Charitable and political donations   Corporate governance report
Corporate citizenship   Corporate governance report
Directors – appointment and powers   Additional information for shareholders – Memorandum and articles of association
Directors' indemnities and compensation for loss of office   Directors' remuneration report
Employment policies   Business description – Premium drinks – Employees
Events since 30 June 2008   Financial statements – note 34 Post balance sheet events
Future developments   Business review – Trend information
Purchase of own shares   Business review – Liquidity and capital resources and Financial statements – note 26 Total equity
Research and development   Business description – Premium drinks – Research and development
Share capital – structure, voting and other rights   Additional information for shareholders – Share capital and Memorandum and articles of association
Share capital – employee share plan voting rights   Financial statements – note 33 Employee share compensation
Shareholdings in the company   Additional information for shareholders – Share capital
Supplier payment policies and performance   Corporate governance report

        The directors' report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2008 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under 'Directors', 'Business review' and 'Other information' above, which are incorporated into the directors' report by reference.

        The directors' report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 27 August 2008 and signed on its behalf by PD Tunnacliffe, the company secretary.

115


Contents – Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 30 June 2008

117   Report of independent registered public accounting firm

118

 

Consolidated income statement

119

 

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

120

 

Consolidated balance sheet

121

 

Consolidated cash flow statement

122

 

Accounting policies of the group

128

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

187

 

Principal group companies

116


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Diageo plc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of recognised income and expense, consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three year period ended 30 June 2008 on pages 118 to 186, including the disclosures identified as 'part of the audited financial statements' within the 'Risk Management' section on pages 69 to 71, the 'Market Risk Sensitivity Analysis' section on pages 71 and 72 and the 'Critical Accounting Policies' section on pages 72 to 74. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2008 and 2007 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended 30 June 2008 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diageo plc's internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 27 August 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG Audit Plc
London, England

27 August 2008

117



Consolidated income statement

 
  Notes   Year ended
30 June 2008
  Year ended
30 June 2007
  Year ended
30 June 2006
 
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    2     10,643     9,917     9,704  

Excise duties

    3     (2,553 )   (2,436 )   (2,444 )
                     

Net sales

          8,090     7,481     7,260  

Cost of sales

    3     (3,245 )   (3,003 )   (2,921 )
                     

Gross profit

          4,845     4,478     4,339  

Marketing expenses

    3     (1,239 )   (1,162 )   (1,127 )

Other operating expenses

    3,5     (1,380 )   (1,157 )   (1,168 )
                     

Operating profit

    2     2,226     2,159     2,044  

Sale of businesses

    5     9     (1 )   157  

Interest receivable

    6     153     111     51  

Interest payable

    6     (494 )   (362 )   (244 )

Other finance income

    6     51     55     24  

Other finance charges

    6     (29 )   (16 )   (17 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    7     177     149     131  
                     

Profit before taxation

          2,093     2,095     2,146  

Taxation

    8     (522 )   (678 )   (181 )
                     

Profit from continuing operations

          1,571     1,417     1,965  

Discontinued operations

    9     26     139      
                     

Profit for the year

          1,597     1,556     1,965  
                     

Attributable to:

                         

Equity shareholders of the parent company

          1,521     1,489     1,908  

Minority interests

          76     67     57  
                     

          1,597     1,556     1,965  
                     

Basic earnings per share

    10                    

Continuing operations

          58.3p     50.2p     67.2p  

Discontinued operations

          1.0p     5.2p      
                     

          59.3p     55.4p     67.2p  
                     

Diluted earnings per share

    10                    

Continuing operations

          57.9p     49.9p     66.9p  

Discontinued operations

          1.0p     5.1p      
                     

          58.9p     55.0p     66.9p  
                     

Average shares

          2,566m     2,688m     2,841m  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

118



Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

 
  Year ended
30 June 2008
  Year ended
30 June 2007
  Year ended
30 June 2006
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations excluding borrowings

    336     (269 )   (76 )

Exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

    (366 )   199     52  

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                   

– gains taken to equity

    26     28     39  

– transferred to income statement

    (69 )   35     4  

Fair value movement on available for sale securities

            (148 )

Actuarial (losses)/gains on post employment plans

    (15 )   328     459  

Tax on items taken directly to equity

    15     (99 )   (97 )

Net (expense)/income recognised directly in equity

    (73 )   222     233  

Profit for the year

    1,597     1,556     1,965  
               

Total recognised income and expense for the year

    1,524     1,778     2,198  
               

Attributable to:

                   

Equity shareholders of the parent company

    1,445     1,719     2,146  

Minority interests

    79     59     52  
               

Total recognised income and expense for the year

    1,524     1,778     2,198  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

119



Consolidated balance sheet

 
  Notes   30 June 2008   30 June 2007  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

                               

Intangible assets

    11     5,530           4,383        

Property, plant and equipment

    12     2,122           1,932        

Biological assets

    13     31           12        

Investments in associates

    14     1,809           1,436        

Other investments

    16     168           128        

Other receivables

    18     11           17        

Other financial assets

    21     111           52        

Deferred tax assets

    25     590           771        

Post employment benefit assets

    4     47           38        
                             

                10,419           8,769  

Current assets

                               

Inventories

    17     2,739           2,465        

Trade and other receivables

    18     2,051           1,759        

Other financial assets

    21     104           78        

Cash and cash equivalents

    19     714           885        
                             

                5,608           5,187  
                             

Total assets

                16,027           13,956  
                             

Current liabilities

                               

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

    20     (1,663 )         (1,535 )      

Other financial liabilities

    21     (126 )         (43 )      

Trade and other payables

    23     (2,143 )         (1,888 )      

Corporate tax payable

    8     (685 )         (673 )      

Provisions

    24     (72 )         (60 )      
                             

                (4,689 )         (4,199 )

Non-current liabilities

                               

Borrowings

    20     (5,545 )         (4,132 )      

Other financial liabilities

    21     (124 )         (104 )      

Other payables

    23     (34 )         (38 )      

Provisions

    24     (329 )         (274 )      

Deferred tax liabilities

    25     (676 )         (582 )      

Post employment benefit liabilities

    4     (455 )         (457 )      
                             

                (7,163 )         (5,587 )
                             

Total liabilities

                (11,852 )         (9,786 )
                             

Net assets

                4,175           4,170  
                             

Equity

                               

Called up share capital

          816           848        

Share premium

          1,342           1,341        

Other reserves

          3,163           3,186        

Retained deficit

          (1,823 )         (1,403 )      
                             

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

                3,498           3,972  

Minority interests

                677           198  
                             

Total equity

    26           4,175           4,170  
                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 27 August 2008 and were signed on its behalf by PS Walsh and NC Rose, directors.

120



Consolidated cash flow statement

 
  Notes   Year ended
30 June 2008
  Year ended
30 June 2007
  Year ended
30 June 2006
 
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                                           

Profit for the year

          1,597           1,556           1,965        

Discontinued operations

          (26 )         (139 )                

Taxation

          522           678           181        

Share of associates' profits after tax

          (177 )         (149 )         (131 )      

Net interest and other net finance income

          319           212           186        

(Gains)/losses on disposal of businesses

          (9 )         1           (157 )      

Depreciation and amortisation

          233           210           214        

Movements in working capital

          (282 )         (180 )         (192 )      

Dividend income and other items

    27     128           83           133        
                                       

Cash generated from operations

                2,305           2,272           2,199  

Interest received

                67           42           64  

Interest paid

                (387 )         (279 )         (235 )

Dividends paid to equity minority interests

                (56 )         (41 )         (40 )

Taxation paid

                (369 )         (368 )         (393 )
                                       

Net cash from operating activities

                1,560           1,626           1,595  

Cash flows from investing activities

                                           

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

          66           69           16        

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

          (328 )         (274 )         (257 )      

Net disposal/(purchase) of other investments

          4           (6 )         7        

Payment into escrow in respect of the UK pension fund

          (50 )         (50 )                

Disposal of businesses

    28     4           4           772        

Purchase of businesses

    29     (575 )         (70 )         (209 )      
                                       

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

                (879 )         (327 )         329  

Cash flows from financing activities

                                           

Proceeds from issue of share capital

          1           1           3        

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes

          (78 )         (25 )         (32 )      

Own shares repurchased

          (1,008 )         (1,405 )         (1,407 )      

Net increase in loans

          1,094           1,226           309        

Equity dividends paid

          (857 )         (858 )         (864 )      
                                       

Net cash used in financing activities

                (848 )         (1,061 )         (1,991 )
                                       

Net (decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents

                (167 )         238           (67 )

Exchange differences

                11           (50 )         (11 )

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

                839           651           729  
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

                683           839           651  
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

    19           714           885           699  

Bank overdrafts

    20           (31 )         (46 )         (48 )
                                       

                683           839           651  
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

121


Accounting policies of the group

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. No reconciliation to US GAAP is included in the financial statements following the SEC's adoption of a rule accepting financial statements from foreign private issuers prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without that reconciliation.

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, except that biological assets and certain financial instruments are stated at their fair value.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgement, are set out with related disclosures in 'Critical accounting policies' in the Business review section of this Annual Report.

        The information set out in these accounts does not constitute the company's statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2008, 2007 or 2006. Those accounts have been reported on by the company's auditors; their reports were unqualified and did not contain a statement under section 237(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 1985. The accounts for 2007 and 2006 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 2008 will be delivered in due course.

Business combinations

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group's attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries sold or acquired are included in the income statement up to, or from, the date that control passes.

        On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets acquired. Adjustments to fair values include those made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the group.

Sales

Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties receivable and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and import duties which the group pays as principal but excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or some other specified point when the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.

122


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

Advertising

Advertising production costs are charged in the income statement when the advertisement is first shown to the public.

Research and development

Research expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design is written off in the period in which it is incurred. Any subsequent development expenditure in the period leading up to product launch that meets the recognition criteria set out in the relevant standard is capitalised. If capitalised, any intangible asset is amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of the expected benefit.

Share-based payments – employee benefits

The fair value of equity-settled share options granted is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged in the income statement over the vesting period. Shares of Diageo plc held by the company for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans around the group are deducted from equity in the consolidated balance sheet. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as an adjustment to reserves.

Pensions and other post employment benefits

The group's principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For defined benefit plans, the amount charged in the income statement is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any fully vested benefit improvements granted to members by the group during the year. It also includes a credit equivalent to the group's expected return on the pension plans' assets over the year, offset by a charge equal to the expected increase in the plans' liabilities over the year. The difference between the fair value of the plans' assets and the present value of the plans' liabilities is disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any differences between the expected return on assets and that actually achieved, and any changes in the liabilities over the year due to changes in assumptions or experience within the plans, are recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense.

        Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those that in management's judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed either in the notes to the consolidated financial statements or on the face of the consolidated income statement.

Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the group's subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

123


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        The income statements and cash flows of overseas entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. The adjustment to closing rates is taken to reserves.

        Balance sheets are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the re-translation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to reserves, as are exchange differences arising on related foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to reserves. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement.

        The results, assets and liabilities of operations in hyper-inflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local market currency of the entity.

        Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. If hedged forward, the impact of hedging is recognised, where permitted, under hedge accounting (refer to accounting policy for derivative financial instruments).

Brands, goodwill and other intangible assets

When the cost of an acquisition exceeds the fair values attributable to the group's share of the net assets acquired, the difference is treated as purchased goodwill. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been restated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

        Acquired brands and other intangible assets are recognised when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured.

        Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised. Intangible assets that are regarded as having limited useful economic lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives. Assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually and other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. To ensure that goodwill and intangible assets are not carried at above their recoverable amounts, impairment reviews are carried out comparing the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the higher of value in use or fair value less cost to sell. Amortisation and any impairment write downs are charged in the income statement.

        Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life, expected to be up to five years. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year.

Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings are stated at cost less depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: industrial and other buildings – 10 to 50 years; plant and machinery – 5 to 25 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and casks and containers – 15 to 20 years.

124


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        Reviews are carried out if there is some indication that impairment may have occurred, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.

Leases

Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

Agriculture

Grape cultivation by the group's wine business is accounted for as an agricultural activity. Accordingly the group's biological assets (grape vines and grapes on the vine) are carried at fair value which is computed on the basis of a discounted cash flow computation. Agricultural produce (harvested grapes) is valued at market value on transfer into inventory.

Associates and joint ventures

An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. The group's interest in the net assets of associates is included in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results is included in the income statement below the group's operating profit. Joint ventures, where there is contractual joint control over the entity, are accounted for by including on a line-by-line basis the attributable share of the results, assets and liabilities.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated on an actual usage basis for maturing inventories and on a first in, first out basis for other inventories.

Financial assets

Trade receivables     Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are stated at their nominal amount that is usually the original invoiced amount less provisions made for bad and doubtful receivables. Estimated irrecoverable amounts are based on the ageing of the receivable balances and historical experience. Individual trade receivables are provided against when management deems them not to be collectable.

Cash and cash equivalents     Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less at acquisition, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

Available-for-sale financial assets     Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Available-for sale financial assets are currently primarily represented by cash and cash equivalents and amounts held in escrow accounts for pension schemes.

125


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

Financial liabilities

Borrowings     Borrowings are initially measured at cost (which is equal to fair value at inception), and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Any difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the settlement or redemption of borrowings is recognised over the term of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method. The fair value adjustments for all loans designated as hedged items in a fair value hedge are shown separately as a net figure.

Trade payables     Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are stated at their nominal value.

Derivative financial instruments

The group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposures to fluctuations in interest and exchange rates. The derivative instruments used by Diageo consist mainly of currency forwards, foreign currency swaps, interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps.

        Derivative financial instruments are recognised in the balance sheet at fair value that is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique consistently for similar types of instruments. This technique takes into consideration assumptions based on market data. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are charged or credited in the income statement.

        The purpose of hedge accounting is to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the income statement of the group of changes in exchange or interest rates or commodity prices, by matching the impact of the hedged item and the hedging instrument in the income statement. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. At the inception of the transaction, the group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking all derivatives designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities or to specific firm commitments or forecast transactions. The group also documents its assessment, both at the hedge inception and on a quarterly basis, as to whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been, and are likely to continue to be, effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items.

        Diageo designates derivatives which qualify as hedges for accounting purposes as either: (a) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge); (b) a hedge of a forecast transaction or the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates or exchange rates (cash flow hedge); or (c) a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations.

        The method of recognising the resulting gains or losses from movements in fair values is dependent on whether the derivative contract is designated to hedge a specific risk and qualifies for hedge accounting.

        Derivative financial instruments are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are fair value hedges are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life.

126


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge the currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in interest rates and exchange rates. The effective part of the changes in fair value of cash flow hedges is recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense, while any ineffective part is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts recorded in the statement of recognised income and expense are transferred to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying interest or foreign exchange exposure affects the income statement.

        Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. All foreign exchange gains or losses arising on translation of net investments are recorded in the statement of recognised income and expense and included in cumulative translation differences. Liabilities used as hedging instruments in a net investment hedge are revalued at closing exchange rates. The resulting gains or losses are taken to the statement of recognised income and expense to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments in overseas businesses are revalued at fair value. Effective fair value movements are taken to the statement of recognised income and expense, with any ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement.

Taxation

Current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments.

        Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their tax bases. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

        Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

Discontinued operations

Disposal groups are classified as discontinued operations where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations.

127


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1      New accounting policies

The following accounting standard and interpretation, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), are effective for the first time in the current financial year and have been adopted by the group with no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position:

Amendment to IAS 1 – Presentation of financial statements: capital disclosures (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2007). This amendment requires additional disclosures in the annual report on the objectives, policies and processes for managing capital. Appropriate additional disclosures are included in this Annual Report.

IFRIC 11 – Group and treasury share transactions (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 March 2007).

The following standards and interpretations, issued by the IASB or IFRIC, have not yet been adopted by the group:

IAS 1 (Revised) – Presentation of financial statements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

Amendment to IAS 23 – Borrowing costs (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

IAS 27 (Revised) – Consolidated and separate financial statements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009).

Amendment to IAS 38 – Intangible assets (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

Amendment to IFRS 2 – Share-based payment (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

IFRS 3 (Revised) – Business combinations (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009).

IFRS 8 – Operating segments (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

IFRIC 12 – Service concession arrangements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2008).

IFRIC 13 – Customer loyalty programmes (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2008).

IFRIC 14 – IAS 19: The limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirements and their interaction (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2008).

IFRIC 15 – Agreements for the construction of real estate (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).

IFRIC 16 – Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 October 2008).

The amendment to IAS 23 generally eliminates the option to expense borrowing costs attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as incurred, and instead requires the

128


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

1      New accounting policies (continued)


capitalisation of such borrowing costs as part of the cost of specific assets. The group is currently assessing the impact of the amendment on the results and net assets of the group.

        The amendment to IAS 38 clarifies the accounting for advertising expenditure. The group is currently assessing the impact this amendment to the standard would have on the results and net assets of the group.

        IFRS 3 (Revised) continues to apply the acquisition method to business combinations with some significant changes, particularly in respect of the measurement of contingent payments, the calculation of goodwill and the treatment of transaction costs. These changes apply to business combinations occurring from 1 July 2009.

        IFRS 8 contains requirements for the disclosure of information about an entity's operating segments and also about the entity's products and services, the geographical areas in which it operates, and its major customers. The standard is concerned only with disclosure and replaces IAS 14 – Segment reporting . The group is currently assessing the impact this standard would have on the presentation of its consolidated results.

        IFRIC 14 provides guidance on assessing the limit in IAS 19 on the amount of the surplus that can be recognised as an asset. It also explains how the post employment benefit asset or liability may be affected by a statutory or contractual minimum funding requirement. It is not expected that the interpretation would have a material impact on the results or net assets of the group.

        The group does not currently believe the adoption of the remaining standards or interpretations would have a material impact on the consolidated results or financial position of the group. With the exception of IAS 1 (Revised) and IFRS 8, none of the above standards and interpretations not yet adopted by Diageo have been endorsed or adopted for use in the European Union.

2      Segmental information

Continuing operations     Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. The group produces, markets and distributes a wide range of premium brands, including Smirnoff vodka, Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies, Guinness stout, Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur, Captain Morgan rum, J e B scotch whisky and Tanqueray gin. In addition, Diageo also owns the distribution rights for the José Cuervo tequila brands in the United States and other countries.

        Diageo also owns a number of investments in unconsolidated associates, the principal investment being a 34% interest in Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wines subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA. Moët Hennessy is based in France and is a leading producer and exporter of champagne and cognac.

        Following the reorganisation in January 2007 of the way in which the business is managed, continuing operations now comprise the following segments: Diageo North America (United States and Canada), Diageo Europe (all European countries and territories including Russia), Diageo International (Africa, Latin America, Caribbean, Global Travel and Middle East), Diageo Asia Pacific (Greater China, India, Japan, Korea, South East Asia and Australia), Moët Hennessy and Corporate and other. The comparative information for the year ended 30 June 2006 has been restated to reflect the current organisation.

129


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2      Segmental information (continued)

        Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, service centres, facilities and employee costs that are not directly allocated to the geographical operating units. They also include the revenues and costs related to rents receivable in respect of properties not used by Diageo in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks, exchange movements on short term intercompany balances and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.

Discontinued operations     Included within discontinued operations are adjustments relating to the disposal of the group's quick service restaurants business (Burger King, sold on 13 December 2002), and to the disposal of the group's packaged food business (Pillsbury, sold on 31 October 2001).

        In the year ended 30 June 2008, profit after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £26 million. This principally arose from a tax credit of £24 million relating to the past disposal of the Pillsbury business.

        In the year ended 30 June 2007, a tax benefit of £82 million arose from the recognition of capital losses arising on the past disposals of the Pillsbury and Burger King businesses. In addition, a tax credit of £57 million arose following resolution with tax authorities of various audit issues.

(i)    Segmental information – Continuing operations

 
  North
America
  Europe   Inter-
national
  Asia
Pacific
  Moët
Hennessy
  Corporate
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2008

                                           

Sales

    2,965     4,046     2,376     1,168         88     10,643  
                               

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    907     798     593     170         (164 )   2,304  

Exceptional items charged to operating profit

        (78 )                   (78 )
                               

Operating profit/(loss)

    907     720     593     170         (164 )   2,226  

Sale of investments and businesses

        5     4                 9  

Share of associates' profits after tax

        7     6     3     161         177  
                               

Profit/(loss) before interest, net finance income and tax

    907     732     603     173     161     (164 )   2,412  

Depreciation

    (40 )   (85 )   (50 )   (17 )       (6 )   (198 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

        (4 )                   (4 )

Intangible asset amortisation

    (5 )   (15 )   (2 )   (5 )       (4 )   (31 )

Capital expenditure on segment assets

    23     56     102     25         168     374  

Segment assets

    879     1,213     882     426         386     3,786  

Investments in associates

    10     26     82     48     1,643         1,809  

Unallocated assets

                        10,432     10,432  
                               

Total assets

    889     1,239     964     474     1,643     10,818     16,027  
                               

Segment liabilities

    272     695     318     179         430     1,894  

Unallocated liabilities

                        9,958     9,958  
                               

Total liabilities

    272     695     318     179         10,388     11,852  
                               

130


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2      Segmental information (continued)

(i)    Segmental information – Continuing operations (continued)

 
  North
America
  Europe   Inter-
national
  Asia
Pacific
  Moët
Hennessy
  Corporate
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2007

                                           

Sales

    2,915     3,765     2,031     1,131         75     9,917  
                               

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    850     723     499     196         (149 )   2,119  

Exceptional items credited to operating profit

                        40     40  
                               

Operating profit/(loss)

    850     723     499     196         (109 )   2,159  

Sale of investments and businesses

            1             (2 )   (1 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

        5     7     1     136         149  
                               

Profit/(loss) before interest, net finance income and tax

    850     728     507     197     136     (111 )   2,307  

Depreciation

    (30 )   (83 )   (39 )   (23 )       (6 )   (181 )

Intangible asset amortisation

    (7 )   (15 )   (1 )   (3 )       (3 )   (29 )

Capital expenditure on segment assets

    19     63     53     20         170     325  

Segment assets

    832     1,041     789     369         312     3,343  

Investments in associates

    10     22     19     37     1,348         1,436  

Unallocated assets

                        9,177     9,177  
                               

Total assets

    842     1,063     808     406     1,348     9,489     13,956  
                               

Segment liabilities

    262     616     244     130         425     1,677  

Unallocated liabilities

                        8,109     8,109  
                               

Total liabilities

    262     616     244     130         8,534     9,786  
                               

2006

                                           

Sales

    2,968     3,834     1,784     1,042         76     9,704  
                               

Operating profit/(loss)

    829     737     445     199         (166 )   2,044  

Sale of investments and businesses

        1                 156     157  

Share of associates' profits after tax

        5     4         122         131  
                               

Profit/(loss) before interest, net finance income and tax

    829     743     449     199     122     (10 )   2,332  

Depreciation

    (31 )   (85 )   (48 )   (17 )       (5 )   (186 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

    (8 )   (14 )   (1 )   (3 )       (2 )   (28 )

Capital expenditure on segment assets

    28     246     61     17         111     463  

Segment assets

    872     1,171     770     350         238     3,401  

Investments in associates

        19     19         1,303         1,341  

Unallocated assets

                        9,185     9,185  
                               

Total assets

    872     1,190     789     350     1,303     9,423     13,927  
                               

Segment liabilities

    260     628     218     118         440     1,664  

Unallocated liabilities

                        7,582     7,582  
                               

Total liabilities

    260     628     218     118         8,022     9,246  
                               
(a)
The segmental analysis of sales and operating profit/(loss) is based on the location of the third party customers.

(b)
The group interest expense is managed centrally and is not attributable to individual activities.

131


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2      Segmental information (continued)

(i)    Segmental information – Continuing operations (continued)

(c)
Segmental information for the 'Corporate and other' segment, which includes unallocated assets and liabilities, is as follows:
Sales, operating profit/(loss), profit/(loss) before interest, net finance income and tax, depreciation and amortisation comprise central items not readily allocable to the group's operating segments.

In the year ended 30 June 2007, the operating loss of £109 million included an exceptional credit of £40 million in respect of the sale of the site of the former brewery at Park Royal.

In the year ended 30 June 2006, the gain on sale of investments and businesses of £156 million included £151 million from the sale of General Mills shares.

Capital expenditure on segment assets of £168 million (2007 – £170 million; 2006 – £111 million) includes expenditure on intangible assets and property, plant and equipment of £158 million (2007 – £138 million; 2006 – £109 million) in respect of unallocated assets relating to the worldwide supply of product which is not readily allocable to the group's operating segments.

Segment assets of £386 million (2007 – £312 million; 2006 – £238 million) comprise: intangible assets of £18 million (2007 – £41 million; 2006 – £41 million); property, plant and equipment of £81 million (2007 – £80 million; 2006 – £64 million); inventories of £58 million (2007 – £61 million; 2006 – £15 million); and other assets of £229 million (2007 – £130 million; 2006 – £118 million).

Unallocated assets of £10,432 million (2007 – £9,177 million; 2006 – £9,185 million) comprise: brands of £4,139 million (2007 – £4,085 million; 2006 – £4,283 million); other intangible assets of £1,259 million (2007 – £173 million; 2006 – £140 million); property, plant and equipment of £1,226 million (2007 – £1,144 million; 2006 – £1,114 million); maturing inventories of £1,755 million (2007 – £1,582 million; 2006 – £1,483 million); cash and cash equivalents of £714 million (2007 – £885 million; 2006 – £699 million); and other assets of £1,339 million (2007 – £1,308 million; 2006 – £1,466 million). Brands that are capitalised in the balance sheet are sold throughout the world and are not readily allocable to North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific. Property, plant and equipment, maturing inventories and other assets classified as unallocated are principally located in Scotland and are not readily allocable to the group's operating segments.

Segment liabilities of £430 million (2007 – £425 million; 2006 – £440 million) comprise trade and other payables of £271 million (2007 – £258 million; 2006 – £270 million) and provisions of £159 million (2007 – £167 million; 2006 – £170 million).

Unallocated liabilities of £9,958 million (2007 – £8,109 million; 2006 – £7,582 million) comprise: external borrowings of £7,208 million (2007 – £5,667 million; 2006 – £4,760 million); corporate tax payable of £685 million (2007 – £673 million; 2006 – £681 million); post employment benefit liabilities of £455 million (2007 – £457 million; 2006 – £815 million); and other liabilities of £1,610 million (2007 – £1,312 million; 2006 – £1,326 million).

(d)
The weighted average exchange rates used in the translation of income statements were US dollar – £1 = $2.01 (2007 – £1 = $1.93; 2006 – £1 = $1.78) and euro – £1 = €1.36 (2007 – £1 = €1.48; 2006 – £1 = €1.46). Exchange rates used to translate assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date were US dollar – £1 = $1.99 (2007 – £1 = $2.01; 2006 – £1 = $1.85) and euro – £1 = €1.26 (2007 – £1 = €1.48; 2006 – £1 = €1.45). The group uses foreign exchange transaction hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements.

132


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2      Segmental information (continued)

(ii)   Geographical information

 
  Great
Britain
  Rest of
Europe
  North
America
  Asia
Pacific
  Latin
America
  Rest of
World
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2008

                                           

Sales

    1,530     2,657     3,001     1,208     963     1,284     10,643  

Segment assets

    555     1,044     858     427     200     702     3,786  

Capital expenditure on segment assets

    146     42     51     28     8     99     374  
                               

2007

                                           

Sales

    1,470     2,442     2,958     1,179     813     1,055     9,917  

Segment assets

    468     895     813     371     182     614     3,343  

Capital expenditure on segment assets

    131     53     59     22     9     51     325  
                               

2006

                                           

Sales

    1,549     2,428     2,999     1,085     671     972     9,704  

Segment assets

    711     775     807     347     168     593     3,401  

Capital expenditure on segment assets

    70     247     64     17     13     52     463  
                               
(a)
The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of the third party customers and an allocation of certain corporate items. Certain businesses, for internal management purposes, have been reported within the appropriate region in the geographical analysis above. Corporate sales of £88 million (2007 – £75 million; 2006 – £76 million) are included in Great Britain.

(b)
The geographical analysis of segment assets and related capital expenditure is based on the geographical location of the assets and excludes investments in associates and assets and capital expenditure which are not readily allocable to the group's operating segments.

(c)
Exports from the United Kingdom were £2,501 million (2007 – £2,316 million; 2006 – £1,952 million).

133


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

3      Operating costs

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Excise duties

    2,553     2,436     2,444  

Cost of sales

    3,245     3,003     2,921  

Marketing expenses

    1,239     1,162     1,127  

Other operating expenses

    1,380     1,157     1,168  
               

    8,417     7,758     7,660  
               

Comprising:

                   

Excise duties – United States

    442     443     457  

                       – Other

    2,111     1,993     1,987  

Change in inventories

    (115 )   (65 )   (6 )

Raw materials and consumables

    1,713     1,692     1,729  

Marketing expenses

    1,239     1,162     1,127  

Other external charges

    1,672     1,345     1,225  

Staff costs (note 4)

    1,073     993     952  

Depreciation and amortisation

    233     210     214  

(Gains)/losses on disposal of property

    (24 )   (62 )   4  

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

    81     55     (22 )

Other operating income

    (8 )   (8 )   (7 )
               

    8,417     7,758     7,660  
               
(a)
Other external charges     Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £14 million (2007 – £7 million; 2006 – £5 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £65 million (2007 – £58 million; 2006 – £64 million), research and development expenditure of £17 million (2007 – £17 million; 2006 – £18 million), and maintenance and repairs of £83 million (2007 – £53 million; 2006 – £45 million).

(b)
Exceptional operating costs     In the year ended 30 June 2008, there was an exceptional operating cost of £78 million for the restructuring of the Irish brewing operations, of which £74 million is included in other external charges and £4 million accelerated depreciation is included in depreciation and amortisation. In the year ended 30 June 2007, gains on disposal of property of £62 million included an exceptional operating gain of £40 million in respect of the sale of the site of the former brewery at Park Royal.

134


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

3      Operating costs (continued)

(c)
Auditor fees     The fees of the principal auditor of the group, KPMG Audit Plc, and its affiliates were as follows:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Rest of
World
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Audit of these financial statements

    0.8     0.1     0.9     0.8     0.9  

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

    1.3     3.7     5.0     4.2     2.9  

Other services pursuant to such legislation

    0.7     0.4     1.1     2.5     3.2  

Other services relevant to taxation

    0.5     1.8     2.3     1.0     1.4  

All other services

    0.5     1.0     1.5     1.1     0.3  
                       

    3.8     7.0     10.8     9.6     8.7  
                       

For the years ended 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007, other services pursuant to such legislation relate principally to reporting required under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (2006 – principally to advisory services in respect of Diageo's preparedness for Sarbanes-Oxley Act section 404). Other services relevant to taxation comprise principally tax compliance services and tax advice. All other services relate principally to advisory services in respect of due diligence, services in relation to acquisitions and disposals, and audit services in respect of employee pension funds and benefit plans of £0.3 million (2007 – £0.3 million; 2006 – £0.3 million).

        Under SEC regulations, the auditor fees of £10.8 million (2007 – £9.6 million; 2006 – £8.7 million) are required to be presented as follows: audit £7.0 million (2007 – £7.1 million; 2006 – £4.4 million); other audit-related £0.7 million (2007 – £1.1 million; 2006 – £2.6 million); tax £2.3 million (2007 – £1.0 million; 2006 – £1.4 million); and all other fees £0.8 million (2007 – £0.4 million; 2006 – £0.3 million).

        In addition to the amounts above, £0.1 million (2007 – £0.1 million; 2006 – £0.3 million) was charged in relation to the audit by firms other than KPMG.

4      Employees

 
  2008   2007   2006  

Average number of employees

                   

Full time

    23,908     22,086     21,972  

Part time

    465     434     647  
               

    24,373     22,520     22,619  
               

135


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Aggregate remuneration

                   

Wages and salaries

    870     796     761  

Share-based incentive plans

    26     25     26  

Employer's social security

    78     68     59  

Employer's pension

    95     97     99  

Other post employment

    4     7     7  
               

    1,073     993     952  
               

The costs of post employment benefits and share-based incentive plans have been included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2008 as follows: cost of sales £45 million (2007 – £48 million; 2006 – £50 million) and other operating expenses £80 million (2007 – £81 million; 2006 – £82 million).

Retirement benefits     The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices.

The larger plans are generally of the defined benefit type and are funded by payments to separately administered funds or insurance companies. The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland, United States and Canada. All valuations were performed using the projected unit method to determine pension costs. The most recent full valuations of the significant defined benefit pension plans were carried out as follows: United Kingdom on 31 March 2006; Ireland on 31 December 2006; and United States on 1 January 2007. The measurement dates used to calculate the disclosures in the consolidated financial statements are the respective balance sheet dates. In the United Kingdom, the Diageo Pension Scheme closed to new members in November 2005. New employees in the United Kingdom are now eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan, which is also a defined benefit pension plan.

        The assets of the principal pension plans are held in separate funds administered by trustees to meet long term pension liabilities to past and present employees. The trustees are required to act in the best interests of the plans' beneficiaries. The two largest pension plans are the Diageo Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom and the Guinness Ireland Pension Scheme in Ireland. For the Diageo Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. The appointment of the directors to the board is determined by the Scheme's trust documentation. There is a policy that one-third of all directors should be nominated by members of the Scheme. Two member nominated directors have recently been appointed from the pensioner member community and two from the active member community. For the Guinness Ireland Pension Scheme, the appointment of trustees is strictly a company decision. Currently the company makes three nominations and appoints three further candidates nominated by representative groupings. The chairman is a former employee of the company and is viewed as independent.

        The group also operates a number of plans, primarily in the United States, which provide employees with post employment benefits in respect of medical costs. These plans are generally unfunded. In addition, there are a number of other plans which provide post employment benefits other than pensions and medical benefits. These plans are also included in the figures presented below.

136


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

(a)    The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group's deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year to 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland   United States  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006  
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Rate of general increase in salaries

    5.2     4.4     4.0     5.0     4.6     4.4     6.3     6.3     6.4  

Rate of increase to pensions in payment

    4.0     3.3     2.9     2.6     2.3     2.1              

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

    4.0     3.2     2.8     2.6     2.2     2.0              

Medical inflation

    n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     9.3     10.0     9.0  

Discount rate for plan liabilities

    6.7     5.8     5.2     6.5     5.3     4.8     6.1     6.2     6.3  

Inflation

    4.0     3.2     2.8     2.6     2.2     2.0     2.4     2.3     2.4  

For the main plans in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States, the salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases. The 2008 assumption for medical inflation in the United States reduces by 0.5% per year to 5% (2007 – 0.5% per year to 5%; 2006 – 1% per year to 5%).

        In assessing the group's post retirement liabilities, the mortality assumption for the largest plan (which is in the United Kingdom) is based on the mortality experience of that plan. This mortality experience analysis was carried out in 2006 as part of the triennial funding valuation of that plan. The assumption is based on the PA92 birth year tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan. The assumption also allows for future improvements in life expectancy in line with the medium cohort effect. The mortality assumptions for the other plans around the world are based on relevant standard mortality tables in each country.

        For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland  
 
  2008
Age
  2007
Age
  2006
Age
  2008
Age
  2007
Age
  2006
Age
 

Retiring currently at age 65

                                     

Male

    84.5     84.4     84.3     85.4     85.3     84.0  

Female

    87.2     87.1     87.1     88.1     87.9     86.9  

Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                                     

Male

    86.7     86.7     86.7     87.2     87.1     84.8  

Female

    89.5     89.4     89.4     89.8     89.7     87.8  

137


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

(b)    The amounts charged in respect of post employment plans to the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the three years ended 30 June 2008 are set out below:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2008

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (52 )   (17 )   (25 )   (94 )

Past service cost

    (1 )   (2 )       (3 )

Gains on curtailments

            1     1  
                   

Total charge to operating profit

    (53 )   (19 )   (24 )   (96 )

Net credit/(cost) to other finance income (note 6(ii))

    36     16     (6 )   46  
                   

Charge before taxation

    (17 )   (3 )   (30 )   (50 )
                   

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    192     (66 )   (4 )   122  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (252 )   (80 )   (26 )   (358 )

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    (60 )   (146 )   (30 )   (236 )

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    (12 )   (48 )   8     (52 )

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    139     129     4     272  
                   

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    67     (65 )   (18 )   (16 )

Attributable to minority interests

            (2 )   (2 )

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            3     3  
                   

Total gain/(loss) recognisable in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

    67     (65 )   (17 )   (15 )
                   

2007

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (57 )   (17 )   (24 )   (98 )

Past service cost

    (4 )           (4 )
                   

Total charge to operating profit

    (61 )   (17 )   (24 )   (102 )

Net credit/(cost) to other finance income (note 6(ii))

    36     17     (5 )   48  
                   

Charge before taxation

    (25 )       (29 )   (54 )
                   

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    374     150     44     568  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (230 )   (70 )   (24 )   (324 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    144     80     20     244  

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    (100 )   7     (17 )   (110 )

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    200     10     (21 )   189  
                   

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    244     97     (18 )   323  

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            5     5  
                   

Total gain/(loss) recognisable in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

    244     97     (13 )   328  
                   

138


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)


 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2006

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (58 )   (22 )   (24 )   (104 )

Past service cost

    (1 )   (1 )       (2 )

Gains on curtailments

    1             1  
                   

Total charge to operating profit

    (58 )   (23 )   (24 )   (105 )

Net credit/(cost) to other finance income (note 6(ii))

    14     11     (6 )   19  
                   

Charge before taxation

    (44 )   (12 )   (30 )   (86 )
                   

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    513     84     15     612  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (191 )   (60 )   (24 )   (275 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    322     24     (9 )   337  

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    (29 )   (14 )   (12 )   (55 )

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (2 )   149     36     183  
                   

Actuarial gain recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    291     159     15     465  

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            (6 )   (6 )
                   

Total gain recognisable in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

    291     159     9     459  
                   

 

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Total cumulative gain/(loss) recognised in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                         

At 30 June 2005

    (44 )   (146 )   (48 )   (238 )

Recognised in the year

    291     159     9     459  
                   

At 30 June 2006

    247     13     (39 )   221  

Recognised in the year

    244     97     (13 )   328  
                   

At 30 June 2007

    491     110     (52 )   549  

Recognised in the year

    67     (65 )   (17 )   (15 )
                   

At 30 June 2008

    558     45     (69 )   534  
                   

139


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

(c)    The expected long term rates of return and fair values of the assets of the defined benefit post employment plans were as follows:

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland   United States and other   Total  
 
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
 
 
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
 

2008

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    8.3     2,209     8.4     507     8.2     215     8.3     2,931  

Bonds

    6.1     825     5.9     225     5.3     118     6.0     1,168  

Property

    7.3     296     7.4     193     12.7     12     7.5     501  

Other

    5.4     252     4.6     287     6.5     26     5.0     565  
                                           

          3,582           1,212           371           5,165  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (3,684 )         (1,254 )         (479 )         (5,417 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (68 )                   (74 )         (142 )
                                           

Deficit in post employment plans

          (170 )         (42 )         (182 )         (394 )

Surplus restriction

                              (14 )         (14 )
                                           

Post employment benefit liabilities

          (170 )         (42 )         (196 )         (408 )
                                           

2007

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    8.4     1,988     8.0     574     8.4     230     8.3     2,792  

Bonds

    5.6     749     4.8     325     5.5     116     5.4     1,190  

Property

    7.4     455     7.0     161     11.6     11     7.4     627  

Other

    5.8     299     3.0     83     6.2     28     5.3     410  
                                           

          3,491           1,143           385           5,019  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (3,702 )         (1,125 )         (464 )         (5,291 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (64 )                   (66 )         (130 )
                                           

(Deficit)/surplus in post employment plans

          (275 )         18           (145 )         (402 )

Surplus restriction

                              (17 )         (17 )
                                           

Post employment benefit liabilities

          (275 )         18           (162 )         (419 )
                                           

2006

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    7.8     2,504     7.6     759     8.5     213     7.8     3,476  

Bonds

    4.9     224     4.4     146     5.6     125     4.9     495  

Property

    6.8     389     6.6     138     11.6     10     6.8     537  

Other

    4.1     93     2.8     16     5.8     30     4.3     139  
                                           

          3,210           1,059           378           4,647  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (3,688 )         (1,149 )         (363 )         (5,200 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (73 )                   (151 )         (224 )
                                           

Deficit in post employment plans

          (551 )         (90 )         (136 )         (777 )

Surplus restriction

                              (24 )         (24 )
                                           

Post employment benefit liabilities

          (551 )         (90 )         (160 )         (801 )
                                           

140


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

Included in the post employment plan deficit of £394 million (2007 – £402 million; 2006 – £777 million) is £115 million (2007 – £111 million; 2006 – £101 million) in respect of post employment medical benefit liabilities and £43 million (2007 – £40 million; 2006 – £41 million) in respect of other non pension post employment liabilities.

        Included in the plan assets above is £0.4 million (2007 – £1 million; 2006 – £7 million) invested in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc.

        Included in other assets in the United Kingdom at 30 June 2007 was cash of approximately £350 million intended for subsequent investment in bonds. The expected long term rate of return on other assets in the UK was adjusted to reflect this.

        Post employment benefit assets and liabilities are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet, depending on whether an individual plan is in surplus or deficit, as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    47     38  

Non-current liabilities

    (455 )   (457 )
           

    (408 )   (419 )
           

The expected long term rates of return for equities have been determined by reference to government bond rates (minimum risk rates) in the countries in which the plans are based. As at 30 June 2008, to reflect the additional risks associated with equities, expected long term rates of return on equities include a risk premium of 3.25% per year (2007 and 2006 – 3.25% per year) in excess of the expected return from government bonds. This risk premium is a long term assumption which is set after taking actuarial advice and considering the assumptions used by other FTSE 100 companies. The expected long term rates of return for other assets are determined in a similar way, by using an appropriate risk premium relative to government bonds in the relevant country.

        The group's investment strategy for its funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustees of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The group's objective for the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the return on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable amount of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using specific allocations to a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver the target rate of return. Most investment strategies have significant allocations to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, and will be within acceptable boundaries of risk. Each investment strategy is also designed to control investment risk by managing allocations to asset classes, geographical exposures and individual stock exposures.

        At 30 June 2008, approximately 40% (2007 – 40%) of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme's liabilities and approximately 40% (2007 – nil) of the Guinness Ireland Pension Scheme's liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation through the use of swaps. The fair value of these swaps was an asset of £169 million (2007 – liability of £64 million) for the UK Scheme and an asset of £22 million (2007 – £nil) for the Guinness Ireland Scheme. These amounts are included in other assets in the table of fair value of plan assets.

141


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

        The discount rate is based on the yields of high quality, long dated, fixed income investments of similar duration to the liabilities. For the UK pension plans, which represent approximately 67% of total post employment benefit liabilities, the discount rate is based on the iBoxx over 15-year AA sterling corporate bond index at 30 June rounded to the nearest 0.1%. A similar process is used to determine the discount rate for the non-UK plans.

        The percentages of investments at fair value held by the pension plans at 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007, analysed by category, were as follows:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

2008

                         

Equities

    62     42     58     57  

Bonds

    23     19     32     23  

Property

    8     16     3     10  

Other

    7     23     7     10  
                   

    100     100     100     100  
                   

2007

                         

Equities

    57     50     60     56  

Bonds

    21     29     30     24  

Property

    13     14     3     12  

Other

    9     7     7     8  
                   

    100     100     100     100  
                   

142


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

(d)    Movements in the present value of plan liabilities during the three years ended 30 June 2008:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Present value of plan liabilities at 30 June 2005

    3,638     1,238     536     5,412  

Exchange differences

        25     (8 )   17  

Acquisition of businesses

    8         1     9  

Current service cost

    58     22     24     104  

Past service cost

    1     1         2  

Interest cost

    177     49     30     256  

Actuarial loss/(gain)

    31     (135 )   (24 )   (128 )

Employee contributions

    8     2     1     11  

Benefits paid

    (153 )   (53 )   (38 )   (244 )

Curtailments

    (1 )           (1 )

Settlements

    (6 )       (8 )   (14 )
                   

Present value of plan liabilities at 30 June 2006

    3,761     1,149     514     5,424  

Exchange differences

        (25 )   (34 )   (59 )

Current service cost

    57     17     24     98  

Past service cost

    4             4  

Interest cost

    194     53     29     276  

Actuarial (gain)/loss

    (100 )   (17 )   38     (79 )

Employee contributions

    10     2         12  

Benefits paid

    (160 )   (54 )   (41 )   (255 )
                   

Present value of plan liabilities at 30 June 2007

    3,766     1,125     530     5,421  

Exchange differences

        191     18     209  

Current service cost

    52     17     25     94  

Past service cost

    1     2         3  

Interest cost

    216     64     32     312  

Actuarial gain

    (127 )   (81 )   (10 )   (218 )

Employee contributions

    11     2     1     14  

Benefits paid

    (167 )   (66 )   (35 )   (268 )

Curtailments

            (1 )   (1 )

Settlements

            (7 )   (7 )
                   

Present value of plan liabilities at 30 June 2008

    3,752     1,254     553     5,559  
                   

143


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

(e)    Movements in the fair value of plan assets during the three years ended 30 June 2008:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Fair value of plan assets at 30 June 2005

    2,786     1,000     350     4,136  

Exchange differences

        21     (7 )   14  

Acquisition of businesses

    6             6  

Reclassification from current assets

            18     18  

Expected return on plan assets

    191     60     24     275  

Actuarial gain/(loss)

    322     24     (9 )   337  

Contributions by the group

    56     5     47     108  

Employee contributions

    8     2     1     11  

Benefits paid

    (153 )   (53 )   (38 )   (244 )

Settlements

    (6 )       (8 )   (14 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets at 30 June 2006

    3,210     1,059     378     4,647  

Exchange differences

        (22 )   (26 )   (48 )

Expected return on plan assets

    230     70     24     324  

Actuarial gain

    144     80     20     244  

Contributions by the group

    57     8     30     95  

Employee contributions

    10     2         12  

Benefits paid

    (160 )   (54 )   (41 )   (255 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets at 30 June 2007

    3,491     1,143     385     5,019  

Exchange differences

        190     11     201  

Expected return on plan assets

    252     80     26     358  

Actuarial loss

    (60 )   (146 )   (30 )   (236 )

Contributions by the group

    55     9     20     84  

Employee contributions

    11     2     1     14  

Benefits paid

    (167 )   (66 )   (35 )   (268 )

Settlements

            (7 )   (7 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets at 30 June 2008

    3,582     1,212     371     5,165  
                   

(f)    History of funded status of plans at 30 June:

 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Fair value of plan assets

    5,165     5,019     4,647     4,136  

Present value of plan liabilities

    (5,559 )   (5,421 )   (5,424 )   (5,412 )

Deficit in post employment plans

    (394 )   (402 )   (777 )   (1,276 )

Less unrecognised surplus

    (14 )   (17 )   (24 )   (18 )
                   

Post employment benefit liabilities

    (408 )   (419 )   (801 )   (1,294 )
                   

The group has agreed a deficit funding plan with the trustees of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (the Scheme), which provides for the group to fund the Scheme deficit over a four year period beginning in the year ended 30 June 2007. For these purposes, the value of the deficit, calculated using the trustees'

144


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)


actuarial valuation of the Scheme, was ascertained through the triennial valuation as at 31 March 2006. Following the completion of that valuation, Diageo has undertaken to make an annual £50 million cash contribution in each of the four years of the funding plan. The first payment of £50 million was made in the year ended 30 June 2007, with a further £50 million contribution in the year ended 30 June 2008. Payments are made into an escrow account subject to an agreement between the group and the trustees, with release from escrow to either the group or the trustees determined by an agreed formula in the light of the actuarial valuation of the Scheme as at 31 March 2009. Investment returns on the funds held in escrow accrue to the group. This amount held in escrow is included in other investments on the consolidated balance sheet and is not included in the table above. In addition to the deficit funding, Diageo continues to make a cash contribution in respect of current service cost based on the trustees' valuation; this contribution is expected to be £49 million in the year ending 30 June 2009. Funding arrangements will be reviewed and adjusted in the light of future triennial actuarial valuations.

        Contributions to other plans in the year ending 30 June 2009 are expected to be approximately £57 million.

(g)    History of experience gains and losses:

 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    (236 )   244     337     197  

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    (52 )   (110 )   (55 )   (24 )

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    272     189     183     (419 )

Attributable to minority interests

    (2 )            
                   

Actuarial (loss)/gain recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    (18 )   323     465     (246 )
                   

145


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4      Employees (continued)

(h)    Changes in the assumptions used for determining post employment costs and liabilities may have a material impact on the income statement and balance sheet. For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analysis gives an estimate of these impacts for the year ended 30 June 2008:

 
  2008  
 
  £ million
 

A 0.5% decrease in the discount rate would have the following approximate effect:

       

Increase in annual post employment cost

    9  

Increase in post employment deficit

    417  

A 1% decrease in the expected rates of return on plan assets would have the following approximate effect:

       

Increase in annual post employment cost

    48  

A one year increase in life expectancy would have the following approximate effect:

       

Increase in annual post employment cost

    13  

Increase in post employment deficit

    174  

A 0.5% increase in inflation would have the following approximate effect:

       

Increase in annual post employment cost

    32  

Increase in post employment deficit

    356  

A 1% decrease in medical care inflation would have the following approximate effect:

       

Increase in annual post employment cost

    2  

Increase in post employment deficit

    14  

A 1% decrease in medical care inflation would have the following approximate effect:

       

Decrease in annual post employment cost

    (1 )

Decrease in post employment deficit

    (12 )

(i)    Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 31.

(j)    The group also has a number of defined contribution plans, for which the total cost charged to the income statement of £3 million (2007 – £2 million; 2006 – £1 million) represents contributions payable to these plans by the group at rates specified in the rules of the plans.

5      Exceptional items

IAS 1 – Presentation of financial statements requires material items of income and expense to be disclosed separately. Exceptional items are items which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

146


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

5      Exceptional items (continued)

        In the three years ended 30 June 2008, the following exceptional items arose in respect of continuing operations:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Items included in operating profit (note (i))

    (78 )   40      

Sale of businesses (note (ii))

    9     (1 )   157  
               

    (69 )   39     157  
               

In the year ended 30 June 2006, there were exceptional tax credits of £315 million – see note 8 for further details.

(i)    Items included in operating profit

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Other operating expenses

                   
 

Restructuring of Irish brewing operations(a)

    (78 )        
 

Disposal of Park Royal property(b)

        40      
               

    (78 )   40      
               

(a)
In the year ended 30 June 2008, operating profit includes an exceptional charge of £78 million in respect of the cost of restructuring the Irish brewing operations. The cost comprises severance and associated costs of £81 million, accelerated depreciation of £4 million and other costs of £6 million, totalling £91 million before discounting. As the relevant cash payments will mainly be made from 2013, they have been discounted at euro interest rates, which has reduced the exceptional charge for the year by £13 million. The unwinding of this discount will be included in finance charges over the period to 2013.

(b)
In the year ended 30 June 2007, operating profit included an exceptional gain in respect of the sale of the site of the former brewery at Park Royal. The land was sold for £49 million, offset by £9 million expenditure in the year on preparing the site for sale.

(ii) Sale of businesses     In the year ended 30 June 2008, the group made a gain on the sale of businesses of £9 million (2007 – loss £1 million; 2006 – gain £6 million). In the year ended 30 June 2006, the group made a £151 million profit on the sale of 25 million shares in General Mills.

147


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

6      Interest and other finance income and charges

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

(i) Net interest

                   

Interest receivable

    84     78     27  

Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

    69     33     24  
               

Total interest income

    153     111     51  
               

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

    (4 )   (16 )   (6 )

Interest payable on all other borrowings

    (415 )   (316 )   (223 )

Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

    (75 )   (30 )   (15 )
               

Total interest expense

    (494 )   (362 )   (244 )
               

    (341 )   (251 )   (193 )
               

(ii) Other finance income

                   

Interest on post employment plan liabilities

    (312 )   (276 )   (256 )

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    358     324     275  
               

Net finance income in respect of post employment plans

    46     48     19  

Investment income – dividends receivable from General Mills

            5  

Net exchange movements on short term intercompany loans

    5     6      

Net exchange movements on net borrowings not meeting hedge accounting criteria

        1      
               

    51     55     24  
               

(iii) Other finance charges

                   

Unwinding of discounts

    (17 )   (16 )   (15 )

Other finance charges

    (6 )        

Net exchange movements on short term intercompany loans

            (2 )

Net exchange movements on net borrowings not meeting hedge accounting criteria

    (6 )        
               

    (29 )   (16 )   (17 )
               

7      Associates

The group's share of profit after tax from associates was £177 million (2007 – £149 million; 2006 – £131 million).

        The group's 34% share of operating profit and of profit after tax of Moët Hennessy were £252 million and £161 million, respectively (2007 – £218 million and £136 million, respectively; 2006 – £198 million and £122 million, respectively).

        In the year ended 30 June 2008, the group received dividends from its associates of £143 million (2007 – £119 million; 2006 – £106 million), of which £131 million was received from Moët Hennessy (2007 – £109 million; 2006 – £97 million). These dividends included £49 million (2007 – £42 million; 2006 – £39 million) of receipts from Moët Hennessy in respect of amounts payable to the tax authorities.

148


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

7      Associates (continued)

        Information on transactions between the group and its associates is given in note 31. Summarised financial information for the group's investments in associates is presented below:

         (a)    Moët Hennessy     Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS in euros to 31 December each year. Summary information for Moët Hennessy for the three years ended 30 June 2008 after adjustment to align Moët Hennessy's accounting policies with those of the group, in each year aggregating the results for the six month period ended 31 December with that of the following six months ended 30 June, translated at £1 = €1.36 (2007 – £1 = €1.48; 2006 – £1 = €1.46), is set out below:

 
  2008   2007   2006
 
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million

Sales

  3,168   2,329   3,066   2,072   2,795   1,914

Profit for the year

  647   475   594   401   522   358

Profit for the year is after minority interests.

         (b)    Other associates     For all of the group's investments in associates other than Moët Hennessy, summarised financial information, aggregating 100% of the sales and results of each associate, is presented below:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    485     378     399  

Profit for the year

    81     60     47  

8      Taxation

(i)    Analysis of taxation charge in the year

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Current tax

                   

Current year

    333     387     302  

Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

    (8 )       (1 )

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

    38     6     (38 )
               

    363     393     263  
               

Deferred tax

                   

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

    165     233     24  

Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

    (3 )   (12 )   (11 )

Changes in tax rates

        93     19  

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

    (3 )   (29 )   (114 )
               

    159     285     (82 )
               

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

    522     678     181  
               

Adjustments in respect of prior periods for current tax comprise a UK charge of £14 million (2007 – £18 million credit; 2006 – £67 million charge) and an overseas charge to tax of £24 million (2007 – £24 million charge; 2006 – £105 million credit).

149


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

8      Taxation (continued)

        The taxation charge includes the following items: in the year ended 30 June 2008, a tax credit of £8 million on exceptional items; in the year ended 30 June 2007, a net tax charge of £24 million from intra group reorganisations of brand businesses, a reduction in the carrying value of deferred tax assets of £74 million primarily following a reduction in tax rates, and a provision for settlement of tax liabilities related to the GrandMet/Guinness merger of £64 million; and in the year ended 30 June 2006, an exceptional tax credit of £315 million arose as a consequence of the agreement with fiscal authorities of the carrying values of certain brands, which resulted in an increase to the group's deferred tax assets of £313 million.

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Current tax

                   

United Kingdom

    12     49     121  

Overseas

    351     344     142  
               

    363     393     263  
               

Deferred tax

                   

United Kingdom

    31     38     13  

Overseas

    128     247     (95 )
               

    159     285     (82 )
               

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

    522     678     181  
               

(ii) Factors affecting tax charge for the year

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

    2,093     2,095     2,146  

Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 29.5%
(2007 and 2006 – 30%)

    617     629     644  

Elimination of notional tax on share of associates' profits after tax

    (52 )   (45 )   (39 )

Differences in effective overseas tax rates

    (45 )   (35 )   (54 )

Items not chargeable

    (141 )   (59 )   (73 )

Items not deductible

    119     205     45  

Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

    (11 )   (12 )   (12 )

Deferred tax on intra group transfers

        (75 )   (197 )

Changes in tax rates

        93     19  

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

    35     (23 )   (152 )
               

Tax charge for the year

    522     678     181  
               

(iii) Factors that may affect future tax charges     As a group involved in worldwide operations, Diageo is subject to several factors which may affect future tax charges, principally the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing policies and tax rates imposed.

(iv) Corporate tax payable     The current corporate tax liability of £685 million (2007 – £673 million) represents the amount of taxes payable in respect of current and prior periods that exceed payments made, and includes any interest and penalties payable thereon.

150


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

8      Taxation (continued)

(v) Material tax liabilities     In the past, the group has undergone significant restructuring involving the acquisition and disposal of material businesses and the transfer of businesses intra group. As a consequence of this restructuring activity, a number of potential tax exposures have arisen. In addition, as the group operates throughout the world, it faces a number of potential transfer pricing issues in many jurisdictions relating to goods, services and financing. The issues are often complex, inter-related and can take many years to resolve. The group has a liability (after applicable reliefs) of £386 million (2007 – £377 million) for these exposures, which is included in corporate tax payable in current liabilities. The increase is due to changes to estimates in relation to existing audits and identification of new exposures.

        The group has a number of tax audits ongoing worldwide but does not currently expect material additional tax exposures to arise, above the amounts provided, as and when audits are concluded. It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the timing of cash flows relating to these items.

        Provision is also made for penalties and interest on tax liabilities, and these are included in corporate tax payable in current liabilities and in the corporation tax charge.

9      Discontinued operations

In the year ended 30 June 2008, profit after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £26 million. This principally arose from a tax credit of £24 million relating to the past disposal of the Pillsbury business.

        In the year ended 30 June 2007, a tax benefit of £82 million arose from the recognition of capital losses arising on the past disposals of the Pillsbury and Burger King businesses. In addition, a tax credit of £57 million arose following resolution with tax authorities of various audit issues.

10    Earnings per share

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders

                   

Continuing operations

    1,495     1,350     1,908  

Discontinued operations

    26     139      
               

    1,521     1,489     1,908  
               

Pence per share

                   

Continuing operations

                   

– basic earnings

    58.3p     50.2p     67.2p  

– diluted earnings

    57.9p     49.9p     66.9p  

Continuing and discontinued operations

                   

– basic earnings

    59.3p     55.4p     67.2p  

– diluted earnings

    58.9p     55.0p     66.9p  

Excluding shares held by share trusts and treasury shares, the weighted average number of shares for the year ended 30 June 2008 was 2,566 million (2007 – 2,688 million; 2006 – 2,841 million). The effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares was to increase the weighted average number of shares for the year

151


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

10    Earnings per share (continued)


ended 30 June 2008 by 17 million to 2,583 million (2007 – increase by 19 million to 2,707 million; 2006 – increase by 11 million to 2,852 million).

11    Intangible assets

 
  Brands   Goodwill   Other
intangibles
  Computer
software
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost

                               

At 30 June 2006

    4,283     156     58     134     4,631  

Exchange differences

    (218 )   (4 )   (1 )   (6 )   (229 )

Acquisition of businesses

    20     28             48  

Other additions

            1     15     16  

Disposals

                (6 )   (6 )

Transfers

                37     37  
                       

At 30 June 2007

    4,085     180     58     174     4,497  

Exchange differences

    21     13     (8 )   6     32  

Acquisition of businesses

    33     174     911         1,118  

Other additions

            4     25     29  

Disposals

                (1 )   (1 )

Transfers

                4     4  
                       

At 30 June 2008

    4,139     367     965     208     5,679  
                       

Amortisation and impairment loss

                               

At 30 June 2006

        16     19     62     97  

Exchange differences

        (1 )   (1 )   (4 )   (6 )

Amortisation for the year

            5     24     29  

Disposals

                (6 )   (6 )
                       

At 30 June 2007

        15     23     76     114  

Exchange differences

        2     (1 )   3     4  

Amortisation for the year

            5     26     31  
                       

At 30 June 2008

        17     27     105     149  
                       

Carrying amount

                               

At 30 June 2008

    4,139     350     938     103     5,530  
                       

At 30 June 2007

    4,085     165     35     98     4,383  
                       

At 30 June 2006

    4,283     140     39     72     4,534  
                       

152


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11    Intangible assets (continued)

(a)    Brands are stated at fair value on acquisition. The principal acquired brands are as follows:

 
  Product   Currency of
investment
  Remaining
amortisation
period
  Carrying
amount
 
   
   
   
  £ million

Johnnie Walker

  Whisky   Sterling   Indefinite life   625

Smirnoff

  Vodka   US dollar   Indefinite life   414

Crown Royal

  Whisky   US dollar   Indefinite life   736

Captain Morgan

  Rum   US dollar   Indefinite life   604

Windsor Premier

  Whisky   Korean won   Indefinite life   416

Capitalised brands are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives and have not been amortised. These brands are protected in all of the major markets where they are sold by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly the directors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes.

        Impairment reviews are carried out annually to ensure that brands are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. In particular, the group performs a discounted cash flow analysis to compare discounted estimated future operating cash flows with the net carrying value of each acquired brand. The analysis is based on forecast cash flows for the next financial year, with terminal values being calculated using the long term growth rate (the real gross domestic product (GDP) growth rate of the country plus its inflation rate) of the principal countries in which the majority of the profits of each brand are generated. The estimated cash flows are discounted at the group's weighted average cost of capital in the relevant country. Any impairment write downs identified are charged to the income statement. The test is dependent on management estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, and the discount rate applied to these cash flows. Management has concluded that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts of acquired brands would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

        (b)    The group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill is impaired. The goodwill is allocated to cash generating units and a discounted cash flow analysis is computed to compare discounted estimated future operating cash flows with the net carrying value of each business. The analysis is based on forecast cash flows for the next financial year, with terminal values being calculated using the long term growth rate (the real GDP growth rate of the country plus its inflation rate) of the relevant country. The estimated cash flows are discounted at the group's weighted average cost of capital in the relevant country. Any impairment write downs identified are charged to the income statement. The test is dependent on management estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, and the discount rate applied to these cash flows. Management has concluded that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amount of goodwill would cause its carrying value to exceed its recoverable amount.

153


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11    Intangible assets (continued)

        (c)    Other intangible assets principally comprise distribution rights. The distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products were acquired during the year for $1,800 million (£911 million). Diageo has the global rights to distribution in perpetuity and the directors believe that it is appropriate that the rights are treated as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. An impairment review is carried out annually to ensure that the rights are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. All other distribution rights are amortised on a straight-line basis over the length of the distribution arrangements, generally between 10 and 20 years.

        (d)    Computer software includes £35 million (2007 – £19 million) in respect of projects in the course of development.

154


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

12    Property, plant and equipment

 
  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Fixtures and
fittings
  Under
construction
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost

                               

At 30 June 2006

    858     1,743     154     155     2,910  

Exchange differences

    (26 )   (48 )   (4 )   (4 )   (82 )

Additions

    14     88     16     144     262  

Disposals

    (10 )   (90 )   (12 )   (2 )   (114 )

Transfers

    47     41     4     (129 )   (37 )
                       

At 30 June 2007

    883     1,734     158     164     2,939  

Exchange differences

    38     120     7     4     169  

Acquisition of businesses

        2             2  

Other additions

    26     110     21     188     345  

Disposals

    (21 )   (145 )   (11 )       (177 )

Transfers

    16     76     5     (104 )   (7 )
                       

At 30 June 2008

    942     1,897     180     252     3,271  
                       

Depreciation

                               

At 30 June 2006

    149     720     89         958  

Exchange differences

    (5 )   (23 )   (2 )       (30 )

Depreciation charge for the year

    33     126     22         181  

Disposals

    (3 )   (90 )   (9 )       (102 )
                       

At 30 June 2007

    174     733     100         1,007  

Exchange differences

    12     71     4         87  

Depreciation charge for the year

    30     148     20         198  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

        4             4  

Disposals

    (11 )   (127 )   (9 )       (147 )
                       

At 30 June 2008

    205     829     115         1,149  
                       

Carrying amount

                               

At 30 June 2008

    737     1,068     65     252     2,122  
                       

At 30 June 2007

    709     1,001     58     164     1,932  
                       

At 30 June 2006

    709     1,023     65     155     1,952  
                       

(a)    The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £714 million (2007 – £689 million), long leaseholds of £19 million (2007 – £16 million) and short leaseholds of £4 million (2007 – £4 million). Depreciation was not charged on £180 million (2007 – £187 million) of land.

(b)    Included in the total net book value of property, plant and equipment is £8 million (2007 – £16 million) in respect of assets held under finance leases; depreciation for the year on these assets was £8 million (2007 – £4 million).

(c)    Transfers mostly represent assets brought into use during the year, of which £4 million (2007 – £37 million) was in respect of computer software. In addition, there were asset reclassifications of £7 million (2007 – £nil) to biological assets and £4 million (2007 – £nil) from inventories.

155


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

13    Biological assets

 
  £ million  

Fair value

       

At 30 June 2006

    13  

Exchange differences

    (1 )

Harvested grapes transferred to inventories

    (19 )

Changes in fair value

    19  
       

At 30 June 2007

    12  

Exchange differences

    1  

Harvested grapes transferred to inventories

    (20 )

Changes in fair value

    31  

Transfers

    7  
       

At 30 June 2008

    31  
       

(a)    Biological assets comprise grape vines and grapes on the vine. At 30 June 2008, grape vines comprise approximately 2,206 hectares (2007 – 1,910 hectares) of vineyards, ranging from newly established vineyards to vineyards that are 89 years old.

(b)    There are no outstanding commitments for the acquisition or development of vineyards.

14    Investments in associates

 
  Moët
Hennessy
  Other
associates
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost less provisions

                   

At 30 June 2006

    1,303     38     1,341  

Exchange differences

    (25 )       (25 )

Additions

        48     48  

Share of retained profits

    69     4     73  

Share of reserve movements

    1         1  

Disposals

        (2 )   (2 )
               

At 30 June 2007

    1,348     88     1,436  

Exchange differences

    206     4     210  

Additions

        71     71  

Share of retained profits

    79     4     83  

Share of reserve movements

    10         10  

Disposals

        (1 )   (1 )
               

At 30 June 2008

    1,643     166     1,809  
               

Investments in associates comprise the cost of shares, less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998, of £1,127 million (2007 – £922 million) plus the group's share of post acquisition reserves of £682 million (2007 – £514 million).

         (a)    Moët Hennessy     Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS in euros to 31 December each year. A summary of Moët Hennessy's consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2008

156


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

14    Investments in associates (continued)


and 30 June 2007, including acquisition fair value adjustments and translated at £1 = €1.26 (2007 – £1 = €1.48), is set out below:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    4,071     3,231     4,095     2,768  

Current assets

    4,840     3,841     4,489     3,032  
                   

Total assets

    8,911     7,072     8,584     5,800  
                   

Current liabilities

    (1,486 )   (1,179 )   (1,609 )   (1,087 )

Non-current liabilities

    (1,338 )   (1,061 )   (1,111 )   (750 )
                   

Total liabilities

    (2,824 )   (2,240 )   (2,720 )   (1,837 )
                   

Net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the company

    6,087     4,832     5,864     3,963  
                   

The 34% net investment in Moët Hennessy has been accounted for by aggregating the group's share of the net assets of Moët Hennessy with fair value adjustments on acquisition, principally in respect of Moët Hennessy's brands.

         (b)    Other associates     For all of the group's investments in associates other than Moët Hennessy, summarised financial information, aggregating 100% of the assets and liabilities of each associate, is presented below:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    242     172  

Current assets

    349     198  
           

Total assets

    591     370  
           

Current liabilities

    (188 )   (109 )

Non-current liabilities

    (28 )   (25 )
           

Total liabilities

    (216 )   (134 )
           

Net assets

    375     236  
           

Included in other associates is a 17% effective interest held indirectly in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Joint Stock Company Limited ('ShuiJingFang'), a manufacturer and distributor of Chinese white spirits, which is quoted on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. At 30 June 2008, ShuiJingFang's share price was RMB20.86 which valued the group's interest at £127 million (2007 – £83 million).

157


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

15    Investments in joint ventures

The group consolidates its attributable share of the results and net assets of joint ventures on a line-by-line basis, measured according to the terms of the arrangements. The group's principal joint ventures that are consolidated on a proportional basis are as follows:

 
  Country of
incorporation
  Country of
operation
  Percentage of
equity owned
  Principal activities

Don Julio BV

  Netherlands   Mexico     50 % Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Guinness Anchor Berhad

  Malaysia   Malaysia     50 % Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Moët Hennessy Diageo (China) Co Ltd

  China   China     50 % Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

MHD Diageo Moët Hennessy KK

  Japan   Japan     50 % Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

In addition, the group consolidates on a proportional basis a number of other joint ventures involved in the production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks in Europe, South Africa and the Far East.

        Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following amounts that represent the group's interest in the results and assets and liabilities of joint ventures:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    516     479     428  

Operating costs

    (474 )   (449 )   (394 )
               

Profit before tax

    42     30     34  
               

 

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    111     74  

Current assets

    239     208  
           

Total assets

    350     282  
           

Current liabilities

    (191 )   (89 )

Non-current liabilities

    (24 )   (68 )
           

Total liabilities

    (215 )   (157 )
           

Net assets

    135     125  
           

158


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

16    Other investments

 
  Escrow
account
  Loans and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost less provisions or fair value

                   

At 30 June 2006

        69     69  

Exchange differences

        (2 )   (2 )

Additions

    50     27     77  

Disposals and repayments

        (16 )   (16 )
               

At 30 June 2007

    50     78     128  

Additions

    50     16     66  

Disposals and repayments

        (26 )   (26 )
               

At 30 June 2008

    100     68     168  
               

Other investments at 30 June 2008 include £100 million (2007 – £50 million; 2006 – £nil) paid into an escrow account and invested subject to an agreement between the group and the trustees of the Diageo Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom. This amount is not available for the general use of the group (see note 4(f)).

17    Inventories

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

    294     239  

Work in progress

    21     14  

Maturing inventories

    1,939     1,745  

Finished goods and goods for resale

    485     467  
           

    2,739     2,465  
           

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    43     44     45  

Exchange differences

    2     (2 )    

Income statement charge

    2     9     2  

Written off

    (9 )   (8 )   (3 )
               

    38     43     44  
               

159


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

18    Trade and other receivables

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Current
assets
  Non-current
assets
  Current
assets
  Non-current
assets
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Trade receivables

    1,650         1,380      

Other receivables

    297     7     288     12  

Prepayments and accrued income

    104     4     91     5  
                   

    2,051     11     1,759     17  
                   

Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    53     65     68  

Exchange differences

    3     (2 )   1  

Income statement charge

    5     5     5  

Written off

    (11 )   (15 )   (9 )
               

    50     53     65  
               

The aged analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Not overdue

    1,538     1,309  

Overdue 1 – 30 days

    69     48  

Overdue 31 – 60 days

    21     20  

Overdue 61 – 90 days

    8     11  

Overdue 91 – 180 days

    34     13  

Overdue more than 180 days

    30     32  
           

    1,700     1,433  

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

    (50 )   (53 )
           

    1,650     1,380  
           

19    Cash and cash equivalents

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cash at bank

    556     618  

Cash equivalents

    158     267  
           

    714     885  
           

160


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

20    Borrowings and bank overdrafts

 
  Repayment
date
  Currency   Year end
interest
rates
  2008   2007  
 
   
   
  %
  £ million
  £ million
 

Bank overdrafts

    On demand   Various     Various     31     46  

Commercial paper

    2007-2008   US dollar     Various     783     299  

Bank and other loans

    Various   Various     Various     125     192  

Guaranteed bonds 2007

    2007   US dollar     3.5         498  

Guaranteed bonds 2008

    2008   US dollar     3.375         497  

Medium term notes

    2007-2008   US dollar     Various         7  

Medium term notes

    2008   US dollar     Floating     126      

Medium term notes

    2009   Euro     3.875     397      

Medium term notes

    2009   US dollar     Floating     201      

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                        (4 )
                           

Borrowings due within one year and bank overdrafts

                    1,663     1,535  
                           

Guaranteed bonds 2010

    2010   US dollar     4.375     376     372  

Guaranteed bonds 2011

    2011   US dollar     3.875     250     248  

Guaranteed bonds 2012

    2012   US dollar     5.125     301     298  

Guaranteed bonds 2012

    2012   Euro     Floating     594     507  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   US dollar     5.2     377      

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   US dollar     5.5     301     298  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   Euro     5.5     909      

Guaranteed bonds 2015

    2015   US dollar     5.3     376     372  

Guaranteed bonds 2016

    2016   US dollar     5.5     301     298  

Guaranteed bonds 2017

    2017   US dollar     5.75     627      

Guaranteed bonds 2035

    2035   US dollar     7.45     201     199  

Guaranteed bonds 2036

    2036   US dollar     5.875     299     296  

Guaranteed debentures 2011

    2011   US dollar     9.0     151     148  

Guaranteed debentures 2022

    2022   US dollar     8.0     149     148  

Medium term notes

    2008   US dollar     Floating         124  

Medium term notes

    2009   US dollar     Floating         199  

Medium term notes

    2009   US dollar     7.25     150     149  

Medium term notes

    2009   Euro     3.875         337  

Medium term notes

    2018   US dollar     4.85     101     100  

Bank and other loans

    Various   Various     Various     58     59  

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                    24     (20 )
                           

Borrowings due after one year

                    5,545     4,132  
                           

Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

                    7,208     5,667  

Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

    Various   Various     Various     (29 )   29  

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

    Various   Various     Various     (27 )   20  
                           

Total borrowings after derivative financial instruments

                    7,152     5,716  
                           

161


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

20    Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group's cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated cash flow statement. All bonds, medium term notes, debentures and commercial paper are guaranteed by Diageo plc.

        The interest rates shown in the table above are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate protection (see note 22). Based on average net borrowings and taking into account interest rate protection, the effective interest rate for the year, excluding finance charges unrelated to net borrowings, was 5.9% (2007 – 5.5%; 2006 – 4.8%). The loans above are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £14 million (2007 – £14 million; 2006 – £8 million).

        The weighted average interest rate for short term borrowings, before interest rate protection, at 30 June 2008 was 3.5% (2007 – 4.4%). The weighted average interest rate for medium term notes included within borrowings due after one year at 30 June 2008 was 6.3% (2007 – 5.1%). The group's policy on the management of liquidity risk and a sensitivity analysis are reported in the Business review (see 'Risk management'and 'Market risk sensitivity analysis').

        Certain borrowings are reported in the table above at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately. The financial instruments disclosures in note 22 detail the fair value hedge relationships between the group's borrowings and interest rate swaps.

(i) Analysis of net borrowings

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Bank overdrafts

    (31 )   (46 )

Borrowings due within one year

    (1,632 )   (1,489 )

Borrowings due after one year

    (5,545 )   (4,132 )

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

    27     (20 )

Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

    29     (29 )

Finance lease liabilities

    (9 )   (14 )
           

Gross borrowings

    (7,161 )   (5,730 )

Offset by:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    714     885  
           

Net borrowings

    (6,447 )   (4,845 )
           

£56 million (2007 – £59 million) of net borrowings due within one year and £39 million (2007 – £38 million) of net borrowings due after one year were secured on assets of the group.

        Interest rate hedging instruments, foreign currency swaps and forwards and finance lease liabilities are included in other financial assets and other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

162


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

20    Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

(ii) Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Net borrowings at beginning of the year

    (4,845 )   (4,082 )

(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents before exchange

   
(167

)
 
238
 

Cash flow from change in loans

    (1,094 )   (1,226 )
           

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

    (1,261 )   (988 )

Exchange differences on net borrowings

   
(372

)
 
211
 

Other non-cash items

    31     14  
           

Net borrowings at end of the year

    (6,447 )   (4,845 )
           

21    Other financial assets and liabilities

 
  Non-current
assets
  Current
assets
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2008

                         

Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                         

Designated in a cash flow hedge

    81     88     (93 )   (55 )

Designated in a fair value hedge

    30             (3 )

Designated in a net investment hedge

        16     (24 )    

Not designated in a hedge relationship

            (5 )   (40 )
                   

    111     104     (122 )   (98 )
                   

Non-derivative liabilities

                         

Contingent consideration payable

                (21 )

Finance lease liabilities

            (4 )   (5 )
                   

            (4 )   (26 )
                   

Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

    111     104     (126 )   (124 )
                   

2007

                         

Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                         

Designated in a cash flow hedge

    37     74     (15 )   (40 )

Designated in a fair value hedge

    8         (3 )   (25 )

Designated in a net investment hedge

        4     (20 )    

Not designated in a hedge relationship

    7             (13 )
                   

    52     78     (38 )   (78 )
                   

Non-derivative liabilities

                         

Contingent consideration payable

                (17 )

Finance lease liabilities

            (5 )   (9 )
                   

            (5 )   (26 )
                   

Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

    52     78     (43 )   (104 )
                   

163


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

21    Other financial assets and liabilities (continued)

The Smirnov brand in Russia was acquired through a company in which the group holds a 75% interest. Contingent consideration payable of £21 million (2007 – £17 million) has been included in non-current liabilities in respect of the consideration payable for the remaining 25% interest.

22    Financial instruments and risk management

Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity price movements that arise in the normal course of the group's business. The group's treasury objectives, risk management strategies and policies are disclosed in the Business review (see 'Risk management').

(i)    Currency risk     The group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency exchange risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group's transaction costs and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations     The group hedges a substantial portion of its exposure to fluctuations on the translation into sterling of its foreign operations by holding net borrowings in foreign currencies and by using foreign currency swaps and forwards. In February 2008, the board reviewed and approved the following revised foreign exchange risk management policy to effectively manage planning and rebalancing processes. Where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, the group's policy is to seek to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars, 80% to 100% for euros and 50% to 100% for other significant currencies. The group's previous policy was, where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, to seek to hedge currency exposure on its foreign equity investments before net borrowings at approximately the following percentages: 90% for US dollars, 90% for euros and 50% for other significant currencies.

        Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of foreign currency borrowings (including foreign currency swaps and forwards), to the extent that they are in an effective hedge relationship, are recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense to match exchange differences on foreign equity investments. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings not in a hedge relationship and any ineffectiveness are taken to the income statement.

Transaction exposure hedging     In February 2008, the board reviewed the group's foreign exchange risk management policy and approved the following revised policy. For currencies in which there is an active market, the group seeks to hedge between 60% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months forward, using forward foreign currency exchange contracts with coverage levels increasing nearer to the forecast transaction date. The group's previous policy for currencies in which there is an active market, was to seek to hedge between 80% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months forward, using forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

Hedge of foreign currency debt     The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the forward foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated bonds. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognised income and

164


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22    Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

        At 30 June 2008, as a result of the net investment, transaction exposure and foreign currency debt cover outlined above, the group had outstanding gross foreign exchange contracts as disclosed in note 22(vi). Further quantitative analysis of the sensitivity to movements in currency rates is reported in the 'Market risk sensitivity analysis' in the Business review

(ii)    Commodity price risk     The group uses long term purchase and commodity futures contracts to hedge against price risk in certain commodities. Long term purchase contracts are used to secure prices with suppliers to protect against volatility in commodity prices. All commodity futures contracts hedge a projected future purchase of raw material. Commodity futures are then either closed out at the time the raw material is purchased or they are exchanged with the company manufacturing the raw material to determine the contract price. Commodity futures contracts are held in the balance sheet at fair value. To the extent that they are considered an effective hedge, the fair value movements are recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement.

        Realised net gains recognised in the income statement in the year ended 30 June 2008 were £4 million (2007 – £2 million). There were no unrealised net gains on the balance sheet at 30 June 2008 (2007 – £1 million) as all commodity futures contracts had expired before that date.

(iii)    Interest rate risk     The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate term debt and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices serve to reduce the volatility of the group's reported financial performance. In June 2007, the board reviewed the group's interest rate risk management policy and approved the following revised policy, which allows for flexibility in executing the policy to facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting. The new policy was implemented during the year ended 30 June 2008. Fixed rate borrowings are maintained within a band of 40% to 60% of projected net borrowings for a time period approved by the board, and the overall net borrowings portfolio is managed according to a duration measure.

Analysis of net borrowings by currency

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
 

US dollar

    (2,556 )   39     (2,533 )   52  

Euro

    (2,232 )   35     (1,804 )   37  

Sterling

    (1,136 )   18     (130 )   3  

Other

    (523 )   8     (378 )   8  
                   

Net borrowings

    (6,447 )   100     (4,845 )   100  
                   

Other net borrowings of £523 million (2007 – £378 million) principally comprise £258 million (2007 – £252 million) of Korean won. At 30 June 2008, the currency split of cash and cash equivalents was: US dollar 21%, euro 16%, sterling 13% and other 50% (2007 – 23%, 13%, 15% and 49%, respectively).

165


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22    Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

Analysis of net borrowings by interest rate profile

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
 

Fixed rate

    (3,733 )   58     (3,071 )   63  

Floating rate

    (2,814 )   43     (1,814 )   37  

Interest free

    68     (1 )   65     (1 )

Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

    32         (25 )   1  
                   

Net borrowings

    (6,447 )   100     (4,845 )   100  
                   

The split of fixed and floating net borrowings above is after taking into account interest rate protection. The average net borrowings for the year were £5,778 million (2007 – £4,596 million) and the effective interest rate was 5.9% (2007 – 5.5%). At 30 June 2008, after taking account of interest rate derivative instruments, the average fixed rates for US dollar, euro and sterling borrowings were 5.8%, 4.4% and 5.2%, respectively (2007 – 5.4%, 4.0% and 5.2%, respectively).

Portfolio of interest rate derivative instruments

 
  Receive fixed
notional
  Pay fixed
notional
  Weighted
average
fixed
interest rate
  Weighted
average
time to
maturity
  Maturity  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  Years
  Years
 

2008

                               

Currency instrument

                               

US dollar:

                               

Interest rate swaps

    1,834         4.5     2.4     2009-2018  

Interest rate swaps

        302     5.6     3.8     2009-2018  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    604         5.7     18.3     2016-2036  

Sterling:

                               

Cross currency interest rate swaps

        632     5.2     18.3     2016-2036  

2007

                               

Currency instrument

                               

US dollar:

                               

Interest rate swaps

    1,848         4.8     4.6     2007-2022  

Interest rate swaps

        572     5.7     8.3     2009-2022  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    598         5.7     19.3     2016-2036  

Euro:

                               

Interest rate swaps

        81     4.2     0.0     2007  

Sterling:

                               

Cross currency interest rate swaps

        632     5.2     19.3     2016-2036  

166


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22    Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

(iv) Maturity of cash flows on financial liabilities

 
  Bank loans
and
overdrafts
  Other
borrowings
  Interest on
borrowings
  Interest
rate swaps
  Cross
currency
swaps cash
outflow
  Cross
currency
swaps cash
inflow
  Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2008

                                                 

Analysis by year of repayment:

                                                 

After five years

    (16 )   (2,973 )   (1,212 )   (3 )   (1,063 )   1,077     (3 )   (4,193 )

From four to five years

    (5 )   (678 )   (212 )   (1 )   (33 )   34     (3 )   (898 )

From three to four years

    (24 )   (1,048 )   (266 )   (1 )   (33 )   34     (1 )   (1,339 )

From two to three years

    (6 )   (251 )   (283 )   (1 )   (33 )   34     (5 )   (545 )

From one to two years

    (7 )   (527 )   (317 )   (2 )   (33 )   34     (31 )   (883 )
                                   

Due after one year

    (58 )   (5,477 )   (2,290 )   (8 )   (1,195 )   1,213     (43 )   (7,858 )

Due within one year

    (156 )   (1,507 )   (298 )   (10 )   (33 )   34     (2,181 )   (4,151 )
                                   

    (214 )   (6,984 )   (2,588 )   (18 )   (1,228 )   1,247     (2,224 )   (12,009 )
                                   

2007

                                                 

Analysis by year of repayment:

                                                 

After five years

    (15 )   (1,716 )   (1,135 )   (10 )   (1,095 )   1,101     (3 )   (2,873 )

From four to five years

    (4 )   (955 )   (154 )   (3 )   (33 )   34     (1 )   (1,116 )

From three to four years

    (10 )   (249 )   (171 )   (6 )   (33 )   34     (4 )   (439 )

From two to three years

    (5 )   (522 )   (196 )   (10 )   (33 )   34     (10 )   (742 )

From one to two years

    (25 )   (661 )   (227 )   (9 )   (33 )   34     (11 )   (932 )
                                   

Due after one year

    (59 )   (4,103 )   (1,883 )   (38 )   (1,227 )   1,237     (29 )   (6,102 )

Due within one year

    (238 )   (1,305 )   (284 )   (16 )   (33 )   34     (1,820 )   (3,662 )
                                   

    (297 )   (5,408 )   (2,167 )   (54 )   (1,260 )   1,271     (1,849 )   (9,764 )
                                   

Other financial liabilities primarily consist of trade payables, finance lease obligations and foreign currency swaps and forwards. Amounts are shown on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, it is assumed that rates will remain unchanged from the last business day of the years ended 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007 until maturity of the investments.

        The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Expiring within one year

    503     498  

Expiring between one and two years

    452      

Expiring after two years

    668     1,109  
           

    1,623     1,607  
           

Commitment fees are paid on the undrawn portion of these facilities and accounted for on an accruals basis. Borrowings under these facilities will be at prevailing LIBOR rates (dependent on the period of

167


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22    Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


drawdown) plus an agreed margin. These facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group's commercial paper programmes.

        There are no financial covenants on the above short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges (and related sale and lease back provisions).

        The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of associates' profits, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

        Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo's financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain notes and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial covenants throughout each of the periods presented.

(v)    Total financial assets and liabilities     The table below sets out the group's accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values at 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007.

 
  Designated
at fair value(a)
  Other
derivatives
at fair value(b)
  Available
for sale
  Loans and
receivables
  Amortised
cost
  Total
carrying
value
  Fair value  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2008

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

            714             714     714  

Bank overdrafts

                    (31 )   (31 )   (31 )

Borrowings due within one year

                    (1,632 )   (1,632 )   (1,632 )

Borrowings due after one year

    (1,555 )               (3,990 )   (5,545 )   (5,899 )

Derivative assets

    215                     215     215  

Derivative liabilities

    (175 )   (45 )               (220 )   (220 )

Other assets

            100     64     1,945     2,109     2,109  

Other liabilities

        (21 )           (2,092 )   (2,113 )   (2,113 )
                               

    (1,515 )   (66 )   814     64     (5,800 )   (6,503 )   (6,857 )
                               

2007

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

            885             885     885  

Bank overdrafts

                    (46 )   (46 )   (46 )

Borrowings due within one year

    (419 )               (1,070 )   (1,489 )   (1,489 )

Borrowings due after one year

    (1,219 )               (2,913 )   (4,132 )   (4,212 )

Derivative assets

    123     7                 130     130  

Derivative liabilities

    (103 )   (13 )               (116 )   (116 )

Other assets

            50     61     1,635     1,746     1,746  

Other liabilities

        (17 )           (1,807 )   (1,824 )   (1,824 )
                               

    (1,618 )   (23 )   935     61     (4,201 )   (4,846 )   (4,926 )
                               

(a)
Includes borrowings designated as hedged items in fair value hedging relationships with respect to foreign currency or interest rate risks.

(b)
Derivative financial instruments not designated in hedging relationships.

168


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22    Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

All derivative financial instruments not in a hedge relationship are classified as derivatives at fair value through the income statement. The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

        The fair values of quoted borrowings are based on the asking price. The fair values of other borrowings, derivatives, financial instruments and other financial assets and liabilities are estimated using appropriate yield curves at 30 June each year by discounting the future contractual cash flows to the net present values.

Fair value hedging relationships     Certain borrowings due within and after one year are part of qualifying fair value interest rate hedging relationships. Accordingly there is a fair value adjustment for these liabilities with respect to the hedged interest rate risk, with changes being recognised in the income statement, as disclosed in note 22(vi). Diageo has not designated any non-derivative financial assets or liabilities at fair value through the income statement upon initial recognition.

(vi)    Hedging instruments     Diageo designates derivatives which qualify as hedges for accounting purposes as either: (a) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge); (b) a hedge of a forecast transaction or the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates or foreign exchange rates (cash flow hedge); or (c) a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. The accounting treatment for hedges is disclosed in 'Accounting policies of the group'.

        Diageo tests effectiveness on a prospective and retrospective basis. Methods for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis, hypothetical derivative method and volatility reduction.

        All fair value hedges were effective during the year. The gain on hedging instruments for the year was £47 million (2007 – £20 million gain) and the loss on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £47 million (2007 – £17 million loss), resulting in a net loss of £54 million (2007 – £25 million net loss) recognised in interest expense and finance charges and a net gain of £54 million (2007 – £28 million net gain) recognised in interest income and finance income for the year.

        For the year ended 30 June 2008, all cash flow hedges were effective and gains of £26 million (2007 – £28 million gains) have been recognised in equity as the changes in fair value. A gain of £63 million and a gain of £6 million have been transferred out of equity to other operating income and to other finance income, respectively, in the year (2007 – £43 million loss to other operating expenses and £8 million gain to other finance income, respectively).

        With respect to hedges of forecast transactions and the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates, balances related to cash flow hedged items at 30 June 2008 will affect the income statement in 2009 and 2010 by £5 million and £10 million, respectively. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward foreign exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing foreign exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement at each period end date until the related bonds mature in 2016 and 2036. Foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds taken to the income statement is expected to offset against the foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.

169


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22    Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

Cash flow and net investment hedges     The following table shows the contractual maturities of designated transaction, cross currency interest rate swaps and derivative net investment hedging instruments at 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007:

 
  Foreign currency amount   Percentage of total    
 
 
  Year ending
30 June
 
 
  Purchase   Sell   Total   US dollar   Euro  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
   
 

2008

                                     

Transaction

    1,269     2,639     3,908     39     38     2009  

Transaction

    448     1,031     1,479     44     40     2010  
                                 

Total transaction hedges

    1,717     3,670     5,387     40     38     2009-2010  
                                 

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    302         302     100         2017  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    302         302     100         2037  
                                 

Total cross currency interest rate swaps

    604         604     100         2017-2037  
                                 

Net investment hedging instruments

    2,912     2,370     5,282     58     21     2009  
                                 

2007

                                     

Transaction

    671     1,565     2,236     39     39     2008  

Transaction

    324     828     1,152     44     40     2009  
                                 

Total transaction hedges

    995     2,393     3,388     41     39     2008-2009  
                                 

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    299         299     100         2017  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    299         299     100         2037  
                                 

Total cross currency interest rate swaps

    598         598     100         2017-2037  
                                 

Net investment hedging instruments

    1,914     2,352     4,266     54     29     2008  
                                 

(vii)    Credit risk     Details of Diageo's credit risk policies and exposures are presented under 'Risk management' in the Business review.

        Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less at acquisition including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments. At 30 June 2008, approximately 38% and 22% of the group's cash and cash equivalents of £714 million were invested with counterparties based in the United Kingdom and United States, respectively.

        At 30 June 2008, approximately 17% of the group's trade receivables of £1,700 million were due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom and approximately 18% were due from counterparties based in the United States.

170


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23    Trade and other payables

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Trade payables

    664         558      

Tax and social security excluding income tax

    311     1     293     1  

Other payables

    485     33     464     37  

Accruals and deferred income

    683         573      
                   

    2,143     34     1,888     38  
                   

24    Provisions

 
  Thalidomide
Trust
  Onerous
contracts
  Restructuring
and
integration
  Vacant
properties
  Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2007

    143     87     9     24     71     334  

Exchange differences

        1             4     5  

Provisions charged during the year

            77     3     36     116  

Provisions used during the year

    (10 )   (14 )   (4 )   (7 )   (27 )   (62 )

Provisions reversed during the year

            (4 )   (2 )   (5 )   (11 )

Transfers

                    5     5  

Unwinding of discounts

    8     5         1         14  
                           

At 30 June 2008

    141     79     78     19     84     401  
                           

Included in current liabilities

    7     10     6     6     43     72  

Included in non-current liabilities

    134     69     72     13     41     329  
                           

    141     79     78     19     84     401  
                           

Provisions by their nature are subject to uncertainties with respect to the timing and outcomes of future events.

(a)    The Thalidomide Trust provision was established in the year ended 30 June 2005 in respect of the discounted value of the group's commitment to the Thalidomide Trust, and will be utilised over the period of the commitment up to 2037.

(b)    Included in onerous contracts provisions is £73 million (2007 – £80 million) in respect of the discounted value of an onerous supply contract arising on the acquisition of the Seagram spirits and wine businesses on 21 December 2001. This provision will be utilised over the 10-year duration of the contract.

(c)    In the year ended 30 June 2008, the provision for restructuring and integration costs was increased by £70 million for the restructuring of the Irish brewing operations.

(d)    The vacant property provision is based on the estimated discounted rental shortfall over the terms of the leases up to 2031.

171


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

24    Provisions (continued)

(e)    Other provisions include £33 million (2007 – £31 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans and £7 million (2007 – £9 million) arising from commitments in respect of businesses sold which will predominantly be utilised within the next few years.

25    Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 
  Property,
plant and
equipment
  Intangible
assets
  Post
employment
plans
  Tax losses   Other
temporary
differences
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2006

    (217 )   169     241     19     227     439  

Exchange differences

    7     46     (5 )       (9 )   39  

Recognised in income

    (6 )   (158 )   (19 )   2     (18 )   (199 )

Recognised in equity

            (81 )       (6 )   (87 )

Acquisition of businesses

        (3 )               (3 )
                           

At 30 June 2007

    (216 )   54     136     21     194     189  

Exchange differences

    (7 )   (1 )   2     2     5     1  

Recognised in income

    (10 )   (136 )   (12 )   (8 )   7     (159 )

Recognised in equity

            (4 )       2     (2 )

Acquisition of businesses

        (115 )               (115 )
                           

At 30 June 2008

    (233 )   (198 )   122     15     208     (86 )
                           

After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Deferred tax assets

    590     771  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (676 )   (582 )
           

    (86 )   189  
           

The net deferred tax liability of £198 million (2007 – £54 million asset) in respect of intangible assets comprises deferred tax assets of £735 million (2007 – £835 million) less deferred tax liabilities of £933 million (2007 – £781 million).

Unrecognised deferred tax assets     Deferred tax assets have been recognised to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future

172


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

25    Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)


reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Where this is not the case, deferred tax assets have not been recognised, as set out below:

 
  Tax losses   2008
Other
  Tax losses   2007
Other
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Gross deferred tax assets

    249     927     287     1,010  

Amounts not recognised

    (234 )   (192 )   (266 )   (175 )
                   

    15     735     21     835  
                   

Of the amounts recognised in respect of tax losses, £13 million has expiration dates through to 2018 (2007 – £14 million;through to 2017) and £2 million (2007 – £7 million) can be carried forward indefinitely. Of the amounts unrecognised in respect of tax losses, £12 million has expiration dates through to 2018 (2007 – £23 million; through to 2017) and £222 million (2007 – £243 million) can be carried forward indefinitely.

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities     No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

173


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26    Total equity – movements in capital and reserves

 
   
   
   
  Fair value,
hedging
and
exchange
reserve
  Retained earnings/(deficit)   Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders
   
   
 
 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Capital
redemption
reserve
  Own
shares
  Other
retained
earnings
  Total   Minority
interests
  Total
equity
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 1 July 2005

    883     1,337     3,060     244     (987 )   86     (901 )   4,623     167     4,790  

Total recognised income and expense

                (136 )       2,282     2,282     2,146     52     2,198  

Share trust arrangements

                    4     (14 )   (10 )   (10 )       (10 )

Share-based incentive plans

                        26     26     26         26  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        6     6     6         6  

Shares issued

        3                         3         3  

Own shares repurchased

                    (1,421 )   (7 )   (1,428 )   (1,428 )       (1,428 )

Dividends paid

                        (864 )   (864 )   (864 )   (40 )   (904 )
                                           

At 30 June 2006

    883     1,340     3,060     108     (2,404 )   1,515     (889 )   4,502     179     4,681  

Total recognised income and expense

                (17 )       1,736     1,736     1,719     59     1,778  

Share trust arrangements

                    67     (15 )   52     52         52  

Share-based incentive plans

                        25     25     25         25  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        12     12     12         12  

Shares issued

        1                         1         1  

Own shares repurchased

    (35 )       35         (263 )   (1,218 )   (1,481 )   (1,481 )       (1,481 )

Dividends paid

                        (858 )   (858 )   (858 )   (41 )   (899 )

Acquisitions

                                    1     1  
                                           

At 30 June 2007

    848     1,341     3,095     91     (2,600 )   1,197     (1,403 )   3,972     198     4,170  

Total recognised income and expense

                (55 )       1,500     1,500     1,445     79     1,524  

Share trust arrangements

                    60     (14 )   46     46         46  

Share-based incentive plans

                        26     26     26         26  

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                        4     4     4         4  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        (7 )   (7 )   (7 )       (7 )

Shares issued

        1                         1         1  

Own shares repurchased

    (32 )       32         (19 )   (1,113 )   (1,132 )   (1,132 )       (1,132 )

Dividends paid

                        (857 )   (857 )   (857 )   (56 )   (913 )

Acquisitions

                                    456     456  
                                           

At 30 June 2008

    816     1,342     3,127     36     (2,559 )   736     (1,823 )   3,498     677     4,175  
                                           

174


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26    Total equity – movements in capital and reserves (continued)

(a) Share capital and share premium     The authorised share capital of the company at 30 June 2008 was 5,329 million ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108  pence each (2007 and 2006 – 5,329 million) with an aggregate nominal value of £1,542 million (2007 and 2006 – £1,542 million). The allotted and fully paid share capital was 2,822 million ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108  pence each with an aggregate nominal value of £816 million (2007 – 2,931 million ordinary shares, nominal value £848 million; 2006 – 3,051 million ordinary shares, nominal value £883 million).

        During the year, the company purchased, and subsequently cancelled, 97 million ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of £28 million for a consideration including expenses of £1,008 million (2007 – 120 million ordinary shares, nominal value £35 million, consideration £1,213 million; 2006 – nil, £nil, £nil). In addition, 12 million treasury shares with an aggregate nominal value of £4 million were cancelled in the year (2007 and 2006 – nil, £nil).

        During the year, 0.1 million ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of less than £0.1 million were allotted under employee share option schemes for a total consideration of £1 million (2007 – 0.1 million ordinary shares, nominal value less than £0.1 million, consideration £1 million; 2006 – 0.6 million ordinary shares, nominal value £0.2 million, consideration £3 million).

(b) Capital redemption reserve     During the year, the company purchased, and subsequently cancelled, 97 million ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of £28 million, representing approximately 4% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares) (2007 – 120 million ordinary shares, nominal value £35 million, 5% of issued share capital; 2006 – nil, £nil, nil). In addition, 12 million treasury shares with an aggregate nominal value of £4 million, representing approximately 0.5% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares), were cancelled in the year (2007 and 2006 – nil, £nil, nil).

(c) Fair value, hedging and exchange reserve     Movements in the fair value, hedging and exchange reserve represent changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges and the recycling of those changes through the income statement, primarily in respect of cash flow hedging instruments offsetting the impact of changes in value of the underlying hedged items, and changes in the impacts of foreign currency on the translation of foreign operations.

        For the year ended 30 June 2008, the effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges taken to equity was a gain of £26 million, of which £6 million was recognised in respect of associates (2007 – £28 million gain, £nil in respect of associates; 2006 – £39 million gain, £nil in respect of associates). For the year ended 30 June 2008, the effective portion of changes in fair value transferred to the income statement was a loss of £69 million (2007 – £35 million gain; 2006 – £4 million gain).

        The cumulative translation reserve decreased to £15 million at 30 June 2008 from £42 million at 30 June 2007 due to exchange differences that have arisen during the year. The exchange differences in the year on translation of foreign operations were offset by losses in respect of foreign currency borrowings and derivative financial instruments which form part of the group's net investment in foreign operations of £366 million (2007 – gains of £199 million; 2006 – gains of £52 million).

        During the year ended 30 June 2006, the group revalued its available-for-sale investment in General Mills by £33 million through the fair value reserve, and this amount, in addition to the fair value adjustment of £148 million recognised on adoption of IAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and measurement on 1 July 2005, was recycled to the income statement on the disposal of this investment.

175


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26    Total equity – movements in capital and reserves (continued)

(d) Own shares     At 30 June 2008, own shares comprised: 26 million ordinary shares in the company, purchased for a consideration of £218 million, in respect of shares held by employee share trusts (2007 – 33 million ordinary shares, consideration £267 million; 2006 – 42 million ordinary shares, consideration £334 million); 259 million ordinary shares, purchased for a consideration of £2,135 million, in respect of shares repurchased as part of the company's share buyback programmes and held as treasury shares (2007 – 271 million ordinary shares, consideration £2,240 million; 2006 – 250 million ordinary shares, consideration £2,049 million); and 20 million ordinary shares, purchased for a consideration of £206 million, held as treasury shares for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees during the year (2007 – 10 million ordinary shares, consideration £93 million; 2006 – 2 million ordinary shares, consideration £21 million).

        At 30 June 2008, employee share trusts funded by the group held shares in the company as follows: 23.6 million ordinary shares held in respect of long term incentive plans for executive directors and senior executives; and 2.6 million ordinary shares held in respect of grants under UK, Irish and US savings-related share option schemes. The market value of these shares at 30 June 2008 was £241 million (2007 – 32.7 million ordinary shares, market value £339 million; 2006 – 41.5 million ordinary shares, market value £377 million). Dividends are waived on all shares in the company owned by the employee share trusts.

        During the year ended 30 June 2008, the company purchased 11 million ordinary shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £3 million, representing approximately 0.4% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares), to be held as treasury shares, for a consideration of £124 million (2007 – 30 million ordinary shares, nominal value £9 million, 1% of issued share capital, consideration £273 million; 2006 – 166 million ordinary shares, nominal value £48 million, 6% of issued share capital, consideration £1,421 million). These shares have not been cancelled, but are deducted from shareholders' equity. Dividends are waived on these shares.

        During the year ended 30 June 2008, the company cancelled 12 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £4 million and an historical purchase cost of £105 million (2007 and 2006 – nil, £nil, £nil). In addition, the company utilised 1 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £0.3 million and an historical purchase cost of £11 million, to satisfy options exercised by employees during the year (2007 – 1 million ordinary shares, nominal value £0.3 million, historical cost £10 million; 2006 – nil, £nil, £nil).

(e) Other retained earnings     Included in other retained earnings is a credit of £26 million (2007 – £25 million; 2006 – £26 million) in respect of the charge for the year to the income statement for share-based incentive plans.

176


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26    Total equity – movements in capital and reserves (continued)

(f) Dividends     

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

                   

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2007
20.15 pence per share (2006 – 19.15 pence; 2005 – 18.20 pence)

    523     524     529  

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2008
13.20 pence per share (2007 – 12.55 pence; 2006 – 11.95 pence)

    336     334     335  
               

    859     858     864  

Adjustment in respect of prior year dividends

    (2 )        
               

    857     858     864  
               

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2008

                   

21.15 pence per share (2007 – 20.15 pence; 2006 – 19.15 pence)

    527     523     524  
               

The proposed final dividend was approved by the board of directors on 27 August 2008. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

27    Dividend income and other items

Dividend income and other items in the consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 30 June 2008 included dividends received of £143 million (2007 – £119 million; 2006 – £115 million) and the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £26 million (2007 – £25 million; 2006 – £26 million). In the year ended 30 June 2007, they also included the exceptional gain on the sale of the site of the former brewery at Park Royal of £40 million.

28    Disposal of businesses

There were no significant business disposals in the years ended 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007.

        In the year ended 30 June 2006, Diageo sold 25 million shares in General Mills resulting in a net cash inflow of £651 million (see note 5(ii)). In addition, on 13 July 2005, Diageo received $212.5 million (£121 million) from Burger King in full repayment of the principal of the subordinated debt, together with cumulative interest of $54 million (£30 million) which was classified with other interest received in net cash from operating activities.

177


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29    Purchase of businesses

 
  Net assets acquired and consideration  
 
  Book
value
  Fair value
adjustments
  2008
Fair value
  2007
Fair value
  2006
Fair value
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Brands

        33     33     20     144  

Intangible assets

        911     911          

Property, plant and equipment

    2         2         25  

Working capital

    8     2     10     4     37  

Deferred taxation

        (115 )   (115 )   (3 )   (50 )

Financial liability

        (32 )   (32 )        

Bank overdrafts

                (3 )    
                       

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

    10     799     809     18     156  
                             

Goodwill arising on acquisition

                174     28     43  

Minority interests

                (456 )   (1 )    
                           

Consideration payable

                527     45     199  
                           

Satisfied by:

                               

Cash consideration paid

                524     30     209  

Contingent/deferred consideration payable/(receivable)

                3     15     (10 )
                           

                527     45     199  
                           

Cash consideration paid for investments in subsidiaries

                524     30     209  

Cash consideration payable for investments in associates

                62     48      

Deferred consideration payable for investments in associates

                (11 )        

Bank overdrafts acquired

                    3      

Prior year purchase consideration adjustment

                    (11 )    
                           

Net cash outflow

                575     70     209  
                           

On 9 June 2008, Diageo completed the acquisition of Ketel One Worldwide BV (KOW), a 50:50 company based in the Netherlands, which owns the exclusive and perpetual global rights to market, sell and distribute Ketel One vodka products. Diageo paid £471 million (including acquisition costs) for a 50% equity stake in KOW. Additional costs relating to the acquisition of £2 million are expected to be incurred in the year ending 30 June 2009.

        Diageo controls the operating and financial policies of the company and consolidates 100% of KOW with a 50% minority interest. The Nolet Group has an option to sell their 50% equity stake in the company to Diageo for $900 million (£452 million) plus interest from 9 June 2011 to 9 June 2013. If the Nolet Group exercises this option but Diageo chooses not to buy their stake, Diageo will pay $100 million (£50 million) and the Nolet Group may then pursue a sale of their stake to a third party, subject to rights of first offer and last refusal on Diageo's part. Fair value adjustments include the recognition of worldwide distribution rights into perpetuity of Ketel One vodka products of £911 million, the establishment of a deferred tax liability of £116 million and the creation of a financial

178


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29    Purchase of businesses (continued)


liability at fair value of £32 million for the potential amount payable to the Nolet Group. Goodwill of £166 million arose on the acquisition.

        On 29 February 2008, 100% of the equity of Rosenblum Cellars was acquired for £53 million (including acquisition costs). Additional costs relating to the acquisition of £1 million are expected to be incurred in the year ending 30 June 2009. Net assets acquired at fair value were £46 million, including a brand valued at £33 million, with goodwill of £8 million arising on the acquisition.

        On 1 May 2008, DHN Drinks was formed, a new venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited (NBL) to market their combined beer, cider and ready to drink businesses in South Africa. Diageo and Heineken each own 42.25% of DHN Drinks and NBL owns 15.5%. Diageo equity accounts for this investment. The cost of this acquisition in the period was £43 million. In addition, Diageo and Heineken entered into an agreement whereby a new entity, Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited, was created on 1 May 2008 to construct a brewery and bottling plant in South Africa. Heineken owns 75% and Diageo owns 25% of Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited. The cost of this acquisition in the period was £8 million, included in investments in associates.

        Sales of £6 million are included within the consolidated income statement in respect of these acquisitions, with no impact on operating profit. If KOW and Rosenblum Cellars had been acquired on 1 July 2007, they would have contributed approximately £121 million to group sales and approximately £48 million to group operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2008.

        The principal acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2007 was the Smirnov brand in Russia through a company in which Diageo holds a 75% stake, acquired on 3 July 2006 for approximately £28 million, with an agreement to acquire the remaining 25% at fair value from 2016, for which Diageo provided £15 million as contingent consideration payable. Net assets acquired at fair value were £17 million with goodwill of £26 million arising on the acquisition.

        Acquisitions of investments in associates in the year ended 30 June 2007 comprised:

In the year ended 30 June 2006, The "Old Bushmills" Distillery Company Limited was acquired on 25 August 2005 and the consideration paid was £209 million. In the year ended 30 June 2007, Diageo received £11 million following the settlement of working capital balances acquired.

30    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings

(i)    Guarantees     In connection with the disposal of Pillsbury, Diageo has guaranteed the debt of a third party to the amount of $200 million (£101 million) until November 2009. Including this guarantee, but net of the amount provided in the consolidated financial statements, at 30 June 2008 the group has given performance guarantees and indemnities to third parties of £104 million.

179


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings (continued)

        There has been no material change since 30 June 2008 in the group's performance guarantees and indemnities.

(ii)    Colombian litigation     An action was filed on 8 October 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York by the Republic of Colombia and a number of its local government entities against Diageo and other spirits companies. The complaint alleges several causes of action. Included among the causes of action is a claim that the defendants allegedly violated the Federal RICO Act by facilitating money laundering in Colombia through their supposed involvement in the contraband trade to the detriment of government owned spirits production and distribution businesses. Diageo is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which the lawsuit may give rise. Diageo intends to defend itself vigorously against this lawsuit.

(iii)    Turkish customs litigation     In common with other beverage alcohol importers, litigation is ongoing against Diageo's Turkish subsidiary in the Turkish Civil Courts in connection with the methodology used by the Turkish customs authorities in assessing the importation value of and duty payable on the beverage alcohol products sold in the domestic channel in Turkey. The matter involves multiple cases against Diageo's Turkish subsidiary at various stages of litigation, including a group of cases under correction appeal following an adverse finding at the Turkish Supreme Court. Diageo's Turkish subsidiary is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these cases may give rise. Diageo's Turkish subsidiary intends to defend its position vigorously.

(iv)    Other     The group has extensive international operations and is defendant in a number of legal proceedings incidental to these operations. There are a number of legal claims against the group, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen.

        Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) is there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.

31    Related party transactions

Subsidiaries     Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed.

Associates     Transactions between the group and its associates were as follows:

Joint ventures     Due to the nature of the proportional basis of consolidation applied according to the relevant contractual arrangements, transactions between the group and its joint ventures are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed.

180


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

31    Related party transactions (continued)

Key management personnel     The key management of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the company secretary. They are listed under 'Directors and senior management'.

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

    12     12     10  

Non-executive directors' fees

    1     1     1  

Share-based payments(a)

    6     6     6  

Other long term benefits

        2     3  

Post employment benefits(a)

    3     3     3  
               

    22     24     23  
               

(a)
Non-executive directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits.

Details are given in the directors' remuneration report of the individual directors' remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

Pension plans     The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration and professional fees paid for by the company in respect of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £15 million (2007 – £17 million; 2006 – £10 million).

32    Commitments

Capital expenditure     Commitments not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £130 million (2007 – £86 million).

Operating lease commitments

 
  2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Payments falling due:

             

Within one year

    73     72  

Between one and two years

    73     64  

Between two and three years

    62     60  

Between three and four years

    50     50  

Between four and five years

    42     41  

After five years

    220     280  
           

    520     567  
           

33    Employee share compensation

The group uses a number of equity settled share plans to grant options and shares to its directors and employees. For the year ended 30 June 2008, the fair value charge to the consolidated income statement in respect of these plans was £26 million (2007 – £25 million; 2006 – £26 million).

181


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

33    Employee share compensation (continued)

Executive share option plans

(a)    Diageo executive share option plan (DSOP)     This scheme was introduced in December 1999 and grants options to executives at the market price on the date of grant. Options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and 10 years after the date granted. There are no performance conditions to be satisfied although the top 100 senior executives are required to hold shares in Diageo plc. US executives are granted options over the company's ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

(b)    Diageo senior executive share option plan (SESOP)     This scheme was introduced with effect from 1 January 2000 and grants options to senior executives at the market price on the date of grant. Options granted under the scheme cannot normally be exercised unless a performance condition is satisfied. The current performance condition is based on the increase in Diageo's adjusted earnings per share (EPS) measure over a three year period. If the increase in this EPS measure is at least 15 percentage points greater than the increase in the RPI over the same period, then all the options can be exercised. If the increase in this EPS measure is at least 12 percentage points greater than that of the RPI but less than 15 percentage points, half of the options can be exercised. Re-testing of the performance condition is not permitted on any options. US executives are granted options over the company's ADSs.

(c)    Diageo associated companies share option plan (DACSOP)     This scheme was introduced in March 2001 and grants options to executives in a number of associated companies. The terms of the scheme are the same as for DSOP.

(d)    UK executive share option schemes (ESOS)     The last options granted under these schemes were in 1997. The group operated executive share option schemes and a supplemental scheme for senior executives. These schemes incorporated the former GrandMet scheme, the former Guinness Group executive share option schemes and the Guinness Group 1994 employee incentive trust.

        Options were granted at the market price on the date of the grant and there are no performance criteria. Options issued under these schemes may normally be exercised between three and 10 years after the date granted.

Savings plans

(a)    UK savings-related share option scheme (SRSOS)     The UK savings-related share option scheme is an Inland Revenue approved scheme available to all UK employees. The scheme provides a long term savings opportunity for employees. The options may normally be exercised after three or five years, according to the length of the option period chosen by the employee, at a price not less than 80% of the market value of the shares at the time of the option grant.

(b)    US employee stock purchase plan (USESPP)     This scheme provides a long term savings and investment opportunity for US employees. The options may normally be exercised 12 months after the grant of the option at a price equivalent to 85% of the market value of the ADSs at the time of the option grant.

(c)    International savings-related share option plan (International)     The group also operates an international savings-related share option plan. The scheme provides a long term savings opportunity for employees outside the United Kingdom. The options may be exercised between one and five years

182


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

33    Employee share compensation (continued)


after grant. The scheme has discount criteria ranging from nil to 20% devised in accordance with local conditions and practices.

Executive share award plans

(a)    Total shareholder return (TSR) plan     Under the TSR plan, participants are granted a conditional right to receive shares. All conditional rights awarded vest after a three year period – the 'performance cycle' – subject to achievement of two performance tests. The primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three year total shareholder return – the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are reinvested) – with the TSR of a peer group of 16 other companies. TSR calculations are converted into a common currency (US dollars). The second performance test requires that the remuneration committee not recommend the release of awards unless it considers that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three year financial performance, typically measured by improvement in an adjusted earnings per share measure.

(b)    Discretionary incentive plan (DIP), formerly Diageo share incentive plan     The first awards were in the year ended 30 June 2000 to a small number of senior executives. The scheme involves awards of shares or ADSs over a three to five year period with performance criteria varying by employee.

        Awards under the TSR plan and DIP were at nil award price.

183


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

33    Employee share compensation (continued)

        For the three years ended 30 June 2008, the calculation of the fair value of each option and share award used the binomial (share option and savings plans) and Monte Carlo (share award plans) option pricing models and the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Executive
share option
plans
  Savings
plans
  Executive
share award
plans
 

2008

                   

Weighted average assumptions

                   

Risk free interest rate

    5.0%     5.0%     5.0%  

Expected life of the options

    60 months     36 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    17%     15%      

Dividend yield

    3.0%     3.0%     3.0%  

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    188p     269p     660p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    7.6 million     2.9 million     2.1 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £14 million     £8 million     £14 million  

2007

                   

Weighted average assumptions

                   

Risk free interest rate

    4.9 %   5.1 %   5.0 %

Expected life of the options

    60 months     35 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    18 %   13 %    

Dividend yield

    4.0 %   3.7 %   4.0 %

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    144p     200p     841p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    8.3 million     2.7 million     2.1million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £12 million     £5 million     £18 million  

2006

                   

Weighted average assumptions

                   

Risk free interest rate

    4.2 %   4.3 %   4.2 %

Expected life of the options

    60 months     43 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    30 %   29 %    

Dividend yield

    4.0 %   4.0 %   4.0 %

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    187p     224p     733p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    9.2 million     2.0 million     1.5 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £17 million     £4 million     £11 million  

The risk free interest rate is based on the UK treasury coupon strips in effect at the time of the grant, for the expected life of the option. The expected life of the options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The group uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model. Expected volatility is based on implied volatilities from traded options on the group's shares, historical volatility of the group's shares and other factors.

184


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

33    Employee share compensation (continued)

        Option holdings in the following tables are stated as ordinary share equivalents in pence. Options prices are translated at the following exchange rates: grants at actual exchange rates; exercises and cancellations at average exchange rates; and closing balances at year end exchange rates.

(i)    Outstanding options     Options over ordinary shares and over ADSs (US schemes only) outstanding at 30 June 2008 were as follows:

 
  Range of
exercise
prices
pence
  Number at
30 June
2008
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
months
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence

Executive share option plans

  300-399   17,676   20   335

  400-499   1,022,465   33   468

  500-599   2,782,311   54   563

  600-699   6,644,186   62   645

  700-799   8,784,290   76   735

  800-899   7,448,832   92   846

  900-999   4,536,468   99   932

  1000-1099   7,486,877   111   1054
                 

      38,723,105   83   806
                 

Savings plans

  500-599   1,657,736   16   549

  600-699   1,393,779   22   653

  700-799   1,568,174   33   749

  800-899   1,847,205   43   845

  900-999   1,294,334   20   943

  1000-1099   14,247   33   1077
                 

      7,775,475   27   745
                 

185


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

33    Employee share compensation (continued)

(ii)    Transactions on schemes     Transactions on the share option and share award plans and the weighted average grant date fair value for options and shares for the three years ended 30 June 2008 were as follows:

 
  Executive
share option
plans
  Savings plans   Executive
share award
plans
 
 
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
  Number of
awards
 

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2005

  41,697,839   660   8,987,917   554   2,750,649  

Granted

  9,248,402   833   1,992,329   662   1,498,243  

Exercised/awarded

  (8,372,821 ) 645   (2,466,992 ) 488   (532,397 )

Forfeited/expired

  (1,212,827 ) 611   (665,862 ) 574   (300,911 )
                       

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2006

  41,360,593   689   7,847,392   576   3,415,584  

Granted

  8,259,306   930   2,657,279   758   2,141,688  

Exercised/awarded

  (8,818,488 ) 641   (2,238,254 ) 526   (735,318 )

Forfeited/expired

  (1,429,186 ) 667   (426,485 ) 584   (464,747 )
                       

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2007

  39,372,225   726   7,839,932   644   4,357,207  

Granted

  7,630,791   1054   2,895,869   866   2,105,292  

Exercised/awarded

  (7,281,171 ) 642   (2,350,804 ) 638   (473,387 )

Forfeited/expired

  (998,740 ) 838   (609,522 ) 689   (295,971 )
                       

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2008

  38,723,105   806   7,775,475   745   5,693,141  
                       

Number of options exercisable at:

                     

30 June 2008

  15,744,487   647   48,938   665      
                       

30 June 2007

  14,461,984   621   77,842   564      
                       

30 June 2006

  13,412,979   583   92,899   546      
                       

(iii)    Employee share trusts, potential issues of ordinary shares and voting rights     

(a)    In order to hedge its obligations under the share option and share award plans, the group either purchases own shares directly and holds them as treasury shares, or it funds trusts to acquire shares in the company. The shares held are accounted for as a deduction in arriving at shareholders' equity. Call options are used to manage some of the group's obligations. Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived.

(b)    Shares used to satisfy the group's obligations under the employee share plans can be newly issued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased on the open market by the employee share trusts.

(c)    Where shares held by employee share trusts have been allocated to employee share plan participants, they may exercise their voting rights. Where shares are held by employee share trusts and have not been allocated to participants, the trustee abstains from voting.

34    Post balance sheet events

In the period from the balance sheet date to 27 August 2008, the company acquired and cancelled 23 million shares for a total consideration of £214 million including expenses. A further 30 million shares from the existing treasury shareholding were cancelled on 20 August 2008.

186



Principal group companies

 
  Country of
incorporation
  Country of
operation
  Percentage of
equity owned
  Business description

Subsidiaries

                 

Diageo Ireland

  Ireland   Worldwide     100 % Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Great Britain Limited

  England   Worldwide     100 % Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Scotland Limited

  Scotland   Worldwide     100 % Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Brands BV

  Netherlands   Worldwide     100 % Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo North America, Inc

  United States   Worldwide     100 % Production, importing and marketing of premium drinks

Diageo Capital plc(a)

  Scotland   United Kingdom     100 % Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance plc(a)

  England   United Kingdom     100 % Financing company for the group

Diageo Capital BV

  Netherlands   Netherlands     100 % Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance BV

  Netherlands   Netherlands     100 % Financing company for the group

Diageo Investment Corporation

  United States   United States     100 % Financing company for the US group

Associate

                 

Moët Hennessy, SNC(b)

  France   France     34 % Production and distribution of premium drinks

(a)
Directly owned by Diageo plc.

(b)
French partnership.

All percentages, unless otherwise stated, relate to holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.

187


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Controls

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Diageo plc.

We have audited Diageo plc's ("Diageo") internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Diageo's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Diageo maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Diageo plc and subsidiaries which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of 30 June 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of recognised income and expense, consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2008, on pages 118 to 186 including the disclosures identified as 'part of the audited financial statements' within the 'Risk Management' section on pages 69 to 71, the 'Market Risk Sensitivity Analysis' section

188


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Controls (continued)


on pages 71 and 72 and the 'Critical Accounting Policies' section on pages 72 to 74, and our report dated 27 August 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG Audit Plc
London, England
27 August 2008

189


Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Earnings

                 

Income before taxes on income, minority interests and discontinued operations

  2,093   2,095   2,146   1,925  

Less: Share of associates' income other than 50% associates

  (177 ) (149 ) (131 ) (121 )

Add: Dividend income receivable from associates other than 50% associates

  143   119   106   104  

Add: Fixed charges

  549   400   284   325  

Less: Preferred share dividends payable

        (11 )
                   

  2,608   2,465   2,405   2,222  
                   

Fixed charges

                 

Interest payable and other finance charges

  523   378   261   289  

Add: Preferred share dividends payable

        11  

Add: One third of rental expense for continuing operations

  26   22   23   25  
                   

  549   400   284   325  
                   
 
  ratio   ratio   ratio   ratio  

Ratio

  4.8   6.2   8.5   6.8  
                   

Notes

(1)
The IFRS fixed charges in the calculation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends excludes interest on post employment plan liabilities.

(2)
Interest payable and other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2008 includes a £75 million charge (2007 – a £30 million charge; 2006 – a £15 million charge; 2005 – £nil) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group's derivative instruments and a £6 million charge (2007 – £nil; 2006 – a £2 million charge; 2005 — £nil) in respect of exchange rate movements on net borrowings and short term inter company loans not meeting hedge accounting criteria.

190


Additional information for shareholders

Legal proceedings

Information on legal proceedings is set out in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements.

Related party transactions

Transactions with directors are disclosed in the directors' remuneration report (see 'Directors' remuneration report – Additional information') and transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 31 to the consolidated financial statements.

Material contracts

Agreement for the acquisition of the Seagram spirits and wine businesses     On 19 December 2000, Diageo and Pernod Ricard SA entered into a stock and asset purchase agreement (the SAPA) with Vivendi Universal SA, whereby Pernod Ricard and Diageo agreed to acquire stock and assets of the worldwide spirits, wines, wine and malt coolers, other malt beverages, fortified wines, non-alcoholic mixers and other alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages business of The Seagram Company Limited. The acquisition was completed on 21 December 2001.

        The acquisition consideration, under the SAPA, was $8.15 billion (£5.62 billion) in cash, subject to a number of adjustments. Diageo's share of the purchase price, after adjustment, was £3.7 billion. The terms of the bidding and acquisition arrangements between Pernod Ricard and Diageo for the Seagram acquisition were governed by the Framework Implementation Agreement, a formal agreement entered into on 4 December 2000 which was subsequently amended and restated (the FIA). The FIA set out (amongst other things) principles governing the split of the Seagram spirits and wine businesses, the integration process for the business and the interim management of the non-core businesses. The FIA was terminated by the execution of a further agreement on 21 December 2002 which was subsequently amended and supplemented (the SOFIA) although this termination is without prejudice to any prior breaches of the FIA. Under the SOFIA, all material assets that were jointly acquired by Pernod Ricard and Diageo from Vivendi Universal are allocated between Diageo and Pernod Ricard. A number of the provisions of the FIA have been carried forward into the SOFIA in modified form. These include provisions relating to the parties' responsibility for liabilities incurred by or in connection with the various businesses acquired under the SAPA including for the sharing of certain liabilities between the parties. Where liability is to be shared between Diageo and Pernod Ricard, this is generally on the basis of the same 60.9/39.1 ratio adopted for the FIA (subject to, amongst other things, de minimis limitations that limit the ability of one party to recover from the other in certain cases and to detailed conduct of claims provisions). The SOFIA also provides for the settlement of various historic and ongoing claims between the parties under the FIA and for the settlement of various costs and expenses (including future costs and expenses). In addition, the SOFIA provides the basis for the management of the remaining jointly-owned businesses including for their future restructuring and/or liquidation.

Debt securities

Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under the company's indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999. Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 25 March 2008 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and US Bank Trust National Association, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee

191


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Debt securities (continued)

to US Bank Trust National Association under the company's indentures dated 15 August 1991, 11 May 1994 and 20 February 1996.

Share capital

As at 10 September 2008, Diageo had an authorised share capital of 5,329 million ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108  pence each with an aggregate nominal value of £1,542 million, and an allotted and fully paid share capital of 2,764 million ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108  pence each with an aggregate nominal value of £800 million (including treasury shares and shares owned by the employee share trusts).

Major shareholders     At 10 September 2008, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company's ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

Shareholder
  Number of
ordinary
shares
  Percentage of issued
ordinary share capital
(excluding treasury shares)
  Date of
notification
of interest
 

Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

    155,553,200     5.78 %   16 March 2007  

Legal & General Group Plc
(direct holding)

    107,824,143     4.12 %   26 October 2007  

The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company's substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

        As at the close of business on 10 September 2008, 504,828,312 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,698 holders (including American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 20% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 125,984,815 ADSs were held by 1,948 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

Trading market for shares     The Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange (the Exchange) and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo plc American Depositary Shares (ADSs), representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares each, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

        The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the Exchange. Shares are traded on the Exchange's electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

        Only member firms of the Exchange can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be published immediately after execution unless they are large trades eligible for deferred publication.

192


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Share capital (continued)

        The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) repealed the Investment Services Directive (ISD) on 1 November 2007. It replaced the worked principal agreement basis for delayed reporting of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three trading days after time of trade. Diageo ordinary shares have an ADT of £75m. The ADT for each equity security is calculated as the yearly turnover divided by the number of trading days, excluding negotiated trades (i.e. those trades privately negotiated but executed within the exchange).

        Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the pound sterling price of the ordinary shares on the Exchange and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in pounds sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

193


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Share capital (continued)

        The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the Exchange, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest sales prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 
  Per ordinary share   Per ADS  
 
  High   Low   High   Low  
 
  pence
  pence
  $
  $
 

Year ended 30 June

                         

2004

    780     625     57.38     40.59  

2005

    824     658     60.96     48.58  

2006

    928     777     68.98     55.11  

2007

    1094     895     86.79     65.83  

2008

    1122     911     92.55     72.70  

Three months ended

                         

September 2006

    963     895     72.92     65.83  

December 2006

    1010     941     79.88     70.77  

March 2007

    1048     966     82.23     75.39  

June 2007

    1094     1032     86.79     81.61  

September 2007

    1086     990     87.82     78.93  

December 2007

    1122     1050     92.55     84.90  

March 2008

    1081     943     85.83     76.32  

June 2008

    1075     911     85.99     72.70  

2008 monthly

                         

January

    1080     943     85.83     76.32  

February

    1081     1013     85.00     79.37  

March

    1047     981     84.05     79.12  

April

    1075     1008     85.99     79.86  

May

    1047     973     82.80     77.40  

June

    1005     911     79.60     72.70  

July

    916     857     74.21     69.02  

August

    1017     878     76.65     69.67  

Up to 10 September 2008

    1065     1003     74.77     71.85  

At close of business on 10 September 2008, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 1045 pence and $73.80, respectively.

Memorandum and articles of association

The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo's memorandum of association and of its articles of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 18 October 2005) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 11 August 2008. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo's memorandum and articles of association. Information on where investors can obtain copies of the memorandum and articles of association is provided under 'Additional information for shareholders – Documents on display' below.

194


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Memorandum and articles of association (continued)

        A resolution will be put to the Annual General Meeting to be held on 15 October 2008 to amend the articles of association. The proposed changes primarily reflect changes in the law as a result of the implementation of the Companies Act 2006. If adopted, the changes will be reflected in the summary of the articles which will appear in the 2009 Annual Report.

        All of Diageo's ordinary shares are fully paid. Accordingly, no further contribution of capital may be required by Diageo from the holders of such shares.

Objects and purposes     Diageo is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307. Diageo's objects and purposes are set forth in the fourth clause of its memorandum of association and cover a wide range of activities, including carrying on the business of a holding company, carrying on the business of producing, distributing and marketing branded drinks and brewing, distilling and manufacturing wines, spirits and mineral or other types of water, as well as doing anything incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objectives. The memorandum of association grants Diageo a broad range of powers to effect these objectives.

Directors     Diageo's articles of association provide for a board of directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by the board of directors. At each annual general meeting at least one-third of the directors, representing those directors who have been in office the longest since their last election, and, in addition, any directors appointed by the board of directors since the last annual general meeting are required to resign and are then reconsidered for election, assuming they wish to stand for re-election. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors.

        Under Diageo's articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director, or any person connected with the director, has a material interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director's interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not own 1% or more of that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director's expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

195


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Memorandum and articles of association (continued)

        Under the articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the board or any authorised committee of the board. The remuneration committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the non-executive directors except for the chairman.

        The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group's adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in the articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo's shareholders.

        Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

Dividend rights     Holders of Diageo's ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. The board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo's shares from a person with a 0.25 per cent interest (as defined in the articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than pounds sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo's articles of association.

        If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

        Diageo's articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

Voting rights     Voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting (and every proxy appointed by a shareholder and present at a general meeting) has one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or represented by the proxy). On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder

196


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Memorandum and articles of association (continued)


(the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy). A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

Diageo's articles of association provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of three kinds of resolutions:

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special and extraordinary resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

        In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting is entitled to cast the deciding vote in addition to any other votes he may have.

        A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

Liquidation rights     In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them. A liquidator may, with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution of the shareholders and any other sanction required by the Companies Acts, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of Diageo's assets. Alternatively, a liquidator may, upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution of the shareholders, vest the assets in whole or in part in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of shareholders. No shareholder is compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability, however.

197


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Memorandum and articles of association (continued)

Pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares     While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under the articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company's articles of association or given by its shareholders in general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Disclosure of interests in Diageo's shares     There are no provisions in the articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo's shares are required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Services Authority imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Services Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

The Disclosure and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

        Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo's shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo's shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

        Rule three of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their connected persons) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

        The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offer or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

General meetings and notices     At least 21 clear days' written notice of an annual general meeting is required. An annual general meeting may be held on shorter notice provided that all the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting agree. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called an 'extraordinary general meeting'. At least 14 clear days' written notice of any

198


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Memorandum and articles of association (continued)


extraordinary general meeting is required, unless a special resolution or a resolution on which special notice has been given to Diageo is proposed, in which case 21 clear days' written notice is required. Any extraordinary general meeting may be held on shorter notice if a majority in number of shareholders, who together hold at least 95% in nominal value of Diageo's shares giving a right to attend and vote at such meeting, agree.

        An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo's accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

        The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

Variation of rights     If, at any time, Diageo's share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

        At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any person present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

        Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and the articles of association.

Repurchase of shares     Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo's issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 263,122,000 ordinary shares during the period up to the next annual general meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28 101 / 108  pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out.

Restrictions on transfers of shares     The board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the board may reasonably require, and (b) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

199


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Memorandum and articles of association (continued)

        Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in the articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

        The board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo's certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in the articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the board to be pursuant to an arm's length sale (as defined in the articles of association).

Exchange controls

There are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends to US persons on Diageo's ordinary shares or on the conduct of Diageo's operations.

        There are no restrictions under the company's memorandum and articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company's ordinary shares.

        Please refer to the 'Taxation' section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.

Documents on display

The latest Annual Report, the Annual Review and any related documents of the company may be inspected at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the public reference room can be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1 800 SEC 0330.

Taxation

This section provides a descriptive summary of US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. It does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

200


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)

For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and the laws of the United Kingdom, all as currently in effect, as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

        In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

        A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:

This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This discussion addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes.

Dividends    UK taxation     There is no UK withholding tax on dividends. A shareholder who is an individual resident for UK tax purposes in the United Kingdom that receives a dividend from the company will generally be entitled to a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend. The individual will be taxable on the total of the dividend and the related credit, known as the gross dividend, which will be regarded as the top slice of the individual's income. The tax credit will, however, be treated as discharging the individual's liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend, unless and except to

201


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)


the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax, in which case the individual will, to that extent, pay tax on the gross dividend calculated as 32.5% of the gross dividend less the related tax credit. A shareholder that is a company resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom will not generally be taxable on any dividend it receives in respect of the shares. A shareholder who is not liable for tax on dividends received on the shares will not be entitled to claim payment of the tax credit in respect of those dividends.

        Eligible US holders will not normally be entitled to a tax credit under the Treaty, nor will they be subject to a withholding tax by the United Kingdom.

US taxation     Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation. Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at a maximum tax rate of 15%, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under the Treaty, dividends will not be subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes only the amount of the dividend actually received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

        The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and dividends paid in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2007 generally will be 'passive' or 'financial services' income, while dividends paid in taxable years beginning after 31 December 2006 will generally be 'passive' or 'general' income, which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pence payments made, determined at the spot UK sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder's basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

Taxation of capital gains    UK taxation     A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been either resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or

202


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)


ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment.

US taxation     Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder that is recognised in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2011 is taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

        A US holder who is liable for both UK and US tax on a gain on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to a credit against the holder's US federal income tax liability for the amount of any UK tax paid in respect of such gain.

PFIC rules     Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain 'excess distributions' pro-rated over the holder's holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

UK inheritance tax     An ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual's death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual's lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. The Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention, in a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax     Stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) arises upon the deposit of an underlying ordinary share with the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the consideration for transfer. The Depositary will pay the SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs.

No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the

203


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)


United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

        Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary's nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher SDRT charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired.

204



Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

  DIAGEO  plc
(REGISTRANT)

 

/s/ 
NC ROSE

NC Rose
Chief financial officer

15 September 2008

205


Exhibits

  1.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Diageo plc, dated as of 16 October 2007
  2.1   Indenture, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon, dated as of 3 August 1998* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Diageo plc's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Commission File No. 333-8874))
  2.2   Indenture, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon, dated as of 1 June 1999* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2001 (Commission File No. 1-10691))
  2.3   Indenture, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon, dated as of 8 December 2003* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Diageo plc's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Commission File No. 333-110804))
  4.1   SOFIA: an agreement relating to the termination of the Framework and Implementation Agreement between Diageo plc and Pernod Ricard S.A., dated 21 December 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2003 (Commission File No. 1-10691))
  4.2   Service Agreement between Diageo plc and Paul S. Walsh, dated 1 November 2005 (incorporated by reference to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2006 (Commission File No. 1-10691))
  4.3   Service Agreement between Diageo plc and Nicholas C. Rose, dated 14 February 2006 (incorporated by reference to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2006 (Commission File No. 1-10691))
  4.4   Letter of Agreement between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B. Humer, dated 19 July 2007
  4.5   Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United Kingdom dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2007 (Commission File No. 1-10691))
  4.6   Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2007 (Commission File No. 1-10691))
  4.7   The Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.8   The Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.9   The Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.10   Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.11   The Discretionary Incentive Plan dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.12   The Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.13   The Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.14   Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000 dated as of 26 August 2008
  4.15   The Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan dated as of 7 February 2007
  4.16   Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States
  7.1   Description of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 190 of the Annual Report)
  8.1   Principal group companies (included on page 187 of the Annual Report)
  12.1   Certification of Paul S. Walsh filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)
  12.2   Certification of Nicholas C. Rose filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)
  13.1   Certification of Paul S. Walsh furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b)
  13.2   Certification of Nicholas C. Rose furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b)
  15.1   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm

*
Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among the company, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under the company's indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

206


Cross reference to Form 20-F

The information in this document that is referenced in the following table and the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 25 and 26 is included in Diageo's 2008 Form 20-F and is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Item
  Required item in 20-F   Page

Part I

   

1.

  Identity of directors, senior management and advisers                                                                                                                                                                                

  Not applicable    

2.

 

Offer statistics and expected timetable

   

  Not applicable    

3.

 

Key information

   

      Selected financial data   1-5

      Risk factors   20-24

4.

 

Information on the company

   

      Business description   6-26

      Principal group companies   187

4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

   

  Not applicable    

5.

 

Operating and financial review and prospects

   

      Operating results   27-62

      Trend information   62

      Liquidity and capital resources   63-67

      Contractual obligations   68

      Off-balance sheet arrangements   68

      Critical accounting policies   72-74

      Adoption of IFRS   74-75

      New accounting standards   75

6.

 

Directors, senior management and employees

   

      Directors and senior management   76-79

      Directors' remuneration report   80-100

      Corporate governance report – Board of directors   101-103

      Audit committee   103-105

      Remuneration committee   106

      Directors' report – Directors   113

      Employees   15-16

7.

 

Major shareholders and related party transactions

   

      Related party transactions   180-181

      Major shareholders   192

8.

 

Financial information

   

      Dividends   3

      Report of independent registered public accounting firm   117

      Consolidated primary financial statements   118-121

      Accounting policies   122-127

      Notes to the consolidated financial statements   128-186

      Legal proceedings   191

9.

 

The offer and listing

   

      Trading market for shares   192

207


Item
  Required item in 20-F   Page

10.

  Additional information    

      Material contracts   191

      Share capital   192-194

      Memorandum and articles of association   194-200

      Exchange controls   200

      Documents on display   200

      Taxation   200-204

11.

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

   

      Risk management   69-71

      Sensitivity analysis   71-72

12.

 

Description of securities other than equity securities

   

  Not applicable    

Part II

   

13.

  Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies    

  Not applicable    

14.

 

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds                                                                                                                                                                            

   

  Debt securities   191

15.

 

Controls and procedures

   

      Filings assurance committee   107

      Management's report on internal control over financial reporting   111

      Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls   188-189

      Internal control and risk management   107-108

16A.

 

Audit committee financial expert

   

      Audit committee   103-105

16B.

 

Code of ethics

   

      Compliance programme   109

16C.

 

Principal accountant fees and services

   

      Auditor fees   135

16D.

 

Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

   

  Not applicable    

16E.

 

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

   

      Capital repayments   64-65

      Purchases of own shares   114

17.

 

Financial statements

   

  Not applicable    


Part III


 

 

18.

  Financial statements    

      Report of independent registered public accounting firm   117

      Consolidated primary financial statements   118-121

      Accounting policies   122-127

      Notes to the consolidated financial statements   128-186

19.

 

Exhibits

 
206


Additional information


 

 

Corporate governance

  101

Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends

  190

Glossary of terms and US equivalents

  210

208


It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at the SEC's public reference room, located at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and on the web site maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

209



Glossary of terms and US equivalents

In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

Term used in UK Annual Report
  US equivalent or definition

Acquisition accounting

  Purchase accounting

Associates

  Entities accounted for under the equity method

American Depositary Receipt (ADR)

  Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS

American Depositary Share (ADS)

  Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108  pence each

Called up share capital

  Common stock

Capital allowances

  Tax depreciation

Capital redemption reserve

  Other additional capital

Company

  Diageo plc

Creditors

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Debtors

  Accounts receivable

Employee share schemes

  Employee stock benefit plans

Employment or staff costs

  Payroll costs

Equivalent units

  An equivalent unit represents one nine litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink divide by five.

Euro, €, ¢

  Euro currency

Exceptional items

  Items that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or incidence.

Excise duty

  Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. Excise duties are generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and are typically applied to alcohol products and fuels.

Finance lease

  Capital lease

Financial year

  Fiscal year

Fixed asset investments

  Non-current investments

Free cash flow

  Net cash flow from operating activities, and net purchase and disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment

Freehold

  Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity

GAAP

  Generally accepted accounting principles

Group and Diageo

  Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries

IFRS

  International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

Impact Databank

  An international data resource for the beverage alcohol industry that is independent from industry participants

Merger accounting

  Pooling of interests

Net asset value

  Book value

Noon buying rate

  Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

Operating profit

  Net operating income

Organic movement

  At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations

Own shares

  Treasury stock

Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p

  UK currency

Profit

  Earnings

Profit and loss account

  Statement of income/accumulated earnings

Profit for the year

  Net income

Provisions

  Accruals for losses/contingencies

Recognised income and expense

  Comprehensive income

Redundancy charges

  Early release scheme expenses

Reserves

  Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital

RPI

  UK retail prices index

Scrip dividend

  Stock dividend

SEC

  US Securities and Exchange Commission

Share premium

  Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus

Shareholders' funds

  Shareholders' equity

Shares

  Common stock

Shares and ordinary shares

  Diageo plc's ordinary shares

Shares in issue

  Shares issued and outstanding

Trade and other payables

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Trade and other receivables

  Accounts receivable

US dollar, US$, $, ¢

  US currency

210




QuickLinks

Contents
Historical information
Business description
Business review
Directors and senior management
Directors' remuneration report
Corporate governance report
Directors' report
Contents – Consolidated financial statements Year ended 30 June 2008
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated cash flow statement
Accounting policies of the group
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Principal group companies
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Controls
Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends
Additional information for shareholders
Legal proceedings
Related party transactions
Material contracts
Debt securities
Share capital
Memorandum and articles of association
Exchange controls
Documents on display
Taxation
Glossary of terms and US equivalents

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 1.1

         DIAGEO


THE COMPANIES ACTS 1985 TO 2006

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Diageo plc

(REGISTERED 21 ST OCTOBER 1886)
Company No. 23307



Memorandum and Articles of Association
(Incorporating amendments up to and including these made at the
Annual General Meeting held on 16 th  October 2007)


Company No. 23307

THE COMPANIES ACTS 1985 TO 1989

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Memorandum of Association

OF

Diageo plc

(As amended by Special Resolutions passed on
16 th  May, 1996 and 28 th  January, 1998)

1.
The name of the Company is "Diageo plc".*

2.
The Company is to be a public company.**

*
The name of the Company was changed to Diageo plc with effect from 17 th  December, 1997.

**
The name of the Company was changed to Arthur Guinness and Sons PLC and the Company re-registered as a Public Company with effect from 1 st  March, 1982.

3.
The Registered Office of the Company will be situated in England and Wales.

4.
The objects of the Company are:

a)
(i)    To carry on business as a general commercial company and to carry on any trade or business whatsoever; and

(ii)
Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing:

(1)
To act or carry on business as a holding company and to control and co-ordinate the administration and operation of any companies for the time being directly or indirectly controlled by the Company; and

(2)
To act or carry on business as producers, distributors and marketers of branded drinks and branded food products, as operators of fast food restaurant chains and as brewers, distillers and manufacturers of wine, spirits and mineral or other types of water; and

(3)
To carry on any other business, undertaking, transaction or operation commonly carried on or undertaken by producers, distributors and marketers (both wholesale and retail) in all or any articles of commercial and personal use and consumption, importers, exporters, shipowners, bankers, factors, capitalists, promoters, financiers, real property dealers and investors, concessionaires, brokers, contractors, mercantile and general agents, advertising agents, publishers in any medium, hoteliers, carriers and transporters of all kinds and to carry on all or any of the said businesses (including those in sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph) either together as one business or as separate distinct businesses in any part of the world.

b)
To purchase, take on lease or in exchange, hire or otherwise acquire and hold, for any estate or interest, and manage any lands, buildings, servitudes, easements, rights, privileges, concessions, machinery, plant, stock-in-trade, railways, docks, wharves, warehouses, piers, barges, vessels, aircraft and any heritable or moveable real or personal property of any kind.

c)
To purchase or otherwise acquire, dispose of, protect, extend and renew any patents, registered designs, trademarks and service marks (whether registered or not), copyright, design right or any similar property rights, including those subsisting in inventions, designs, drawings, performances, computer programmes, semi-conductor topographies, confidential information, business names, goodwill and the style of presentation of goods or services including brands

ii


iii


iv


It is hereby declared that:

v


5.
The liability of the Members is limited.

6.
The Capital of the Company is £4,500,000, divided into 450,000 shares of £10 each, with power to increase. The shares forming the capital (original or increased) of the Company may be divided into such classes, with such preferences and other special incidents, and be held on such terms as may be provided by the Articles and Regulations of the Company for the time being, or otherwise.

Notes:

        (1)   By Special Resolution passed on 15 th  August, 1908, and confirmed on 31 th  August, 1908, the Authorised Capital was increased to £7,000,000 by the creation of 2,500,000 additional Ordinary Shares of £1 and each of the existing Shares of £10 each was subdivided into 10 Ordinary Shares of £1.

        (2)   By Special Resolution passed on 12 th  May, 1923, and confirmed on 28 th  May, 1923, the Authorised Capital was further increased to £9,500,000 by the creation of 2,500,000 additional Ordinary Shares of £1.

        (3)   By Ordinary Resolution passed on 5 th  May, 1952, the Authorised Capital was further increased to £14,500,000 by the creation of 5,000,000 new Ordinary Shares of £1.

        (4)   By Special Resolution passed on 12 th  January, 1961, the Authorised Capital was further increased to £19,500,000 by the creation of 5,000,000 new Ordinary Shares of £1.

        (5)   By Special Resolution passed on 16 th  January, 1964, the Authorised Capital was further increased to £26,500,000 by the creation of 3,500,000 6 per cent. Cumulative Preference Shares of £1 each and 7,000,000 new Ordinary Shares of 10s each.

        (6)   By further Special Resolution passed on 16 th  January, 1964, it was resolved that as from 27 th  January, 1964, the Ordinary Stock of the Company should be transferable in units of five shillings or multiples thereof.

        (7)   By Special Resolutions passed an 9 th  February, 1971, the Authorised Capital was reduced to £21,000,000. Following a Court Order of 22 nd  March, 1971, the £5,500,000 6 per cent Cumulative Preference Stock was extinguished, and the Capital forthwith increased to £26,500,000 and divided into £21,000,000 Ordinary Stock and 22,000,000 Ordinary shares of 25p each.

        (8)   By Ordinary Resolutions passed on 10 th  February, 1977, the Capital was reorganised and at 28 th  February, 1977, consisted of £21,552,871.75 Ordinary Stock and 19,788,513 Ordinary Shares of 25p each.

        (9)   Between 28 th  March, 1979 and 6 th  August, 1979, the issued capital of the Company was increased by 1,763,560 Ordinary Shares of 25p each, the Capital then being £21,993,761.75 (87,975,047 stock units of 25p each) issued, and £4,506,238.25 (18,024,953 shares of 25p each) un-issued.

        (10) By Ordinary Resolutions passed on 7 th  February, 1980, the Authorised Capital was increased to £53,000,000 by the creation of 106,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 25p each and, pursuant to a resolution capitalising reserves, the issued capital was increased by 87,975,047 Ordinary stock units of 25p each.

        (11) By Ordinary Resolution passed on 28 th  February, 1985, the Authorised Capital was increase to £65,000,000 by the creation of 48,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 25p each.

vi


        (12) By Ordinary Resolution passed on 17 th  July, 1985, the Authorised Capital was increased to £112,000,000 by the creation of 188,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 25p each.

        (13) By Ordinary Resolution passed on 26 th  March, 1986, the Authorised Capital was increased to £314,000,000 by the creation of 808,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 25p each, and by Special Resolution passed on 26 th  March, 1986, the Authorised Capital was further increased to £644,000,000 by the creation of 330,000,000 5 3 / 4  per cent. Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares of £1 each.

        (14) Under the authority conferred by the Special Resolution passed on the 26 th  March, 1986, the Board of the Company resolved to effect conversion of 38,698,876 of the 5 3 / 4  per cent. Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares of £1 each in the Company on the 1 st  June, 1990, in accordance with paragraph 3.5 (ii) of the Schedule of the Articles of Association of the Company. As a result of this, the Authorised Capital on the 1 st  June, 1990, was £644,000,000 divided into 1,266,835,684 Ordinary Shares of 25p each, 291,301,124 5 3 / 4  per cent. Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares of £1 each, and 143,959,820 Unclassified Shares of 25p each.

        (15) Under the authority conferred by the Special Resolution passed on 16 th  May, 1991, the 143,959,820 Unclassified Shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company were redesignated as 143,959,820 Ordinary Shares of 25p each. As a result of this, the Authorised Capital on 16 th  May, 1991, was £644,000,000 divided into 1,410,795,504 Ordinary Shares of 25p each and 291,301,124 5 3 / 4  per cent Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares of £1 each.

        (16) By Ordinary Resolutions passed on 17 th  October, 1991, the Authorised Capital was increased to £955,000,000 by the creation of 1,244,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 25p each. As a result of this, the Authorised Capital on 17 th  October, 1991, was £955,000,000 divided into 2,654,795,504 Ordinary Shares of 25p each, 291,301,124 5 3 / 4  per cent. Convertible Cumulative redeemable Preference Shares of £1 each.

        (17) By a Special Resolution passed on 16 th  May, 1996, the 291,301,124 5 3 / 4  per cent. Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares of £1 each were redesignated by Ordinary Shares of 25p each. As a result of this, the authorised capital on 16 th  May, 1996, was £955,000,000 divided into 3,820,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 25p each.

        (18) By an Ordinary Resolution passed on 26 th  November, 1997, the Authorised Capital was increased to £1,455,000,000 by the creation of 2,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 25p each.

        (19) By a Special Resolution passed on 28 th  January 1998 the Authorised Capital was increased to £4,355,367,647 by the creation of 563,500,000 B Shares of 514 12 / 17 p each and the Ordinary Share capital of the Company was subdivided and consolidated into Ordinary Shares of 28  101 / 108 p each. Following the cancellation of certain fractions of such Ordinary Shares, the Company's Authorised Capital on 2 nd  February, 1998, was £4,355,367,647, made up of 5,028,480,000 Ordinary Shares of 28 101 / 108 p each and B Shares of 514 12 / 17 p each.

        (20) By a Special Resolution passed on 22 nd  December, 1997, and a resolution of a duly appointed committee of the Board of the Company, on 1 st  August, 1998, 17,599,679 B Shares of 514 12 / 17 p each were consolidated and subdivided into 12,494,701 Ordinary Shares of 28  101 / 108 p each, 8,697,121,817 Deferred Shares of 1p each and 1 Deferred Shares of 4.63p. Under the terms of the Deferred Shares, on 7 th  August, 1998, 8,697,121,817 Deferred Shares of 1p each and 1 Deferred Share of 4.63p were redeemed by the Company for a total aggregate consideration of 1p. By a Special Resolution passed on 22 nd  December, 1997 and a resolution of a duly appointed committee of the Board of the Company, on 7 th  August, 1998, 8,697,121,817 Deferred Shares of 1p each and 1 Deferred Share of 4.63p were consolidated and subdivided into 300,572,530 Ordinary Shares of 28  101 / 108 p, each 4 Deferred Share of 1p each and 1 Deferred Share of 0.499p.

        (21) By an Ordinary Resolution passed on 11 th  August, 1998, the Authorised Capital was reduced to £1,541,971,209 by the cancellation of 30 Ordinary Shares of 28 101 / 108 p each, 4 Deferred Shares of 1p each, 1 Deferred Share of 0.499p, and all the B Shares of 514 12 / 17 p each. As a result of this, the Authorised Capital on 11 th  August, 1998, was £1,541,971,209 divided into 5,329,052,500 Ordinary Shares of 28 101 / 108 p each.

vii


        WE, the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed, are desirous of being formed into a Company in pursuance of this Memorandum of Association, and we respectively agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company set opposite to our respective names.

NAMES, ADDRESSES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SUBSCRIBERS
  Number of Shares
taken by each
Subscriber


REVELSTOKE
    8, Bishopsgate Street Within,
    Kingsway,
    London, E.C.


 


One

H. HOSKIER,
    Coney Hill,
    Hayes,
    Kent.
Esquire

 

One

CASTLEROSSE,
    Killarney House,
    Ireland.

 

One

HENRY R. GLYN,
    67, Lombard Street,
    London, E.C.
Banker

 

One

CLAUDE GUINNESS,
    18, Kildare Street,
    Dublin.
Brewer

 

One

Wm. J. WALPOLE,
    8 Bishopsgate Street Within,
    London, E.C.
Clerk

 

One

EDWARD C. GUINNESS
    St. James' Gate,
    Dublin.
Baronet

 

One

Dated the 21st day of October, 1886.

viii



ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

DIAGEO PLC

(adopted by special resolution on 18 October 2005 and amended on 16 October 2007)



Interpretation

1.     Exclusion of Table A

No regulations set out in any statute, or in any statutory instrument or other subordinate legislation made under any statute, concerning companies shall apply as the regulations or articles of the company.

2.     Definitions

In these articles unless the context otherwise requires:


2


3.     Form of Resolution

Share Capital

4.     Authorised Share Capital

The authorised share capital of the company at the date of adoption of this article is £1,541,971,209.00 divided into 5,329,052,500 ordinary shares of 28 101 / 108  pence each.

5.     Rights Attached to Shares

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts and to any rights attached to existing shares, any share may be issued with or have attached to it such rights and restrictions as the company may by ordinary resolution decide or, if no such resolution has been passed or so far as the resolution does not make specific provision, as the board may decide.

6.     Redeemable Shares

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts and to any rights attached to existing shares, any share may be issued which is to be redeemed, or is liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or the holder.

7.     Purchase of Own Shares

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts and to any rights attached to existing shares, the company may purchase or may enter into a contract under which it will or may purchase all or any of its shares of any class, including any redeemable shares. Neither the company nor the board shall be required to select the shares to be purchased rateably or in any other particular manner as between the holders of shares of the same class or as between them and the holders of shares of any other class or in accordance with the rights as to dividends or capital conferred by any class of shares.

8.     Variation of Rights

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, all or any of the rights attached to any existing class of shares may from time to time (whether or not the company is being wound up) be varied either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of those shares. All the provisions of these articles as to general meetings of the company shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to any such separate general meeting, but so that the necessary quorum shall be two persons entitled to vote and holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), (but so that at any adjourned meeting one holder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy

3


(whatever the number of shares held by him) shall be a quorum), that every holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every share of the class held by him (subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares) and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote may demand a poll. The foregoing provisions of this article shall apply to the variation of the special rights attached to some only of the shares of any class as if each group of shares of the class differently treated formed a separate class and their special rights were to be varied.

9.     Pari Passu Issues

The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to those shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with them.

10.   Unissued Shares

4


11.   Payment of Commission

The company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Companies Acts. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, any such commission or brokerage may be satisfied by the payment of cash, or by the allotment of fully or partly-paid shares or by the grant of an option to call for an allotment of shares or by any combination of these.

12.   Trusts Not Recognised

Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the company as holding any share upon any trust and the company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice of it) any interest in any share or (except only as by these articles or by law otherwise provided) any other right in respect of any share other than an absolute right to the whole of the share in the holder.

13.   Suspension of Rights Where Non-Disclosure of Interest

5


6


14.   Uncertificated Shares

7


15.   Right to Share Certificates

Every person (except a person to whom the company is not by law required to issue a certificate) whose name is entered in the register as a holder of any certificated shares shall be entitled, without payment, to receive within the time limits prescribed by the Companies Acts (or, if earlier, within any prescribed time limit or within a time specified when the shares were issued) one certificate for all those shares of any one class. In the case of a certificated share held jointly by several persons, the company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. A member who transfers some but not all of the shares comprised in a certificate shall be entitled to a certificate for the balance without charge. If a member requires additional certificates he shall pay for each additional certificate (other than a certificate issued pursuant to article 16) such reasonable sum (if any) as the board may determine.

8


16.   Replacement of Share Certificates

If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity as the board may decide and, where it is defaced or worn out, after delivery of the old certificate to the company. Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any member shall at his request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu. Any certificate representing shares of any one class held by any member may at his request be cancelled and two or more certificates for such shares may be issued instead. The board may require the payment of any exceptional out-of-pocket expenses of the company incurred in connection with the issue of any certificates under this article (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any expenses incurred in the investigation of such request and in the preparation and execution of any such indemnity). Any one of two or more joint holders may request replacement certificates under this article.

17.   Execution of Share Certificates

Every share certificate shall be executed under a seal or in such other manner as the board, having regard to the terms of issue and any listing requirements, may authorise and shall specify the number and class of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up on the shares. The board may by resolution decide, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any share certificates need not be autographic but may be applied to the certificates by some mechanical or other means or may be printed on them or that the certificates need not be signed by any person.

Lien

18.   Company's Lien on Shares Not Fully Paid

The company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all amounts payable to the company (whether presently or not) in respect of that share. The company's lien on a share shall extend to every amount payable in respect of it. The board may at any time either generally or in any particular case waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this article.

19.   Enforcing Lien by Sale

The company may sell, in such manner as the board may decide, any share on which the company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 clear days after a notice has been served on the holder of the share or the person who is entitled by transmission to the share, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the share may be sold. For giving effect to the sale the board may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share sold to or in accordance with the directions of the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in relation to the sale.

20.   Application of Proceeds of Sale

The net proceeds, after payment of the costs, of the sale by the company of any share on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists so far as it is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale and upon surrender, if required by the company, for cancellation of the certificate for the share sold) be paid to the person who was entitled to the share at the time of the sale.

9


Calls on Shares

21.   Calls

Subject to the terms of issue, the board may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal amount of the shares or by way of premium) and not payable on a date fixed by or in accordance with the terms of issue, and each member shall (subject to the company serving upon him at least 14 clear days' notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be made payable by instalments. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the board may decide. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable jointly and severally with the successors in title to his shares for all calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

22.   Timing of Calls

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the board authorising the call was passed.

23.   Liability of Joint Holders

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the share.

24.   Interest Due on Non-Payment

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay all costs, charges and expenses that the company may have incurred by reason of such non-payment together with interest on the amount unpaid from the day it is due and payable to the time of actual payment at the rate fixed by the terms of the allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or, if no rate is so fixed, at such rate, not exceeding 20 per cent. per annum (compounded on a six-monthly basis), as the board may decide, but the board shall be at liberty in any case or cases to waive payment of any sum due under this article, wholly or in part.

25.   Sums Due on Allotment Treated as Calls

Any amount which becomes payable in respect of a share on allotment or on any other date fixed by or in accordance with the terms of issue, whether in respect of the nominal amount of the share or by way of premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and, if it is not paid, all the provisions of these articles shall apply as if the sum had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

26.   Power to Differentiate

The board may on or before the issue of shares differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

27.   Payment of Calls in Advance

The board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member who is willing to advance them all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him and on all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until they would, but for the advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate, not exceeding (unless the company by ordinary resolution shall otherwise direct) 20 per cent. per annum, as the board may decide. The board may at any time repay the amount so advanced on giving such member not less than three months' notice in writing of its intention to do so, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced.

10


Forfeiture of Shares

28.   Notice if Call or Instalment Not Paid

If any call or instalment of a call remains unpaid on any share after the day appointed for payment, the board may at any time serve a notice on the holder requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the company by reason of such non-payment.

29.   Form of Notice

The notice shall name a further day (not being less than 14 clear days from the date of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall state that in the event of non-payment on or before the day and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which the call has been made or instalment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.

30.   Forfeiture for Non-Compliance with Notice

If the notice is not complied with, any share in respect of which it was given may, at any time before payment of all calls or instalments and interest and expenses due in respect of it has been made, be forfeited by (and with effect from the passing of) a resolution of the board to that effect and the forfeiture shall include all dividends declared and other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture. Unless the board otherwise decides, no holder of such a share is entitled to be present or vote (whether in person or by proxy) at any meeting, on a show of hands or on a poll, or to demand a poll or exercise any other right as a member. The board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited and, in that event, references in these articles to forfeiture shall include surrender.

31.   Notice after Forfeiture

When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share (or on any person entitled to the share by transmission) and an entry of the forfeiture or surrender, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make such entry.

32.   Sale of Forfeited Shares

Until cancelled in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts, a forfeited share shall be deemed to be the property of the company and may be sold or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was, before forfeiture, the holder or to any other person upon such terms and in such manner as the board shall decide. The board may for the purposes of the disposal authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer to the designated transferee. The company may receive the consideration (if any) given for the share on its disposal. At any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled by the board on such terms as the board may decide.

33.   Arrears to be Paid Notwithstanding Forfeiture

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of them and shall surrender to the company for cancellation the certificate for the forfeited shares but shall remain liable to pay to the company all moneys which at the date of the forfeiture were payable by him to the company in respect of those shares with interest thereon at the rate of 20 per cent. per annum (or such lower rate as the board may decide) from the date of forfeiture until payment, and the company may enforce payment without being under any obligation to make any allowance for the value of the shares forfeited or for any consideration received on their disposal.

11


34.   Effect of Forfeiture

The forfeiture of a share shall (subject to the Companies Acts and unless otherwise provided by these articles) involve the extinction from the time of forfeiture of all interest in, and all claims and demands against the company in respect of, the share and all other rights and liabilities incidental to the share as between the holder and the company.

35.   Statutory Declaration as to Forfeiture

A statutory declaration that the declarant is a director of the company or the secretary and that a share has been forfeited (or sold to satisfy a lien of the company) on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money (if any) nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the forfeiture, sale or disposal.

Transfer of Shares

36.   Transfer

37.   Execution of Transfer

The instrument of transfer of a certificated share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of a partly paid share) the transferee. All instruments of transfer, when registered, may be retained by the company.

38.   Rights to Decline Registration of Partly Paid Shares

The board may, in its absolute discretion and without giving any reason for so doing, decline to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully paid share.

39.   Other Rights to Decline Registration

12


40.   No Fee for Registration

No fee shall be charged by the company for registering any transfer, document or instruction relating to or affecting the title to any share or for making any other entry in the register.

41.   Renunciation of Allotment

The board may, at any time after the allotment of any share but before any person has been entered in the register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the board may decide.

42.   Untraced Shareholders

The company may sell any certificated shares in the company on behalf of the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the shares at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of sale if:

13


For the purpose of this article:

To give effect to any sale of shares pursuant to this article the board may authorise some person to transfer the shares in question and an instrument of transfer executed by that person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the shares. The purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase moneys nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of sale shall belong to the company and, upon their receipt, the company shall become indebted to the former holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the shares for an amount equal to the net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of the debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the company shall not be required to account for any moneys earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the company or as it thinks fit.

Transmission of Shares

43.   Transmission on Death

If a member dies, the survivor or survivors, where he was a joint holder, and his personal representatives, where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the company as having any title to his shares; but nothing contained in these articles shall release the estate of a deceased holder from any liability in respect of any share held by him solely or jointly with other persons.

44.   Entry of Transmission in Register

Where the entitlement of a person to a certificated share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or of any other event giving rise to its transmission by operation of law is proved to the satisfaction of the board, the board shall within two months after proof cause the entitlement of that person to be noted in the register.

45.   Election of Person Entitled by Transmission

Any person entitled by transmission to a share may, subject as provided elsewhere in these articles, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder. If he elects to be registered himself he shall give notice to the company to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered and the share is a certificated share, he shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. If he elects to have himself or another person registered and the share is an uncertificated share, he shall take any action the board may require (including, without limitation, the execution of any document and the giving of any instruction by means of relevant system) to enable himself or that person to be registered as the holder of the share. The board may at any time require the person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the

14


share and if the requirements are not complied with within 60 days of being issued the board may withhold payment of all dividends and other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements have been complied with. All the provisions of these articles relating to the transfer of, and registration of transfers of, shares shall apply to the notice or transfer as if the death or bankruptcy of the member or other event giving rise to the transmission had not occurred and the notice or transfer was given or executed by the member.

46.   Rights of Person Entitled by Transmission

Where a person becomes entitled by transmission to a share, the rights of the holder in relation to that share shall cease, but the person entitled by transmission to the share may give a good discharge for any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of it and shall have the same rights in relation to the share as he would have had if he were the holder of it save that, until he becomes the holder, he shall not be entitled in respect of the share (except with the authority of the board) to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any general meeting of the company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings.

Alteration of Share Capital

47.   Increase, Consolidation, Sub-Division and Cancellation

The company may from time to time by ordinary resolution:


48.   Fractions

15


49.   Reduction of Capital

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, the company may by special resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve, any share premium account or any other undistributable reserve in any way.

General Meetings

50.   Extraordinary General Meetings

Any general meeting of the company other than an annual general meeting shall be called an extraordinary general meeting.

51.   Annual General Meetings

The board shall convene and the company shall hold general meetings as annual general meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts.

52.   Convening of Extraordinary General Meetings

The board may convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever it thinks fit.

53.   Separate General Meetings

The provisions of these articles relating to general meetings shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any separate general meeting of the holders of shares of a class convened otherwise than in connection with the variation or abrogation of the rights attached to the shares of that class. For this purpose, a general meeting at which no holder of a share other than an ordinary share may, in his capacity as a member, attend or vote shall also constitute a separate general meeting of the holders of the ordinary shares.

Notice of General Meetings

54.   Length of Notice

An annual general meeting and an extraordinary general meeting convened for the passing of a special resolution or (save as provided by the Companies Acts) a resolution of which special notice has been given to the company shall be convened by not less than 21 clear days' notice in writing (or, subject to the Companies Acts, by such shorter period of notice as the board may determine). All other extraordinary general meetings shall be convened by not less than 14 clear days' notice in writing. The notice shall specify the place, day and time of the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all members other than any who, under the provisions of these articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the company, and also to the auditors or, if more than one, each of them.

16


55.   Omission or Non-Receipt of Notice

56.   Postponement of General Meetings

If the board, in its absolute discretion, considers that it is impractical or undesirable for any reason to hold a general meeting on the date or at the time or place specified in the notice calling the general meeting, it may postpone or move the general meeting to another date, time and/or place. The board shall take reasonable steps to ensure that notice of the date, time and place of the rearranged meeting is given to any member trying to attend the meeting at the original time and place. Notice of the date, time and place of the rearranged meeting shall, if practicable, also be placed in at least two national newspapers in the United Kingdom and one national newspaper in the Republic of Ireland. Notice of the business to be transacted at such rearranged meeting shall not be required. If a meeting is rearranged in this way, the appointment of a proxy will be valid if it is received as required by these articles not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the rearranged meeting. The board may also postpone or move the rearranged meeting under this article.

Proceedings at General Meetings

57.   Quorum

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the choice or appointment of a chairman of the meeting which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting. Save as otherwise provided by these articles, two members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

58.   Procedure if Quorum Not Present

If within five minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may decide to wait) after the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened by or upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to such other day (being not less than three nor more than 28 days later) and at such other time or place as may have been specified for the purpose in the notice convening the meeting. Where no such arrangements have been so specified, the meeting shall stand adjourned to such other day (being not less than seven nor more than 28 days later) and at such other time or place as the chairman of the meeting may decide and, in this case, the company shall give not less than three clear days' notice in writing of the adjourned meeting.

59.   Security Arrangements

17


60.   Chairman of General Meeting


18


61.   Orderly Conduct

The chairman of the meeting shall take such action or give directions for such action to be taken as he thinks fit to promote the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting as laid down in the notice of the meeting. The chairman's decision on points of order, matters of procedure or matters arising incidentally from the business of the meeting shall be final as shall be his determination as to whether any point or matter is of such a nature.

62.   Entitlement to Attend and Speak

Each director shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting of the company. Any proxy appointed by a member shall also be entitled to speak (and to vote on a show of hands in accordance with article 67 below) at any general meeting of the company. The chairman of the meeting may invite any person to attend and speak at any general meeting of the company where he considers that this will assist in the deliberations of the meeting.

63.   Adjournments

The chairman of the meeting may at any time without the consent of the meeting adjourn any meeting (whether or not it has commenced or a quorum is present) either sine die or to another time or place where it appears to him that (a) the members entitled to vote and wishing to attend cannot be conveniently accommodated in the place appointed for the meeting (b) the conduct of persons present prevents or is likely to prevent the orderly continuation of business or (c) an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted. In addition, the chairman of the meeting may at any time with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting either sine die or to another time or place. When a meeting is adjourned sine die the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the board. No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. Any meeting may be adjourned more than once.

64.   Notice of Adjournment

When a meeting is adjourned for:

Except where these articles otherwise require, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

19


Amendments

65.   Amendments to Resolutions

In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special or extraordinary resolution no amendment thereto (other than an amendment to correct a patent error) may be considered or voted upon and in the case of a resolution duly proposed as an ordinary resolution no amendment thereto (other than an amendment to correct a patent error) may be considered or voted upon unless either at least 48 hours prior to the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which such ordinary resolution is to be proposed notice in writing of the terms of the amendment and intention to move the same has been lodged at the office or the chairman of the meeting in his absolute discretion decides that it may be considered or voted upon. With the consent of the chairman of the meeting, an amendment may be withdrawn by its proposer before it is put to the vote.

66.   Amendments Ruled Out of Order

If an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall be ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

Voting

67.   Votes of Members

Subject to any special terms as to voting upon which any shares may be issued or may at the relevant time be held and to any other provisions of these articles, on a show of hands every member who is present in person at a general meeting of the company shall have one vote and every proxy appointed by a member and present at a general meeting of the company (other than the chairman of the meeting) shall have one vote. On a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy shall, subject to any special terms as to voting upon which any shares may be issued or may at the relevant time be held and to any other provisions of these articles, have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

68.   Method of Voting

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) a poll is demanded. Subject to the Companies Acts, a poll may be demanded by:

The chairman of the meeting can also demand a poll before a resolution is put to the vote on a show of hands.

Unless a poll is so demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution on a show of hands has been carried or carried unanimously or by a

20



particular majority or not carried by a particular majority or lost shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

69.   Procedure if Poll Demanded

If a poll is properly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman of the meeting shall direct. The chairman may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and fix a day, time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

70.   When Poll to be Taken

No poll may be demanded on the election of the chairman of a meeting. On a question of adjournment of any meeting, a poll may only be demanded by the chairman of the meeting and it shall be taken immediately. A poll duly demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and either forthwith or on such date (being not later than 28 days after the date of the demand) and at such time and place as the chairman of the meeting shall direct. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman of the meeting otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll.

71.   Continuance of Other Business after Poll Demand

The demand for a poll (other than a demand by the chairman on a question of adjournment) shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded, and it may be withdrawn with the consent of the chairman of the meeting at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier, and in that event shall not invalidate the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

72.   Votes on a Poll

On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy. A member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion and if he does he shall specify the number of shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes and shall ensure that no proxy is appointed to exercise the votes which any other proxy has been appointed by that member to exercise. On a poll a member entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

73.   Casting Vote of Chairman

In the case of an equality of votes at a general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to an additional or casting vote.

74.   Votes of Joint Holders

In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register in respect of the joint holding.

75.   Voting on Behalf of Incapable Member

A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any competent court or official on the ground that he is or may be suffering from mental disorder or is otherwise incapable of managing his affairs may vote at any general meeting of the company or at any separate general meeting of the

21


holders of any class of shares in the company and may exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings by or through any person authorised in such circumstances to do so on his behalf (and that person may vote on a poll by proxy), provided that evidence to the satisfaction of the board of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote or such other right has been received at the office (or at such other place as may be specified in accordance with these articles for the receipt of appointments of a proxy in writing) not later than the last time at which such an appointment should have been received in order to be valid for use at that meeting or on the holding of that poll.

76.   No Right to Vote where Sums Overdue on Shares

No member shall, unless the board otherwise decides, be entitled in respect of any share held by him to attend or vote (either personally or by proxy) at any general meeting of the company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company or upon a poll or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings or polls unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

77.   Objections or Errors in Voting

If:

the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting or poll on any resolution unless it is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting or poll at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be conclusive.

Proxies and Corporate Representatives

78.   Appointment and Receipt of Proxies

22


and an appointment of a proxy which is not, or in respect of which the authority or copy thereof is not, received in a manner so permitted shall be invalid, unless the board waives compliance with this provision. When two or more valid but differing appointments of a proxy are received in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting or poll, the one which is last received (regardless of its date or of the date of its signature) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the others as regards that share; if the company is unable to determine which was last received, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share. The appointment of a proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting in person at the meeting or poll concerned. The proceedings at a general meeting shall not be invalidated where an appointment of a proxy in respect of that meeting is sent in electronic form as provided in these articles, but because of a technical problem it cannot be read by the recipient.

79.   Maximum Validity of Proxy

No appointment of a proxy shall be valid after 12 months have elapsed from the date of its receipt save that, unless the contrary is stated in it, an appointment of a proxy shall be valid for use at an adjourned meeting or a poll after a meeting or an adjourned meeting even after 12 months, if it was valid for the original meeting.

80.   Form of Proxy

The appointment of a proxy shall be in any usual form or in such other form as the board may approve. The appointment of a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to, or any other business which may properly come before, the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The appointment of a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated in it, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

81.   Cancellation of Proxy's Authority

A vote given or poll demanded by a proxy or by the duly authorised representative of a corporation shall be valid notwithstanding the previous determination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll, unless notice in writing of the determination was received by the company at the office (or such other place or address as was specified by the company for the receipt of appointments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or in any notice of any adjournment or, in either case, in any accompanying document) not later than the last time at which an appointment of a proxy should

23


have been received in order to be valid for use at the meeting or on the holding of the poll at which the vote was given or the poll demanded.

82.   Board's Power to Issue Proxies

The board may at the expense of the company send instruments of proxy to members by post or otherwise (with or without provision for their return prepaid) for use at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, either in blank or nominating in the alternative any one or more of the board or any other person. If, for the purpose of any meeting, invitations to appoint as proxy a person, or one of a number of persons specified in the invitations, are issued at the company's expense, they shall (without prejudice to any other provision of these articles or of the Companies Acts permitting the board to cease or suspend sending notices or other circulars to a member) be issued to all the members entitled to be sent a notice of the meeting and to vote at it. The accidental omission to send such an instrument or give such an invitation to, or the non-receipt by, any member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

83.   Corporations Acting by Representatives

A corporation (whether or not a company within the meaning of the Companies Acts) which is a member may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative (or, as the case may be, representatives) at any meeting of the company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares. Any person or persons so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual member. In accordance with the Companies Acts, where a corporation authorises more than one person to act as its representatives and more than one of them purport to exercise any such power, if they do not purport to exercise the power in the same way the power will be treated as not having been exercised by any of them. The corporation shall for the purposes of these articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person or persons so authorised is present at it and all references to attendance and voting in person shall be construed accordingly. A director, the secretary or some person authorised for the purpose by the secretary may require each representative to produce a certified copy of the resolution so authorising him or such other evidence of his authority reasonably satisfactory to them before permitting him to exercise his powers.

Appointment, Retirement and Removal of Directors

84.   Number of Directors

Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of the company, the directors (disregarding alternate directors) shall be not less than three nor more than 25 in number.

85.   Age of Directors

No person shall be disqualified from being appointed or elected as a director, and no director shall be required to vacate that office, by reason only of the fact that he has attained a certain age.

86.   Directors' Shareholding Qualification

No shareholding qualification for directors shall be required.

87.   Power of Company to Elect Directors

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the company may by ordinary resolution elect any person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing board, but

24


so that the total number of directors shall not at any time exceed any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles.

88.   Power of Board to Appoint Directors

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the board may appoint any person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing board, but so that the total number of directors shall not at any time exceed any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles. Any director so appointed shall retire at the next annual general meeting and shall then be eligible for election but shall not be taken into account in determining the directors or the number of directors who are to retire by rotation at that meeting.

89.   Directors to Retire by Rotation

(A)
At every annual general meeting any director who was in office at the time of the two previous annual general meetings and who did not retire at either of them must retire by rotation.

(B)
Notwithstanding the provisions of (A), at least one third of the current directors (the " minimum number ") must retire as directors at every annual general meeting. Where the number of current directors is not three or a number divisible by three, the minimum number will be the number which is nearest to and less than one third. If there are less than three current directors, they will all retire.

(C)
If the number of directors retiring under (A) is less than the minimum number, the additional directors to retire will be those who have been directors longest since they were last elected to the board. If there are directors who were last elected on the same date, they can agree on who is to retire. If they do not agree, they must draw lots to decide.

(D)
A director who would not otherwise be required to retire must also retire if he has been in office, other than as a director holding an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting.

(E)
The minimum number and identity of directors to retire by rotation on each occasion will be determined by reference to the number and identity of the directors at the start of business on the date of the notice which convenes the annual general meeting, ignoring for these purposes:

(i)
any director appointed pursuant to article 88 who has not been elected by the company in general meeting;

(ii)
any director retiring pursuant to (D); and

(iii)
any director known to be retiring, but not seeking re-election, at the meeting.

90.   Power of Removal by Special Resolution

In addition to any power of removal conferred by the Companies Acts, the company may by special resolution remove any director before the expiration of his period of office and may (subject to these articles) by ordinary resolution appoint another person who is willing to act to be a director in his place.

91.   Persons Eligible as Directors

No person other than a director retiring at the meeting (whether by rotation or otherwise) shall be elected or re-elected a director at any general meeting unless:

25


92.   Position of Retiring Directors

A director who retires (whether by rotation or otherwise) at an annual general meeting may, if willing to continue to act, be elected or re-elected. If he is elected or re-elected he is treated as continuing in office throughout. If he is not elected or re-elected, he shall retain office until the end of the meeting or (if earlier) when a resolution is passed to elect someone in his place or when a resolution to elect or re-elect the director is put to the meeting and lost.

93.   Vacation of Office by Directors

Without prejudice to the provisions for retirement by rotation or otherwise contained in these articles, the office of a director shall be vacated if:

94.   Alternate Directors

26


95.   Chief Executive, Managing and Executive Directors

The board (or any committee authorised by the board) may:

27


Fees, Remuneration, Expenses and Pensions

96.   Directors' Fees

The directors (other than alternate directors) shall be paid such remuneration (by way of fee) for their services as directors as may from time to time be determined by the board. Unless otherwise approved by ordinary resolution of the company in general meeting, the aggregate of the remuneration (by way of fee), but excluding special remuneration or other amounts paid under article 97, of all the directors shall not exceed £1,000,000 for any financial year of the company (and pro rata for any shorter or longer period). Such sum (unless otherwise directed by the resolution of the company by which it is approved) shall be divided among the directors in such proportions and in such manner as the board may determine or, in default of such determination, equally. Any fees payable pursuant to this article shall be distinct from any salary, remuneration or other amounts payable to a director pursuant to any other provisions of these articles and shall accrue from day to day.

97.   Additional Remuneration

Any director who by request of the board serves on a committee of the board, performs special services, or goes or resides abroad for any purposes of the company, may be paid extra remuneration by way of salary, commission, percentage of profits or otherwise as the board decides.

98.   Expenses and Legal Costs

Each director shall be entitled to be repaid all reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by him in or about the performance of his duties as a director, including any expenses incurred in attending meetings of the board or any committee of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the company. The company may also fund a director's expenditure on defending proceedings and may do anything to enable a director to avoid incurring such expenditure both as provided in the Companies Acts.

99.   Power to Pay Pensions and Gratuities

28


Directors' Interests

100. Permitted Interests and Voting

29


30


31


Powers and Duties of the Board

101. General Powers of Company Vested in Board

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, the memorandum of association of the company and these articles and to any directions given by the company in general meeting by special resolution, the business of the company shall be managed by the board which may exercise all the powers of the company whether relating to the management of the business of the company or not. No alteration of the memorandum of association or these articles and no special resolution shall invalidate any prior act of the board which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that resolution had not been passed. The powers given by this article shall not be limited by any special power given to the board by any other article.

102. Borrowing Powers

32


33


103. Agents

34


104. Delegation to Individual Directors

The board may entrust to and confer upon any director any of its powers, authorities and discretions (with power to sub-delegate) upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, authorities and discretions and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of them but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of the revocation or variation shall be affected by it. The power to delegate contained in this article shall be effective in relation to the powers, authorities and discretions of the board generally and shall not be limited by the fact that in certain articles, but not in others, express reference is made to particular powers, authorities or discretions being exercised by the board or by a committee authorised by the board.

105. Official Seals

The company may exercise all the powers conferred by the Companies Acts with regard to having official seals and those powers shall be vested in the board.

106. Branch Registers

The board may direct the company to keep, in any part of the world outside the United Kingdom in which the company transacts business, a branch register or registers of members resident in such territory, and the board may (subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts) make and vary such regulations as it thinks fit regarding the keeping of any such register or registers, provided that if there are in issue any uncertificated shares such regulations shall be consistent with the Uncertificated Securities Regulations.

107. Provision for Employees

The board may exercise any power conferred by the Companies Acts to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the company or that subsidiary.

35


Proceedings of the Board

108. Board Meetings

The board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it thinks fit. A meeting of the board may be called on reasonable notice by (and shall be so called by the secretary at the requisition of) any of the following:

109. Notice of Board Meetings

Notice of a board meeting shall be deemed to be properly given to a director if it is given to him personally or by word of mouth or sent in writing to him at his last known address or any other address given by him to the company for this purpose. A director absent or intending to be absent from the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland may request the board that notices of board meetings shall during his absence be sent in writing to him at an address given by him to the company for this purpose, but such notices need not be given any earlier than notices given to directors not so absent and if no request is made to the board it shall not be necessary to give notice of a board meeting to any director who is absent from the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland at the relevant time. A director may waive notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively.

110. Quorum

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the board may be fixed by the board but shall not be less than three. Subject to the provisions of these articles, any director who ceases to be a director at a board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of the board meeting if no other director objects and if otherwise a quorum of directors would not be present.

111. Directors below Minimum through Vacancies

The continuing directors or a sole continuing director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their number but, if and so long as the number of directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles or is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these articles as the quorum or there is only one continuing director, the continuing directors or director may act for the purpose of filling vacancies or of summoning general meetings of the company but not for any other purpose. If there are no directors or director able or willing to act, then any two members (excluding any member holding shares as treasury shares) may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing directors.

112. Appointment of Chairman, Vice-Chairman and Deputy Chairman

The board may appoint a chairman or joint chairmen and, if it thinks fit, a vice-chairman or joint vice-chairmen and a joint deputy chairman or deputy chairmen of its meetings and determine the period for which they respectively are to hold office. If there are joint chairmen at any time, they shall, unless otherwise determined by the board, chair alternate meetings of the board. If no chairman,

36


vice-chairman or deputy chairman is appointed, or none is present within five minutes after the time fixed for holding any meeting, the directors present may choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting. If more than one person is appointed as vice-chairman or deputy chairman, and a dispute arises as to which of them shall be chairman the directors present shall determine which person is to act as chairman.

113. Competence of Meetings

A meeting of the board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the board.

114. Voting

Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.

115. Delegation to Committees


116. Participation in Meetings by Telephone

All or any of the members of the board may participate in a meeting of the board by means of a conference telephone or any communication equipment which allows all persons participating in the meeting to speak to and hear each other. A person so participating shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in a quorum accordingly.

117. Resolution in Writing

A resolution in writing signed by a majority of the directors who are at the relevant time entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the board or a committee of the board and who would be entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting of the board or a meeting of a committee of the board (if that number is sufficient to constitute a quorum) shall be as valid and effectual as a resolution passed at a meeting of the board (or, as the case may be, of that committee) properly called and constituted. The resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the directors concerned.

37


118. Validity of Acts of Board or Committee

All acts done by the board or by any committee or sub-committee of the board or by any person acting as a director or member of a committee or sub-committee shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the board or committee or sub-committee or person so acting or that they or any of them were disqualified from holding office or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if each such member or person had been properly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a director or member of the committee or sub-committee and had been entitled to vote.

Secretary

119. Appointment and Removal of the Secretary

120. Authentication of Documents


Seals

121. Use of Seals

The board shall provide for the custody of every seal of the company. A seal shall only be used by the authority of the board or of a committee of the board authorised by the board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these articles, and to any resolution of the board or committee of the board dispensing with the requirement for counter-signature on any occasion, any instrument to which the common seal is applied shall be signed by at least one director and the secretary, or by at least two

38


directors or by such other person or persons as the board may approve. Any instrument to which an official seal is applied need not, unless the board otherwise decides or the law otherwise requires, be signed by any person.

122. Seal for Use Abroad

The company may have:

Dividends and Other Payments

123. Declaration of Dividends by Company

The company may by ordinary resolution from time to time declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the board.

124. Payment of Interim and Fixed Dividends by Board

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, the board may pay such interim dividends as appear to the board to be justified by the financial position of the company and may also pay any dividend payable at a fixed rate at intervals settled by the board whenever the financial position of the company, in the opinion of the board, justifies its payment. If the board acts in good faith, it shall not incur any liability to the holders of any shares for any loss they may suffer in consequence of the payment of an interim or fixed dividend on any other class of shares ranking pari passu with or after those shares.

125. Calculation and Currency of Dividends

Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

The board shall decide, in accordance with article 126, the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

126. Payment of Dividends in Foreign Currencies

39


127. Amounts Due on Shares may be Deducted from Dividends

The board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a member by the company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the company on account of calls or otherwise in respect of shares of the company. Sums so deducted can be used to pay amounts owing to the company in respect of the shares.

128. No Interest on Dividends

Subject to the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any shares, no dividend or other moneys payable by the company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the company.

129. Payment Procedure

40


130. Uncashed Dividends

The company may cease to send any cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument through the post or to employ any other means of payment, including payment by means of a relevant system, for any dividend payable on any shares in the company which is normally paid in that manner on those shares if in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on those shares the cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments have been returned undelivered or remain uncashed during or at the end of the period for which the same are valid or that means of payment has failed. In addition, the company may cease to send any cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument through the post or may cease to employ any other means of payment if, in respect of one dividend payable on those shares, the cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed during or at the end of the period for which the same is valid or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new address or account of the holder. Subject to the provisions of these articles, the company must recommence sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing such other means in respect of dividends payable on those shares if the holder or person entitled by transmission requests such recommencement in writing.

131. Forfeiture of Unclaimed Dividends

All dividends or other sums payable on or in respect of any shares which remain unclaimed may be invested or otherwise made use of by the board for the benefit of the company until claimed. Any dividend or other sum unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date when it was declared or became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to the company unless the board decides otherwise and the payment by the board of any unclaimed dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the company a trustee in respect of it.

132. Dividends Not in Cash

Any general meeting declaring a dividend may, upon the recommendation of the board, by ordinary resolution direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets, and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the board may settle it as it thinks expedient, and in particular may authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may ignore fractions altogether, and may fix the value for distribution purposes of any assets or any part thereof to be distributed and may determine that cash shall be paid to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution and may vest any assets to be distributed in trustees as may seem expedient to the board.

133. Dividend Reinvestment Plans

The board may from time to time make available to members the opportunity to participate in a dividend reinvestment plan or similar scheme.

Capitalisation of Reserves

134. Power to Capitalise Reserves and Funds

The company may, upon the recommendation of the board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including the profit and loss account) at the relevant time whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that the amount to be capitalised be set

41


free for distribution among the members or any class of members who would be entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that it is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts unpaid at the relevant time on any shares in the company held by those members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the company to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among those members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but so that, for the purposes of this article:

The board may authorise any person to enter into an agreement with the company on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution and the agreement shall be binding on those persons.

135. Settlement of Difficulties in Distribution

Where any difficulty arises in regard to any distribution of any capitalised reserve or fund the board may settle the matter as it thinks expedient and in particular may authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the board.

Record Dates

136. Power to Choose Any Record Date

Notwithstanding any other provision of these articles, the company or the board may fix any date as the record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue and such record date may be on or at any time before or after any date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made. The power to fix any such record date shall include the power to fix a time on the chosen date.

Accounting Records and Summary Financial Statements

137. Records to be Kept

The board shall cause to be kept accounting records sufficient to show and explain the company's transactions, and such as to disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the company at that time, and which accord with the Companies Acts.

138. Inspection of Records

No member in his capacity as such shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the company except as conferred by law, ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or authorised by the board or by ordinary resolution of the company.

139. Summary Financial Statements

The company may send summary financial statements to members of the company instead of copies of its full accounts and reports and for the purposes of this article sending includes using electronic means and by making it available on a website and notifying the member of its availability.

42


Service of Notices and Documents

140. Service of Notices


141. Record Date for Service

Any notice or document may be served, sent or delivered by the company by reference to the register as it stands at any time not more than 28 days before the date of service, sending or delivery. No change in the register after that time shall invalidate that service, sending or delivery. Where any notice or document is served on or sent or delivered to any person in respect of a share in accordance with these articles, no person deriving any title or interest in that share shall be entitled to any further service, sending or delivery of that notice or document.

142. Members Resident Abroad or on branch registers

143. Service of Notice on Person Entitled by Transmission

A person who is entitled by transmission to a share, upon supplying the company with a postal address within the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland for the service of notices shall be entitled to

43


have served upon or delivered to him at such address any notice or document to which he would have been entitled if he were the holder of that share or, where applicable, may be notified at that address of the availability of the notice or document on a website. A person who is entitled by transmission to a share, upon supplying the company with an address for the purposes of communications by electronic means for the service of notices may have sent to him at such address any notice or document to which he would have been entitled if he were the holder of that share or, where applicable, may be notified at that address of the availability of the notice or document on a website. In either case, such service, sending or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service, sending or delivery of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claimants through or under him) in the share. Otherwise, any notice or other document served on or sent or delivered to any member pursuant to these articles shall, notwithstanding that the member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event giving rise to the transmission of the share by operation of law has occurred and whether or not the company has notice of the death, bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been properly served, sent or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of that member as sole or joint holder.

144. When Notice Deemed Served

Any notice or document, if sent by the company by post, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which it was put in the post if first class post was used or 72 hours after it was posted if first class post was not used and, in proving service or delivery, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice or document was properly addressed, prepaid and put in the post. Any notice or document not sent by post but left by the company at a registered address or at an address (other than an address for the purposes of communications by electronic means) notified to the company in accordance with these articles by a person who is entitled by transmission to a share shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so left. Any notice or document served or delivered by the company by means of a relevant system shall be deemed to have been served or delivered when the company or any sponsoring system-participant acting on its behalf sends the issuer-instruction relating to the notice or document. Any notice or document sent by the company using electronic means shall be deemed to have been received on the day following that on which it was sent. Any notice, document or other information made available on a website shall be deemed to have been received on the day on which the notice, document or other information was first made available on the website or, if later, when a notice of availability is deemed to have been served, sent or supplied pursuant to this article. Proof that a notice or document sent or supplied by electronic means was given or sent in accordance with current guidance issued by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators shall be conclusive evidence that the notice or document was given or sent. Any notice or document served, sent or delivered by the company by any other means authorised in writing by the member concerned shall be deemed to have been served, received or delivered when the company has carried out the action it has been authorised to take for that purpose.

145. Notice When Post Not Available

If at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland or some part of the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland or of the relevant communication system the company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notice sent through the post or by electronic means or by making it available on a website, notice of the general meeting may be given to members affected by the suspension or curtailment by a notice advertised in at least two leading national daily newspapers published in the United Kingdom and in one leading national daily newspaper published in the Republic of Ireland. Notice published in this way shall be deemed to have been properly served on all affected members who are entitled to have notice of the meeting served upon them, at noon on the day when the last such advertisement has appeared. If at least seven clear days prior to the meeting the sending of notices by post or by electronic means

44


or by making it available on a website has again become generally possible, the company shall send confirmatory copies of the notice by post or by electronic means to the persons entitled to receive them or, where applicable, notify the affected members of its availability on a website.

146. Members Present Deemed to Have Received Notice

Any member present, either in person or by proxy, at any general meeting of the company or of the holders of any class of shares in the company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of that meeting and of the purposes for which the meeting was called.

147. Power to Stop Sending Notices or Other Documents.

Subject to the Companies Acts, if on two consecutive occasions a notice or other document sent to a member has been returned undelivered, such member shall not thereafter be entitled to receive notices or documents from the company until he shall have communicated with the company and supplied to the company (or its agent) a new registered address, or a postal address within the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland for the service of notices and documents, or shall have informed the company, in such manner as may be specified by the company, of an address for the service of notices and documents in electronic form. For these purposes:

Destruction of Documents

148. Presumptions Where Documents Destroyed

If the company destroys or deletes:

and the company destroys or deletes the document or instruction in good faith and without express notice that its preservation was relevant to a claim, it shall be presumed irrebuttably in favour of the company that every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate and was properly cancelled, that every instrument of transfer or operator-instruction so destroyed or deleted was a valid and

45



effective instrument of transfer or instruction and was properly registered and that every other document so destroyed was a valid and effective document and that any particulars of it which are recorded in the books or records of the company were correctly recorded. If the documents relate to uncertificated shares, the company must comply with any requirements of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations which limit its ability to destroy these documents. Nothing contained in this article shall be construed as imposing upon the company any liability which, but for this article, would not exist or by reason only of the destruction of any document of the kind mentioned above before the relevant period mentioned in this article has elapsed or of the fact that any other condition precedent to its destruction mentioned above has not been fulfilled. References in this article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

Winding Up

149. Distribution of Assets Otherwise Than in Cash

If the company commences liquidation, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution of the company and any other sanction required by the Companies Acts:

but no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

Indemnity

150. Indemnity of Officers and Insurance

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts:

46



CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
1.   Exclusion of Table A   1

2.

 

Definitions

 

1

3.

 

Form of Resolution

 

3

4.

 

Authorised Share Capital

 

3

5.

 

Rights Attached to Shares

 

3

6.

 

Redeemable Shares

 

3

7.

 

Purchase of Own Shares

 

3

8.

 

Variation of Rights

 

3

9.

 

Pari Passu Issues

 

4

10.

 

Unissued Shares

 

4

11.

 

Payment of Commission

 

5

12.

 

Trusts Not Recognised

 

5

13.

 

Suspension of Rights Where Non-Disclosure of Interest

 

5

14.

 

Uncertificated Shares

 

7

15.

 

Right to Share Certificates

 

8

16.

 

Replacement of Share Certificates

 

9

17.

 

Execution of Share Certificates

 

9

18.

 

Company's Lien on Shares Not Fully Paid

 

9

19.

 

Enforcing Lien by Sale

 

9

20.

 

Application of Proceeds of Sale

 

9

21.

 

Calls

 

10

22.

 

Timing of Calls

 

10

23.

 

Liability of Joint Holders

 

10

24.

 

Interest Due on Non-Payment

 

10

25.

 

Sums Due on Allotment Treated as Calls

 

10

26.

 

Power to Differentiate

 

10

27.

 

Payment of Calls in Advance

 

10

28.

 

Notice if Call or Instalment Not Paid

 

11

29.

 

Form of Notice

 

11

30.

 

Forfeiture for Non-Compliance with Notice

 

11

31.

 

Notice after Forfeiture

 

11

32.

 

Sale of Forfeited Shares

 

11

33.

 

Arrears to be Paid Notwithstanding Forfeiture

 

11

34.

 

Effect of Forfeiture

 

12

 
   
  Page
35.   Statutory Declaration as to Forfeiture   12

36.

 

Transfer

 

12

37.

 

Execution of Transfer

 

12

38.

 

Rights to Decline Registration of Partly Paid Shares

 

12

39.

 

Other Rights to Decline Registration

 

12

40.

 

No Fee for Registration

 

13

41.

 

Renunciation of Allotment

 

13

42.

 

Untraced Shareholders

 

13

43.

 

Transmission on Death

 

14

44.

 

Entry of Transmission in Register

 

14

45.

 

Election of Person Entitled by Transmission

 

14

46.

 

Rights of Person Entitled by Transmission

 

15

47.

 

Increase, Consolidation, Sub-Division and Cancellation

 

15

48.

 

Fractions

 

15

49.

 

Reduction of Capital

 

16

50.

 

Extraordinary General Meetings

 

16

51.

 

Annual General Meetings

 

16

52.

 

Convening of Extraordinary General Meetings

 

16

53.

 

Separate General Meetings

 

16

54.

 

Length of Notice

 

16

55.

 

Omission or Non-Receipt of Notice

 

17

56.

 

Postponement of General Meetings

 

17

57.

 

Quorum

 

17

58.

 

Procedure if Quorum Not Present

 

17

59.

 

Security Arrangements

 

17

60.

 

Chairman of General Meeting

 

18

61.

 

Orderly Conduct

 

19

62.

 

Entitlement to Attend and Speak

 

19

63.

 

Adjournments

 

19

64.

 

Notice of Adjournment

 

19

65.

 

Amendments to Resolutions

 

20

66.

 

Amendments Ruled Out of Order

 

20

67.

 

Votes of Members

 

20

68.

 

Method of Voting

 

20

69.

 

Procedure if Poll Demanded

 

21

 
   
  Page
70.   When Poll to be Taken   21

71.

 

Continuance of Other Business after Poll Demand

 

21

72.

 

Votes on a Poll

 

21

73.

 

Casting Vote of Chairman

 

21

74.

 

Votes of Joint Holders

 

21

75.

 

Voting on Behalf of Incapable Member

 

21

76.

 

No Right to Vote where Sums Overdue on Shares

 

22

77.

 

Objections or Errors in Voting

 

22

78.

 

Appointment and Receipt of Proxies

 

22

79.

 

Maximum Validity of Proxy

 

23

80.

 

Form of Proxy

 

23

81.

 

Cancellation of Proxy's Authority

 

23

82.

 

Board's Power to Issue Proxies

 

24

83.

 

Corporations Acting by Representatives

 

24

84.

 

Number of Directors

 

24

85.

 

Age of Directors

 

24

86.

 

Directors' Shareholding Qualification

 

24

87.

 

Power of Company to Elect Directors

 

24

88.

 

Power of Board to Appoint Directors

 

25

89.

 

Directors to Retire by Rotation

 

25

90.

 

Power of Removal by Special Resolution

 

25

91.

 

Persons Eligible as Directors

 

25

92.

 

Position of Retiring Directors

 

26

93.

 

Vacation of Office by Directors

 

26

94.

 

Alternate Directors

 

26

95.

 

Chief Executive, Managing and Executive Directors

 

27

96.

 

Directors' Fees

 

28

97.

 

Additional Remuneration

 

28

98.

 

Expenses and Legal Costs

 

28

99.

 

Power to Pay Pensions and Gratuities

 

28

100.

 

Permitted Interests and Voting

 

29

101.

 

General Powers of Company Vested in Board

 

32

102.

 

Borrowing Powers

 

32

103.

 

Agents

 

34

104.

 

Delegation to Individual Directors

 

35

 
   
  Page
105.   Official Seals   35

106.

 

Branch Registers

 

35

107.

 

Provision for Employees

 

35

108.

 

Board Meetings

 

36

109.

 

Notice of Board Meetings

 

36

110.

 

Quorum

 

36

111.

 

Directors below Minimum through Vacancies

 

36

112.

 

Appointment of Chairman, Vice-Chairman and Deputy Chairman

 

36

113.

 

Competence of Meetings

 

37

114.

 

Voting

 

37

115.

 

Delegation to Committees

 

37

116.

 

Participation in Meetings by Telephone

 

37

117.

 

Resolution in Writing

 

37

118.

 

Validity of Acts of Board or Committee

 

38

119.

 

Appointment and Removal of the Secretary

 

38

120.

 

Authentication of Documents

 

38

121.

 

Use of Seals

 

38

122.

 

Seal for Use Abroad

 

39

123.

 

Declaration of Dividends by Company

 

39

124.

 

Payment of Interim and Fixed Dividends by Board

 

39

125.

 

Calculation and Currency of Dividends

 

39

126.

 

Payment of Dividends in Foreign Currencies

 

39

127.

 

Amounts Due on Shares may be Deducted from Dividends

 

40

128.

 

No Interest on Dividends

 

40

129.

 

Payment Procedure

 

40

130.

 

Uncashed Dividends

 

41

131.

 

Forfeiture of Unclaimed Dividends

 

41

132.

 

Dividends Not in Cash

 

41

133.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plans

 

41

134.

 

Power to Capitalise Reserves and Funds

 

41

135.

 

Settlement of Difficulties in Distribution

 

42

136.

 

Power to Choose Any Record Date

 

42

137.

 

Records to be Kept

 

42

138.

 

Inspection of Records

 

42

139.

 

Summary Financial Statements

 

42

 
   
  Page
140.   Service of Notices   43

141.

 

Record Date for Service

 

43

142.

 

Members Resident Abroad or on branch registers

 

43

143.

 

Service of Notice on Person Entitled by Transmission

 

43

144.

 

When Notice Deemed Served

 

44

145.

 

Notice When Post Not Available

 

44

146.

 

Members Present Deemed to Have Received Notice

 

45

147.

 

Power to Stop Sending Notices or Other Documents.

 

45

148.

 

Presumptions Where Documents Destroyed

 

45

149.

 

Distribution of Assets Otherwise Than in Cash

 

46

150.

 

Indemnity of Officers and Insurance

 

46


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

DIAGEO PLC

(adopted by special resolution on 18 October 2005 and amended on 16 October 2007)

  
    

Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London EC1Y 8YY




QuickLinks

THE COMPANIES ACTS 1985 TO 2006 COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES Diageo plc (REGISTERED 21 ST OCTOBER 1886) Company No. 23307
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of DIAGEO PLC (adopted by special resolution on 18 October 2005 and amended on 16 October 2007)
CONTENTS
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of DIAGEO PLC (adopted by special resolution on 18 October 2005 and amended on 16 October 2007)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.4

19 July 2007   Strictly Confidential

Dr F B Humer
Chairman & Chief Executive
F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG
Grenzacherstrasse 124
Postfach CH-4070
Basel
Switzerland

This letter confirms our various conversations and our current intentions in respect of you taking on the Chairmanship of Diageo following my retirement at the end of June 2008.

1.     Scope of role

2.     Remuneration

3.     Period of Appointment

4.     Services, etc. to be provided by Diageo

1


5.     Reimbursement of expenses

6.     Legal Protection

For the record, I would be grateful to receive your confirmation that the above terms are acceptable to you by your returning to me a signed copy of this letter.

With best wishes,        

Yours sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 
James Blyth
Chairman

 

 

 

 

Understood and Agreed

 

 

 

 

Signed

 

  


 

Date

 

  

2




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.7

GRAPHIC


   
THE DIAGEO PLC SENIOR EXECUTIVE
SHARE OPTION PLAN


   
Adopted by the Company: 9 November 1999

Amended by the Routine Business Committee: 7 February 2007 and 21 January 2008

Amended by the Remuneration Committee: 26 August 2008

H.M. Revenue & Customs reference: X20398



CONTENTS

Part A : Inland Revenue Approved

Rule
  Page

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

  1

2.

 

ELIGIBILITY

 
1

3.

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 
2

4.

 

LIMITS

 
3

5.

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 
4

6.

 

TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 
6

7.

 

VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 
7

8.

 

ALTERATIONS

 
8

9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 
8

 

Part B : Unapproved Options

   

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 
9

2.

 

ELIGIBILITY

 
10

3.

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 
10

4.

 

LIMITS

 
11

5.

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 
11

6.

 

CASH EQUIVALENT

 
13

7.

 

TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 
14

8.

 

VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 
16

9.

 

ALTERATIONS

 
16

10.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 
17

11.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

 
17


PART A—Inland Revenue approved

1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.2
Any reference in this Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

1.3
Expressions in italics are for guidance only and do not form part of this Plan.

2.
ELIGIBILITY

2.1
Subject to sub-rule 2.3 below, a person is eligible to be granted an option under Part A of the Plan if (and only if) he is a full-time director or qualifying employee of a Participating Company who is required to devote the whole or substantially the whole of his working time to the service of any Participating Company.

1


2.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 2.1 above:

2.2.1
a person shall be treated as a full-time director of a Participating Company if he is obliged to devote to the performance of the duties of his office or employment with that and any other Participating Company not less than 25 hours a week;

2.2.2
a qualifying employee , in relation to a Participating Company, is an employee of the Participating Company (other than one who is a director of a Participating Company).

2.3
A person is not eligible to be granted an option under Part A of this Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in this Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 (material interest in a close company) .

3.
GRANT OF OPTIONS

3.1
Subject to Rule 4 below, the Remuneration Committee may grant an option to acquire shares in the Company which satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 16 to 20 of Schedule 4 (fully paid up, unrestricted, ordinary share capital) , upon the terms set out in Part A of this Plan and upon such other objective terms as the Remuneration Committee may specify, to any person who is eligible to be granted an option in accordance with Rule 2 above; and for this purpose an option to acquire includes an option to purchase and an option to subscribe.

3.2
The price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option shall be determined by the Remuneration Committee before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

3.2.1
if shares of the same class as those shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the average of the middle-market quotation of shares of that class (as derived from that List) for the three dealing days immediately preceding the Grant Date;

3.2.2
if paragraph 3.2.1 above does not apply, the market value (within the meaning of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992) of shares of that class, as agreed in advance for the purposes of this Plan with the Shares Valuation Division of the Inland Revenue, on the Grant Date (or such other day as may be agreed in advance with the Inland Revenue and which day shall not be more than 30 days in advance of the Grant Date); or

3.2.3
in the case of an option to acquire shares only by subscription, the nominal value of those shares.

3.3
An option may only be granted:

3.3.1
within the period of 6 weeks beginning with -

(a)
the date on which Part A of this Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4; or

(b)
the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

3.3.2
at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Remuneration Committee to be sufficiently exceptional to justify its grant; and

3.3.3
within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Company

2


3.4
An option granted under this Plan to any person:

3.4.1
shall not, except as provided in sub-rule 5.4 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

3.4.2
shall lapse forthwith if he is adjudged bankrupt.

3.5
The grant of any option under this Plan shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the provisions of the document "The Listing Rules" published by the London Stock Exchange, of The City Code on Take-overs and Mergers, or of any regulation or enactment.

4.
LIMITS

4.1
Subject to any adjustment made by the Remuneration Committee pursuant to sub-rule 7.2 below, no options shall be granted under the Plan which would at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares which shall have been or may be acquired in pursuance of options so granted to exceed 342,785,560 (which represents approximately 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue on the date the Plan is adopted by the Company).

4.2
No options shall be granted in any year which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year under this Plan or under any other executive share option scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.3
No options shall be granted in the period of 3 calendar years beginning with the year 1999 or any successive period of 3 years which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the 3-year period in question under this Plan or under any other executive share option scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 3 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.4
No options shall be granted in the period of 5 calendar years beginning with the year 1999 which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in that period, or shall have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.5
No options shall be granted in any year which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year, or been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.6
Prior to granting an option to any person, the Remuneration Committee may from time to time determine a maximum aggregate amount payable on exercise of options granted under this Plan to any person during any period of twelve months, such amount to be based upon the expected value of the options on the date of grant, except in circumstances considered by the Remuneration Committee to be exceptional (provided that any grant of options under Part A of this Plan shall be subject to the provisions of sub-rule 4.7 below).

4.7
No person shall be granted options which would, at the time they are granted, cause the aggregate market value of the shares which he may acquire in pursuance of options granted to him under Part A of this Plan or under any other share option scheme, not being a savings-related share

3


4.8
For the purposes of this Rule, the market value of the shares in relation to which an option was granted shall be calculated:

4.8.1
in the case of an option granted under this Plan, as on the days by reference to which the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined in accordance with sub-rule 3.2 above;

4.8.2
in the case of an option granted under any other approved scheme, as at the time when it was granted or, in a case where an agreement relating to the shares has been made under paragraph 22 of Schedule 4, such earlier time or times as may be provided in the agreement; and

4.8.3
in the case of any other option, as on the day or days by reference to which the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined.

4.9
Any option granted under this Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with.

5.
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

5.1
The exercise of any option granted under this Plan shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Remuneration Committee.

5.2
Subject to sub-rules 5.4 and 5.5 below and to sub-rules 6.1 and 6.3 below, an option may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

5.3
Subject to sub-rule 5.4 and paragraph 5.5.2 below and to sub-rule 6.4 below, an option granted under this Plan may not be exercised to the extent that the Performance Condition is not satisfied. If the Performance Condition is not satisfied by the last date on which the Performance Condition may be satisfied, the option shall thereupon, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, cease to be capable of exercise, unless it has already been exercisable prior to that date pursuant to sub-rules 5.4 or paragraphs 5.5.1, 5.5.2 or sub-rule 6.4 below(1).

(1)
Amended by the Board of Directors on 27 April 2000

5.4
If any Participant dies prior to the last date on which the Performance Condition for an option may be satisfied, or if any Participant dies after the Performance Condition for the option has been satisfied, such option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death provided that his death occurs at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is or would but for sub-rule 5.3 above be entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule 5.5 below(2).

(2)
Amended by the Board of Directors on 27 April 2000

5.5
If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death) prior to the last date on which the Performance Condition for an option may be satisfied, or if any Participant so ceases after the Performance Condition for the option has been satisfied, the following provisions apply in relation to any option granted to him under Part A of this Plan(3):

(3)
Amended by the Board of Directors on 27 April 2000

4


5.6
A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule 5.5 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member, and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 before exercising her option shall be treated for those purposes as not having ceased to be a director or employee.

5.7
Subject to sub-rule 5.4 above, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, an option may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Remuneration Committee may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.

5.8
A Participant shall not be eligible to exercise an option granted under Part A of this Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in this Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 (material interest in close company) .

5.9
Within 30 days after an option has been exercised by any person, the Remuneration Committee shall allot to him (or a nominee for him) or, as appropriate, procure the transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of shares in respect of which the option has been exercised, provided that:

5.9.1
the Remuneration Committee considers that the issue or transfer thereof would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

5.9.2
in a case where a Group Member is obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the option and/or for any social security contributions recoverable from the person in question (together, the "Tax Liability"), that person has either:

(a)
made a payment to the Group Member of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

(b)
entered into arrangements acceptable to that or another Group Member to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the shares on his behalf and the payment to the Group Member of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

5.10
All shares allotted under this Plan shall rank equally in all respects with the shares of the same class then in issue except for any rights attaching to such shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of the allotment.

5


5.11
For the purposes of paragraph 35A of Schedule 4, the specified age shall be 55.

6.
TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

6.1
If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 719 of the Income Tax Act 2003) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Remuneration Committee shall within 14 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.7 above, any option may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Remuneration Committee may permit) of such notification.

6.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 6.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

6.3
If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Remuneration Committee shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.7 above, any option may be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) lapse on the expiration of that period.

6.4
In relation to an option which would but for sub-rule 5.3 above be exercisable by virtue of an event mentioned in sub-rule 6.1 or 6.3 above, the Remuneration Committee may at its discretion, and acting fairly and reasonably, treat the relevant condition as satisfied if, at the time of the event, the Remuneration Committee cannot determine whether it is in fact satisfied.

6.5
If any company ("the acquiring company"):

6.5.1
obtains control of the Company as a result of making -

(a)
a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

(b)
a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan, or

6.5.2
obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986, or

6.5.3
becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of that Act or Articles 421 to 423 of that Order,

6


6.6
The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of sub-rule 6.5 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27(4) of Schedule 4 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of this Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

6.6.1
the new option were an option granted under this Plan at the same time as the old option;

6.6.2
except for the purposes of the definitions of "Group Member", "Participating Company" and "Subsidiary" in sub-rule 1.1 above and the reference to "the Remuneration Committee" in sub-rule 5.7 above, the expression "the Company" were defined as "a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan";

6.6.3
the relevant condition referred to in sub-rule 5.3 above had been satisfied; and

6.6.4
sub-rule 8.2 below were omitted.

6.7
For options granted on or after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

6.7.1
an offer (as referred to in Rule 6.1) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in Rule 6.3) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the "New Company");

6.7.2
at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the offer or proposal was made were shareholders in the Company; and

6.7.3
the Remuneration Committee and the New Company agree that this Rule should apply
7.
VARIATION OF CAPITAL

7.1
Subject to sub-rule 7.3 below, in the event of any variation of the share capital of the Company, the Remuneration Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule 7.2 below.

7.2
An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:

7.2.1
the number of shares specified in sub-rule 4.1 above;

7.2.2
the number of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

7.2.3
the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of any option;

7.2.4
where any such option has been exercised but no shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired.

7.3
At a time when Part A of this Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4, no adjustment under sub-rule 7.2 above shall be made without the prior approval of the Inland Revenue.

7.4
An adjustment under sub-rule 7.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option to less than their nominal value, but only in the case of an option to subscribe for shares if and to the extent that the Remuneration Committee shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the shares in respect of which the option is exercised and which are to be allotted pursuant to such exercise exceeds the price at which the shares may be subscribed for and

7


8.
ALTERATIONS

8.1
Subject to sub-rules 8.2, 8.4 and 8.5 below, the Board may at any time alter this Plan, or the terms of any option granted under it (having regard to the fact that, if an alteration which does not solely relate to a special term is made in a key feature (as defined in paragraph 30(2) of Schedule 4) of this Scheme at a time when Part A of this Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4, the approval will not thereafter have effect unless the Inland Revenue have approved the alteration).

8.2
Subject to sub-rule 8.3 below, no alteration to the advantage of the person to whom options may be granted shall be made under sub-rule 8.1 above to any of Rules 2, 3.2, 4.1 to 4.8 inclusive, 5.2 to 5.5 inclusive, 5.7, 5.10, 6.1 to 6.4 inclusive, and 7.1 and 7.2 without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

8.3
Sub-rule 8.2 above shall not apply to:

8.3.1
any minor alteration to benefit the administration of this Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member; or

8.3.2
any alteration solely relating to a Performance Condition.

8.4
No alteration to the disadvantage of any Participant shall be made under sub-rule 8.1 above unless:

8.4.1
the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration, and

8.4.2
the alteration is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

8.5
No alteration which solely relates to a Performance Condition subject to which an option has been granted shall be made under sub-rule 8.1 above unless:

8.5.1
there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the Performance Condition would not, without the alteration, achieve its original purpose, and

8.5.2
the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration.

9.
MISCELLANEOUS

9.1
The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it and an individual who participates therein shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any option under this Plan as a result of such termination.

9.2
In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

9.3
Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office marked for the attention of the Company Secretary, and in the case of an individual to his last

8



PART B—Not approved by UK Inland Revenue

1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

9


1.2
Any reference in this Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

2.
ELIGIBILITY

2.1
A person is eligible to be granted an option under Part B of the Plan if (and only if) he is a director or employee of a Participating Company who is required to devote the whole or substantially the whole of his working time to the service of any Participating Company.

3.
GRANT OF OPTIONS

3.1
Subject to Rule 4 below, the Remuneration Committee may grant an option to acquire shares in the Company, which may be American Depositary Shares or ordinary shares in the Company as the Remuneration Committee may determine, upon the terms set out in Part B of this Plan and upon such other objective terms as the Remuneration Committee may specify, to any person who is eligible to be granted an option in accordance with Rule 2 above; and for this purpose an option to acquire includes an option to purchase and an option to subscribe.

3.2
Where an option is granted pursuant to Clause 3.1 above to a US Participant, such option shall be to acquire American Depositary Shares, and not ordinary shares.

3.3
The price at which shares or American Depositary Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option shall be determined by the Remuneration Committee before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

3.3.1
unless paragraph 3.3.2 applies, if shares of the same class as those shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the average of the middle-market quotation of shares of that class (as derived from that List) for the three dealing days immediately preceding the Grant Date;

3.3.2
if the option is granted over American Depositary Shares, the average of the closing prices of the American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange for the three New York Stock Exchange trading days immediately preceding the Grant Date; or

3.3.3
in the case of an option to acquire shares only by subscription, the nominal value of those shares, provided that this rule 3.3.3 shall not apply in respect of any option granted under this Plan to any person who is a US tax payer.

3.4
An option may only be granted:

3.4.1
within the period of 6 weeks beginning with -

(a)
the date on which this Plan is approved and adopted by the Company; or

(b)
the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

3.4.2
at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Remuneration Committee to be sufficiently exceptional to justify its grant; and

3.4.3
within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Company
3.5
An option granted under this Plan to any person:

3.5.1
shall not, except as provided in sub-rule 5.4 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

10


3.6
The grant of any option under this Plan shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the provisions of the document "The Listing Rules" published by the London Stock Exchange, of the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers, or of the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or of any regulation or enactment.

4.
LIMITS

4.1
Subject to any adjustment made by the Remuneration Committee pursuant to sub-rule 8.2 below, no options shall be granted under the Plan which would at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares which shall have been or may be acquired in pursuance of options so granted to exceed 342,785,560 (which represents approximately 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue on the date the Plan is adopted by the Company); and for this purpose American Depositary Shares shall be deemed to be the number of ordinary shares represented thereby.

4.2
No options shall be granted in any year which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year under this Plan or under any other executive share option scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.3
No options shall be granted in the period of 3 calendar years beginning with the year 1999 or any successive period of 3 years which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the 3-year period in question under this Plan or under any other executive share option scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 3 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.4
No options shall be granted in the period of 5 calendar years beginning with the year 1999 which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in that period, or shall have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.5
No options shall be granted in any year which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year, or been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.6
The Remuneration Committee may from time to time determine a maximum aggregate amount payable on exercise of options granted under this Plan to any person during any period of twelve months, such amount to be based upon the expected value of the options on the date of grant, except in circumstances considered by the Remuneration Committee to be exceptional.

4.7
Any option granted under this Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with.

5.
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

5.1
The exercise of any option granted under this Plan shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Remuneration Committee.

11


5.2
Subject to sub-rules 5.4 and 5.5 below and to sub-rules 7.1 and 7.3 below, an option may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

5.3
Subject to sub-rule 5.4 and paragraph 5.5.2 below and to sub-rule 7.4 below, an option granted under this Plan may not be exercised to the extent that the Performance Condition is not satisfied. If the Performance Condition is not satisfied by the last date on which the Performance Condition may be satisfied, the option shall thereupon, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, cease to be capable of exercise, unless it has already become exercisable prior to that date pursuant to sub-rules 5.4 or paragraphs 5.5.1, 5.5.2 or sub-rule 7.4 below(4).

(4)
Amended by the Board of Directors on 27 April 2000. Currently this amendment does not apply to options granted prior to this date. Rule 5.3 will apply to such options only if Diageo plc seeks and receives approval from the majority of option holders whose permission to the amendment to the terms of their options is sought and who respond to the Company's request to amend the terms of their options. If approval is not received, the wording of clause 5.3 will be "Subject to sub-rules 5.4 and paragraphs 5.5.1 and 5.5.3 below and to sub-rule 7.4 below, an option granted under this Plan may not be exercised to the extent that the Performance Condition is not satisfied."

5.4
If any Participant dies prior to the last date on which the Performance Condition for an option may be satisfied, or if any Participant dies after the Performance Condition for the option has been satisfied, such option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death provided that his death occurs at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is or would but for sub-rule 5.3 above be entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule 5.5 below(5).

(5)
Amended by the Board of Directors on 27 April 2000. Currently this amendment does not apply to options granted prior to this date. Rule 5.4 will apply to such options only if Diageo plc seeks and receives approval from the majority of option holders whose permission to the amendment to the terms of their options is sought and who respond to the Company's request to amend the terms of their options. If approval is not received, the wording of clause 5.4 will be "If any Participant dies, any option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death provided that his death occurs at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is or would but for sub-rule 5.3 above be entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule 5.5 below."

5.5
If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death) prior to the last date on which the Performance Condition for an option may be satisfied, or if any Participant so ceases after the Performance Condition for the option has been satisfied, the following provisions apply in relation to such option granted to him under Part B of this Plan(6):

(6)
Amended by the Board of Directors on 27 April 2000. Currently this amendment does not apply to options granted prior to this date. Rule 5.5 will apply to such options only if Diageo plc seeks and receives approval from the majority of option holders whose permission to the amendment to the terms of their options is sought and who respond to the Company's request to amend the terms of their options. If approval is not received, the wording of clause 5.4 will be "If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any options granted to him under Part B of this Plan:"

5.5.1
if he so ceases by reason of injury disability or redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996), by reason of retirement or by reason only that his office or

12


5.6
A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule 5.5 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member, and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 before exercising her option shall be treated for those purposes as not having ceased to be a director or employee.

5.7
Subject to sub-rule 5.4 above, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, an option may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Remuneration Committee may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.

5.8
Within 30 days after an option has been exercised by any person, the Remuneration Committee shall allot to him (or a nominee for him) or, as appropriate, procure the transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of shares in respect of which the option has been exercised, provided that:

5.8.1
the Remuneration Committee considers that the issue or transfer thereof would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

5.8.2
in a case where a Group Member is obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the option and/or for any social security contributions recoverable from the person in question (together, the "Tax Liability"), that person has either:

(a)
made a payment to the Group Member of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

(b)
entered into arrangements acceptable to that or another Group Member to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the shares on his behalf and the payment to the Group Member of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

5.9
All shares allotted under this Plan shall rank equally in all respects with the shares of the same class then in issue except for any rights attaching to such shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of the allotment.

6.
CASH EQUIVALENT

6.1
Where an option granted under Part B of this Plan has been exercised by any person in respect of any number of shares, and those shares have not yet been allotted or transferred to him in accordance with sub-rule 5.8 above, the Remuneration Committee may determine that, in substitution for his right to acquire such number of those shares as the Remuneration Committee may decide (but in full and final satisfaction of his said right), he shall be paid by way of additional emoluments a sum equal to the cash equivalent of that number of shares.

13


6.2
For the purposes of this Rule, the cash equivalent of any shares is the amount by which the Remuneration Committee's opinion of the market value of those shares on the day last preceding the date on which the option was exercised (or, if at the relevant time shares of the same class as those shares were listed in The Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle-market quotation of shares of that class, as derived from that List, on the dealing day last preceding that date or, in the case of American Depositary Shares, the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on the dealing day last preceding that date) exceeds the price at which those shares may be acquired by the exercise of the option.

6.3
Subject to sub-rule 6.4 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after a determination has been made under sub-rule 6.1 above that a person shall be paid a sum in substitution for his right to acquire any number of shares:

6.3.1
the Company shall pay to him or procure the payment to him of that sum in cash; and

6.3.2
if he has already paid the Company for those shares, the Company shall return to him the amount so paid by him.

6.4
If the Remuneration Committee in its discretion so decides:

6.4.1
the whole or part of the sum payable under sub-rule 6.3.1 above shall, instead of being paid to the person in question in cash, be applied on his behalf in subscribing for shares in the Company at a price equal to the market value (or, as the case may be, the middle-market quotation) by reference to which the cash equivalent is calculated, or in purchasing such shares, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and

6.4.2
the Company shall allot to him or procure the transfer to him (or his nominee) of the shares so subscribed for or purchased.

6.5
There shall be made from any payment under this Rule such deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Remuneration Committee may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

7.
TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

7.1
If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 719 of the Income Tax Act 2003) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Remuneration Committee shall within 14 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.7 above, any option may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Remuneration Committee may permit) of such notification.

7.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 7.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

7.3
If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Remuneration Committee shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.7 above, any option may be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) lapse on the expiration of that period.

14


7.4
In relation to an option which would but for sub-rule 5.3 above be exercisable by virtue of an event mentioned in sub-rule 7.1 or 7.3 above, the Remuneration Committee may at its discretion, and acting fairly and reasonably, treat the relevant condition as satisfied if, at the time of the event, the Remuneration Committee cannot determine whether it is in fact satisfied.

7.5
If any company ("the acquiring company"):

7.5.1
obtains control of the Company as a result of making -

(a)
a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

(b)
a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan, or

7.5.2
obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986, or

7.5.3
becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of that Act or Articles 421 to 423 of that Order,
7.6
The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of sub-rule 7.5 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27(4) of Schedule 4 to the Income Tax Act 2003 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of this Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

7.6.1
the new option were an option granted under this Plan at the same time as the old option;

7.6.2
except for the purposes of the definitions of "Group Member", "Participating Company" and "Subsidiary" in sub-rule 1.1 above and the reference to "the Remuneration Committee" in sub-rule 5.7 above, the expression "the Company" were defined as "a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan";

7.6.3
the relevant condition referred to in sub-rule 5.3 above had been satisfied; and

7.6.4
sub-rule 9.2 below were omitted.

7.7
For options granted on or after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

7.7.1
an offer (as referred to in Rule 7.1) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in Rule 7.3) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the "New Company");

7.7.2
at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the offer or proposal was made were shareholders in the Company; and

7.7.3
the Remuneration Committee and the New Company agree that this Rule should apply

15


8.
VARIATION OF CAPITAL

8.1
Subject to sub-rule 8.3 below, in the event of any variation of the share capital of the Company (including a change in the number of ordinary shares underlying an American Depositary Share) or in the event the Company makes a demerger by way of exempt distribution under section 213 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 or pays a special dividend or repurchases its share capital, the Remuneration Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule 8.2 below.

8.2
An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:

8.2.1
the number of shares specified in sub-rule 4.1 above;

8.2.2
the number of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

8.2.3
the number of American Depositary Shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

8.2.4
the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of any option;

8.2.5
where any such option has been exercised but no shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired.

8.3
An adjustment under sub-rule 8.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option to less than their nominal value, but only in the case of an option to subscribe for shares if and to the extent that the Remuneration Committee shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the shares in respect of which the option is exercised and which are to be allotted pursuant to such exercise exceeds the price at which the shares may be subscribed for and to apply that sum in paying up such amount on such shares; and so that on exercise of any option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Remuneration Committee shall capitalise that sum (if any) and apply the same in paying up that amount.

9.
ALTERATIONS

9.1
Subject to sub-rules 9.2, 9.4 and 9.5 below, the Board may at any time alter this Plan, or the terms of any option granted under it.

9.2
Subject to sub-rule 9.3 below, no alteration to the advantage of the person to whom options may be granted shall be made under sub-rule 8.1 above to any of Rules 2, 3.3, 4.1 to 4.6 inclusive, 5.2 to 5.5 inclusive, 5.7, 5.9, 7.1 to 7.4 inclusive, and 8.1 and 8.2 without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

9.3
Sub-rule 9.2 above shall not apply to:

9.3.1
any minor alteration to benefit the administration of this Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member; or

9.3.2
any alteration solely relating to a Performance Condition.

9.4
No alteration to the disadvantage of any Participant shall be made under sub-rule 9.1 above unless:

9.4.1
the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration, and

16


9.5
No alteration which solely relates to a Performance Condition subject to which an option has been granted shall be made under sub-rule 9.1 above unless:

9.5.1
there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the special term would not, without the alteration, achieve its original purpose, and

9.5.2
the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration.

10.
MISCELLANEOUS

10.1
The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it and an individual who participates therein shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any option under this Plan as a result of such termination.

10.2
In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

10.3
Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office marked for the attention of the Company Secretary, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

11.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

11.1
In this Rule:
11.2
The Remuneration Committee may grant an Incentive Stock Option over American Depositary Shares to any person who is eligible to be granted an option under the Plan upon the terms set out in the Plan and subject to the additional terms and conditions in this Rule.

11.3
Subject to sub-rule 11.4 below, the option price for an American Depositary Share subject to an Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder may not be less than the Market Value of the number of ordinary shares underlying the American Depositary Share on the Grant Date.

11.4
A person who, within the meaning of section 422(b)(6) of the Code, is deemed to own shares in the Company possessing more than ten per cent of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company (or of its parent or subsidiary corporations within the meaning in section 424 of the Code) shall be eligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option only if the option price of an American Depositary Share thereunder is at least 110% of the Market Value of the

17


11.5
The aggregate Market Value determined at the Grant Date of the number of ordinary shares underlying the American Depositary Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options first become exercisable by any Participant in any calendar year shall not exceed US$100,000.

11.6
Section 421(a) of the Code will not apply to an Incentive Stock Option unless it is exercised no more than (i) twelve months after the date of termination of employment because of total and permanent disability or (ii) three months after the date of termination of employment for any reason other than that described in clause (i) and death.

11.7
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue or cause to be issued any American Depositary Shares if at such time such issuance would violate the United States Federal Securities laws or any other laws of the United States or any state thereof. In addition, the holder of any American Depositary Shares issued hereunder agrees not to sell or transfer such American Depositary Shares in violation of the United States Federal Securities laws or any other laws of the United States or any state thereof. The Company shall have the right in its sole discretion to modify the terms of the Plan at any time and from time to time as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure or facilitate such compliance with the foregoing and to include appropriate legends on any options or American Depositary Shares issued or caused to be issued hereunder.

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP
10 Upper Bank Street
London E14 5JJ

18




QuickLinks

CONTENTS Part A : Inland Revenue Approved
PART A—Inland Revenue approved
PART B—Not approved by UK Inland Revenue

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.8

GRAPHIC


THE DIAGEO PLC EXECUTIVE
SHARE OPTION PLAN


Amended by shareholders: 17 October 2006

Amended by the Routine Business Committee: 7 February 2007 and 21 January 2008

Amended by the Remuneration Committee: 26 August 2008

H.M. Revenue & Customs reference: X20399



CONTENTS

         Part A: Inland Revenue Approved

Rule
   
  Page

1. 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 
1

2. 

 

ELIGIBILITY

 
1

3. 

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 
2

4. 

 

LIMITS

 
3

5. 

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 
4

6. 

 

TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 
5

7. 

 

VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 
7

8. 

 

ALTERATIONS

 
7

9. 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 
8

Part B: Unapproved Options

1. 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 
8

2. 

 

ELIGIBILITY

 
9

3. 

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 
9

4. 

 

LIMITS

 
10

5. 

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 
11

6. 

 

CASH EQUIVALENT

 
12

7. 

 

TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 
12

8. 

 

VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 
14

9. 

 

ALTERATIONS

 
14

10. 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 
15

11. 

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

 
15


PART A—Inland Revenue Approved

1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.2
Any reference in this Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

1.3
Expressions in italics are for guidance only and do not form part of this Plan.

2.     ELIGIBILITY

2.1
Subject to sub-rule 2.3 below, a person is eligible to be granted an option under Part A of the Plan if (and only if) he is a full-time director or qualifying employee of a Participating Company

1


2.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 2.1 above:

2.2.1
a person shall be treated as a full-time director of a Participating Company if he is obliged to devote to the performance of the duties of his office or employment with that and any other Participating Company not less than 25 hours a week;

2.2.2
a qualifying employee , in relation to a Participating Company, is an employee of the Participating Company (other than one who is a director of a Participating Company).

2.3
A person is not eligible to be granted an option under Part A of this Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in this Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 (material interest in a close company) .

3.     GRANT OF OPTIONS

3.1
Subject to Rule 4 below, the Board may grant an option to acquire, by purchase or subscription, shares in the Company which satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 16 to 20 of Schedule 4 (fully paid up, unrestricted, ordinary share capital) , upon the terms set out in Part A of this Plan and upon such other objective terms as the Board may specify, to any person who is eligible to be granted an option in accordance with Rule 2 above.

3.2
The price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option shall be determined by the Board before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

3.2.1
if shares of the same class as those shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the average of the middle-market quotation of shares of that class (as derived from that List) for the three dealing days immediately preceding the Grant Date;

3.2.2
if paragraph 3.2.1 above does not apply, the market value (within the meaning of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992) of shares of that class, as agreed in advance for the purposes of this Plan with the Shares Valuation Division of the Inland Revenue, on the Grant Date (or such other day as may be agreed in advance with the Inland Revenue and which day shall not be more than 30 days in advance of the Grant Date).

3.3
An option may only be granted:

3.3.1
within the period of 6 weeks beginning with

(a)
or

(b)
the date on which Part A of this Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4; or

(c)
the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

3.3.2
at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify its grant; and

3.3.3
within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Company

2


3.4
In the case of options granted prior to 22 October 2003, before granting an option under the Plan, the Board shall have entered into an agreement with the trustees of the No. 1 Trust, the trustees of the No. 2 Trust or the trustees of the No.3 Trust whereby the trustees agree to satisfy any options granted under the Plan. The Board is not required to enter into such an agreement (but may, in its absolute discretion, choose to do so) in relation to options granted on or after 22 October 2003.

3.5
An option granted under this Plan to any person:

3.5.1
shall not, except as provided in sub-rule 5.3 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

3.5.2
shall lapse forthwith if he is adjudged bankrupt.

3.6
The grant of any option under this Plan shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the provisions of the document "The Listing Rules" published by the London Stock Exchange, of The City Code on Take-overs and Mergers, or of any regulation or enactment.

4.     LIMITS

4.1
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise that pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of grant, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the ten calendar years ending with that year, or have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under the Plan or under any other executive share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.2
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise that pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of grant, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the ten calendar years ending with that year, or have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under the Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.3
For the avoidance of doubt, shares transferred from treasury will be treated as issued for the purposes of the above limits, unless institutional shareholder guidelines are amended so that this is no longer required.

4.4
Prior to granting an option to any person, the Board may from time to time determine a maximum aggregate amount payable on exercise of options granted under this Plan to any person during any period of twelve months, such amount to be determined taking account of market practice (provided that any grant of options under Part A of this Plan shall be subject to the provisions of sub-rule 4.5 below).

4.5
No person shall be granted options which would, at the time they are granted, cause the aggregate market value of the shares which he may acquire in pursuance of options granted to him under Part A of this Plan or under any other share option scheme, not being a savings-related share option scheme, approved under Schedule 9 to the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 or under Schedule 4 and established by the Company or by any associated company of the Company (and not exercised) to exceed or further exceed £30,000.

3


4.6
For the purposes of this Rule, the market value of the shares in relation to which an option was granted shall be calculated:

4.6.1
in the case of an option granted under this Plan, as on the days by reference to which the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined in accordance with sub-rule 3.2 above;

4.6.2
in the case of an option granted under any other approved scheme, as at the time when it was granted or, in a case where an agreement relating to the shares has been made under paragraph 22 of Schedule 4, such earlier time or times as may be provided in the agreement; and

4.6.3
in the case of any other option, as on the day or days by reference to which the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined.

4.7
Any option granted under this Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with.

4.8
Where any option relating to unissued shares is released or lapses without being exercised (or the Board makes arrangements for it to be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares), the shares concerned will be ignored when calculating the limits in sub-rules 4.1 and 4.2 above.

5.     EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

5.1
The exercise of any option granted under this Plan shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Board.

5.2
Subject to sub-rules 5.3 and 5.4 below and to sub-rules 6.1 and 6.3 below, an option may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

5.3
If any Participant dies, any option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death provided that his death occurs at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule 5.4 below.

5.4
If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any option granted to him under Part A of this Plan:

5.4.1
if he so ceases by reason of injury disability or redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996), or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Group Member, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months after his so ceasing;

5.4.2
if he so ceases by reason of retirement, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months after his so ceasing;

5.4.3
if he so ceases for any other reason, the option may not be exercised at all unless the Board shall so permit, in which event it may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised to the extent permitted by the Board within 6 months after his so ceasing, provided that, in the case of options granted on or after 21 August 2003, the Board may not permit such options to be exercised before the third anniversary of the Date of Grant.

5.5
A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule 5.4 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member, and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason

4


5.6
Subject to sub-rule 5.3 above, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, an option may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Board may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.

5.7
A Participant shall not be eligible to exercise an option granted under Part A of this Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in this Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 (material interest in close company) .

5.8
Within 30 days after an option has been exercised by any person, the Board shall allot to him (or a nominee for him) or, transfer or procure the transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of shares in respect of which the option has been exercised, provided that:

5.8.1
the Board considers that the allotment or transfer thereof would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

5.8.2
in a case where a Group Member is obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the option and/or for any social security contributions recoverable from the person in question (together, the "Tax Liability"), that person has either:

(a)
made a payment to the Group Member of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

(b)
entered into arrangements acceptable to that or another Group Member to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the shares on his behalf and the payment to the Group Member of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

5.9
For the purposes of paragraph 35A of Schedule 4, the specified age shall be 55.

6.     TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

6.1
If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 719 of the Income Tax Act 2003) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 14 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4, and 5.6 above, any option may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Board may permit) of such notification.

6.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 6.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

6.3
If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4 and 5.6 above, any option may be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) lapse on the expiration of that period.

5


6.4
If any company ("the acquiring company"):

6.4.1
obtains control of the Company as a result of making —

(a)
a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

(b)
a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan, or

6.4.2
obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986, or

6.4.3
becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of that Act or Articles 421 to 423 of that Order,
6.5
The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of sub-rule 6.4 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27(4) of Schedule 4 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of this Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

6.5.1
the new option were an option granted under this Plan at the same time as the old option;

6.5.2
except for the purposes of the definitions of "Group Member", "Participating Company" and "Subsidiary" in sub-rule 1.1 above and the reference to "the Board" in sub-rule 5.6 above, the expression "the Company" were defined as "a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan"; and

6.5.3
sub-rule 8.2 below were omitted.

6.6
For options granted on or after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

6.6.1
an offer (as referred to in Rule 6.1) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in Rule 6.3) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the "New Company");

6.6.2
at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the offer or proposal was made were shareholders in the Company; and

6.6.3
the Board and the New Company agree that this Rule should apply

6


7.     VARIATION OF CAPITAL

7.1
Subject to sub-rule 7.3 below, in the event of any variation of the share capital of the Company, the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule 7.2 below.

7.2
An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:

7.2.1
the number of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

7.2.2
the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of any option;

7.2.3
where any such option has been exercised but no shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired.

7.3
At a time when Part A of this Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4, no adjustment under sub-rule 7.2 above shall be made without the prior approval of the Inland Revenue.

7.4
An adjustment under sub-rule 7.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option to less than their nominal value.

8.     ALTERATIONS

8.1
Subject to sub-rules 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 below, the Board may at any time alter this Plan, or the terms of any option granted under it (having regard to the fact that, if an alteration which does not solely relate to a special term is made in a key feature (as defined in paragraph 30(2) of Schedule 4) of this Scheme at a time when Part A of this Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4, the approval will not thereafter have effect unless the Inland Revenue have approved the alteration).

8.2
No alteration to the advantage of Participants shall be made under rule 8.1 to any of rules 2, 3.2, 4.1 to 4.7 inclusive, 5.2 to 5.4 inclusive, 5.6, 6.1 to 6.4 inclusive, 7.1 and 7.2 without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

8.3
Rule 8.2 shall not apply to:

8.3.1
any minor alteration to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member; or

8.3.2
any alteration solely relating to a special term.

8.4
No alteration to the disadvantage of any Participant shall be made under sub-rule 8.1 above unless:

8.4.1
the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration, and

8.4.2
the alteration is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

8.5
No alteration which solely relates to a special term subject to which an option has been granted shall be made under sub-rule 8.1 above unless:

8.5.1
there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the special term would not, without the alteration, achieve its original purpose, and

8.5.2
the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration.

7


8.6
For the purposes of this Rule a special term means a term specified by the Board as mentioned in sub-rule 3.1 above.

9.     MISCELLANEOUS

9.1
The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it and an individual who participates therein shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any option under this Plan as a result of such termination.

9.2
In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

9.3
The Company and any Subsidiary may provide money to the No. 1 Trust, the No. 2 Trust, the No.3 Trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes, to the extent permitted by section 153(4) of the Companies Act 1985 and, where applicable, section 154 of that Act.

9.4
Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office marked for the attention of the Company Secretary, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.


PART B—Not approved by UK Inland Revenue

1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

8


1.2
Any reference in this Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

2.     ELIGIBILITY

2.1
A person is eligible to be granted an option under Part B of the Plan if (and only if) he is a director or employee of a Participating Company (excluding any person who is a director of the Company) who is required to devote the whole or substantially the whole of his working time to the service of any Participating Company.

3.     GRANT OF OPTIONS

3.1
Subject to Rule 4 below, the Board may grant an option to acquire, by purchase or subscription, shares in the Company, which may be American Depositary Shares or ordinary shares in the Company as the Board may determine, upon the terms set out in Part B of this Plan and upon such other objective terms as the Board may specify, to any person who is eligible to be granted an option in accordance with Rule 2 above.

3.2
Where an option is granted pursuant to Clause 3.1 above to a US Participant, such option shall be to purchase American Depositary Shares, and not ordinary shares.

3.3
The price at which shares or American Depositary Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option shall be determined by the Board before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

3.3.1
unless paragraph 3.3.2 applies, if shares of the same class as those shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the average of the middle-market quotation of shares of that class (as derived from that List) for the three dealing days immediately preceding the Grant Date;

3.3.2
if the option is granted over American Depositary Shares, the average of the closing prices of the American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange for the three New York Stock Exchange trading days immediately preceding the Grant Date.

9


3.4
An option may only be granted:

3.4.1
within the period of 6 weeks beginning with -

(a)
the date on which this Plan is approved and adopted by the Company; or

(b)
the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

3.4.2
at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify its grant; and

3.4.3
within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Company
3.5
In the case of options granted prior to 22 October 2003, before granting an option under the Plan, the Board shall have entered into an agreement with the trustees of the No. 1 Trust, the trustees of the No. 2 Trust or the trustees of the No.3 Trust whereby the trustees agree to satisfy any options granted under the Plan. The Board is not required to enter into such an agreement (but may, in its absolute discretion, choose to do so) in relation to options granted on or after 22 October 2003.

3.6
An option granted under this Plan to any person:

3.6.1
shall not, except as provided in sub-rule 5.3 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

3.6.2
shall lapse forthwith if he is adjudged bankrupt.

3.7
The grant of any option under this Plan shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the provisions of the document "The Listing Rules" published by the London Stock Exchange, of the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers, or of the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or of any regulation or enactment.

4.     LIMITS

4.1
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise that pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of grant, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the ten calendar years ending with that year, or have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under the Plan or under any other executive share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.2
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise that pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of grant, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the ten calendar years ending with that year, or have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under the Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.3
For the avoidance of doubt, shares transferred from treasury will be treated as issued for the purposes of the above limits, unless institutional shareholder guidelines are amended so that this is no longer required.

10


4.4
The Board may from time to time determine a maximum aggregate amount payable on exercise of options granted under this Plan to any person during any period of twelve months, such amount to be determined taking account of market practice.

4.5
Any option granted under this Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with.

4.6
Where any option relating to unissued shares is released or lapses without being exercised (or the Board makes arrangements for it to be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares), the shares concerned will be ignored when calculating the limits in sub-rules 4.1 and 4.2 above.

5.     EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

5.1
The exercise of any option granted under this Plan shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Board.

5.2
Subject to sub-rules 5.3 and 5.4 below and to sub-rules 7.1 and 7.3 below, an option may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

5.3
If any Participant dies, any option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death provided that his death occurs at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or an Associated Company or he is entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule 5.4 below.

5.4
If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member or an Associated Company (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any option granted to him under Part B of this Plan:

5.4.1
if he so ceases by reason of injury disability or redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996), or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Group Member or an Associated Company, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member or an Associated Company nor an Associated Company, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months of his so ceasing;

5.4.2
if he so ceases by reason of retirement, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months of his so ceasing;

5.4.3
if he so ceases for any other reason, the option may not be exercised at all unless the Board shall so permit, in which event it may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised to the extent permitted by the Board within 6 months of his so ceasing.

5.5
A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule 5.5 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member or an Associated Company until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member, and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 before exercising her option shall be treated for those purposes as not having ceased to be a director or employee.

5.6
Subject to sub-rule 5.3 above, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, an option may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Board may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.

5.7
Within 30 days after an option has been exercised by any person, the Board shall allot to him (or a nominee for him) or, transfer or procure the transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of shares in respect of which the option has been exercised, provided that:

5.7.1
the Board considers that the allotment or transfer thereof would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

11


6.     CASH EQUIVALENT

6.1
Where an option granted under Part B of this Plan has been exercised by any person in respect of any number of shares, and those shares have not yet been allotted or transferred to him in accordance with sub-rule 5.7 above, the Board may determine that, in substitution for his right to acquire such number of those shares as the Board may decide (but in full and final satisfaction of his said right), he shall be paid by way of additional emoluments a sum equal to the cash equivalent of that number of shares.

6.2
For the purposes of this Rule, the cash equivalent of any shares is the amount by which the Board's opinion of the market value of those shares on the day last preceding the date on which the option was exercised (or, if at the relevant time shares of the same class as those shares were listed in The Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle-market quotation of shares of that class, as derived from that List, on the dealing day last preceding that date or, in the case of American Depositary Shares, the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on the dealing day last preceding that date) exceeds the price at which those shares may be acquired by the exercise of the option.

6.3
Subject to sub-rule 6.4 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after a determination has been made under sub-rule 6.1 above that a person shall be paid a sum in substitution for his right to acquire any number of shares:

6.3.1
the Company shall pay to him or procure the payment to him of that sum in cash; and

6.3.2
if he has already paid the Company for those shares, the Company shall return to him the amount so paid by him.

6.4
If the Board in its discretion so decides:

6.4.1
the whole or part of the sum payable under sub-rule 6.3.1 above shall, instead of being paid to the person in question in cash, be applied on his behalf in purchasing shares in the Company at a price equal to the market value (or, as the case may be, the middle-market quotation) by reference to which the cash equivalent is calculated, and

6.4.2
the Company shall procure the transfer to him (or his nominee) of the shares so purchased.

6.5
There shall be made from any payment under this Rule such deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

7.     TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

7.1
If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 719 of the Income Tax Act 2003) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 14 days of becoming aware

12


7.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 7.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

7.3
If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.2, 5.3 and 5.6 above, any option may be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) lapse on the expiration of that period.

7.4
If any company ("the acquiring company"):

7.4.1
obtains control of the Company as a result of making -

(a)
a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

(b)
a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan, or

7.4.2
obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986, or

7.4.3
becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of that Act or Articles 421 to 423 of that Order,
7.5
The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of sub-rule 7.4 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27(4) of Schedule 4 to the Income Tax Act 2003 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of this Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

7.5.1
the new option were an option granted under this Plan at the same time as the old option;

7.5.2
except for the purposes of the definitions of "Associated Company", "Group Member", "Participating Company" and "Subsidiary" in sub-rule 1.1 above and the reference to "the Board" in sub-rule 5.6 above, the expression "the Company" were defined as "a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan"; and

7.5.3
sub-rule 9.2 below were omitted.

7.6
For options granted on or after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

7.6.1
an offer (as referred to in Rule 7.1) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in Rule 7.3) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the "New Company");

13


8.     VARIATION OF CAPITAL

8.1
Subject to sub-rule 8.3 below, in the event of any variation of the share capital of the Company (including a change in the number of ordinary shares underlying an American Depositary Share) or in the event the Company makes a demerger by way of exempt distribution under section 213 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 or pays a special dividend or repurchases its share capital, the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule 8.2 below.

8.2
An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:

8.2.1
the number of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

8.2.2
the number of American Depositary Shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

8.2.3
the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of any option;

8.2.4
where any such option has been exercised but no shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be purchased.

8.3
An adjustment under sub-rule 8.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option to less than their nominal value.

9.     ALTERATIONS

9.1
Subject to sub-rules 9.2, 9.3 and 9.4 below, the Board may at any time alter this Plan, or the terms of any option granted under it.

9.2
No alteration to the advantage of Participants shall be made under rule 9.1 to any of rules 2, 3.3, 4.1 to 4.4 inclusive, 5.2 to 5.4 inclusive, 5.6, 7.1 to 7.4 inclusive, 8.1 and 8.2 without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

9.3
Rule 9.2 shall not apply to:

9.3.1
any minor alteration to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member; or

9.3.2
any alteration solely relating to a special term.

9.4
No alteration to the disadvantage of any Participant shall be made under sub-rule 9.1 above unless:

9.4.1
the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration, and

9.4.2
the alteration is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

14


9.5
No alteration which solely relates to a special term subject to which an option has been granted shall be made under sub-rule 9.1 above unless:

9.5.1
there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the special term would not, without the alteration, achieve its original purpose, and

9.5.2
the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration.

9.6
For the purposes of this Rule a special term means a term specified by the Board as mentioned in sub-rule 3.1 above.

10.   MISCELLANEOUS

10.1
The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member or Associated Company shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it and an individual who participates therein shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any option under this Plan as a result of such termination.

10.2
In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

10.3
The Company and any Subsidiary may provide money to the No. 1 Trust, the No. 2 Trust, the No.3 Trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes, to the extent permitted by section 153(4) of the Companies Act 1985 and, where applicable, section 154 of that Act.

10.4
Where an Award is granted under the Plan to a person who is not chargeable to tax under Case I of Schedule E in respect of the office or employment by virtue of which it is granted to him, the provisions of the Plan shall apply thereto subject to such alterations as the Board shall before the grant thereof have determined having regard to any securities, exchange control or taxation laws or regulations or similar factors which may have application to him or to any Participating Company in relation to the option.

10.5
Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office marked for the attention of the Company Secretary, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member or an Associated Company, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

11.   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

11.1
In this Rule:

15


11.2
The Board may grant an Incentive Stock Option over American Depositary Shares to any person who is eligible to be granted an option under the Plan upon the terms set out in the Plan and subject to the additional terms and conditions in this Rule.

11.3
Subject to sub-rule 11.4 below, the option price for an American Depositary Share subject to an Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder may not be less than the Market Value of the number of ordinary shares underlying the American Depositary Share on the Grant Date.

11.4
A person who, within the meaning of section 422(b)(6) of the Code, is deemed to own shares in the Company possessing more than ten per cent of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company (or of its parent or subsidiary corporations within the meaning in section 424 of the Code) shall be eligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option only if the option price of an American Depositary Share thereunder is at least 110% of the Market Value of the number of ordinary shares underlying the American Depositary Share on the Grant Date and only if the term of the option does not exceed five years.

11.5
The aggregate Market Value determined at the Grant Date of the number of ordinary shares underlying the American Depositary Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options first become exercisable by any Participant in any calendar year shall not exceed US$100,000.

11.6
Section 421(a) of the Code will not apply to an Incentive Stock Option unless it is exercised no more than (i) twelve months after the date of termination of employment because of total and permanent disability or (ii) three months after the date of termination of employment for any reason other than that described in clause (i) and death.

11.7
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue or cause to be issued any American Depositary Shares if at such time such issuance would violate the United States Federal Securities laws or any other laws of the United States or any state thereof. In addition, the holder of any American Depositary Shares issued hereunder agrees not to sell or transfer such American Depositary Shares in violation of the United States Federal Securities laws or any other laws of the United States or any state thereof. The Company shall have the right in its sole discretion to modify the terms of the Plan at any time and from time to time as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure or facilitate such compliance with the foregoing and to include appropriate legends on any options or American Depositary Shares issued or caused to be issued hereunder.

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP
10 Upper Bank Street
London E14 5JJ

16




QuickLinks

CONTENTS
PART A—Inland Revenue Approved
PART B—Not approved by UK Inland Revenue

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.9

GRAPHIC




THE DIAGEO PLC ASSOCIATED COMPANIES
SHARE OPTION PLAN


 
 
Amended by the Remuneration Committee: 26 August 2008



CONTENTS

Rule
  Page
1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION   1
2.   ELIGIBILITY   1
3.   GRANT OF OPTIONS   2
4.   LIMITS   3
5.   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS   3
6.   CASH EQUIVALENT   4
7.   TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP   5
8.   VARIATION OF CAPITAL   6
9.   ALTERATIONS   7
10.   MISCELLANEOUS   7

1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.2
Any reference in this Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

2.     ELIGIBILITY

2.1
Subject to sub-rule 2.2 below, a person is eligible to be granted an option under the Plan if (and only if) he is a director or employee of an Associated Company (excluding any person who is a director or the company secretary of the Company) who is required to devote the whole or substantially the whole of his working time to the service of any Associated Company.

2.2
A person is not eligible to be granted an option under this Plan at any time within the eighteen months immediately preceding the date on which he is bound to retire in accordance with the

1


3.     GRANT OF OPTIONS

3.1
Subject to Rule 4 below, the Board may grant an option to subscribe for shares in the Company, which may be American Depositary Shares or ordinary shares in the Company as the Board may determine, upon the terms set out in this Plan and upon such other objective terms as the Board may specify, to any person who is eligible to be granted an option in accordance with Rule 2 above.

3.2
Where an option is granted pursuant to Clause 3.1 above to a US Participant, such option shall be to subscribe for American Depositary Shares, and not ordinary shares.

3.3
The price at which shares or American Depositary Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option shall be determined by the Board before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

3.3.1
unless paragraph 3.3.2 applies, if shares of the same class as those shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the average of the middle-market quotation of shares of that class (as derived from that List) for the three dealing days immediately preceding the Grant Date;

3.3.2
if the option is granted over American Depositary Shares, the average of the closing prices of the American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange for the three New York Stock Exchange trading days immediately preceding the Grant Date.

3.4
An option may only be granted:

3.4.1
within the period of 6 weeks beginning with -

(a)
the date on which this Plan is approved and adopted by the Company; or

(b)
the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

3.4.2
at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify its grant; and

3.4.3
within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Company
3.5
Before granting an option under the Plan the Board shall ensure that it has authority under sections 80 and 89 of the Companies Act 1985 to grant the proposed options.

3.6
An option granted under this Plan to any person:

3.6.1
shall not, except as provided in sub-rule 5.3 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

3.6.2
shall lapse forthwith if he is adjudged bankrupt.

3.7
The grant of any option under this Plan shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the provisions of the document "The Listing Rules" published by the London Stock Exchange, of the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers, or of the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or of any regulation or enactment.

2


4.     LIMITS

4.1
No options shall be granted under the Plan which would at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options so granted to exceed such number as the Board may determine from time to time; and for this purpose American Depositary Shares shall be deemed to be the number of ordinary shares represented thereby.

4.2
The Board may from time to time determine a maximum aggregate amount payable on exercise of options granted under this Plan to any person during any period of twelve months, such amount to be determined taking account of market practice.

4.3
Any option granted under this Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with.

5.     EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

5.1
The exercise of any option granted under this Plan shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Board.

5.2
Subject to sub-rules 5.3 and 5.4 below and to sub-rules 7.1 and 7.3 below, an option may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

5.3
If any Participant dies, any option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death provided that his death occurs at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule 5.4 below.

5.4
If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any option granted to him under this Plan:

5.4.1
if he so ceases within 6 months after the Grant Date by reason of injury disability or redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996), or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Group Member, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member, the option may not be exercised at all and shall immediately lapse, but if he so ceases more than 6 months after the Grant Date for the reasons set out above, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months of his so ceasing;

5.4.2
if he so ceases within 6 months after the Grant Date by reason of retirement on reaching the age at which he is bound to retire in accordance with the terms of his contract of employment or by reason of early retirement with the consent of the Company, the option may not be exercised at all and shall immediately lapse, but if he so ceases more than 6 months after the Grant Date for the reasons set out above, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months of his so ceasing;

5.4.3
if he so ceases for any other reason, the option may not be exercised at all unless the Board shall so permit, in which event it may (and subject to sub-rule 5.3 above must, if at all) be exercised to the extent permitted by the Board within 6 months of his so ceasing.

5.5
A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule 5.4 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member, and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment

3


5.6
Subject to sub-rule 5.3 above, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, an option may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Board may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.

5.7
Within 30 days after an option has been exercised by any person, the Board shall issue to him (or a nominee for him) the number of shares in respect of which the option has been exercised, provided that:

5.7.1
the Board considers that the issue of the relevant shares would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

5.7.2
in a case where a Group Member is obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the option and/or for any social security contributions recoverable from the person in question (together, the "Tax Liability"), that person has either:

(a)
made a payment to the Group Member of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

(b)
entered into arrangements acceptable to that or another Group Member to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the shares on his behalf and the payment to the Group Member of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

6.     CASH EQUIVALENT

6.1
Where an option granted under this Plan has been exercised by any person in respect of any number of shares, and those shares have not yet been transferred to him in accordance with sub-rule 5.7 above, the Board may determine that, in substitution for his right to acquire such number of those shares as the Board may decide (but in full and final satisfaction of his said right), he shall be paid by way of additional emoluments a sum equal to the cash equivalent of that number of shares or, in the case of a US Participant, if he elects to defer receipt of the sum pursuant to his employer's deferred compensation plan or in accordance with rules established by the Board, an amount equal to such sum shall be credited to his account under his employer's deferred compensation plan.

6.2
For the purposes of this Rule, the cash equivalent of any shares is the amount by which the Board's opinion of the market value of those shares on the day last preceding the date on which the option was exercised (or, if at the relevant time shares of the same class as those shares were listed in The Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle-market quotation of shares of that class, as derived from that List, on the dealing day last preceding that date or, in the case of American Depositary Shares, the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on the dealing day last preceding that date) exceeds the price at which those shares may be acquired by the exercise of the option.

6.3
Subject to sub-rule 6.4 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after a determination has been made under sub-rule 6.1 above that a person shall be paid a sum in substitution for his right to acquire any number of shares:

6.3.1
the Company shall pay to him or procure the payment to him of that sum in cash; and

6.3.2
if he has already paid the Company for those shares, the Company shall return to him the amount so paid by him.

4


6.4
If the Board in its discretion so decides:

6.4.1
the whole or part of the sum payable under sub-rule 6.3.1 above shall, instead of being paid to the person in question in cash, be applied on his behalf in subscribing for or purchasing shares in the Company at a price equal to the market value (or, as the case may be, the middle-market quotation) by reference to which the cash equivalent is calculated, and

6.4.2
the Company shall either issue or procure the transfer to him (or his nominee) of the shares so acquired.

6.5
There shall be made from any payment under this Rule such deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable

7.     TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

7.1
If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 14 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4 and 5.6 above, any option may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Board may permit) of such notification.

7.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 7.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

7.3
If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4 and 5.6 above, any option may be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) lapse on the expiration of that period.

7.4
If any company ("the acquiring company"):

7.4.1
obtains control of the Company as a result of making -

(a)
a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

(b)
a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan, or

7.4.2
obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986, or

7.4.3
becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of that Act or Articles 421 to 423 of that Order,

5


7.5
The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of sub-rule 7.4 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 15(3) of Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of this Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

7.5.1
the new option were an option granted under this Plan at the same time as the old option;

7.5.2
except for the purposes of the definitions of "Group Member", "Participating Company" and "Subsidiary" in sub-rule 1.1 above and the reference to "the Board" in sub-rule 5.6 above, the expression "the Company" were defined as "a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Plan"; and

7.5.3
sub-rule 9.2 below were omitted.

7.6
For options granted on or after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

7.6.1
an offer (as referred to in Rule 7.1) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in Rule 7.3) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the "New Company");

7.6.2
at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the offer or proposal was made were shareholders in the Company; and

7.6.3
the Board and the New Company agree that this Rule should apply

8.     VARIATION OF CAPITAL

8.1
Subject to sub-rule 8.3 below, in the event of any variation of the share capital of the Company (including a change in the number of ordinary shares underlying an American Depositary Share) or in the event the Company makes a demerger by way of exempt distribution under section 213 of the Taxes Act 1988 or pays a special dividend or repurchases its share capital, the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule 8.2 below.

8.2
An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:

8.2.1
the number of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

8.2.2
the number of American Depositary Shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

8.2.3
the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of any option;

8.2.4
where any such option has been exercised but no shares have been issued pursuant to such exercise, the number of shares which may be so transferred and the price at which they may be purchased.

8.3
An adjustment under sub-rule 8.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option to less than their nominal value, but only if and to the extent that the Board shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the shares in respect of which the option is exercised and which are to be allotted pursuant to such exercise exceeds the price at which the shares may be subscribed for and to apply that sum in paying up such amount on such shares; and so that on exercise of any option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Board shall capitalise that sum (if any) and apply the same in paying up that amount.

6


9.     ALTERATIONS

9.1
Subject to sub-rule 9.2 below, the Board may at any time alter this Plan, or the terms of any option granted under it.

9.2
No alteration to the disadvantage of any Participant shall be made under sub-rule 9.1 above unless:

9.2.1
the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration, and

9.2.2
the alteration is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

9.3
No alteration which solely relates to a special term subject to which an option has been granted shall be made under sub-rule 9.1 above unless:

9.3.1
there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the special term would not, without the alteration, achieve its original purpose, and

9.3.2
the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration.

9.4
For the purposes of this Rule a special term means a term specified by the Board as mentioned in sub-rule 3.1 above.

10.   MISCELLANEOUS

10.1
The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it and an individual who participates therein shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any option under this Plan as a result of such termination.

10.2
In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

10.3
Where an option is granted under the Plan to a person who is not chargeable to tax under Case I of Schedule E in respect of the office or employment by virtue of which it is granted to him, the provisions of the Plan shall apply thereto subject to such alterations as the Board shall before the grant thereof have determined having regard to any securities, exchange control or taxation laws or regulations or similar factors which may have application to him or to any Participating Company in relation to the option.

10.4
Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office marked for the attention of the Company Secretary, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP
10 Upper Bank Street
London E14 5JJ

7




QuickLinks

CONTENTS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.10

GRAPHIC


   
DIAGEO PLC LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


   
Amended by the Remuneration Committee on 5 December 2006, 5 December 2007 & 26 August 2008



CONTENTS

Clause
  Page

1.

 

Definitions

  1

2.

 

Grant Of Awards

 
3

3.

 

Individual Limits

 
4

4.

 

Plan Limits

 
4

5.

 

Performance Requirement

 
4

6.

 

Forfeiture Of Awards

 
5

7.

 

Rights During The Restricted Period

 
5

8.

 

Release Of Awards

 
5

9.

 

Adjustments

 
6

10.

 

Change Of Control

 
6

11.

 

Merger And Demerger

 
8

12.

 

Allotment, Transfer, Listing And The Cost Of The Plan

 
9

13.

 

Employee Rights

 
9

14.

 

Taxation And Other Regulatory Requirements

 
9

15.

 

Administration And Amendment Of The Plan

 
10

16.

 

Notice

 
11

17.

 

Termination

 
11

18.

 

Governing Law

 
11

1.     DEFINITIONS

1.1
In these Rules and Schedules the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

1


2


1.2
Words and expressions defined in the Act and in the Companies Act 1985 and the Companies Act 1989 shall bear the same meanings in these Rules except as otherwise provided for in these Rules.

1.3
Where the context so admits or requires, words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and words importing the masculine shall include the feminine.

1.4
Any reference to a statute or statutory provision shall be construed as if it referred also to that statute or provision as the same may from time to time be consolidated, replaced, amended or re-enacted and to any related statutory instrument or other subordinate legislation in force from time to time.

1.5
Wherever the Rules refer to the Committee or the Trustees having the ability to determine, decide or change matters howsoever, this will mean that the Committee shall be entitled to do so in its absolute and unfettered discretion and no person shall have any right to challenge, dispute or appeal whatsoever against the Committee's determined, decision or change howsoever made.

1.6
Headings, notes and footnotes to these Rules are included for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of these Rules.

1.7
Reference to a "company" shall be construed so as to include any company, corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established.

1.8
References to a "person" shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having a separate legal personality).

1.9
References to Shares shall, where appropriate, be construed as references to American Depository Shares ("ADSs").

2.     GRANT OF AWARDS

2.1
Subject to Rule 3 and Rule 17, the Committee or the Trustees may grant Awards at any time other than during a Close Period. The Committee may make recommendations to the Trustees in respect of the Awards to be granted by the Trustees pursuant to this Rule 2.1 which the Trustees may or may not, in their absolute discretion, determine to follow. References in these Rules to the Committee making determinations or decisions in respect of Awards shall be deemed to be references to the Trustees making such determinations or decisions in respect of Awards granted by the Trustees pursuant to this Rule 2.1, taking account of the recommendations of the Committee.

2.2
The Committee shall determine in respect of each Award:

2.2.1
whether the Award is a Restricted Share Award or a Deferred Right;

2.2.2
in respect of any Deferred Right the payment, if any, due upon the exercise of the Award and the period after Release when the Award will lapse;

2.2.3
the maximum number of Shares the subject of an Award;

2.2.4
the Performance Requirement that must be satisfied prior to Release;

2.2.5
the Restricted Period applicable to such Award; and

2.2.6
any other conditions, restrictions, prohibitions or requirements that the Committee shall determine as appropriate that must be satisfied prior to Release.

3


2.3
The Committee may in its discretion determine that it shall be a condition of the grant of an Award in any Plan Year that an Eligible Employee (including his spouse and infant children) and/or Participant shall have held beneficially for such period or periods of time as the Committee shall decide a certain number of Shares provided that such determination is made and notified to the Eligible Employee and/or Participant no later than 3 calendar months before the commencement of any Plan Year.

2.4
An Award Certificate shall be issued to an Eligible Employee in respect of whom the Committee has determined that an Award shall be granted as soon as reasonably practicable following the Date of Grant containing the information required in accordance with Rule 2.2. Such Award Certificate shall be issued as a deed executed by the Company (or, in respect of Awards made by the Trustees, a deed executed by the Trustees) or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

2.5
A Participant may at any time prior to the Release of an Award renounce the Award (in whole, but not in part), by serving notice in writing on the Company or Trustees of his intention to renounce such Award. The renunciation shall be effective from the date of receipt of such notice by the Company or Trustees.

3.     INDIVIDUAL LIMITS

3.1
An Award shall not normally be granted to an Eligible Employee and/or Participant if the Award Value when aggregated with the Award Values of other Awards granted to him in the same Plan Year would exceed 250% of his Basic Salary at the Date of Grant.

4.     PLAN LIMITS

4.1
Subject to sub-rules 4.2 to 4.3, the Company may transfer shares held as treasury shares to Participants on the Release of any Award. No shares may be issued under the Plan.

4.2
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise than pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of the grant or issue, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year, or shall have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other executive share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.3
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise than pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of the grant or issue, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year, or been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

5.     PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT

5.1
The Committee shall determine for each Award the applicable Performance Requirement in accordance with the provisions of Rule 2.2.4.

5.2
If events occur which cause the Committee to consider that the existing Performance Requirement has become inappropriate (for whatever reason), it may, in its discretion (provided such discretion is exercised fairly and reasonably and after consultation with the principal shareholders of the Company) determine to amend or replace the relevant Performance Requirement so that in the reasonable opinion of the Committee it will not be materially more or less difficult to satisfy than was originally intended.

4


6.     FORFEITURE OF AWARDS

6.1
An Award shall be personal to a Participant and neither Awards, nor any rights granted in relation thereto, may be transferred, assigned, pledged, charged or otherwise disposed of by a Participant (save for disposals of such rights granted in relation to an Award between the Participant and any trustee as provided in the definition of Eligible Employee) and if a Participant shall do, suffer or permit any such act or thing whereby he would or might be deprived of any rights received or granted in relation to an Award (save in respect of disposals between the Participant and any such trustee), the Award shall forthwith lapse.

7.     RIGHTS DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIOD

7.1
A Participant shall not be entitled to any beneficial interest in or any dividend or other distribution paid in respect of Shares subject to Awards prior to their Release or by reference to a record date falling prior to their Release but, at the discretion of the Committee, may receive a discretionary bonus calculated by reference to such dividend or distribution, such value being of such amount and provided in such form at such time as the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine and subject to any deductions required by law. Subject to the provisions of Rule 9.1 if the Company declares a special dividend prior to their Release the Committee may determine to adjust the number of Shares subject to Awards to take such special dividend into account.

7.2
A Participant shall not be entitled to direct the Trustees to vote in respect of any Shares the subject of Awards prior to their Release or to exercise any other right in relation to such Shares.

8.     RELEASE OF AWARDS

8.1
Subject to Rule 8.2, Rule 8.5, Rule 10 and Rule 11 Awards shall be Released subject to the achievement of the Performance Requirement and provided that the Participant has been in Continuous Employment from the Date of Grant until the end of such applicable Restricted Period on the dealing day immediately following the last day of the Restricted period.

8.2
Release of Awards shall also be subject to:

8.2.1
the satisfaction of any additional conditions, restrictions or requirements set out in the Award Certificate in accordance with the provisions of Rule 2.2.6; and

8.2.2
the consent of the Trustees;

8.2.3
the requirements of Rule 14; and

8.2.4
any applicable provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

8.3
If a prospective date of Release in a Close Period, such Release may be deferred until the end of the Close Period, subject to Rule 8.7.4.

8.4
Except as prescribed in Rule 8.5, if the Participant ceases to be employed by the Group during the Restricted Period his subsisting Awards shall lapse forthwith upon such cessation.

8.5
If a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group before the end of the applicable Restricted Period, the Committee may in its discretion determine that a proportion or all of the Award shall be Released at the end of the such applicable Restricted Period or at such other time as the Committee shall determine. Release in such circumstances may be subject to such Performance Requirement or other conditions, if any, as the Committee may in its discretion determine.

8.6
The Committee may in its discretion determine that a Participant shall retain after the Release of such Award some or all of the Shares comprising his Award for such period or periods and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine provided that such determination

5


8.7
Each subsisting Award shall lapse on the earliest of the following events:

8.7.1
the date on which it is determined that any Performance Requirement imposed pursuant to Rule 2.2.4 cannot be satisfied; or

8.7.2
the date on which the Award lapses pursuant to Rule 2.2.2, Rule 6, Rule 8.4, Rule 10 or Rule 11; or

8.7.3
the date upon which an Award is deemed to lapse pursuant to any other Rule; or

8.7.4
the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant; or

8.7.5
the date on which the Participant is adjudicated bankrupt.

8.8
After Release of an Award in the form of a Deferred Right, such Deferred Right may be exercised in whole (or in part if the Company permits) by the Participant giving notice to the Company in such form as the Committee shall prescribe accompanied by the payment, if any, for the Shares. The date of receipt of such notice shall be the date of exercise of the Deferred Right. Within 30 days after a Deferred Right has been exercised, the Committee shall transfer or procure the transfer to the Participant (or his nominee) of the number of Shares in respect of which the Deferred Right has been exercised. Deferred Rights exercised on the same day shall be deemed to be exercised simultaneously. When a Deferred Right is exercised only in part, the balance shall remain exercisable on the same terms as originally applied to the whole Deferred Right and a new Award Certificate shall be issued as soon as reasonably practicable for the balance of the Deferred Right remaining. Deferred Rights that have not been exercised within 30 days of Release will lapse.

8.9
After Release of an Award in the form of a Restricted Share Award the Committee shall in its discretion either:

8.9.1
transfer or procure the transfer to the Participant (or his nominee), within 30 days of the Release of such Award, of the Shares subject to such Award; or

8.9.2
procure the transfer to the Participant, within 30 days of the Release of such Award, of an amount in cash equal to the aggregate market value of the Shares subject to such Award on the last dealing day immediately prior to the Release of such Award.

9.     ADJUSTMENTS

9.1
If a variation of the issued share capital of the Company by way of a capitalisation or rights issue, sub-division, consolidation, reduction or otherwise shall take place then the number of Shares subject to an Award may be adjusted in such manner and with effect from such date, as the Committee may determine to be appropriate and as the External Auditors shall have confirmed in writing to be, in their opinion, fair and reasonable.

9.2
Notice of any such adjustment made under Rule 9.1 be given to Participants by the Committee who may call in Award Certificates for endorsement or replacement.

10.   CHANGE OF CONTROL

10.1
If any company or person acting alone or in concert with another or others obtains Control of the Company the Committee shall forthwith upon the date of such change of Control notify every Participant and Participants shall be entitled on such date to the Release of all Awards provided that or to the extent that the Performance Requirement is satisfied on the occurrence of such

6


10.2
If under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 the court sanctions a compromise or arrangements between the Company and its creditors or members proposed for the purpose of, or in connection with, a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, all Awards shall be Released to Participants forthwith on the date upon which the compromise or arrangement is sanctioned by the court provided that or to the extent that the Performance Requirement is satisfied on the occurrence of such event. If Awards are made in the form of Deferred Rights Participants may exercise such Deferred Rights within one month of the date of Release, after which period such Deferred Rights will lapse.

10.3
If any company or person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, the Committee shall forthwith notify every Participant and Participants shall be entitled on the date such company or person becomes bound or entitled to the Release of all Shares the subject of subsisting Awards provided that or to the extent that the Performance Requirement is satisfied on the occurrence of such event. If Awards are made in the form of Deferred Rights Participants may exercise such Deferred Rights within one month of the date of Release, after which period such Deferred Rights will lapse.
10.4
If a voluntary winding up of the Company is proposed to shareholders or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Committee shall notify each Participant. On receipt of such notification all a Participant's Awards will be Released provided that or to the extent that the Performance Requirement is satisfied on the occurrence of such event. After such Release if Awards have been made in the form of Deferred Rights the Participant may then in the case of a voluntary winding up of the Company exercise any Released Deferred Right during the period between the proposal and a resolution being passed (provided that any exercise is conditional upon the resolution being passed) or, in the case of an order for the compulsory winding up of the Company, exercise any Released Deferred Right within one month from the date of such notification. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant who has exercised a Released Deferred Right under this provision shall be entitled to an equal distribution of the assets of the Company with existing shareholders in the same manner as he would have been entitled had he been the registered owner of the relevant Shares when the resolution was passed or order made.
10.5
If, as a result of the events specified in Rule 10.1 or Rule 10.2, a company has obtained Control of the Company or if a company has become bound or entitled as stated in Rule 10.3 (such company referred to as the "Acquiring Company"), the Participant may, by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release each subsisting Award (the "Old Award") in exchange for an Award (the "New Award") provided that the New Award:

10.5.1
is over shares of the Acquiring Company or some company which has Control of the Acquiring Company or is a member of a consortium owning either the Acquiring Company or having Control of the Acquiring Company;

10.5.2
is a right over such number of shares as have an aggregate market value of those Shares subject to the Old Award on the last dealing day immediately prior to the date of exchange on which the Shares were quoted;

7


10.6
The New Award shall for all purposes be treated as having been acquired on the same Date of Grant as the Old Award and thereafter references in these Rules to the Company, Deferred Rights, Shares and Awards shall, where appropriate, be construed as references to the Acquiring Company and its shares, deferred rights and the New Award.
10.7
For Awards granted after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

10.7.1
a new company (the "New Company") is expected to obtain Control of the Company as a result of an offer referred to in Rule 10.1 or a compromise or arrangement referred to in Rule 10.2; and

10.7.2
at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the obtaining of Control of the Company were shareholders in the Company

11.   MERGER AND DEMERGER

11.1
In the event that the Company merges with another company, or any one or more of the businesses of the Group are demerged (whether such merger or demerger is effected by way of sale, distribution or in any other manner) the Committee shall notify each Participant and shall have the discretion to determine whether:

11.1.1
all subsisting Awards are voided and replaced with awards of an equivalent value as determined by the Committee in its discretion and as the External Auditors shall have confirmed in writing to be, in their option, fair and reasonable; or

11.1.2
the number of Shares subject to subsisting Awards be adjusted to reflect any change in value due to the merger or demerger or in the case of Awards in the form of Deferred Rights the exercise price of the Shares subject to Awards be adjusted, any such adjustment to be determined by the Committee in its discretion and as the External Auditors shall have confirmed in writing to be, in their opinion, fair and reasonable; or

11.1.3
all Awards are Released provided that or to the extent that the Performance Requirement on the occurrence of such event is satisfied and in the case of Awards in the form of Deferred Rights Participants may exercise their Deferred Rights within a period of one month (or such other period as the Committee may determine) beginning with the date of notification of the demerger to Participants, and after the end of such period such Deferred Rights will lapse.

11.2
The Committee shall notify Participants as soon as reasonably practicable of any replacement, adjustment or Release in accordance with the provisions of Rule 11.1 and may call in Award Certificates for endorsement or replacement.

8


12.   ALLOTMENT, TRANSFER, LISTING AND THE COST OF THE PLAN

12.1
Any Shares to be transferred pursuant to the Release of an Award shall be transferred to the relevant Participant or a nominee nominated by a Participant not later than 30 days after the date of Release of the Award and/or exercise of the Deferred Right. Such Shares shall rank pari passu in all respects with other Shares, as the case may be, of the same class as issued at that time, provided that the Participant shall have no entitlement in relation to rights attaching to the Shares prior to the date of Release.

12.2
Awards may only be satisfied by the transfer of Shares.

12.3
The obligation to provide a benefit under an Award may be undertaken by the Company or the Trustees as the Committee shall determine from time to time and subject, where required, to the appropriate agreement and exercise by the Trustees of their discretion.

12.4
The Company shall ensure when necessary that it is in a position to satisfy or procure the satisfaction of all rights to acquire Shares from time to time subsisting under the Plan, taking account of other obligations of the Company in relation to the provision of Shares.

12.5
The Company shall bear the costs of establishing and administering the Plan.

12.6
The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained all necessary accounts and records relating to the Plan.

13.   EMPLOYEE RIGHTS

13.1
No account shall be taken of actual or prospective grants of Awards or rights in prospect under them for the purpose of any redundancy payments or severance scheme operating within the Group or for the purpose of a Participant's right under any pension scheme or arrangement.

13.2
Nothing in this Plan or in any document issued pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any person any right to continue in the employ of any Group Company or shall affect the right of any Group Company to terminate the employment of any person, or shall impose upon any Group Company, the Committee, Trustee or their respective agents and employees any liability for the loss of any rights under the Plan which may result if that person's employment is so terminated. In no circumstances shall any Participant, by reason of ceasing to be employed by any Group Company, or any part of the Plan ceasing or failing to have a particular tax treatment or to be approved by the Inland Revenue or any other revenue authority, be entitled to any compensation for any loss of any actual or prospective right or benefit under the Plan which he might otherwise have enjoyed, whether such compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful or unfair dismissal or other breach of contract or by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise.

14.   TAXATION AND OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

14.1
The grant of an Award to an Eligible Employee and/or Participant under the Plan shall be conditional upon the agreement of that Eligible Employee and/or Participant to indemnify the Company or Group Company for any:

14.1.1
tax payable in respect of the grant of such Award, Release or exercise pursuant to the Income Tax (Employments) (Notional Payments) Regulations 1996 or otherwise; and

14.1.2
employee's National Insurance contributions or other social charges in respect of the grant of such Award, Release or exercise or otherwise (the payments together referred to as the "Tax Payment");

9


14.2
The Participant shall pay all expenses and taxes which arise or result from the Release of an Award and/or the exercise of a Deferred Right or the transfer of Shares, provided that the Company in its absolute discretion may meet any stamp duty or liability for any other taxes or expenses arising from the Release of an Award or the exercise of a Deferred Right which it deems appropriate.

14.3
The Committee may determine that any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to additional and/or modified terms and conditions relating to the grant, Release or exercise as may be necessary to comply with or take account of any securities, exchange control or taxation laws, regulations, practice or other laws of any territory which may apply to the relevant Eligible Employee, Participant or Group Company.

14.4
In exercising its discretion under Rule 14.3 the Committee may:

14.4.1
require a Participant to make such declarations or take such other action as may be required for the purpose of any securities, exchange control or taxation laws, regulations, practice or other laws of any territory which may be applicable to him at the Date of Grant, Release or on exercise; and

14.4.2
adopt any supplemental rules or procedures governing the grant, Release or exercise of an Award as may be required for the purpose of any securities, exchange control or taxation laws, regulations, practice or other laws of any territory which may be applicable to an Eligible Employee or Participant, provided that such rules or procedures may not be adopted to the extent that they require the approval of the Company in general meeting in accordance with Rule 15.1.1 of the Plan, unless such approval has been obtained previously.

15.   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

15.1
The Committee shall have the power from time to time to make and amend such regulations for the implementation and administration of the Plan in a manner consistent with the Plan as it thinks fit and to make any amendments to these Rules provided that:

15.1.1
the provisions governing eligibility requirements, equity dilution, share utilisation and individual participation limits and the adjustments that may be made following a rights issue or any other variation of capital cannot be altered to the advantage of Participants without the prior approval of shareholders in general meeting (except for minor amendments to benefit the administration of the Plan, or amendments to take account of a change of legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable Tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants in the Plan or for any Group Company); and

15.1.2
no alteration may be made which would materially adversely affect any subsisting rights of Participants granted prior to the date of the alteration without the prior consent or sanction of the majority of that number of Participants who responded to the notification by the Company of such proposed alteration.

15.2
Any matters pertaining or pursuant to the Plan which are not dealt with by these Rules and any uncertainty or dispute as to the meaning of these Rules shall be determined or resolved by

10


15.3
Any amendments to these Rules relating to the operation of the Plan in a particular jurisdiction shall be set out in a separate schedule to these Rules.

16.   NOTICE

16.1
The provisions of the Company's Articles of Association from time to time with regard to the service of notices on members shall apply mutatis mutandis to any notice to be given under the Plan to a Participant or Eligible Employee.

16.2
Notices or documents under the Plan required to be given by the Company to an Eligible Employee or Participant shall be properly given if delivered to him at his normal place of work or sent to him by first class post at his last known address and any notice or document required to be given to the Company shall be properly given if delivered or sent by first class to the registered office of the Company from time to time addressed to the Company Secretary.

16.3
Participation in the Plan shall not entitle a Participant to receive copies of any notice or other document sent by the Company to its shareholders prior to the Release of Awards.

17.   TERMINATION

17.1
Subject to Rule 17.2, the Plan shall terminate on the earlier of the following dates:

17.1.1
any date determined by the Committee to be the date of termination of the Plan; and

17.1.2
the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date.

17.2
The Company in general meeting may at any time resolve to extend the Plan up to a further 10 years.

17.3
Following termination of the Plan pursuant to this Rule no further Awards shall be granted, but the subsisting rights and obligations of Participants at that time shall continue in force as if the Plan had not been terminated.

18.   GOVERNING LAW

18.1
The Rules and the operation of the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with English Law.

11




QuickLinks

CONTENTS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.11

GRAPHIC


   
THE DISCRETIONARY INCENTIVE PLAN


   
Date adopted by the Board: 9 November 1999
Amended by the Routine Business Committee: 7 February 2007
and 21 January 2008
Amended by the Remuneration Committee: 26 August 2008



CONTENTS

Clause
  Page
1.   Definitions And Interpretation   1
2.   Grant Of Awards   2
3.   Individual Limit   2
4.   Plan Limits   3
5.   Exercise And Transfer Of Shares   3
6.   Cash Equivalent   5
7.   Takeover, Reconstruction And Winding-Up   6
8.   Variation Of Capital   7
9.   Alterations   8
10.   Miscellaneous   8


THE DISCRETIONARY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.2
Any reference in the Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified extended or re-enacted.

1


2.     GRANT OF AWARDS

2.1
Subject to sub-rules 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 below and to Rule 3 below, the Board may grant an Award to any employee or director of a Participating Company (excluding any person who is a director of the Company) who is required to devote the whole or substantially the whole of his working time to the service of any Participating Company upon the terms set out in the Plan and upon such other terms as the Board may specify. Such other terms may include any personal performance or business performance targets set by the Board and notified to the Participant prior to the Award Date.

2.2
An Award may only be granted under the Plan:

2.2.1
within the period of 6 weeks beginning with the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Company or the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period, or at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify the grant thereof; and

2.2.2
within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is established
2.3
In the case of Awards granted prior to 22 October 2003, before granting an Award, the Company shall have entered into an agreement with the trustees of the No.1 Trust, the trustees of the No.2 Trust or the trustees of the No.3 Trust whereby the trustees agree to satisfy any Awards granted under the Plan. The Company is not required to enter into such agreement (but may, in its absolute discretion, choose to do so) in relation to Awards granted on or after 22 October 2003.

2.4
There shall be no monetary consideration for the grant of any Award under the Plan, and accordingly any such Award shall be granted by deed.

2.5
The price payable by the Participant on the acquisition of shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be in aggregate £1 (or in the case of American Depositary Shares $1), and, in the case of an Allocation, the Participant shall not have to pay anything to receive the Allocated Shares.

2.6
The grant of any Award under the Plan shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the provisions of the document "The Listing Rules" published by The London Stock Exchange, of The City Code on Take-overs and Mergers, of the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange or of any regulation or enactment.

2.7
For the purposes of an Award made to a US Participant, such an Award shall consist of an Allocation in respect of American Depositary Shares.

2.8
Subject to Rule 4.4 below, an Award granted under the Plan to any person shall not be capable of being transferred by him and shall lapse forthwith if it is so transferred or if he is adjudged bankrupt.

3.     INDIVIDUAL LIMIT

3.1
The Board may from time to time set a limit on the number of shares and/or the value of shares that a Participant may acquire in pursuance of Awards granted to him under the Plan. In determining the value of shares that a Participant may acquire, the shares shall be valued by reference, in the case of ordinary shares in the Company, to the average of the middle-market quotation of shares (as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for the three dealing days immediately preceding the Award Date, and in the case of American Depositary Shares, to the average of the closing prices of the American Depositary Shares on the New York

2


3.2
No shares may be issued upon the exercise of an Option or upon transfer of Allocated Shares since a Participant may acquire only existing shares in the Company pursuant to an Award.

4.     PLAN LIMITS

4.1
Subject to sub-rules 4.2 to 4.4, the Company may transfer shares held as treasury shares to Participants when any Option is exercised or Allocated Shares transferred. No shares may be issued under the Plan.

4.2
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise than pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of the grant or issue, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year, or shall have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other executive share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.3
No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise than pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of the grant or issue, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year, or been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other employees' share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

4.4
Any treasury shares held by the Company which are transferred to Participants in satisfaction of Awards shall be treated as issued for the purposes of Rules 4.2 and 4.3 above.

5.     EXERCISE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

5.1
The exercise of any Option granted under the Plan and transfer of Allocated Shares to a Participant shall be effected in such form and manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

5.2
Subject to sub-rules 5.4 and 5.5 below and to Rule 7 below, an Award granted under the Plan may not be exercised nor may Allocated Shares be transferred before the third anniversary of the Award Date, and the number of shares in respect of which an Option may be exercised at any time shall not, when added to the number of shares in respect of which the Option has previously been exercised:

5.2.1
where the Option is exercised prior to the fourth anniversary of the Award Date, exceed one-third of the number of shares originally subject to the Option or such larger number as the Board may determine on the Award Date; and

5.2.2
when the Option is exercised prior to the fifth anniversary of the Award Date, exceed two-thirds of the number of shares originally subject to the Option or such larger number as the Board may determine on the Award Date

3


5.3
If the Board specified other terms as mentioned in sub-rule 2.1 above ("the relevant condition"), an Option may not be exercised nor may Allocated Shares be transferred if the relevant condition is not satisfied, subject to sub-rule 5.4, 5.5(a), 5.5(b), 5.5(c), 5.5(d) and 7.4 below.

5.4
If any Participant dies before exercising an Option or before Allocated Shares are transferred to him and at a time when he is either a director or employee of a Participating Company or entitled to exercise the Award or have the Allocated Shares transferred to him by virtue of sub-rule 5.5 below, the Option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death, and Allocated Shares shall be transferred to his personal representatives within 30 days following his death.

5.5
If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Participating Company (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any Award granted to him under the Plan (unless the Board at any time decides otherwise):         

(a)
if he so ceases by reason of injury or disability, the Option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.4 above must, if at all) be exercised within the period which shall expire 6 months after his so ceasing and Allocated Shares shall be transferred within 30 days following the date of cessation;

(b)
if he so ceases by reason of redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996) or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Participating Company, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Participating Company, the Option may (and subject to sub-rule 5.4 above must if at all) be exercised within the period which shall expire 6 months after his so ceasing, but if he so ceases before the third anniversary of the Award Date the Option may be exercised only in respect of the number of shares which he could have acquired on the third anniversary of the Award Date in accordance with sub-rule 5.2.1 above, and if he ceases on or after the third anniversary of the Award Date and before the fourth anniversary, the Option may be exercised only in respect of an aggregate of the number of shares which he could have acquired on the third anniversary of the Award Date and a time-apportioned proportion of the additional number of shares which he could have otherwise acquired on the fourth anniversary of the Award Date (based on the proportion of time he has spent in employment during the further year), and if he ceases on or after the fourth anniversary of the Award Date and before the fifth anniversary, the Option may be exercised only in respect of an aggregate of the number of shares which he could have otherwise acquired on the fourth anniversary of the Award Date and a time-apportioned proportion of the additional number of shares which he could have otherwise acquired on the fifth anniversary of the Award Date (based on the proportion of time he has spent in employment during the further year), and the number of Allocated Shares which may be transferred shall be calculated in the same way as the number of shares in respect of which an Option may be exercised and shall be transferred within 30 days following the date of cessation;

(c)
for Awards granted before 7 February 2007, if he so ceases by reason of retirement on reaching the age at which he is bound to retire in accordance with the terms of his contract of

4


5.6
A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule 5.5 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Participating Company until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any of the Participating Companies, and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 before exercising an Award under the Plan shall be treated for those purposes as not having ceased to be such a director or employee.

5.7
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, an Option may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which it is granted.

5.8
Subject to sub-rule 5.9 below, within 30 days after an Option has been exercised by any person or a person has become entitled to have Allocated Shares transferred to him, the Board shall procure the transfer to him (or his nominee) of the required number of shares, provided that:

(a)
the Board considers that the transfer thereof would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

(b)
in a case where a Participating Company is obliged to account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option or transfer of Allocated Shares and/or any social security contributions recoverable from the person in question (together, the "Tax Liability"), that person has either:

(i)
made a payment to the Participating Company of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

(ii)
entered into arrangements acceptable to that or another Participating Company to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the shares on his behalf and the payment to the Participating Company of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

5.9
The transfer of any shares under the Plan shall be subject to obtaining any such approval or consent as is mentioned in Rule 2.6 above.

5.10
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Allocated Shares may not be sold, transferred, encumbered, lodged or otherwise disposed of unless so disposed of in a transaction registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") or in a transaction in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

6.     CASH EQUIVALENT

6.1
Where an option granted under the Plan has been exercised by any person in respect of any number of shares, or where a person has become entitled to have any number of Allocated Shares transferred to him, and those shares have not yet been transferred to him in accordance with sub-rule 5.8 above, the Board may determine that, in substitution for his right to acquire such number of those shares as the Board may decide (but in full and final satisfaction of his said right), he shall be paid by way of additional emoluments a sum equal to the cash equivalent of that number of shares or, in the case of a US Participant, if he elects to defer receipt of the sum pursuant to his employer's deferred compensation plan or in accordance with rules established by

5


6.2
For the purposes of this Rule:

6.2.1
the cash equivalent of any shares to be transferred pursuant to the exercise of an option is the amount by which, in the Board's opinion, the market value of those shares on the day last preceding the date on which the option was exercised (or, if at the relevant time shares of the same class as those shares were listed in The Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle-market quotation of shares of that class, as derived from that List, on the dealing day last preceding that date or, in the case of American Depositary Shares, the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on the dealing day last preceding that date) exceeds the price at which those shares may be acquired by the exercise of the option;

6.2.2
the cash equivalent of any Allocated Shares to be transferred is the amount which, in the Board's opinion, is the market value of those shares on the day last preceding the date on which the person entitled to have such Allocated Shares transferred to him became so entitled (or, if at the relevant time shares of the same class as those shares were listed in The Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle-market quotation of shares of that class, as derived from that List, on the dealing day last preceding that date or, in the case of American Depositary Shares, the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on the dealing day last preceding that date);

6.3
Subject to sub-rule 6.4 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after a determination has been made under sub-rule 6.1 above that a person shall be paid a sum in substitution for his right to acquire any number of shares:

6.3.1
the Company shall pay to him or procure the payment to him of that sum in cash; and

6.3.2
if he has already paid the Company for those shares, the Company shall return to him the amount so paid by him.

6.4
If the Board in its discretion so decides:

6.4.1
the whole or part of the sum payable under sub-rule 6.3.1 above shall, instead of being paid to the person in question in cash, be applied on his behalf in purchasing shares in the Company at a price equal to the market value (or, as the case may be, the middle-market quotation) by reference to which the cash equivalent is calculated, and

6.4.2
the Company shall procure the transfer to him (or his nominee) of the shares so purchased.

6.5
There shall be made from any payment under this Rule such deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

7.     TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

7.1
If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 840 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 7 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.7 above, an Option may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Board may permit) of such notification and Allocated Shares shall be transferred as soon as reasonably practicable after notification.

7.2
For the purposes of sub-rule 7.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

6


7.3
If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and any Award granted under the Plan may, subject to sub-rules 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.7 above, be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) lapse on the expiration thereof and Allocated Shares shall be transferred as soon as reasonably practicable after such notification.

7.4
In relation to an Award which would but for sub-rule 5.3 above be exercisable (or would permit Allocated Shares to be transferred) by virtue of an event mentioned in sub-rule 7.1 or 7.3 above, the Board may, at its discretion and acting fairly and reasonably, treat the relevant condition as satisfied if, at the time of the event, the Board cannot determine whether the relevant condition is in fact satisfied.

7.5
For Awards granted after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

7.5.1
a new company (the "New Company") is expected to obtain control of the Company as a result of an offer referred to in Rule 7.1 or a compromise or arrangement referred to in Rule 7.3; and

7.5.2
at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the obtaining of control of the Company were shareholders in the Company

8.     VARIATION OF CAPITAL

8.1
In the event of any increase or variation of the share capital of the Company (whenever effected) (including any change in the number of ordinary shares underlying an American Depositary Share) or in the event the Company makes a demerger by way of exempt distribution under section 213 of the Taxes Act 1988 or pays a special dividend or repurchases its share capital, the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule 8.2 below.

8.2
An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:

8.2.1
the number of shares in respect of which any Option may be exercised;

8.2.2
the number of American Depositary Shares in respect of which any Option may be exercised;

8.2.3
where any such Option has been exercised but no shares have been transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of shares which may be so transferred and the price at which they may be purchased;

8.2.4
the number of Allocated Shares.

7


8.3
As soon as reasonably practicable after making any adjustment under sub-rule 8.2 above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

9.     ALTERATIONS

9.1
Subject to sub-rule 9.2 below, the Board may at any time alter or add to all or any of the provisions of the Plan, or the terms of any Award granted under it, in any respect.

9.2
No alteration to the advantage of Participants shall be made under Rule 9.1 to any of Rules 2, 4.1 to 4.4 inclusive, 5.2 to 5.5 inclusive, 5.7, 7.1 to 7.4 inclusive, 8.1 and 8.2 without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

9.3
Rule 9.2 shall not apply to:

9.3.1
any minor alteration to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member; or

9.3.2
any alteration solely relating to a special term.

9.4
No alteration or addition to the disadvantage of any Participant shall be made under sub-rule 9.1 above unless:

9.4.1
the Board shall have invited every such Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration or addition, and

9.4.2
the alteration or addition is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

9.5
As soon as reasonably practicable after making any alteration or addition under sub-rule 9.1 above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

10.   MISCELLANEOUS

10.1
The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Participating Company shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein, and an individual who participates therein shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Award under the Plan as a result of such termination.

10.2
In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of the Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to the Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

10.3
The Company and any Subsidiary may provide money to the No. 1 Trust, the No. 2 Trust, the No. 3 Trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes, to the extent permitted by section 153(4) of the Companies Act 1985 and, where applicable, section 154 of that Act.

10.4
Where an Award is granted under the Plan to a person who is not chargeable to tax under Case I of Schedule E in respect of the office or employment by virtue of which it is granted to him, the provisions of the Plan shall apply thereto subject to such alterations or additions as the Board shall before the grant thereof have determined having regard to any securities, exchange control or taxation laws or regulations or similar factors which may have application to him or to any Participating Company in relation to the option.

8


10.5
Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office marked for the attention of the Company Secretary, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Participating Company, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment, and where a notice or other communication is given by first-class post, it shall be deemed to have been received 48 hours after it was put into the post properly addressed and stamped.

10.6
The rules of the Plan and the rights and obligations of any individual thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England.

9




QuickLinks

CONTENTS
THE DISCRETIONARY INCENTIVE PLAN

Exhibit 4.12

 

THE RULES OF THE

DIAGEO PLC 1998 UNITED STATES

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

Amended in June 1999

 

Amended by the Remuneration Committee on 26 August 2008

 



 

DIAGEO PLC

 

Diageo 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

(Amended June 1999)

 

1.                                  Purpose

 

The purpose of the Diageo 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Plan”), is to provide employees of the Participating Subsidiaries of Diageo plc (“Diageo”) (Diageo and the Participating Subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as “the Company”) an opportunity to own an equity interest in Diageo and, through such ownership, to promote their identification with the interests of shareholders of Diageo, to stimulate their commitment to the business objectives of the Company and to maintain their motivation through the opportunity to share in the growth of the Company.  It is intended that options issued pursuant to the Plan (“the Options”) shall constitute options issued pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

2.                                  Definitions

 

As used herein, the terms set forth below have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 2 and shall include the plural as well as the singular.

 

ADRs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Board shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Brokerage Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(j).

 

Cessation Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(1).

 

Change of Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Change in Control ADS Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Change in Control Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Code shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

Companies Act shall mean the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985.

 

Company shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Compromise shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g)(ii).

 

Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Deposit Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 



 

Deposit Commencement Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Depositary shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Deposited ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(j).

 

Discounted ADS Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Elected ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Elected Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Election Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Fair Market Value shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Diageo shall mean Diageo plc, which is a “parent corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

Grant Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

 

Notice of Grant shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)

 

Offering shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

 

Offering Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Optionees shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

Options shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Ordinary Shares shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Participation Form  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Participating Subsidiaries shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

Plan shall mean the Diageo 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Plan Administrator shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).

 

Plan Limitation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

Purchase Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.

 

Purchase Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Purchase Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Purchased ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Restricted Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(j).

 

Section 429 Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g)(iii).

 

Settlement Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

2



 

Takeover Offer shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 11(g)(i).

 

Trading Day shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Withdrawal Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(e).

 

3.                                  Stock to be Issued under the Plan

 

(a)                             Diageo ADSs

 

The stock subject to Options shall be ordinary shares nominal value 28 and 101/108 pence per share of Diageo (the “Ordinary Shares”), as traded on the London Stock Exchange, which shall be represented by American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), as traded on the New York Stock Exchange.  Upon exercise of an Option, Diageo shall make arrangements either to procure the issue by the applicable United States depositary (“the Depositary”) of the appropriate number of ADSs, being evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (the “ADRs”) or procure the transfer of the appropriate number of ADSs.  References in this Plan to Options to purchase ADSs shall be construed accordingly.  At the time of adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors of Diageo (“the Board”), each ADS represents four Ordinary Shares, but such number may increase or decrease from time to time upon decision by the Board or a duly authorised committee of the Board (“the Committee”); in the event of any such increase or decrease, the Board or the Committee shall make the appropriate adjustments to the terms of outstanding Options.

 

(b)                            Limits upon Number of Ordinary Shares Issuable

 

(i)                                          The aggregate maximum number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Options shall not exceed 71,500,000, which represents approximately two per cent of the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding on 18 June, 1998.

 

(ii)                                       In addition to the requirement in subparagraph (i) above,

 

(1)                      No Option shall be granted on any date if the number of Ordinary Shares falling to be issued on the exercise  thereof when aggregated with:

 

(a)                                     the number of Ordinary Shares issued during the ten years ended prior to that date under any employee share scheme operated by Diageo (other than an employee share option scheme); and

 

(b)                                    the number of Ordinary Shares issued or remaining capable of being issued pursuant to options granted during the ten years ended on the day prior to that date under any employee share option scheme (including the Plan) operated by Diageo.

 

would exceed ten percent of the ordinary share capital of Diageo for the time being; and

 

3



 

(2)                      No Option shall be granted on any date if the number of Ordinary Shares falling to be issued on the exercise  thereof when aggregated with:

 

(a)                                                  the number of Ordinary Shares issued during the period of five years ended on the day prior to that date under any employee share scheme operated by Diageo (other than an employee share option scheme); and

 

(b)                                                 the number of Ordinary shares issued or remaining capable of being issued pursuant to options granted during the period of five years ending on the day prior to that date under any employee share option scheme (including the Plan) operated by Diageo

 

would exceed five percent of the issued ordinary share capital of Diageo on that date.

 

4.                                  Approval by Shareholders

 

The Plan was approved by the Board on June 18, 1998 and was adopted by the shareholders of Diageo on August 11, 1998.

 

5.                                  Participating Subsidiaries

 

The Board shall from time to time designate direct and indirect United States subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 736 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985 (the “Companies Act”)) of Diageo (the “Participating Subsidiaries”), the employees of which will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

6.                                  Administration

 

(a)                             Powers and Duties of Committee

 

The Plan shall be administered, in accordance with the provisions hereof, by the Board which may delegate some or all of its powers and duties to the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and Section 423 of the Code, the Board or the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to determine the time and frequency of granting Options, the terms and conditions of the Options and the number of Ordinary Shares subject to each Option; provided, however, that an Offering may only be made within the six weeks following the announcement to the London Stock Exchange by Diageo of its results for any financial year or other period.  The Board or the Committee shall have the authority to do everything necessary and appropriate to administer the Plan, including, without limitation, interpreting the provisions of the Plan (but any such interpretation shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of Section 423 of the Code).  All actions, decisions and determinations of, and interpretation by the Board or the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final and binding upon all employees granted Options under the Plan (the “Optionees”) and upon their executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs and legatees unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee.  No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action, decision, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted hereunder.

 

4



 

(b)                            Group Compensation and Benefits Director

 

The Board or the Committee may authorise the Group Compensation and Benefits Director of Diageo to exercise certain of the powers and duties of the Board or the Committee under Paragraph (a) of Section 6 hereof in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association of Diageo.

 

(c)                             Plan Administrator.

 

Diageo, any of the Participating Subsidiaries, or the common U.S. parent corporation of the Participating Subsidiaries may engage the services of a financial institution (the “Plan Administrator”) to perform certain ministerial and procedural duties under the Plan including, but not limited to, mailing and receiving notices contemplated under the Plan, determining the number of Elected ADSs and Purchased ADSs for each Optionee, maintaining or causing to be maintained the Purchase Account and the Brokerage Account, disbursing funds maintained in the Purchase Account or proceeds from the sale of ADSs through the Brokerage Account, and filing with the appropriate tax authorities proper tax returns and forms (including information returns) and providing to each Optionee statements as required by law or regulation.

 

7.                                  Eligibility

 

(a)                             Employees Only: Non-Discrimination

 

Only employees of the Participating Subsidiaries shall be eligible to be granted Options under the Plan.  Every employee of a Participating Subsidiary who was actively employed or on leave of absence on the Grant Date shall be eligible to receive Options granted on such date.  For purposes of the Plan, the term “employee” does not include:

 

(i)                                          any person whose customary employment is less than 20 hours per week;

 

(ii)                                       any person whose scheduled employment is five months or less in any calendar year; or

 

(iii)                                    any person who is on a leave of absence for more than 90 days and such person’s employment with the Company is  not guaranteed by contract or statute.

 

All employees eligible to be granted Options under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges with respect to Options granted at the same time (each such grant of Options is referred to herein as an “Offering”).

 

(b)                            5% Shareholders Excluded

 

In no event may an employee be granted an Option if such employee, immediately after the Option is granted, owns stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of Diageo or of its parent or subsidiary corporation.  For purposes of determining such stock ownership, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply, and stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options (whether issued pursuant to this Plan or otherwise) shall be treated as stock owned by the employee.

 

5



 

8.                                  Limitations of Number of ADSs to be Purchased

 

(a)                             Maximum

 

No Optionee shall be granted an Option affording such Optionee the right under the Plan to purchase ADSs in excess of the Elected ADSs.  In no event shall an Optionee be granted an Option which would permit such Optionee’s rights to purchase ADSs under all employee stock purchase plans (within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code) of his employing Participating Subsidiary and its parent and subsidiary corporations (as defined in Section 424 of the Code) to accrue at a rate which exceeds $20,000 of such ADSs (based on the Discounted ADS Price) for each calendar year in which any such Options is outstanding at any time (such limitation is referred to herein as the “Plan Limitation”).  The Plan Limitation applies only to Options granted under “employee stock purchase plans” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code and does not limit the amount of ADSs or other stock of Diageo which an employee may purchase under any other stock or bonus plans then in effect.  If, for any reason, the Elected ADSs exceed the number of ADSs permitted to be elected by an Optionee under the Plan Limitation, such Optionee shall be deemed to have elected the greatest number of ADSs permitted to be elected by him under the Plan Limitation.  If the number of shares permitted to be purchased is increased pursuant to an amendment of the Code, the Board or the Committee is hereby authorised upon the effective date of such amendment or thereafter to increase or decrease the Plan Limitation in accordance with such amendment.  Notwithstanding the above, the Board or the Committee must authorise prior to the Grant Date the number of ADSs permitted to be purchased by an Optionee in an Offering; provided that such limitation is applicable to all Optionees under the Plan.

 

(b)                            Minimum

 

If an election is made by an Optionee under Paragraph (b) of Section 9 hereof to purchase ADSs pursuant to Options granted in an Offering, the dollar amount of the Optionee’s Deposit Amount ADSs for such Offering shall not be less than $250.  An Optionee who elects to a Deposit Amount that is less than the minimum dollar required under this Paragraph shall, for purposes of Paragraph (b) of Section 9 hereof and Paragraph (d) of Section 11 hereof, be deemed to have elected such minimum Deposit Amount, and such provision shall be clearly set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

9.                                  Grant of Options: Election to Purchase

 

(a)                             Notice of Grant

 

Options granted hereunder shall be deemed to have been granted 30 days prior to the date the Notice of Grant is sent (the “Grant Date”).  Within 30 days following the Grant Date, a written notice (the “Notice of Grant”) shall be mailed to each Optionee, which Notice of Grant shall:

 

(i)                                          inform the Optionee of his entitlement to purchase ADSs pursuant to the terms of the Plan at the applicable Discounted ADS Price on the applicable Purchase Date;

 

(ii)                                       incorporate by reference the provisions of this Plan;

 

6



 

(iii)                                    be in such form as the Committee shall determine.

 

(b)                            Election to Purchase

 

On or prior to 30 days (or, with respect to any particular Offering, a greater number of days as determined to be necessary or appropriate by the Plan Administrator) after the Notice of Grant is sent to Optionees (the “Election Date”), each Optionee shall have notified the Plan Administrator, in the manner set forth in Section 17 hereof, of the Optionee’s intention to purchase ADSs by returning the form (the “Participation Form”) attached to the Notice of Grant and indicating the amount of such Optionee’s fixed base pay as of the Grant Date (the “Elected Amount”) which such Optionee elects to have withheld pursuant to Paragraph (d) of Section 11 hereof; provided that the Elected Amount is subject to the Plan Limitation.  In the event that the Plan Administrator shall not have received the Participation form properly completed by the Election Date, such Optionee shall be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.  Upon timely receipt of the Participation Form, the Plan Administrator shall determine the maximum whole number of ADSs (by rounding up, if necessary) that can be purchased on the Purchase Date by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds that shall have accumulated in the Purchase Account as of the Purchase Date pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph (d) of Section 11 hereof (such maximum number of ADSs is referred to herein as the “Elected ADSs”).

 

10.                            Purchase Account

 

An account shall be established on the books of each Participating Subsidiary (the “Purchase Account”) for the purpose of purchasing ADSs by Optionees under the Plan.  ADSs purchased under the Plan shall be purchased with funds accumulated in the Purchase Account in accordance with the terms and conditions of Options set forth in Section 11 hereof.  The amounts credited to a Purchase Account shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Participating Subsidiary that maintains the Purchase Account.

 

11.                            Terms and Conditions of Options

 

Options granted hereunder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                       Purchase Price

 

The purchase price of each ADS subject to an Option under the Plan shall be 85 percent of the average of the Fair Market Value of an ADS, expressed in U.S. dollars, on the three Trading Days immediately preceding the Grant Date of such Option (the “Discounted ADS Price”); provided that the purchase price of an ADS may never be less than the pounds sterling equivalent on the Purchase Date of the nominal value of the Ordinary Shares represented by such ADS.  For purposes of the Plan, “Fair Market Value” shall be the closing sale price of an ADS as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, and “Trading Day” shall mean any day on which the ADSs are traded on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the ADSs are no longer traded on the New York Stock Exchange, any other exchange on which the ADSs are traded.  The

 

7



 

product of the Discounted ADS Price and the Purchased ADSs is referred to herein as the “Purchase Price”.

 

(b)                                      Term of Options

 

An Option granted hereunder shall expire after the Purchase Date.

 

(c)                                       Exercise

 

Each Option shall only be exercisable on the last trading day of the calendar year following the year in which the Grant Date occurs.  The Plan Administrator will determine the actual number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that an Optionee may purchase (the “Purchased ADSs”) by dividing such Optionee’s share of funds accumulated in the Purchase Account in respect of Options by the Discounted ADS Price; provided, however, that the number of Purchased ADSs shall in no event exceed the number of Elected ADSs.  An Optionee who elects to purchase ADSs pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed on the Purchase Date to have exercised the Option for the Purchased ADSs, unless, prior to such Purchase Date, such Optionee has terminated such Optionee’s Option pursuant to Paragraph (e) of Section 11 hereof; provided, however, that if:

 

(i)

 

a written notice is given by the Optionee, in the manner set forth in Section 17 hereof, not to exercise his Option, which notice shall be received by the Plan Administrator no later than the day 20 days prior to the Purchase Date and no sooner than the day 40 days prior to the Purchase Date or

 

 

 

(ii)

 

the product of the Fair Market Value of an ADS on the Purchase Date (or on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Purchase Date if the Purchase Date is not a Trading Day) and the Purchased ADSs is less than the Purchase Price, the Optionee shall be deemed not to have exercised such Option and shall receive, as soon as administratively feasible after the Purchase Date, his share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the Purchase Date.

 

Nothing in this Paragraph (c) or in any other provisions of this Plan shall be construed to give an Optionee the right to purchase any ADSs pursuant to an Option prior to the Purchase Date to which such Option relates, except as provided in Paragraphs (f) and (g) of this Section 11.

 

(d)                                      Payroll Deductions

 

An Optionee who elects to purchase ADSs pursuant to Paragraph (b) of Section 9 hereof shall be deemed to have authorised the Participating Subsidiary which employs such Optionee to withhold from the periodic payment of his after-tax wages an amount (the “Deposit Amount”) equal to the Elected Amount divided by the number of pay periods in the calendar year following the year in which the Grant Date occurs (the “Offering Period”).  Such Participating Subsidiary shall withhold the Deposit Amount from each payment of wages, commencing

 

8



 

with the first pay period in the Offering Period (the “Deposit Commencement Date”) and continuing thereafter throughout the Offering Period and ending on the Purchase Date.  Such Optionee shall be deemed to have given instruction to the employing Participating Subsidiary to deposit the Deposit Account in the Purchase Account.  The funds so accumulated in the Purchase Amount may only be applied toward the purchase of ADSs pursuant to Options, unless such funds are returned to the Optionee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that the funds accumulated in the Purchase Account will in all cases be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Participating Subsidiary that maintains the Purchase Account

 

(e)                                       Termination of Option: Early Withdrawal

 

An Optionee may terminate such Optionee’s Option granted in an Offering in its entirety by written notice of such termination (the “Withdrawal Notice”) delivered in the manner set forth in Section 17 hereof.  The Withdrawal Notice must be received by the Plan Administrator no later than the 20 days prior to the Purchase Date and no sooner than the day 40 days prior to the Purchase Date.  Such Optionee may not terminate an Option in part, but only in its entirety.  Upon such termination, such Optionee’s share of funds on deposit in the Purchase Account in respect of the terminated Option as of the Withdrawal Date shall be paid to such Optionee as soon as administratively feasible after timely receipt by the Plan Administrator of the Withdrawal Notice, and all rights and privileges of the Optionee with respect to such Option shall terminate.  Such termination shall not affect the Optionee’s rights and privileges with respect to other options granted in any other Offering that are not otherwise terminated.

 

(f)                                         Termination of Employment

 

Except for the circumstances set forth below, in the event that an Optionee’s employment shall terminate during the term of any Option (and he is not re-employed by any other Participating Subsidiary,), an outstanding Option shall terminate immediately, and as soon as administratively feasible thereafter, the Optionee shall receive such Optionee’s share of the funds then on deposit in the Purchase Account;  provided, however that, subject to the Plan Limitation:

 

(i)                         If any termination of employment is due to retirement (under his employing Participating Subsidiary’s retirement plan), death or disability during employment, the Optionee (or, as the case may be, his executor, administrator, personal representative, heir or legatee) shall have the right within three months after such retirement, death or disability (unless the Purchase Date shall first occur, in which event such right may be exercised only on the Purchase Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date of such purchase;  for purposes of this subparagraph (i), an Optionee is deemed to  be terminated due to disability if and at the time such Optionee is not actively employed by his

 

9



 

employing Participating Subsidiary after six continuous months of absence from employment due to disability;

 

(ii)                      If any involuntary termination of employment by the Participating Subsidiary is due to work force reduction or job elimination, the Optionee shall have the right within three months after such termination (unless the Purchase Date shall first occur, in which event such right may be exercised only on the Purchase Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date of such purchase; or

 

(iii)                   If any Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated as a result of a change in control of a Participating Subsidiary, such Optionee shall have the right within three months after such change in control (unless the Purchase Date shall first occur, in which event such right may be exercised only on the Purchase Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date of such change in control;  for purposes of this subparagraph (iii), a change in control is deemed to have occurred if there is a sale by Diageo of its interest in such Participating Subsidiary where Diageo does not retain more than 50% of the voting power of such Participating Subsidiary or Diageo (or any subsidiary of Diageo) sells all or substantially all of the assets of such Participating Subsidiary and the Optionee, as a result of such sale, does not continue in employment with the Company;

 

provided further , that if an Optionee does not exercise an Option under any of the foregoing subparagraphs (i), (ii), or (iii), as the case may be, such Option shall terminate upon the expiry of the applicable three month period and the Optionee shall receive, as soon as administratively feasible after the expiry of the three month period, such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option.

 

(g)                                      Change in Control or Liquidation of Diageo

 

In any of the events set out below (the occurrence of any such event shall be referred to herein as a “Change in Control”), an Optionee shall elect, within 10 days after the Change in Control Date (as defined below) whether to continue the Optionee’s Deposit Amount or to receive the Settlement Amount (as defined below).  If the Optionee elects to continue the Optionee’s Deposit Amount, the Option shall be converted into the right to receive for each ADS subject to the Option the securities cash and/or property which the holder of one ADS would be entitled to receive upon the Change in Control.

 

If the Optionee elects to receive the Settlement Amount, the Optionee shall within 30 days after the Change in Control Date receive the Settlement Amount in cash in respect of each Option held by such Optionee;  provided that upon

 

10



 

receipt of the Settlement Amount the option shall terminate and the Optionee shall no longer have any claim to any funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option;  provided , further , that if, in respect of an Option, the relevant Change in Control ADS Price (as defined below) is less than the Discounted ADS Price, the Optionee shall receive within 30 days after the Change in Control Date, in lieu of the Settlement Amount, the Optionee’s share of the funds on deposit in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the Change in Control Date and such Option shall terminate upon such receipt.  The term “Settlement Amount” means, with respect to an Option, the amount that would be realised by an Optionee if such Optionee exercised the Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying the Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the Change in Control Date and sold all such ADSs immediately thereafter at the Change in Control ADS Price.

 

For purposes of this Paragraph (g), a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(i)

 

any person obtains Control (as defined below) of Diageo as a result of making a general offer to acquire all the shares of Diageo of the same class as the Ordinary Shares or a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of Diageo which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of Diageo (a “Takeover Offer”);

 

 

 

(ii)

 

a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court becomes effective under section 425 of the Companies Act (a “Compromise”); or

 

 

 

(iii)

 

any person serves a notice on the shareholders of Diageo under section 429 of the Companies Act (relating to rights of 90% shareholders to buy out minority shareholders) (a “Section 429 Notice”);

 

for purposes of this sentence, the term “Control” means, with respect to Diageo, the power of a person to secure that the affairs of Diageo are conducted in accordance with the wishes of that person by means of direct or indirect ownership of shares or possession of voting power of Diageo, by virtue of powers conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association of Diageo or any other document regulating Diageo or any other corporation or otherwise.  For purposes of this Paragraph (g), the term “Change in Control ADS Price” means the higher of (i) the Fair Market Value of an ADS on the Change in Control Date (or, if the Change in Control Date is not a Trading Day, on the Trading Day immediately prior to such Change in Control Date), or (ii) the price per share paid or proposed to be paid for the Ordinary Shares of Diageo by a person making a Takeover Offer, by a person (if any) who obtains Control of Diageo under a Compromise, or by a person serving a Section 429 Notice, as the case may be, translated in to the US dollar price per ADS by reference to the spot exchange rate on the Change in Control Date and as adjusted for the then

 

11



 

existing ratio between an ADS and the number of Ordinary Shares represented thereby;  the term “Change in Control Date” means:

 

(i)

 

with respect to a Takeover Offer, the date on which the person making the Takeover Offer has obtained Control of Diageo;

 

 

 

(ii)

 

with respect to a Compromise, the date on which the Compromise becomes effective; or

 

 

 

(iii)

 

with respect to a Section 429 Notice, the date that is the first day of the period during which the person serving the Section 429 Notice is entitled and bound to acquire shares on the terms of the offer contained in such Section 429 Notice.

 

If an effective resolution is passed for the voluntary winding up, or an order is made for the compulsory winding up, of Diageo, the Board or the Committee shall give notice thereof to all Optionees as soon as reasonably practicable and thereupon each such Optionee shall forthwith and until 30 days thereafter have the right (unless the Purchase Date shall first Occur, in which event such right may be exercised only on the Purchase Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying his share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date such notice by the Board or the Committee is given; provided that all unexercised Options shall terminate upon the expiry of such 30-day period and the Optionee shall, as soon as administratively feasible after the expiry of such 30-day period, receive his share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such unexercised Option.

 

For Options granted after 26 August 2008, in the event that an offer (as referred to in paragraph (i) above) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in paragraph (ii) above) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the “New Company”), at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the offer or proposal was made were shareholders in the Company and the Board and the New Company agree that this Rule should apply, then the offer or proposal shall not be a Change of Control for the purposes of this paragraph (g) and an Option shall be automatically converted into an Option which the Board determines is equivalent to the Option it replaces except that it will be over shares in the New Company or some other company and shall be converted in such a manner as to ensure continued compliance with Section 423 of the Code and to ensure that such Option shall continue to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code.  The rules will apply to any new Option granted under this paragraph as if references to shares were references to shares over which the new Option is granted and references to the Company were references to the company whose shares are subject to the new Option.

 

12


 

(h)             Assignability of Options

 

No Option granted hereunder shall be assignable or transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

(i)               Excess Funds

 

In the event the Optionee (or his executor, administrator, personal representative, heir or legatee) exercises an Option and there remains any excess of such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option over the amount applied to the purchase of ADSs pursuant to such exercise, such excess shall be paid to the Optionee as soon as administratively feasible after the date of such purchase.

 

(j)               Restricted Period

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented to the deposit of all of the ADSs purchased pursuant to such exercise (the “Deposited ADSs”) with a designated brokerage account maintained by the Plan Administrator for such Optionee’s benefit (the “Brokerage Account”) for a one year period after the relevant Purchase Date (the “Restricted Period”).  The Deposited ADSs will be held in book-entry form in the name of the Plan Administrator as nominee.  Except as set forth in Section 11(k) below, and Optionee (including any Optionee whose employment has been terminated) will not be permitted to withdraw such Optionee’s Deposited ADSs during the Restricted Period:

 

(i)         if a subsequent disposition of the withdrawn ADSs by the Optionee can be made without effecting such disposition through the Brokerage Account;

 

(ii)        if such withdrawal resulted from an exchange of the Deposited ADSs for property in a transaction to which Section 354, 355, 356, or 1036 (or so much of Section 1031 as relates to Section 1036) of the Code applies;

 

(iii)       if such withdrawal resulted from a transfer of the Deposited ADSs by the Optionee out of the Brokerage Account into an account which is jointly owned by such Optionee and any other person with the right of survivorship;

 

(iv)       if such withdrawal resulted from a transfer of the Deposited ADSs to the Optionee’s spouse, or to a former spouse where such transfer is incidental to a divorce; or

 

(v)        if such withdrawal resulted from any other transfer of the Deposited ADSs out of the Brokerage Account that would not be treated as a “disposition” as defined in Section 424(c) of the Code.

 

(k)              Sale of Deposited ADSs:  Termination of Employment

 

An Optionee may by written notice instruct the Plan Administrator to (i) sell such Optionee’s Deposited ADSs through the Brokerage Account at any time

 

13



 

and (ii) pay over to such Optionee the proceeds (less any expenses and any applicable withholding taxes, including, without limitation, wage and employment withholding taxes) of such sale.  If the employment of an Optionee is terminated (for any reason) and such termination occurs subsequent to the Restricted Period with respect to any Deposited ADSs, the Plan Administrator may require such Optionee to withdraw such Deposited ADSs from the Brokerage Account at such Optionee’s own expense.

 

(l)               Cessation of Payroll Deductions

 

Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of this Section 11, if the Plan Administrator is notified by irrevocable written request from an Optionee (a “Cessation Notice”) to stop making the payroll deductions provided for in such paragraph, then the relevant Participating Subsidiary shall cease to make payroll deductions with respect to the specified Option as soon as administratively feasible following the receipt of the Cessation Notice, which Notice shall specify the name of the Optionee and the Option or Options with respect to which the cessation of payroll deductions relates.  An Optionee shall not have the right to resume payroll deductions with respect to any Option subject to the Cessation Notice and shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan with respect to such Option (other than paragraph (b) of Section 8).

 

(m)             Tax Deductions

 

In any case where the Company is obliged to account:

 

(i)         for any tax (or similar liabilities) in any jurisdiction for which the Optionee in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of an Option; or

 

(ii)        for any social security or other contributions recoverable from the Optionee in question;

 

(together, the “Tax Liability”) the Company may recover the tax from the Optionee in question in such manner as the Board or the Committee shall think fit and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) no ADSs shall be issued or transferred to that Optionee unless he has either:

 

(i)         made a payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

(ii)        entered into arrangements with the Company to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the Company to procure the sale of some or all of the ADSs on his behalf and authorising the payment to the Company of the relevant amount of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

 

12.          Adjustment of Number of ADSs Subject to Options

 

In the event of any capitalisation or rights issue by Diageo or any consolidation, subdivision, reduction or other variation of the share capital of Diageo, the Committee may make such adjustment, if any, as they may deem appropriate in the number, kind

 

14



 

and price of ADSs available for purchase under the Plan; provided however that Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be adjusted in a manner that causes the Options to fail to qualify as options issued pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code; and provided further , any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12 shall be made on the basis that the Purchase Price shall not be materially altered.

 

In addition, no adjustment shall be made under this Section 12: (i) to the extent that it would result in an ADS being issued at less than the aggregate of the nominal value of the Ordinary Shares which it represents or (ii) without the prior confirmation in writing by the auditors of Diageo (acting as experts and not as arbitrators) that such adjustment is, in their opinion, fair and reasonable.

 

13.          Rights as a Shareholder

 

No Optionee shall have any rights as a shareholder of Diageo except as through and upon the terms and conditions of the applicable depository agreement between Diageo and the Depositary and until full payment has been made for ADSs purchased by such Optionee hereunder.  Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall rank pari passu in all respects with all other Ordinary Shares then in issue, except as regards any rights and dividends attaching by reference to a record date prior to the date on which such ordinary shares are allotted, which shall be the Purchase Date (or date of purchase pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of Paragraph (f), or the last sentence of Paragraph (g), of Section 11 hereof, as the case may be).

 

14.          Other Regulatory Actions

 

Prior to the offering of any ADSs under the Plan, Diageo shall effect a registration of the offering of the Ordinary Shares of Diageo reserved under the Plan in accordance with the requirements of the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations thereunder.  The expense of such registration will be borne by Diageo.

 

Diageo shall apply to the London stock Exchange for the admission to the Official List of all Ordinary Shares allotted pursuant to the exercise of an Option; provided that Ordinary Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange at the time of allotment.

 

Diageo shall keep available sufficient unissued Ordinary Share capital to satisfy the outstanding Options in respect of which Diageo intends to issue Ordinary Shares and shall procure that sufficient ADSs are available for transfer to satisfy the outstanding Options in respect of which Diageo does not intend to issue Ordinary Shares.

 

15.          Amendments:  Termination of the Plan

 

The Board may from time to time amend, modify, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan at any time without notice;  provided that no Optionee’s existing rights in respect of existing Options are adversely affected thereby; provided, further upon any such amendment or modification, all Optionees shall continue to have the same rights and privileges in respect of existing Options; provided further that no such amendment of the Plan shall, except as provided in Section 12 hereof: (i) increase the total number of Ordinary Shares issuable under the Plan; (ii) increase the maximum number of ADSs

 

15



 

which any Optionee may purchase under the Plan (other than an increase in the Plan Limitation under the circumstances permitted by Paragraph (a) of Section 8 hereof); or (iii) increase, enlarge or improve the rights of existing or future Optionees under the Plan unless either such amendment shall have been approved by Diageo in general meeting prior to the implementation of such amendment or such amendment is in the opinion of the Board a minor amendment to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants in the Plan or for Diageo or for members of its group.  In no event may Options be granted after the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the Plan.

 

16.          No Other Obligations

 

The receipt of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall impose no obligation upon the Optionee to purchase any ADSs covered by such Option.  Nor shall the granting of an Option pursuant to the Plan constitute an agreement or an understanding, express or implied, on the part of Diageo or any Participating Subsidiary to employ the Optionee for any specified period.

 

17.          Notices

 

Any notice which Diageo or any Optionee may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be in writing and may be delivered personally or by mail, postage prepaid, addressed: if to Diageo (or to the Plan Administrator), to such address as Diageo, by notice to such Optionee, may designate in writing from time to time; and, if to the Optionee, at his address as shown on the payroll records of his employing Participating Subsidiary.

 

18.          Interpretation of Certain Terms

 

Where the context so requires, reference herein to the masculine gender shall include the feminine; and the meaning of terms in Paragraph (b) of Section 3, Paragraph (g) of Section 11 and Section 12 shall be construed in accordance with the United Kingdom meaning of such terms.

 

19.          Governing Law

 

The Plan and all Options granted hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New york without reference to choice of law principles and subject in all cases to Sections 423 and 424 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

16




Exhibit 4.13

 

THE RULES OF THE

DIAGEO PLC 2007 UNITED STATES

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

Approved by the Company 16 October 2007

 

Adopted by the Board 23 October 2007

 

Amended by the Remuneration Committee 26 August 2008

 



 

DIAGEO PLC

 

Diageo 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

1.                                  Purpose

 

The purpose of the Diageo 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Plan”), is to provide employees of the Participating Subsidiaries of Diageo plc (“Diageo”) (Diageo and the Participating Subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as “the Company”) an opportunity to own an equity interest in Diageo and, through such ownership, to promote their identification with the interests of shareholders of Diageo, to stimulate their commitment to the business objectives of the Company and to maintain their motivation through the opportunity to share in the growth of the Company.  It is intended that options issued pursuant to the Plan (“the Options”) shall constitute options issued pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

2.                                  Definitions

 

As used herein, the terms set forth below have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 2 and shall include the plural as well as the singular.

 

ADRs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Board shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Brokerage Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(j).

 

Cessation Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(1).

 

Change of Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Change in Control ADS Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Change in Control Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Code shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

Companies Act 1985 shall mean the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985.

 

Companies Act 2006 shall mean the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006.

 

Company shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Compromise shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g)(ii).

 

Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 



 

Deposit Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Deposit Commencement Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Depositary shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Deposited ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(j).

 

Discounted ADS Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Elected ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Elected Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Election Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Fair Market Value shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Diageo shall mean Diageo plc, which is a “parent corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

Grant Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

 

Notice of Grant shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

 

Offering shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

 

Offering Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Optionees shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

Options shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Ordinary Shares shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Participation Form  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

 

Participating Subsidiaries shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

Plan shall mean the Diageo 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Plan Administrator shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).

 

Plan Limitation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

Purchase Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.

 

Purchase Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Purchase Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Purchased ADSs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Restricted Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(j).

 

Section 979 Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g)(iii).

 

2



 

Settlement Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Takeover Offer shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 11(g)(i).

 

Trading Day shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Withdrawal Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(e).

 

3.                                  Stock to be Issued under the Plan

 

(a)                             Diageo ADSs

 

The stock subject to Options shall be ordinary shares nominal value 28 and 101/108 pence per share of Diageo (the “Ordinary Shares”), as traded on the London Stock Exchange, which shall be represented by American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), as traded on the New York Stock Exchange.  Upon exercise of an Option, Diageo shall make arrangements either to procure the issue by the applicable United States depositary (“the Depositary”) of the appropriate number of ADSs, being evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (the “ADRs”) or procure the transfer of the appropriate number of ADSs.  References in this Plan to Options to purchase ADSs shall be construed accordingly.  At the time of adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors of Diageo (“the Board”), each ADS represents four Ordinary Shares, but such number may increase or decrease from time to time upon decision by the Board or a duly authorised committee of the Board (“the Committee”); in the event of any such increase or decrease, the Board or the Committee shall make the appropriate adjustments to the terms of outstanding Options.

 

(b)                            Limits upon Number of Ordinary Shares Issuable

 

(i)                                          The aggregate maximum number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Options shall not exceed 71,500,000, which represents approximately three per cent of the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding on 16 October 2007.

 

(ii)                                       In addition to the requirement in subparagraph (i) above,

 

(1)                      no Option shall be granted on any date if the number of Ordinary Shares falling to be issued on the exercise thereof when aggregated with:

 

(a)                                     the number of Ordinary Shares issued during the ten years ended prior to that date under any employee share scheme operated by Diageo (other than an employee share option scheme); and

 

(b)                                    the number of Ordinary Shares issued or remaining capable of being issued pursuant to options granted during the ten years ended on the day prior to that date under any employee share option scheme (including the Plan) operated by Diageo.

 

would exceed ten percent of the ordinary share capital of Diageo for the time being.

 

3



 

For the avoidance of doubt, any treasury shares which are or may be transferred to satisfy options or awards under any other employees’ share scheme adopted by Diageo shall be treated as issued for these purposes unless institutional guidelines cease to require treasury shares to be so treated.

 

4.                                  Approval by Shareholders

 

The Plan was approved by the shareholders of Diageo on 16 October 2007 and was adopted by the Board on 23 October 2007.

 

5.                                  Participating Subsidiaries

 

The Board shall from time to time designate direct and indirect United States subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 of Diageo (the “Participating Subsidiaries”), the employees of which will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

6.                                  Administration

 

(a)                             Powers and Duties of Committee

 

The Plan shall be administered, in accordance with the provisions hereof, by the Board which may delegate some or all of its powers and duties to the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and Section 423 of the Code, the Board or the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to determine the time and frequency of granting Options, the terms and conditions of the Options and the number of Ordinary Shares subject to each Option; provided, however, that an Offering may only be made within the six weeks following (i) the day on which the Plan is approved by Diageo shareholders, (ii) the announcement to the London Stock Exchange by Diageo of its results for any financial year or other period or (iii) at any other time when the circumstances are considered exceptional by the Board. Options may not be granted after [15 October] 2017 (the expiry of the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is approved by Diageo shareholders). The Board or the Committee shall have the authority to do everything necessary and appropriate to administer the Plan, including, without limitation, interpreting the provisions of the Plan (but any such interpretation shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of Section 423 of the Code).  All actions, decisions and determinations of, and interpretation by the Board or the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final and binding upon all employees granted Options under the Plan (the “Optionees”) and upon their executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs and legatees unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee.  No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action, decision, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted hereunder.

 

(b)                            Group Compensation and Benefits Director

 

The Board or the Committee may authorise the Group Compensation and Benefits Director of Diageo to exercise certain of the powers and duties of the Board or the Committee under Paragraph (a) of Section 6 hereof in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association of Diageo.

 

4



 

(c)                             Plan Administrator

 

Diageo, any of the Participating Subsidiaries, or the common U.S. parent corporation of the Participating Subsidiaries may engage the services of a financial institution (the “Plan Administrator”) to perform certain ministerial and procedural duties under the Plan including, but not limited to, mailing and receiving notices contemplated under the Plan, determining the number of Elected ADSs and Purchased ADSs for each Optionee, maintaining or causing to be maintained the Purchase Account and the Brokerage Account, disbursing funds maintained in the Purchase Account or proceeds from the sale of ADSs through the Brokerage Account, and filing with the appropriate tax authorities proper tax returns and forms (including information returns) and providing to each Optionee statements as required by law or regulation.

 

7.                                  Eligibility

 

(a)                             Employees Only: Non-Discrimination

 

Only employees of the Participating Subsidiaries (including employees of Participating Subsidiaries who are non-resident aliens, on International Assignment in the United States) shall be eligible to be granted Options under the Plan.  Every employee of a Participating Subsidiary who was actively employed or on leave of absence on the Grant Date shall be eligible to receive Options granted on such date.  For purposes of the Plan, the term “employee” does not include:

 

(i)                                          any person whose customary employment is less than 20 hours per week; or

 

(ii)                                       any person whose customary employment is five months or less in any calendar year.

 

All employees eligible to be granted Options under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges with respect to Options granted at the same time (each such grant of Options is referred to herein as an “Offering”).

 

(b)                            5% Shareholders Excluded

 

In no event may an employee be granted an Option if such employee, immediately after the Option is granted, owns stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of Diageo or of its parent or subsidiary corporation.  For purposes of determining such stock ownership, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply, and stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options (whether issued pursuant to this Plan or otherwise) shall be treated as stock owned by the employee.

 

8.                                  Limitations of Number of ADSs to be Purchased

 

(a)                             Maximum

 

No Optionee shall be granted an Option affording such Optionee the right under the Plan to purchase ADSs in excess of the Elected ADSs.  In no event shall an Optionee be granted an Option which would permit such Optionee’s rights to purchase ADSs under all employee stock purchase plans (within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code) of his

 

5



 

employing Participating Subsidiary and its parent and subsidiary corporations (as defined in Section 424 of the Code) to accrue at a rate which exceeds $20,000 of such ADSs (based on the Discounted ADS Price) for each calendar year in which any such Option is outstanding at any time (such limitation is referred to herein as the “Plan Limitation”).  The Plan Limitation applies only to Options granted under “employee stock purchase plans” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code and does not limit the amount of ADSs or other stock of Diageo which an employee may purchase under any other stock or bonus plans then in effect.  If, for any reason, the Elected ADSs exceed the number of ADSs permitted to be elected by an Optionee under the Plan Limitation, such Optionee shall be deemed to have elected the greatest number of ADSs permitted to be elected by him under the Plan Limitation.  If the number of shares permitted to be purchased is increased pursuant to an amendment of the Code, the Board or the Committee is hereby authorised upon the effective date of such amendment or thereafter to increase or decrease the Plan Limitation in accordance with such amendment.  Notwithstanding the above, the Board or the Committee must authorise prior to the Grant Date the number of ADSs permitted to be purchased by an Optionee in an Offering; provided that such limitation is applicable to all Optionees under the Plan.

 

(b)                            Minimum

 

If an election is made by an Optionee under Paragraph (b) of Section 9 hereof to purchase ADSs pursuant to Options granted in an Offering, the dollar amount of the Optionee’s Deposit Amount ADSs for such Offering shall not be less than $250.  An Optionee who elects to a Deposit Amount that is less than the minimum dollar required under this Paragraph shall, for purposes of Paragraph (b) of Section 9 hereof and Paragraph (d) of Section 11 hereof, be deemed to have elected such minimum Deposit Amount, and such provision shall be clearly set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

9.                                  Grant of Options: Election to Purchase

 

(a)                             Notice of Grant

 

Options granted hereunder shall be deemed to have been granted at the time the Committee completes the corporate action constituting an offer of stock for sale (the “Grant Date”).  Within 30 days following the Grant Date, a written notice (the “Notice of Grant”) shall be mailed to each Optionee, which Notice of Grant shall:

 

(i)                                          inform the Optionee of his entitlement to purchase ADSs pursuant to the terms of the Plan at the applicable Discounted ADS Price on the applicable Purchase Date;

 

(ii)                                       incorporate by reference the provisions of this Plan;

 

(iii)                                    be in such form as the Committee shall determine.

 

(b)                            Election to Purchase

 

On or prior to 30 days (or, with respect to any particular Offering, a greater number of days as determined to be necessary or appropriate by the Plan Administrator) after the Notice of Grant is sent to Optionees (the “Election Date”), each Optionee shall have

 

6



 

notified the Plan Administrator, in the manner set forth in Section 17 hereof, of the Optionee’s intention to purchase ADSs by returning the form (the “Participation Form”) attached to the Notice of Grant and indicating the amount of such Optionee’s fixed base pay as of the Grant Date (the “Elected Amount”) which such Optionee elects to have withheld pursuant to Paragraph (d) of Section 11 hereof; provided that the Elected Amount is subject to the Plan Limitation.  In the event that the Plan Administrator shall not have received (whether electronically or otherwise) the Participation form properly completed by the Election Date, such Optionee shall be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.  Upon timely receipt of the Participation Form, the Plan Administrator shall determine the maximum whole number of ADSs (by rounding down, if necessary) that can be purchased on the Purchase Date by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds that shall have accumulated in the Purchase Account as of the Purchase Date pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph (d) of Section 11 hereof (such maximum number of ADSs is referred to herein as the “Elected ADSs”).

 

10.                            Purchase Account

 

An account shall be established on the books of each Participating Subsidiary (the “Purchase Account”) for the purpose of purchasing ADSs by Optionees under the Plan.  ADSs purchased under the Plan shall be purchased with funds accumulated in the Purchase Account in accordance with the terms and conditions of Options set forth in Section 11 hereof.  The amounts credited to a Purchase Account shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Participating Subsidiary that maintains the Purchase Account.

 

11.                            Terms and Conditions of Options

 

Options granted hereunder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                       Purchase Price

 

The purchase price of each ADS subject to an Option under the Plan shall be 85 percent of the average of the Fair Market Value of an ADS, expressed in U.S. dollars, on the three Trading Days immediately preceding the Grant Date of such Option (the “Discounted ADS Price”); provided that the purchase price of an ADS may never be less than the pounds sterling equivalent on the Purchase Date of the nominal value of the Ordinary Shares represented by such ADS.  For purposes of the Plan, “Fair Market Value” shall be the closing sale price of an ADS as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, and “Trading Day” shall mean any day on which the ADSs are traded on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the ADSs are no longer traded on the New York Stock Exchange, any other exchange on which the ADSs are traded.  The product of the Discounted ADS Price and the Purchased ADSs is referred to herein as the “Purchase Price”.

 

(b)                                      Term of Options

 

An Option granted hereunder shall expire after the Purchase Date.

 

7



 

(c)                                       Exercise

 

Each Option shall only be exercisable on the last trading day of the calendar year following the year in which the Grant Date occurs.  The Plan Administrator will determine the actual number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that an Optionee may purchase (the “Purchased ADSs”) by dividing such Optionee’s share of funds accumulated in the Purchase Account in respect of Options by the Discounted ADS Price; provided, however, that the number of Purchased ADSs shall in no event exceed the number of Elected ADSs.  An Optionee who elects to purchase ADSs pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed on the Purchase Date to have exercised the Option for the Purchased ADSs, unless, prior to such Purchase Date, such Optionee has terminated such Optionee’s Option pursuant to Paragraph (e) of Section 11 hereof; provided, however, that if:

 

(i)                        a written notice is given by the Optionee, in the manner set forth in Section 17 hereof, not to exercise his Option, which notice shall be received by the Plan Administrator no later than the day 20 days prior to the Purchase Date and no sooner than the day 40 days prior to the Purchase Date; or

 

(ii)                    the product of the Fair Market Value of an ADS on the Purchase Date (or on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Purchase Date if the Purchase Date is not a Trading Day) and the Purchased ADSs is less than the Purchase Price, the Optionee shall be deemed not to have exercised such Option and shall receive, as soon as administratively feasible after the Purchase Date, his share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the Purchase Date.

 

Nothing in this Paragraph (c) or in any other provisions of this Plan shall be construed to give an Optionee the right to purchase any ADSs pursuant to an Option prior to the Purchase Date to which such Option relates, except as provided in Paragraphs (f) and (g) of this Section 11.

 

(d)                                      Payroll Deductions

 

An Optionee who elects to purchase ADSs pursuant to Paragraph (b) of Section 9 hereof shall be deemed to have authorised the Participating Subsidiary which employs such Optionee to withhold from the periodic payment of his after-tax wages an amount (the “Deposit Amount”) equal to the Elected Amount divided by the number of pay periods in the calendar year following the year in which the Grant Date occurs (the “Offering Period”).  Such Participating Subsidiary shall withhold the Deposit Amount from each payment of wages, commencing with the first pay period in the Offering Period (the “Deposit Commencement Date”) and continuing thereafter throughout the Offering Period and ending on the Purchase Date.  Such Optionee shall be deemed to have given instruction to the employing Participating Subsidiary to deposit the Deposit Amount in the Purchase Account.  The funds so accumulated in the Purchase Account may only be applied toward the purchase of ADSs pursuant to Options, unless such

 

8



 

funds are returned to the Optionee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that the funds accumulated in the Purchase Account will in all cases be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Participating Subsidiary that maintains the Purchase Account.

 

(e)                                       Termination of Option: Early Withdrawal

 

An Optionee may terminate such Optionee’s Option granted in an Offering in its entirety by written notice of such termination (the “Withdrawal Notice”) delivered in the manner set forth in Section 17 hereof.  The Withdrawal Notice must be received by the Plan Administrator no later than the 20 days prior to the Purchase Date (or, if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding day that was business day; such date the “Lock-In Date”) and no sooner than the day 40 days prior to the Purchase Date.  Such Optionee may not terminate an Option in part, but only in its entirety.  Upon such termination, such Optionee’s share of funds on deposit in the Purchase Account in respect of the terminated Option as of the Withdrawal Date shall be paid to such Optionee as soon as administratively feasible after timely receipt by the Plan Administrator of the Withdrawal Notice, and all rights and privileges of the Optionee with respect to such Option shall terminate.  Such termination shall not affect the Optionee’s rights and privileges with respect to other options granted in any other Offering that are not otherwise terminated.

 

(f)                                         Termination of Employment

 

Except for the circumstances set forth below, in the event that an Optionee’s employment shall terminate during the term of any Option (and he is not re-employed by any other Participating Subsidiary), an outstanding Option shall terminate immediately, and as soon as administratively feasible thereafter, the Optionee shall receive such Optionee’s share of the funds then on deposit in the Purchase Account; provided , however that, subject to the Plan Limitation:

 

(i)                         If any termination of employment is due to retirement (under his employing Participating Subsidiary’s retirement plan), death or disability during employment, the Optionee (or, as the case may be, his executor, administrator, personal representative, heir or legatee) shall have the right within three months after such retirement, death or disability (unless the Lock-In Date shall first occur, in which event such right may not be exercised the Lock-In Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date of such purchase;  for purposes of this subparagraph (i), an Optionee is not deemed to  have terminated employment if he is on a bona fide leave of absence that does not exceed 3 months or, if such leave of absence exceeds 3 months, the Optionee’s right to reemployment is provided by statute or contract;

 

(ii)                      If any involuntary termination of employment by the Participating Subsidiary is due to work force reduction or job elimination, the Optionee

 

9



 

shall have the right within three months after such termination (unless the Lock-In Date shall first occur, in which event such right may not be exercised after the Lock-In Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date of such purchase; or

 

(iii)                   If any Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated as a result of a change in control of a Participating Subsidiary, such Optionee shall have the right within three months after such change in control (unless the Purchase Date shall first occur, in which event such right may be exercised only on the Purchase Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date of such change in control;  for purposes of this subparagraph (iii), a change in control is deemed to have occurred if there is a sale by Diageo of its interest in such Participating Subsidiary where Diageo does not retain more than 50% of the voting power of such Participating Subsidiary or Diageo (or any subsidiary of Diageo) sells all or substantially all of the assets of such Participating Subsidiary and the Optionee, as a result of such sale, does not continue in employment with the Company;

 

provided further , that if an Optionee does not exercise an Option under any of the foregoing subparagraphs (i), (ii), or (iii), as the case may be, such Option shall (x) terminate upon the expiry of the applicable three month period and the Optionee shall receive, as soon as administratively feasible after the expiry of the three month period, such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option or (y) in the event the Lock-In Date occurs prior to the expiry of the applicable period, be exercised on the Purchase Date in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the ADSs purchased pursuant to such exercise shall be distributed to the Optionee in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

(g)                                      Change in Control or Liquidation of Diageo

 

In any of the events set out below (the occurrence of any such event shall be referred to herein as a “Change in Control”), the Board may decide whether to continue Optionees’ Deposit Amounts or to grant Optionees their respective  Settlement Amounts (as defined below).  If the Board elects to continue Optionees’ Deposit Amounts, Options shall be converted into rights to receive for each ADS subject to the Option the securities, cash and/or property which the holder of one ADS would be entitled to receive upon the Change in Control.

 

If the Board elects to grant Optionees their respective Settlement Amounts, each Optionee shall within 30 days after the Change in Control Date receive the Settlement Amount in cash in respect of each Option held by such Optionee; provided that upon receipt of the Settlement Amount the Option shall terminate

 

10



 

and the Optionee shall no longer have any claim to any funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option; provided, further , that if, in respect of an Option, the relevant Change in Control ADS Price (as defined below) is less than the Discounted ADS Price, the Optionee shall receive within 30 days after the Change in Control Date, in lieu of the Settlement Amount, the Optionee’s share of the funds on deposit in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the Change in Control Date and such Option shall terminate upon such receipt.  The term “Settlement Amount” means, with respect to an Option, the amount that would be realised by an Optionee if such Optionee exercised the Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying the Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the Change in Control Date and sold all such ADSs immediately thereafter at the Change in Control ADS Price.

 

For purposes of this Paragraph (g), a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(i)                        any person obtains Control (as defined below) of Diageo as a result of making a general offer to acquire all the shares of Diageo of the same class as the Ordinary Shares or a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of Diageo which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of Diageo (a “Takeover Offer”);

 

(ii)                     a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court becomes effective under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 (a “Compromise”); or

 

(iii)                 any person serves a notice on the shareholders of Diageo under section 979 of the Companies Act 2006 (relating to rights of 90% shareholders to buy out minority shareholders) (a “Section 979 Notice”);

 

for purposes of this sentence, the term “Control” means, with respect to Diageo, the power of a person to secure that the affairs of Diageo are conducted in accordance with the wishes of that person by means of direct or indirect ownership of shares or possession of voting power of Diageo, by virtue of powers conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association of Diageo or any other document regulating Diageo or any other corporation or otherwise.  For purposes of this Paragraph (g), the term “Change in Control ADS Price” means the higher of (i) the Fair Market Value of an ADS on the Change in Control Date (or, if the Change in Control Date is not a Trading Day, on the Trading Day immediately prior to such Change in Control Date), or (ii) the price per share paid or proposed to be paid for the Ordinary Shares of Diageo by a person making a Takeover Offer, by a person (if any) who obtains Control of Diageo under a Compromise, or by a person serving a Section 979 Notice, as the case may be, translated in to the US dollar price per ADS by reference to the spot exchange rate on the Change in Control Date and as adjusted for the then existing ratio between an ADS and the number of Ordinary Shares represented thereby;  the term “Change in Control Date” means:

 

11



 

(i)                       with respect to a Takeover Offer, the date on which the person making the Takeover Offer has obtained Control of Diageo;

 

(ii)                   with respect to a Compromise, the date on which the Compromise becomes effective; or

 

(iii)                with respect to a Section 979 Notice, the date that is the first day of the period during which the person serving the Section 979 Notice is entitled and bound to acquire shares on the terms of the offer contained in such Section 979 Notice.

 

If an effective resolution is passed for the voluntary winding up, or an order is made for the compulsory winding up, of Diageo, the Board or the Committee shall give notice thereof to all Optionees as soon as reasonably practicable and thereupon each such Optionee shall forthwith and until 30 days thereafter have the right (unless the Purchase Date shall first Occur, in which event such right may be exercised only on the Purchase Date) to exercise any Option to purchase a number of ADSs (including fractional shares) that can be purchased by applying his share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option as of the date such notice by the Board or the Committee is given; provided that all unexercised Options shall terminate upon the expiry of such 30-day period and the Optionee shall, as soon as administratively feasible after the expiry of such 30-day period, receive his share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such unexercised Option.

 

For Options granted after 26 August 2008, in the event that an offer (as referred to in paragraph (i) above) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in paragraph (ii) above) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the “New Company”), at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the offer or proposal was made were shareholders in the Company and the Board and the New Company agree that this Rule should apply, then the offer or proposal shall not be a Change of Control for the purposes of this paragraph (g) and an Option shall be automatically converted into an Option which the Board determines is equivalent to the Option it replaces except that it will be over shares in the New Company or some other company and shall be converted in such a manner as to ensure continued compliance with Section 423 of the Code and to ensure that such Option shall continue to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code.  The rules will apply to any new Option granted under this paragraph as if references to shares were references to shares over which the new Option is granted and references to the Company were references to the company whose shares are subject to the new Option.

 

(h)                                      Assignability of Options

 

No Option granted hereunder shall be assignable or transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

12


 

(i)               Excess Funds

 

In the event the Optionee (or his executor, administrator, personal representative, heir or legatee) exercises an Option and there remains any excess of such Optionee’s share of the funds in the Purchase Account in respect of such Option over the amount applied to the purchase of ADSs pursuant to such exercise, such excess shall be paid to the Optionee as soon as administratively feasible after the date of such purchase.

 

(j)               Restricted Period

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented to the deposit of all of the ADSs purchased pursuant to such exercise (the “Deposited ADSs”) with a designated brokerage account maintained by the Plan Administrator for such Optionee’s benefit (the “Brokerage Account”) for a one year period after the relevant Purchase Date (the “Restricted Period”).  The Deposited ADSs will be held in book-entry form in the name of the Plan Administrator as nominee.  Except as set forth in Section 11(k) below, an Optionee (including any Optionee whose employment has been terminated) will not be permitted to withdraw such Optionee’s Deposited ADSs during the Restricted Period:

 

(i)         if a subsequent disposition of the withdrawn ADSs by the Optionee can be made without effecting such disposition through the Brokerage Account;

 

(ii)        if such withdrawal resulted from an exchange of the Deposited ADSs for property in a transaction to which Section 354, 355, 356, or 1036 (or so much of Section 1031 as relates to Section 1036) of the Code applies;

 

(iii)       if such withdrawal resulted from a transfer of the Deposited ADSs by the Optionee out of the Brokerage Account into an account which is jointly owned by such Optionee and any other person with the right of survivorship;

 

(iv)       if such withdrawal resulted from a transfer of the Deposited ADSs to the Optionee’s spouse, or to a former spouse where such transfer is incidental to a divorce; or

 

(v)        if such withdrawal resulted from any other transfer of the Deposited ADSs out of the Brokerage Account that would not be treated as a “disposition” as defined in Section 424(c) of the Code.

 

(k)              Sale of Deposited ADSs:  Termination of Employment

 

An Optionee may by written notice instruct the Plan Administrator to (i) sell such Optionee’s Deposited ADSs through the Brokerage Account at any time and (ii) pay over to such Optionee the proceeds (less any expenses and any applicable withholding taxes, including, without limitation, wage and employment withholding taxes) of such sale.  If the employment of an Optionee is terminated (for any reason) and such termination occurs subsequent to the

 

13



 

Restricted Period with respect to any Deposited ADSs, the Plan Administrator may require such Optionee to withdraw such Deposited ADSs from the Brokerage Account at such Optionee’s own expense.

 

(l)               Cessation of Payroll Deductions

 

Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of this Section 11, if the Plan Administrator is notified by irrevocable written request from an Optionee (a “Cessation Notice”) to stop making the payroll deductions provided for in such paragraph, then the relevant Participating Subsidiary shall cease to make payroll deductions with respect to the specified Option as soon as administratively feasible following the receipt of the Cessation Notice, which Notice shall specify the name of the Optionee and the Option or Options with respect to which the cessation of payroll deductions relates.  An Optionee shall not have the right to resume payroll deductions with respect to any Option subject to the Cessation Notice and shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan with respect to such Option (other than paragraph (b) of Section 8).

 

(m)             Tax Deductions

 

In any case where the Company is obliged to account:

 

(i)         for any tax (or similar liabilities) in any jurisdiction for which the Optionee in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of an Option; or

 

(ii)        for any social security or other contributions recoverable from the Optionee in question;

 

(together, the “Tax Liability”) the Company may recover the tax from the Optionee in question in such manner as the Board or the Committee shall think fit and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) no ADSs shall be issued or transferred to that Optionee unless he has either:

 

(i)         made a payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

(ii)        entered into arrangements with the Company to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the Company to procure the sale of some or all of the ADSs on his behalf and authorising the payment to the Company of the relevant amount of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

 

12.          Adjustment of Number of ADSs Subject to Options

 

In the event of any capitalisation or rights issue by Diageo or any consolidation, subdivision, reduction or other variation of the share capital of Diageo, the Committee shall make such adjustment, if any, as they may deem appropriate in the number, kind and price of ADSs available for purchase under the Plan; provided however that Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be adjusted in a manner that causes the Options to fail to qualify as options issued pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code; and provided further , any

 

14



 

adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12 shall be made on the basis that the Purchase Price shall not be materially altered.

 

In addition, no adjustment shall be made under this Section 12 to the extent that it would result in an ADS being issued at less than the aggregate of the nominal value of the Ordinary Shares which it represents.

 

13.          Rights as a Shareholder

 

No Optionee shall have any rights as a shareholder of Diageo except as through and upon the terms and conditions of the applicable depository agreement between Diageo and the Depositary and until full payment has been made for ADSs purchased by such Optionee hereunder.  Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall rank pari passu in all respects with all other Ordinary Shares then in issue, except as regards any rights and dividends attaching by reference to a record date prior to the date on which such ordinary shares are allotted, which shall be the Purchase Date (or date of purchase pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of Paragraph (f), or the last sentence of Paragraph (g), of Section 11 hereof, as the case may be).

 

14.          Other Regulatory Actions

 

Prior to the offering of any ADSs under the Plan, Diageo shall effect a registration of the offering of the Ordinary Shares of Diageo reserved under the Plan in accordance with the requirements of the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations thereunder.  The expense of such registration will be borne by Diageo.

 

Diageo shall apply to the London Stock Exchange for the admission to the Official List of all Ordinary Shares allotted pursuant to the exercise of an Option; provided that Ordinary Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange at the time of allotment.

 

Diageo shall keep available sufficient unissued Ordinary Share capital to satisfy the outstanding Options in respect of which Diageo intends to issue Ordinary Shares and shall procure that sufficient ADSs are available for transfer to satisfy the outstanding Options in respect of which Diageo does not intend to issue Ordinary Shares.

 

15.          Amendments:  Termination of the Plan

 

The Board may from time to time amend, modify, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan at any time without notice; provided that no Optionee’s existing rights in respect of existing Options are adversely affected thereby; provided, further upon any such amendment or modification, all Optionees shall continue to have the same rights and privileges in respect of existing Options; provided further that no amendment of the Plan shall be made to the advantage of an Optionee to the provisions concerning eligibility, individual or overall limits on participation, the basis for determining an Optionees’ entitlement to and the terms of ADSs provided, adjustments to be made in the event of a variation of share capital or the terms of this Section 15 unless such amendments shall have been approved by Diageo in general meeting prior to the implementation of such amendment or such amendment is in the opinion of the Board a minor amendment to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for

 

15



 

participants in the Plan or for Diageo or for members of its group.  Upon termination of the Plan, if there remain any funds in an Optionee’s Purchase Account, such amounts shall either be refunded to such Optionee as soon as administratively feasible or equitably applied to the purchase of whole ADSs (with any remaining funds refunded to the Optionees as soon as administratively practicable).

 

16.          No Other Obligations

 

The receipt of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall impose no obligation upon the Optionee to purchase any ADSs covered by such Option.  Nor shall the granting of an Option pursuant to the Plan constitute an agreement or an understanding, express or implied, on the part of Diageo or any Participating Subsidiary to employ the Optionee for any specified period.

 

17.          Notices

 

Any notice which Diageo or any Optionee may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be in writing and may be delivered personally or by mail, postage prepaid, addressed: if to Diageo (or to the Plan Administrator), to such address as Diageo, by notice to such Optionee, may designate in writing from time to time; and, if to the Optionee, at his address as shown on the payroll records of his employing Participating Subsidiary.

 

18.          Interpretation of Certain Terms

 

Where the context so requires, reference herein to the masculine gender shall include the feminine; and the meaning of terms in Paragraph (b) of Section 3, Paragraph (g) of Section 11 and Section 12 shall be construed in accordance with the United Kingdom meaning of such terms.

 

19.          Governing Law

 

The Plan and all Options granted hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to choice of law principles and subject in all cases to Sections 423 and 424 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

16




Exhibit 4.14

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP

 

 


 

DIAGEO PLC UK SHARESAVE SCHEME 2000

 


 

Adopted by the Board:  6 September 2000

Amended by the Routine Business Committee:  7 February 2006 & 29 August 2008

Amended by the Remuneration Committee:  26 August 2008

H.M. Revenue & Customs reference:  SR2557

 



 

CONTENTS

 

Rule

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions And Interpretation

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Eligibility

 

2

 

 

 

 

3.

Grant Of Options

 

3

 

 

 

 

4.

Exercise Of Options

 

6

 

 

 

 

5.

Takeover, Reconstruction And Winding Up

 

8

 

 

 

 

6.

Variation Of Capital

 

10

 

 

 

 

7.

Alterations

 

10

 

 

 

 

8.

Miscellaneous

 

11

 



 

1.                                  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                            In this Scheme, unless the context otherwise requires:-

 

3-Year Option ”, “ 5-Year Option ” and “ 7-Year Option ” have the meanings given in sub-rule 3.2  below;

 

Associated Company ” means an associated company within the meaning given to that expression by paragraph 47 of Schedule 3;

 

the Board ” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee appointed by them;

 

Bonus Date ”, in relation to an option, means:-

 

1.1.1                             in the case of a 3-Year Option, the earliest date on which the bonus is payable,

 

1.1.2                             in the case of a 5-Year Option, the earliest date on which a bonus is payable, and

 

1.1.3                             in the case of a 7-Year Option, the earliest date on which the maximum bonus is payable;

 

and for this purpose “payable” means payable under the Savings Contract made in connection with the option;

 

the Company ” means Diageo plc (registered in England and Wales No. 23307);

 

the Grant Day ” shall be construed in accordance with sub-rule 2.1 below;

 

“the London Stock Exchange” means the London Stock Exchange plc;

 

Participant ” means a person who holds an option granted under this Scheme;

 

Participating Company ” means the Company or any Subsidiary to which the Board has resolved that this Scheme shall for the time being extend and any Related Company to which the Board has with the prior approval of the Inland Revenue resolved that this Scheme shall for the time being extend;

 

“Related Company” means a company which is not under the control of any single person, but is under the control of two persons, one of them being the Company;

 

Savings Body ” means any building society, institution authorised under the Banking Act 1987 or relevant European institution (within the meaning of Schedule 15A to the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) with which a Savings Contract can be made;

 

Savings Contract ” means an agreement to pay monthly contributions under the terms of a certified contractual savings scheme, within the meaning of section 326 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988, which has been approved by the Inland Revenue for the purposes of Schedule 3;

 

Schedule 3 ” means Schedule 3 to the Income Tax Act 2003;

 

1



 

Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) and of which the Company has control (within the meaning of section 719 of the Income Tax Act 2003);

 

the Income Tax Act 2003 ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

and expressions not otherwise defined in this Scheme have the same meanings as they have in Schedule 3.

 

1.2                            Any reference in this Scheme to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

1.3                            Expressions in italics are for guidance only and do not form part of this Scheme.

 

2.                                  ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1                            Subject to sub-rule 2.5 below, an individual is eligible to be granted an option on any day (“ the Grant Day ”) if (and only if):-

 

2.1.1                             he is on the Grant Day an employee or director of a company which is a Participating Company; and

 

2.1.2                             he either satisfies the conditions specified in sub-rule 2.2 below or is nominated by the Board for this purpose.

 

2.2                            The conditions referred to in sub-rule 2.1.2 above are that the individual:-

 

2.2.1                             shall at all times during the qualifying period have been an employee (but not a director) or a full-time director of the Company or a company which was for the time being a Subsidiary ; and

 

has earnings from his employment or office which are (or would be if there were any) general earnings to which section 15 of ITEPA applies ( earnings for year when employee resident in the UK ) and those general earnings are (or would be if there were any) earnings for a tax year in which the individual is ordinarily resident in the UK.

 

2.3                            For the purposes of sub-rule 2.2 above:-

 

2.3.1                             the relevant time is the end of the last financial year of the Company ending prior to the Grant Day or such other time during the period of 5 years ending with the Grant Day as the Board may determine (provided that no such determination may be made if it would have the effect that the qualifying period would not fall within that 5-year period);

 

2.3.2                             the qualifying period is the period of 12 months ending at the relevant time or such other period ending at the relevant time but falling within the 5-year period mentioned in paragraph 2.3.1 above as the Board may determine;

 

2.3.3                             an individual shall be treated as a full-time director of a company if he is obliged to devote to the performance of the duties of his office or employment with the company not less than 25 hours a week;

 

2



 

2.3.4                             Chapter I of Part XIV of the Employment Rights Act 1996 shall have effect, with any necessary changes, for ascertaining the length of the period during which an individual shall have been an employee or a full-time director and whether he shall have been an employee or a full-time director at all times during that period.

 

2.4                            Any determination of the Board under paragraph 2.3.1 or 2.3.2 above shall have effect in relation to every individual for the purpose of ascertaining whether he is eligible to be granted an option on the Grant Day.

 

2.5                            An individual is not eligible to be granted an option at any time if he is at that time ineligible to participate in this Scheme by virtue of paragraph 11 of Schedule 3 (material interest in close company) .

 

3.                                  GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1                            Subject to Rule 4 below, the Board may grant an option to purchase shares in the Company which satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 18 to 22 of Schedule 3 (fully paid up, unrestricted, ordinary share capital) , upon the terms set out in this Scheme, to any individual who:-

 

3.1.1                             is eligible to be granted an option in accordance with Rule 2 above, and

 

3.1.2                             has applied for an option and proposed to make a Savings Contract in connection with it (with a Savings Body approved by the Board) in the form and manner prescribed by the Board.

 

3.2                            The type of option to be granted to an individual, that is to say a 3-Year Option, a 5-Year Option or a 7-Year Option, shall be determined by the Board or, if the Board so permits, by the individual; and for this purpose:-

 

3.2.1                             a 3-Year Option is an option in connection with which a three year Savings Contract is to be made and in respect of which the repayment is to be taken as including the bonus;

 

3.2.2                             a 5-Year Option is an option in connection with which a five year Savings Contract is to be made and in respect of which the repayment is to be taken as including a bonus other than the maximum bonus; and

 

3.2.3                             a 7-Year Option is an option in connection with which a five year Savings Contract is to be made and in respect of which the repayment is to be taken as including the maximum bonus.

 

3.3                            The amount of the monthly contribution under the Savings Contract to be made in connection with an option granted to an individual shall be the amount which the individual shall have specified in his application for the option that he is willing to pay or, if lower, the maximum permitted amount, that is to say, the maximum amount which:-

 

3.3.1                             when aggregated with the amount of his monthly contributions under any other Savings Contract linked to this Scheme or to any other savings-related share

 

3



 

option scheme approved under Schedule 9, does not exceed £250 (but exceeds a minimum of £5) or such other maximum or minimum amounts as may for the time being be permitted by paragraph 25(3) of Schedule 3;

 

3.3.2                             does not exceed the maximum amount for the time being permitted under the terms of the Savings Contract; and

 

3.3.3                             when aggregated with the amount of his monthly contributions under any other Savings Contract linked to this Scheme, does not exceed any maximum amount determined by the Board.

 

3.4                            The number of shares in respect of which an option may be granted to any individual shall be the maximum number which can be paid for, at the price determined under sub-rule 3.5 below, with monies equal to the amount of the repayment due on the Bonus Date under the Savings Contract to be made in connection with the option.

 

3.5                            The price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of options of a particular type granted on any day shall be determined by the Board and stated on that day, provided that:-

 

3.5.1                             if shares of the same class as those shares are quoted in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the price shall not be less than the Specified Percentage of-

 

(a)                      the average of the middle-market quotations of shares of that class (as derived from the Daily Official List) on the three consecutive dealing days, selected by the Board prior to the first of such dealing days, falling wholly within the six week period during which invitations may be issued in accordance with Rule 3.7 below; or

 

(b)                     if the first of those dealing days does not fall within the period of 30 days (or, where sub-rule 3.10 below applies, 42 days) ending with the day on which the options are granted or falls prior to the date on which the Company last announced its annual or half-yearly results, the middle market quotation of shares of that class (as derived from the Daily Official List) on the dealing day last preceding the day on which the options are granted or such other dealing day as may be agreed in advance with the Inland Revenue;

 

3.5.2                             if paragraphs (a) and (b)  above do not apply, the price shall not be less than the Specified Percentage of the market value (within the meaning of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992) of shares of that class, as agreed in advance for the purposes of this Scheme with the Shares Valuation Division of the Inland Revenue, on -

 

(a)                      the date on which invitations to apply for the options were given pursuant to sub-rule 3.6 below, or

 

(b)                     if that date does not fall within the period of 30 days ending with the day on which the options are granted, on the day on which the options are

 

4



 

granted or such other day as may be agreed in advance with the Inland Revenue;

 

and for this purpose “ the Specified Percentage ” is 80 per cent. or such other percentage as may be specified in paragraph 28 of Schedule 3.

 

3.6                            The Board shall ensure that, in relation to the grant of options on any day:-

 

3.6.1                             every individual who is eligible to be granted an option on that day has been given an invitation;

 

3.6.2                             the invitation specifies a period of not less than 14 days in which an application for an option may be made; and

 

3.6.3                             every eligible individual who has applied for an option as mentioned in sub-rule 3.1 above is in fact granted an option on that day.

 

3.7                            An invitation to apply for an option may only be given once the Scheme has been approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 3 and only:-

 

3.7.1                             within the period of 6 weeks beginning with -

 

(a)                      the date on which this Scheme is approved by the Inland Revenue; or

 

(b)                     the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

 

(c)                      at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify the giving of an invitation; and

 

3.7.2                             within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which this Scheme is adopted by the Company.

 

3.8                            An option granted to any person:-

 

3.8.1                             shall not, except as provided in sub-rule 4.3 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

 

3.8.2                             shall lapse forthwith if he is adjudged bankrupt.

 

3.9                            No options shall be granted to acquire a number of shares which exceeds any number determined by the Board for this purpose and if the grant of options on any day would but for this sub-rule cause any of the above limit to be exceeded, the provisions set out in sub-rule 3.10 below shall be successively applied (in the order in which they are set out) so far as is necessary to ensure that this limit is not exceeded.

 

3.10                      those provisions are:-

 

3.10.1                       unless paragraph 3.10.2 below applies, the amount of the monthly contribution determined under sub-rule 3.3 above shall be taken as successively reduced by 0.5 percent thereof, 1 percent thereof, 1.5 percent thereof and so on and then

 

5



 

rounded up to the nearest pound, but shall not be reduced to less than the minimum amount permitted under the terms of the Savings Contract;

 

3.10.2                       if the Board shall have decided that this paragraph is to apply, for the purpose of determining the amount of the monthly contribution, the maximum permitted amount referred to in sub-rule 3.3 above shall be taken as successively reduced by £1, £2, £3 and so on, but shall not be reduced to less than the minimum amount permitted under the terms of the Savings Contract:

 

3.10.3                       any option which would otherwise be a 7-Year Options shall be a 5-Year Option;

 

3.10.4                       any option which would otherwise be a 5-Year Option shall be a 3-Year Option;

 

3.10.5                       for the purposes of sub-rule 3.4 above, the repayment under the Savings Contract shall be taken as not including a bonus;

 

3.10.6                       the Board shall not grant any options on the day in question.

 

3.11                      No shares may be issued upon the exercise of an option granted under this Scheme since a Participant may acquire only existing shares in the Company (including treasury shares held by the Company) upon exercise.

 

3.12                      No options shall be granted, or shares issued otherwise than pursuant to the exercise of an option, in any year which would, at the time of the grant, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in the period of ten calendar years ending with that year, or have been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under the Scheme or under any other employees’ share scheme adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of Company in issue at that time.

 

3.13                      Any treasury shares held by the Company which are transferred to Participants in satisfaction of options shall be treated as issued for the purposes of sub-rule 3.12 above.

 

3.14                      Where any option relating to unissued shares is released or lapses without being exercised (or the Board makes arrangements for it to be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares), the shares concerned will be ignored when calculating the limit in sub-rule 3.12 above.

 

4.                                  EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

4.1                            The exercise of any option shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Board, provided that the monies paid for shares on such exercise shall not exceed the amount of the repayment made and any interest paid under the Savings Contract made in connection with the option.

 

4.2                            Subject to sub-rules 4.3, 4.4 and 4.6 below and to Rule 5 below, an option shall not be capable of being exercised before the Bonus Date.

 

4.3                            Subject to sub-rule 4.8 below:-

 

6



 

4.3.1                             if any Participant dies before the Bonus Date, any option granted to him may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death, and

 

4.3.2                             if he dies on or within 6 months after the Bonus Date, any option granted to him may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the Bonus Date,

 

provided in either case that his death occurs at a time when he either holds the office or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate in this Scheme or is entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule 4.4 below.

 

4.4                            Subject to sub-rule 4.8 below, if any Participant ceases to hold the office or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate in this Scheme (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any option granted to him:-

 

4.4.1                             if he so ceases by reason of injury, disability, redundancy within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996, or retirement on reaching the age of 60  or any other age at which he is bound to retire in accordance with the terms of his contract of employment, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 4.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months of his so ceasing;

 

4.4.2                             if he so ceases by reason only that the office or employment is in a company of which the Company ceases to have control or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is neither an Associated Company of the Company nor a company of which the Company has control, the option may (and subject to sub-rule 4.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months of his so ceasing;

 

4.4.3                             if he so ceases for any other reason, the option may not be exercised at all.

 

4.5                            Subject to sub-rule 4.8 below, if, at the Bonus Date, a Participant holds an office or employment with a company which is not a Participating Company but which is an Associated Company or a company of which the Company has control, any option granted to him may (and subject to sub-rule 4.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within 6 months of the Bonus Date.

 

4.6                            Subject to sub-rule 4.8 below, where any Participant continues to hold the office or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate in this Scheme after the date on which he reaches the age of 60 , he may exercise any option within 6 months of that date.

 

4.7                            Subject to sub-rule 4.3 above, an option shall not be capable of being exercised later than 6 months after the Bonus Date.

 

4.8                            Where, before an option has become capable of being exercised, the Participant gives notice that he intends to stop paying monthly contributions under the Savings Contract made in connection with the option, or is deemed under its terms to have given such notice, or makes an application for repayment of the monthly contributions paid under it, the option may not be exercised at all.

 

7



 

4.9                            A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rules 4.3 and 4.4 above as ceasing to hold the office or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate in this Scheme until he ceases to hold an office or employment in the Company or any Associated Company or company of which the Company has control and not on any earlier date, and a female Participant who ceases to hold the office or employment by virtue of which she is eligible to participate in this Scheme by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 before exercising her option shall be treated for the purposes of sub-rule 4.4 above as not having ceased to hold that office or employment.

 

4.10                      A Participant shall not be eligible to exercise an option at any time:-

 

4.10.1                       unless, subject to sub-rules 4.4 and 4.5 above, he is at that time a director or employee of a Participating Company;

 

4.10.2                       if he is not at that time eligible to participate in this Scheme by virtue of paragraph 11 of Schedule 3 (material interest in close company) .

 

4.11                      An option shall not be capable of being exercised more than once.

 

4.12                      Within 30 days after an option has been exercised by any person, the Board shall procure the transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of shares in respect of which the option has been exercised, provided that the Board considers that the transfer thereof would be lawful.

 

5.                                  TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING UP

 

5.1                            If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 719 of the Income Tax Act 2003) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 30 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 4.3, 4.4, 4.7 and 4.8 above, any option may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Board may permit) of the notification, but not later than 6 months after that person has obtained control.

 

5.2                            For the purposes of sub-rule 5.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

 

5.3                            If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules 4.3, 4.4, 4.7 and 4.8 above, any option may be exercised within one month of the notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of this Scheme) lapse on the expiration of that period.

 

5.4                            If any company (“the acquiring company”):-

 

8



 

5.4.1                             obtains control of the Company as a result of making-

 

(a)                      a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the acquiring company will have control of the Company, or

 

(b)                     a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Scheme, or

 

5.4.2                             obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986, or

 

5.4.3                             becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of that Act or Articles 421 to 423 of that Order,

 

any Participant may at any time within the appropriate period (which expression shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 38(3) of Schedule 3), by agreement with the acquiring company, release any option which has not lapsed (“the old option”) in consideration of the grant to him of an option (“the new option”) which (for the purposes of that paragraph) is equivalent to the old option but relates to shares in a different company (whether the acquiring company itself or some other company falling within paragraph 18(b) or (c) of Schedule 3).

 

5.5                            The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of sub-rule 5.4 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 39 of Schedule 3 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of this Scheme shall for this purpose be construed as if:-

 

5.5.1                             the new option were an option granted under this Scheme at the same time as the old option;

 

5.5.2                             except for the purposes of the definitions of “Participating Company” and “Subsidiary” in sub-rule 1.1 and sub-rules 4.4.2, 4.5 and 4.9 above, the expression “the Company” were defined as “a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under this Scheme”;

 

5.5.3                             the Savings Contract made in connection with the old option had been made in connection with the new option;

 

5.5.4                             the Bonus Date in relation to the new option were the same as that in relation to the old option; and

 

5.5.5                             Rule 7.2 below were omitted.

 

5.6                            For options granted on or after 26 August 2008, in the event that:

 

5.6.1                             an offer (as referred to in Rule 5.1) is made or a compromise or arrangement (as referred to in Rule 5.3) is proposed which is expected to result in the Company becoming controlled by a new company (the “New Company”);

 

9



 

5.6.2                             at least 75% of the shares in the New Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the offer or proposal was made were shareholders in the Company; and

 

5.6.3                             the Board and the New Company agree that this Rule should apply

 

then an option shall not become exercisable under Rule 5.1 or Rule 5.3 but may nonetheless be released in consideration for the grant of a new option under Rule 5.5 and, if not so released, shall then automatically lapse at the end of the appropriate period (which expression shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 38(3) of Schedule 3).

 

6.                                  VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 

6.1                            Subject to sub-rule 6.3 below, in the event of any variation of the share capital of the Company, the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule 6.2 below.

 

6.2                            An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:-

 

6.2.1                             the number of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

 

6.2.2                             the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of any option;

 

6.2.3                             where any option has been exercised but no shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise, the number of shares which may be allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired.

 

6.3                            At a time when this Scheme is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9, no adjustment under sub-rule 6.2 above shall be made without the prior approval of the Inland Revenue.

 

6.4                            An adjustment under sub-rule 6.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an option to less than their nominal value.

 

7.                                  ALTERATIONS

 

7.1                            Subject to sub-rule 7.2 below, the Board may at any time alter this Scheme, provided that no alteration shall be made to a key feature (as defined in paragraph 42(2) of Schedule 3) of this Scheme at a time when this Scheme is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 3 without the prior approval of the Inland Revenue.

 

7.2                            Subject to sub-rule 7.3 below, no alteration to the advantage of the persons to whom options may be granted shall be made under sub-rule 7.1 above to any of Rules 2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.11 to 3.14 inclusive, 4.2 to 4.11 inclusive, 6.1 and 6.2 without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

 

7.3                            Sub-rule 7.2 above shall not apply to any minor alteration to benefit the administration of this Scheme, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants, the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

10



 

7.4                            If any alteration or adjustment is made which means that the Scheme is outside the provisions of Schedule 9 and can no longer be approved by the Inland Revenue, the Company will notify the Inland Revenue of this as soon as is practicable.

 

8.                                  MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                            The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with the Company or a Subsidiary shall not be affected by his participation in this Scheme or any right which he may have to participate in it, and an individual who participates in it shall waive all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any option as a result of such termination.

 

8.2                            In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Scheme, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Scheme, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

 

8.3                            In the event that shares are transferred to a Participant in pursuance of any option, the Participant shall, if so required by the person making the transfer, join that person in making a claim for relief under section 165 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 in respect of the disposal made by him in effecting such transfer.

 

8.4                            Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Scheme may be given by personal delivery or by sending it by post, in the case of a company to its registered office, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

 

11




Exhibit 4.15

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP

 

 


 

THE DIAGEO 2001 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 

Ref:  RTT/G1535/00417

Inland Revenue:  A1347

 

Adopted:  5 September 2001

Approved:  3 October 2001

Amended:  17 April 2002

Amended: 20 October 2004

Amended:  7 February 2007

 



 

CONTENTS

 

Rule

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Purpose Of The Plan

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Eligibility Of Individuals

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Participation On Same Terms

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Limits

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

Alterations And Additions

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Miscellaneous

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

Free Shares

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

Partnership Shares

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

Matching Shares

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

Dividend Shares

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

Company Reconstructions

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.

 

Rights Issues

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

22

 

Free Share Agreement

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Partnership Share Agreement

 

24

 

 



 

THE DIAGEO 2001 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                  DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                            In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Accumulation Period ” means in relation to Partnership Shares, a period specified by the Board not exceeding twelve months during which the Trustees accumulate a Qualifying Employee’s Partnership Share Money before purchasing Partnership Shares or repaying it to the employee;

 

Acquisition Date ” means:

 

(a)                                       in relation to Partnership Shares, where there is no Accumulation Period, the date set by the Trustees in relation to the Award, being a date within 30 days after the last date on which the Partnership Share Money to be applied in purchasing the Partnership Shares was deducted;

 

(b)                                      in relation to Partnership Shares, where there is an Accumulation Period, the date set by the Trustees in relation to the Award, being a date within 30 days after the end of the Accumulation Period which applies in relation to the Award; and

 

(c)                                       in relation to Dividend Shares, the date set by the Trustees in relation to the acquisition of such Shares, being a date within 30 days after the dividend is received by them;

 

Associated Company ” has the same meaning as in section 416 of the Taxes Act 1988;

 

Award Date ” means in relation to Free Shares or Matching Shares, the date on which such Shares are awarded;

 

Award ” means:

 

(a)                                       in relation to Free Shares and Matching Shares, the appropriation of Free Shares and Matching Shares in accordance with the Plan; and

 

(b)                                      in relation to Partnership Shares, the purchase of Partnership Shares on behalf of Qualifying Employees in accordance with the Plan.

 

the Board ” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee appointed by them;

 

Capital Receipt ” has the same meaning as in paragraph 79 of the Schedule;

 

Close Company ” has the same meaning as in section 414 of the Taxes Act 1988;

 

the Company ” means Diageo plc;

 

Control ” has the same meaning as in Section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988;

 

Dealing Day ” means a day on which the Stock Exchange is open for business;

 

1



 

the Deed ” means the trust instrument intended to be made following the adoption of the Plan by the Company in connection with the Plan;

 

Dividend Shares ” means Shares purchased on behalf of a Participant from reinvestment of dividends under Part D of the Plan and which are subject to the Plan;

 

Forfeiture Period ” means the period of three years beginning with the Award Date;

 

Free Share Agreement ” means an agreement in the terms set out in Appendix A;

 

Free Shares ” means Shares awarded under Part A of the Plan which are subject to the Plan;

 

Group Plan ” means the Plan as established by the Company and extending to its Subsidiaries which are Participating Companies;

 

Holding Period ” means:

 

(a)                                       in relation to Free Shares, the period specified by the Board as mentioned in Rule 8.13;

 

(b)                                      in relation to Matching Shares, the period specified by the Board as mentioned in Rule 10.5; and

 

(c)                                       in relation to Dividend Shares, the period of three years from the Acquisition Date;

 

Initial Market Value ” means the Market Value of a Share on an Award Date and, where the Share is subject to a restriction or risk of forfeiture, the Market Value shall be determined without reference to that restriction or risk;

 

Market Value ” means on any day:

 

(a)                                       if the Shares have been admitted to the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange, the average of the middle market quotations of a Share as derived from the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange for the three immediately preceding Dealing Days;

 

(b)                                      if the Shares have not been admitted to the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange, the Market Value of a Share determined in accordance with the provisions of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 and agreed for the purposes of the Plan with the Inland Revenue Shares Valuation Division on or before that day; or

 

(c)                                       in relation to Shares purchased with Partnership Share Money other than by way of subscription, the actual purchase cost of the Shares provided that all the Shares are acquired on the same date as they are awarded as Partnership Shares;

 

(d)                                      In relation to Matching Shares which relate to Partnership Shares which have been purchased in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the Market Value of

 

2



 

each Matching Share shall be the same as the Market Value of each Partnership Share acquired on that date(1);

 

Matching Shares ” means Shares awarded under Part C of the Plan and which are subject to the Plan;

 

Material Interest ” has the same meaning as in paragraph 15 of the Schedule;

 

NICs ” means National Insurance contributions;

 

Participant ” means an individual who has received under the Plan an Award of Free Shares, Matching Shares or Partnership Shares, or on whose behalf Dividend Shares have been acquired;

 

Participating Company ” means the Company and such of its Subsidiaries as have executed deeds of adherence to the Plan under clause 14 of the Deed;

 

Partnership Shares ” means Shares awarded under Part B of the Plan and which are subject to the Plan;

 

Partnership Share Agreement ” means an agreement in the terms set out in Appendix B;

 

Partnership Share Money ” means money deducted from a Qualifying Employee’s Salary pursuant to a Partnership Share Agreement and held by the Trustees to purchase Partnership Shares or to be returned to such a person;

 

PAYE ” means the requirements of Pay As You Earn as prescribed by sections 203 to 203L of the Taxes Act 1988 or regulations under section 203 of that Act;

 

Performance Allowances ” means the criteria for an Award of Free Shares where:

 

(a)                                       whether Shares are awarded; or

 

(b)                                      the number or value of Shares awarded

 

is conditional on performance targets being met;

 

the Plan ” means the Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan;

 

Plan Shares ” means:

 

(a)                                       Free Shares, Matching Shares or Partnership Shares awarded to Participants;

 

(b)                                      Dividend Shares acquired on behalf of Participants; and

 

(c)                                       shares in relation to which paragraph 115(5) ( company reconstructions: new shares ) of the Schedule applies, in each case that remain subject to the Plan;

 

Plan Termination Notice ” means a notice issued under paragraph 120 of the Schedule;

 


(1) Paragraph (d) of definition of Market Value added with effect from 17 April 2002.

 

3



 

Profit Sharing Scheme ” means a profit-sharing scheme approved by the Board of Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act 1988;

 

Qualifying Company ” means:

 

(a)                                       a company that is a Participating Company at the end of the Qualifying Period; or

 

(b)                                      a company that when the individual was employed by it was a Participating Company; or

 

(c)                                       a company that when the individual was employed by it was an Associated Company of

 

(i)                         a company qualifying under paragraph (a) or (b); or

 

(ii)                      another company qualifying under paragraph 14 of the Schedule;

 

Qualifying Corporate Bond ” has the same meaning as in section 117 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

 

Qualifying Employee ” means an employee who must be invited to participate in an award in accordance with Rule 3.6 and any employee who the Company has invited in accordance with Rule 3.7;

 

Qualifying Period ” means:

 

(a)                                         in the case of Free Shares, 18 months before the Award is made or such other period not exceeding that period as the Board may determine in relation to the Award;

 

(b)                                        in the case of Partnership Shares and Matching Shares where there is an Accumulation Period, 6 months before the start of the Accumulation Period or such other period not exceeding that period as the Board may determine in relation to the Award; and

 

(c)                                         in the case of Partnership Shares and Matching Shares where there is no Accumulation Period, 18 months before the deduction of Partnership Share Money relating to the Award or such other period not exceeding that period as the Board may determine in relation to the Award;

 

Redundancy ” has the same meaning as in the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

Relevant Employment ” means employment by the Company or any Associated Company;

 

Retirement Age ” means age 50;

 

Salary ” has the same meaning as in paragraph 48 of the Schedule;

 

the Schedule ” means Schedule 8 to the Finance Act 2000;

 

4



 

Shares ” means ordinary shares in the capital of the Company which comply with the conditions set out in paragraph 59 of the Schedule;

 

the Stock Exchange ” means the London Stock Exchange plc;

 

Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) and of which the Company has Control;

 

Tax Year ” means a year beginning on 6 April and ending on the following 5 April;

 

Taxes Act ” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

the Trustees ” means the trustees or trustee for the time being of the Deed;

 

the Trust Fund ” means all assets transferred to the Trustees to be held on the terms of the Deed and the assets from time to time representing such assets, including any accumulations of income;

 

the Trust Period ” means the period of 80 years beginning with the date of the Deed.

 

1.2                            Any reference in this Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

1.3                            Words of the feminine gender shall include the masculine and vice versa and words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa unless, in either case, the context otherwise requires or it is otherwise stated.

 

1.4                            Expressions in italics are for guidance only and do not form part of the Plan.

 

2.                                  PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

The purpose of the Plan is to enable employees of Participating Companies to acquire Shares in the Company which give them a continuing stake in the Company.

 

3.                                  ELIGIBILITY OF INDIVIDUALS

 

3.1                            Subject to Rule 3.4, individuals may participate in an Award only if:

 

3.1.1                             they are employees of a Participating Company;

 

3.1.2                             they have been employees of a Qualifying Company at all times during any Qualifying Period;

 

3.1.3                             they are eligible on the relevant date(s) as set out in Rule 3.5; and

 

3.1.4                             they do not fail to be eligible under either or both of Rules 3.2 or 3.3.

 

3.2                            Individuals are not eligible to participate in an Award of Shares if they have, or within the preceding twelve months have had, a Material Interest in:

 

3.2.1                             a Close Company whose Shares may be appropriated or acquired under the Plan; or

 

5



 

3.2.2                             a company which has Control of such a company or is a member of a consortium which owns such a company.

 

3.3                            Individuals are not eligible to participate in an Award of Free Shares in any Tax Year if in that Tax Year:

 

3.3.1                             they have been awarded shares under a Profit-Sharing Scheme established by the Company or a Connected Company, or are to be awarded such shares at the same time; or

 

3.3.2                             they have participated in (or are at the same time to participate in) another plan established by the Company or a Connected Company and approved under the Schedule, or if they would have participated in such a plan but for their failure to meet the relevant Performance Allowances.

 

3.4                            Individuals are not eligible to participate in an Award of Partnership Shares or Matching Shares in any Tax Year if in that Tax Year they have participated in (or are at the same time to participate in) another plan established by the Company or a Connected Company and approved under the Schedule, or if they would have participated in such a plan but for their failure to meet the relevant Performance Allowances.

 

3.5                            The relevant dates mentioned in Rule 3.1.3 are:

 

3.5.1                             in the case of Free Shares, the date on which the Award of such shares is made;

 

3.5.2                             in the case of Partnership Shares or Matching Shares where there is no Accumulation Period, the date on which the Partnership Share Money relating to the Award is deducted; and

 

3.5.3                             in the case of Partnership Shares or Matching Shares where there is an Accumulation Period, the date on which the Partnership Share Money relating to the Award is first deducted.

 

Employees who must be invited to participate in Awards

 

3.6                            Individuals shall be invited to participate in the Plan if they meet the requirements in Rule 3.1 and are chargeable to tax under Case I of Schedule E in respect of their employment.

 

Employees who may be invited to participate in Awards

 

3.7                            The Board may also invite any employee who meets the requirements in Rule 3.1 to participate in the Plan.

 

4.                                  PARTICIPATION ON SAME TERMS

 

4.1                            Subject to Rule 8.11, every Qualifying Employee who is invited to participate in this Plan shall be invited to participate on the same terms and those who do participate shall do so on the same terms.

 

4.2                            The Company may make an Award of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees by reference to their remuneration, length of service or hours worked.

 

6



 

4.3                            The Company may make an Award of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees by reference to their performance as set out in Rule 8.5.

 

5.                                  LIMITS

 

5.1                            No Shares shall be issued to the Trustees under the Plan in any calendar year which would, at the time they are issued, cause the aggregate of:

 

5.1.1          the number of Shares issued under the Plan in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that year; and

 

5.1.2          the number of Shares which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in that period, or shall have been granted in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under any employees’ share scheme adopted by the Company,

 

to exceed such number as represents 10% of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

 

5.2                            Any treasury shares held by the Company which are transferred to the Trustees under the Plan shall be treated as issued for the purposes of the limit in Rule 5.1 above.

 

5.3                            No Awards shall be made after the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Company (which was 5 September 2001).

 

6.                                  ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS

 

6.1                            Subject to Rule 6.2, the Board may, with the Trustees’ written consent, at any time alter this Plan in any respect provided that, if such an alteration is made at a time when this Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under the Schedule, any alteration to a “key feature” (as defined in paragraph 118(3)(a) of the Schedule) shall not have effect unless and until the written approval of the Inland Revenue has been obtained in accordance with paragraph 4 of the Schedule.

 

6.2                            No alteration to the advantage of the persons who may participate in the Plan shall be made under Rule 6.1 to the provisions concerning eligibility, the individual limits on participation, the overall limits on the issue of shares under the Plan, the basis of determining how many shares employees receive and the adjustments that may be made following a rights issue or any other variation of capital without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

 

6.3                            Rule 6.2 shall not apply to any minor alteration to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants, the Company, the trustees or any subsidiary.

 

7.                                  MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1                            The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his employment with the Company or a Subsidiary shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it, and an individual who participates in it shall

 

7



 

waive all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under this Plan as a result of such termination.

 

7.2                            Except where required by law, no money or money’s worth received by any individual under this Plan shall form part of his remuneration for any purpose whatsoever.

 

7.3                            In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

 

7.4                            Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Plan may be given in such manner as the Board consider to be appropriate which may include communication by email or intranet or by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his employment.

 

8



 

PART A

 

8.                                  FREE SHARES

 

8.1                            Every Qualifying Employee shall enter into an agreement with the Company (a “Free Share Agreement”) in the terms of the draft in Appendix A.

 

8.2                            The Trustees, acting with the prior consent of the Board, may from time to time award Free Shares.

 

8.3                            The number of Free Shares to be awarded by the Trustees to each Qualifying Employee on an Award Date shall be determined by the Board in accordance with this Rule 8.

 

Maximum annual Award

 

8.4                            The Initial Market Value of the Shares awarded to a Qualifying Employee in any Tax Year shall not exceed £3,000 or such other limit as may be permitted by the Schedule from time to time.

 

Allocation of Free Shares by reference to performance

 

8.5                            The Board may stipulate that the number of Free Shares (if any) to be awarded to each Qualifying Employee on a given Award Date shall be determined by reference to Performance Allowances.

 

8.6                            If Performance Allowances are used, they shall apply to all Qualifying Employees.

 

8.7                            Where Performance Allowances are used:

 

8.7.1          they shall be determined by reference to such fair and objective criteria (performance targets) relating to business results or such other objective criteria as the Board shall determine over such period as the Board shall specify; and

 

8.7.2          performance targets shall be set for performance units of one or more employees (provided that an employee shall not be a member of more than one performance unit).

 

8.8                            Where the Board decides to use Performance Allowances it shall, as soon as reasonably practicable:

 

8.8.1          notify each employee participating in the Award of the performance targets and measures which, under the Plan, shall be used to determine the number or value of Free Shares awarded to him; and

 

8.8.2          notify all Qualifying Employees of any Participating Company, in general terms, of the performance targets and measures to be used to determine the number or value of Free Shares to be awarded to each Participant in the Award

 

provided that the Board may exclude from such notice any information the disclosure of which the Board reasonably considers would prejudice commercial confidentiality.

 

8.9                            The Board shall determine the number of Free Shares (if any) to be awarded to each Qualifying Employee by reference to performance using Method 1 (Rules 8.10 and 8.11)

 

9



 

or Method 2 (Rule 8.12).  The same method shall be used for all Qualifying Employees for each Award.

 

Performance Allowances: method 1

 

8.10                      Subject to Rule 8.11, by this method:

 

8.10.1        at least 20% of Free Shares awarded in any performance period shall be awarded without reference to performance;

 

8.10.2        the remaining Free Shares shall be awarded by reference to performance; and

 

8.10.3        the highest Award made to an individual by reference to performance in any period shall be no more than four times the highest Award to an individual without reference to performance.

 

8.11                      If this method is used:

 

8.11.1        the Free Shares awarded without reference to performance (Rule 8.10.1) shall be awarded on the same terms as mentioned in Rule 4; and

 

8.11.2        the Free Shares awarded by reference to performance (Rule 8.10.2) need not be allocated on the same terms as mentioned in Rule 4.

 

Performance Allowances: method 2

 

8.12                      By this method:

 

8.12.1        some or all Free Shares shall be awarded by reference to performance;

 

8.12.2        the Award of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees who are members of the same performance unit shall be made on the same terms as mentioned in Rule 4; and

 

8.12.3        Free Shares awarded for each performance unit shall be treated as separate Awards.

 

Holding Period for Free Shares

 

8.13                      The Board shall, in relation to each Award Date, specify a Holding Period throughout which a Participant shall be bound by the terms of the Free Share Agreement.

 

8.14                      The Holding Period shall, in relation to each Award, be a specified period of not less than three years nor more than five years (or such other periods required by paragraph 31 of the Schedule from time to time), beginning with the Award Date and shall be the same for all Participants who receive an Award at the same time.  The Holding Period shall not be increased in respect of Free Shares already awarded under the Plan.

 

8.15                      A Participant may during the Holding Period direct the Trustees:

 

8.15.1        to accept an offer for any of his Free Shares if the acceptance or agreement shall result in a new holding being equated with those shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

10



 

8.15.2        to accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond (whether alone or with other assets or cash or both) for his Free Shares if the offer forms part of such a general offer as is mentioned in Rule 8.15.3; or

 

8.15.3        to accept an offer of cash, with or without other assets, for his Free Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer which is made to holders of shares of the same class as his shares, or to holders of shares in the same company and which is made in the first instance on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer shall have control of that company, within the meaning of section 416 of the Taxes Act 1988; or

 

8.15.4        to agree to a transaction affecting his Free Shares or such of them as are of a particular class, if the transaction would be entered into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or affecting:

 

(a)                      all of the ordinary share capital of the Company or, as the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

 

(b)                     all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or their participation in a plan approved under the Schedule.

 

11



 

PART B

 

9.                                  PARTNERSHIP SHARES

 

9.1                            The Board may at any time invite every Qualifying Employee to enter into an agreement with the Company (a “Partnership Share Agreement”) in the terms of the draft in Appendix B.

 

9.2                            Partnership Shares shall not be subject to any provision under which they may be forfeit.

 

Maximum amount of deductions

 

9.3                            The amount of Partnership Share Money deducted from an employee’s Salary shall not exceed £125 in any month (or such other maximum amount as may for the time being be permitted by paragraph 36(1)(a) of the Schedule).  If the Salary is not paid monthly, such limit shall be calculated proportionately.

 

9.4                            The amount of Partnership Share Money deducted from a Participant’s Salary over an Accumulation Period shall not exceed 10% (or such other maximum amount as may for the time being be permitted by paragraph 36(1)(a) of the Schedule) of the total of the payments of Salary made to the Participant over that Accumulation Period or if there is no Accumulation Period, 10% (or such other maximum amount as may for the time being be permitted by paragraph 36(1)(a) of the Schedule) of the Salary payment from which the deduction is made.

 

9.5                            Any amount deducted in excess of that allowed by Rule 9.3 or 9.4 shall be paid over to the relevant employee, subject to both deduction of income tax under PAYE and NICs, as soon as practicable.

 

Minimum amount of deductions

 

9.6                            The minimum amount to be deducted under the Partnership Share Agreement in any month shall be the same in relation to all Partnership Share Agreements entered into in response to invitations issued on the same occasion.  It shall not be greater than £10 (or such other minimum amount as may for the time being be permitted by paragraph 37(2) of the Schedule).

 

Notice of possible effect of deductions on benefit entitlement

 

9.7                            Every Partnership Share Agreement shall contain a notice under paragraph 38 of the Schedule.

 

Restriction imposed on number of Shares awarded

 

9.8                            The Board may specify the maximum number of Shares to be included in an Award of Partnership Shares.

 

9.9                            The Partnership Share Agreement shall contain an undertaking by the Company to notify each Qualifying Employee of any restriction on the number of Shares to be included in an Award.

 

9.10                      The notification in Rule 9.9 shall be given:

 

12


 

9.10.1        if there is no Accumulation Period, before the deduction of the Partnership Share Money relating to the Award; and

 

9.10.2        if there is an Accumulation Period, before the beginning of the Accumulation Period relating to the Award.

 

Plan with no Accumulation Period

 

9.11        If there is no Accumulation Period, the Trustees shall apply Partnership Share Money to purchase Shares on behalf of the Qualifying Employee on the Acquisition Date.  The number of Shares awarded to each Participant shall be determined in accordance with the Market Value of the Shares on that date.

 

Plan with Accumulation Period

 

9.12        If there is an Accumulation Period, the Trustees shall apply the Partnership Share Money to acquire Shares on behalf of the Qualifying Employee on the Acquisition Date.

 

9.13        The number of Shares acquired on behalf of each Participant shall be determined by reference to the lower of:

 

9.13.1        the Market Value of the Shares at the beginning of the Accumulation Period; and

 

9.13.2        the Market Value of the Shares on the Acquisition Date.

 

9.14        If a transaction occurs during an Accumulation Period which results in a new holding of shares being equated for the purposes of capital gains tax with any of the Shares to be acquired under the Partnership Share Agreement, the Participant may agree that the Partnership Share Agreement shall have effect after the time of that transaction as if it were an agreement for the purchase of shares comprised in the new holding.

 

Surplus Partnership Share Money

 

9.15        Any surplus Partnership Share Money remaining after the purchase of Shares by the Trustees:

 

9.15.1        may, with the agreement of the Participant, be carried forward to the next deduction (where there is no Accumulation Period) or to the next Accumulation Period (where there is an Accumulation Period); and

 

9.15.2        in any other case, shall be paid over to the Participant, subject to both deduction of income tax under PAYE and NICs, as soon as practicable.

 

Scaling down

 

9.16        If the Company receives applications for Partnership Shares exceeding the Award maximum determined in accordance with Rule 9.8 then the following steps shall be taken in sequence until the excess is eliminated.

 

Step 1.       the excess of the monthly deduction chosen by each applicant over the amount specified in accordance with Rule 9.6 shall be reduced pro rata;

 

13



 

Step 2.      all monthly deductions shall be reduced to the amount specified in accordance with Rule 9.6;

 

Step 3.      applications shall be selected by lot, each based on a monthly deduction of the amount specified in accordance with Rule 9.6.

 

Each application shall be deemed to have been modified or withdrawn in accordance with the foregoing provisions, and each employee who has applied for Partnership Shares shall be notified of the change.

 

Withdrawal from Partnership Share Agreement

 

9.17        An employee may withdraw from a Partnership Share Agreement at any time by notice in writing to the Company.  Unless a later date is specified in the notice, such a notice shall take effect 30 days after the Company receives it.  Any Partnership Share Money then held on behalf of an employee shall be paid over to that employee as soon as practicable.  This payment shall be subject to income tax under PAYE and NICs.

 

Repayment of Partnership Share Money on withdrawal of approval or Termination

 

9.18        If approval to the Plan is withdrawn or a Plan Termination Notice is issued in respect of the Plan, any Partnership Share Money held on behalf of employees shall be repaid to them as soon as practicable, subject to deduction of income tax under PAYE, and NICs.

 

14



 

PART C

 

10.          MATCHING SHARES

 

10.1        The Partnership Share Agreement sets out the basis on which a Participant is entitled to Matching Shares in accordance with this Part C of the Plan.

 

General requirements for Matching Shares

 

10.2        Matching Shares shall:

 

10.2.1        be Shares of the same class and carrying the same rights as the Partnership Shares to which they relate;

 

10.2.2        subject to Rule 10.4, be awarded on the same day as the Partnership Shares to which they relate are acquired on behalf of the Participant; and

 

10.2.3        be awarded to all Participants on exactly the same basis.

 

Ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares

 

10.3        The Partnership Share Agreement shall specify the ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares for the time being offered by the Company and that ratio shall not exceed 2:1.  The Board may vary the ratio before Partnership Shares are acquired.  Employees shall be notified of the terms of any such variation before the Partnership Shares are awarded under the Partnership Share Agreement.

 

10.4        If the Partnership Shares on the day on which they are awarded under the Partnership Share Agreement are not sufficient to produce a Matching Share, the match shall be made when sufficient Partnership Shares have been acquired to allow at least one Matching Share to be appropriated.

 

Holding Period for Matching Shares

 

10.5        The Board shall, in relation to each Award Date, specify a Holding Period throughout which a Participant shall be bound by the terms of the Partnership Share Agreement.

 

10.6        The Holding Period shall, in relation to each Award, be a specified period of not less than three years nor more than five years (or such other periods required by paragraph 31 of the Schedule from time to time), beginning with the Award Date and shall be the same for all Participants who receive an Award at the same time.  The Holding Period shall not be increased in respect of Matching Shares awarded under the Plan.

 

10.7        A Participant may during the Holding Period direct the Trustees:

 

10.7.1        to accept an offer for any of his Matching Shares if the acceptance or agreement shall result in a new holding being equated with those original Shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

10.7.2        to accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond (whether alone or with other assets or cash or both) for his Matching Shares if the offer forms part of such a general offer as is mentioned in paragraph 10.7.3; or

 

15



 

10.7.3        to accept an offer of cash, with or without other assets, for his Matching Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer which is made to holders of shares of the same class as his Shares or to the holders of shares in the same company, and which is made in the first instance on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer shall have control of that company, within the meaning of section 416 of the Taxes Act 1988; or

 

10.7.4        to agree to a transaction affecting his Matching Shares or such of them as are of a particular class, if the transaction would be entered into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or affecting;

 

(a)        all of the ordinary share capital of the Company or, as the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

 

(b)        all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or their participation in a plan approved under the Schedule.

 

10.8        Matching Shares shall be forfeited by a Participant and shall thereupon be held by the Trustees subject to the Plan available for future awards of Free Shares or Matching Shares for other eligible individuals if:

 

(i)               the Participant withdraws the Partnership Shares in respect of which the Matching Shares were awarded from the Plan in the Forfeiture Period; or

 

(ii)              the Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment at any time in the Forfeiture Period other than

 

(a)        because of injury or disability;

 

(b)        on being dismissed by reason of redundancy;

 

(c)        by reason of a transfer to which the Transfer of Undertaking (Prohibition of Employment) Regulations 1981 apply;

 

(d)        by reason of a change in control or other circumstances ending the Associated Company status of the company by which he is employed;

 

(e)        by reason of retirement on or after he reaches Retirement Age; or

 

(f)         on his death.

 

16



 

PART D

 

11.          DIVIDEND SHARES

 

Reinvestment of cash dividends

 

11.1        The Free Share Agreement or Partnership Share Agreement, as appropriate, shall set out the rights and obligations of Participants receiving Dividend Shares under the Plan.

 

11.2        The Board may direct that any cash dividend in respect of Plan Shares held on behalf of Participants may be applied in acquiring further Plan Shares on their behalf.

 

11.3        Dividend Shares shall be Shares:

 

11.3.1        of the same class and carrying the same rights as the Shares in respect of which the dividend is paid; and

 

11.3.2        which are not subject to any provision for forfeiture.

 

11.4        The Board may decide to:

 

11.4.1        apply all Participants’ dividends, up to the limit specified in Rule 11.6, to acquire Dividend Shares;

 

11.4.2        to pay all dividends in cash to all Participants; or

 

11.4.3        to offer Participants the choice of either 11.4.1 or 11.4.2.

 

11.5        The Board may revoke any direction for reinvestment of cash dividends.

 

11.6        The amount applied by the Trustees in acquiring Dividend Shares shall not exceed £1,500 in each Tax Year (or such other limit specified from time to time in paragraph 54(1) of the Schedule).  For the purposes of this Rule 11, the Dividend Shares are those acquired under this Plan and those acquired under any other plan approved under the Schedule.  In exercising their powers in relation to the acquisition of Dividend Shares the Trustees must treat Participants fairly and equally.

 

11.7        If the amounts received by the Trustees exceed the limit in Rule 11.6, the balance shall be paid to the participant as soon as practicable.

 

11.8        The Trustees shall apply all the cash dividend to purchase Shares on behalf of the Participant on the Acquisition Date.  The number of Dividend Shares purchased on behalf of each Participant shall be determined by the Market Value of the Shares on the Acquisition Date.

 

Certain amounts not reinvested to be carried forward

 

11.9        Subject to Rule 11.7, any amount that is not reinvested:

 

11.9.1        because the amount of the cash dividend is insufficient to acquire a Share; or

 

11.9.2        because there is an amount remaining after acquiring the Dividend Shares;

 

17



 

may be retained by the Trustees and carried forward to be added to the amount of the next cash dividend to be reinvested.

 

11.10      If, during the period of three years beginning with the date on which the dividend was paid:

 

11.10.1      it is not reinvested; or

 

11.10.2      the Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment; or

 

11.10.3      a Plan Termination Notice is issued

 

the amount shall be repaid to the Participant as soon as practicable.  On making such a payment, the Participant shall be provided with the information specified in section 234A(4) to (11) of the Taxes Act 1988 ( information relating to distributions to be provided by nominee ) as if it were a payment to which sub-section 4(b) of that section applies.

 

Holding Period for Dividend Shares

 

11.11      The Holding Period shall be a period of three years, beginning with the Acquisition Date.

 

11.12      A Participant may during the Holding Period direct the Trustees:

 

11.12.1      to accept an offer for any of his Dividend Shares if the acceptance or agreement shall result in a new holding being equated with those shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

11.12.2      to accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond (whether alone or with other assets or cash or both) for his Dividend Shares if the offer forms part of such a general offer as is mentioned in paragraph 11.12.3; or

 

11.12.3      to accept an offer of cash, with our without other assets, for his Dividend Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer which is made to holders of shares of the same class as his shares or to holders of shares in the same company, and which is made in the first instance on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer shall have control of that company, within the meaning of section 416 of the Taxes Act 1988; or

 

11.12.4      to agree to a transaction affecting his Dividend Shares or such of them as are of a particular class, if the transaction would be entered into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or affecting;

 

(a)        all of the ordinary share capital of the Company or, as the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

 

(b)        all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or their participation in a plan approved under the Schedule.

 

11.13      Where a Participant is charged to tax in the event of their Dividend Shares ceasing to be subject to the Plan, they shall be provided with the information specified in section

 

18



 

234A(4) to (11) of the Taxes Act 1988 ( information relating to distributions to be provided by nominee ) as if it were a payment to which sub-section 4(b) of that section applies.

 

19



 

PART E

 

12.          COMPANY RECONSTRUCTIONS

 

12.1        The following provisions of this Rule 12 apply if there occurs in relation to any of a Participant’s Plan Shares (referred to in this Rule 12 as “the Original Holding”):

 

12.1.1        a transaction which results in a new holding (referred to in this Rule 12 as “the New Holding”) being equated with the Original Holding for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

12.1.2        a transaction which would have that result but for the fact that what would be the new holding consists of or includes a Qualifying Corporate Bond.

 

12.2        If an issue of shares of any of the following description (in respect of which a charge to income tax arises) is made as part of a company reconstruction, those shares shall be treated for the purposes of this Rule as not forming part of the New Holding:

 

12.2.1        redeemable shares or securities issued as mentioned in section 209(2)(c) of the Taxes Act 1988;

 

12.2.2        share capital issued in circumstances such that section 210(1) of the Taxes Act 1988 applies; or

 

12.2.3        share capital to which section 249 of the Taxes Act 1988 applies.

 

12.3        In this Rule 12:

 

“Corresponding Shares” in relation to any New Shares, means the Shares in respect of which the New Shares are issued or which the New Shares otherwise represent;

 

“New Shares” means shares comprised in the New Holding which were issued in respect of, or otherwise represent, shares comprised in the Original Holding.

 

12.4        Subject to the following provisions of this Rule 12, references in this Plan to a Participant’s Plan Shares shall be respectively construed, after the time of the company reconstruction, as being or, as the case may be, as including references to any New Shares.

 

12.5        For the purposes of the Plan:

 

12.5.1        a company reconstruction shall be treated as not involving a disposal of Shares comprised in the Original Holding; and

 

12.5.2        the date on which any New Shares are to be treated as having been appropriated to or acquired on behalf of the Participant shall be that on which Corresponding Shares were so appropriated or acquired.

 

12.6        In the context of a New Holding, any reference in this Rule 12 to shares includes securities and rights of any description which form part of the New Holding for the purposes of Chapter II of Part IV of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992.

 

20



 

13.          RIGHTS ISSUES

 

13.1        Any shares or securities allotted under clause 10 of the Deed shall be treated as Plan Shares identical to the shares in respect of which the rights were conferred.  They shall be treated as if they were awarded to or acquired on behalf of the Participant under the Plan in the same way and at the same time as those shares.

 

13.2        Rule 12.1 does not apply:

 

13.2.1        to shares and securities allotted as the result of taking up a rights issue where the funds to exercise those rights were obtained otherwise than by virtue of the Trustees disposing of rights in accordance with this rule; or

 

13.2.2        where the rights to a share issue attributed to Plan Shares are different from the rights attributed to other ordinary shares of the company.

 

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

200 Aldersgate Street

London

EC1A 4JJ

 

21



 

APPENDIX A

 

The Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan (“the Plan”): Free Share Agreement

 

PLEASE USE BLOCK CAPITALS AND READ THE WHOLE OF THE AGREEMENT BEFORE SIGNING BELOW

 

This agreement is between:

 

Participant (“the Participant)

Name:

 

Home Address:

 

Payroll Number:

 

Company (“the Company”)

 

Name: Diageo plc

 

Registered Address: 8 Henrietta Place, London, W1G 0NB

 

Registered Number: 23307

 

This agreement sets out the terms on which the Participant agrees to take part under the terms of the Plan and is subject to the rules of the Plan.

The definitions in the Plan Rules apply to this agreement:

PARTICIPANT

 

1.            I agree to accept the Free Shares in Diageo plc awarded to me under the Plan.

2.            I agree to leave the Free Shares in the hands of the Trustees, and not to assign, charge or otherwise dispose of my beneficial interest in the shares for the whole of the Holding Period of [ insert time - not less than 3 and not more than 5 years ].

3.            I have read this agreement and agree to be bound by it and by the rules of the Plan.

 

COMPANY

 

4.            The Company agrees to arrange for shares in Diageo plc to be awarded and bought for me, according to the rules of the Plan.

5.            [Insert the terms (or a cross reference to an explanation of the terms) on which the Free Shares will be awarded].

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Date:

/              /

 

22



 

Rights and Obligations

 

6.            I agree that taking part in the Plan does not affect my rights, entitlements and obligations under my contract of employment, and does not give me any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages if my employment ceases.

7.            I may ask the Trustees for my Free Shares at any time after the end of the Holding Period, but I may have to pay income tax and National Insurance Contributions when they are taken out of the Plan.

8.            I agree to allow the Trustees to sell some or all of my shares to pay any income tax and National Insurance Contributions in respect of my shares ceasing to be subject to the Plan, unless I provide them in advance with sufficient funds to pay these amounts.

9.            If there is a rights issue, I agree to allow the Trustees to sell some of the rights attached to my shares in the Plan, in order to fund the exercise of the rights attached to other shares held by me in the Plan.

10.          I can at any time withdraw from this agreement, by writing to my employer.

11.          I agree that withdrawal from this agreement will not affect the terms on which I agreed to accept any shares that have already been awarded to or bought for me under the terms of the Plan.

12.          I understand that my obligations during the Holding Period will end:

(a)

 

if I cease to be in Relevant Employment;

(b)

 

if the Company terminates the Plan in accordance with Clause 21 of the Deed and I have consented to the transfer of the Shares to me.

13.          I understand that my obligations under the Holding Period are subject to:

(a)

 

the right of the Trustees to sell my shares to meet PAYE obligations;

(b)

 

the Trustees accepting at my direction an offer for my shares in accordance with the Plan.

 

23



 

APPENDIX B

 

The Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan (“the Plan”): Partnership Share Agreement

 

PLEASE USE BLOCK CAPITALS AND READ THE WHOLE OF THE AGREEMENT BEFORE SIGNING BELOW

 

This agreement is between:

 

Participant (“the Participant)

Name:

 

Home Address:

 

Payroll Number:

 

Company (“the Company”)

 

Name: Diageo plc

 

Registered Address: 8 Henrietta Place, London, W1G 0NB

 

Registered Number: 23307

 

Trustees (“the Trustees”)

 

Name:

 

Registered Address [if any]:

 

This agreement sets out the terms on which the Participant agrees to buy shares under the terms of the Plan and is subject to the rules of the Plan.  The definitions in the Plan Rules apply to this agreement:

 

NOTICE TO PARTICIPANT ABOUT POSSIBLE EFFECT ON BENEFITS

 

Deductions from your pay to buy Partnership Shares under this agreement may affect your entitlement to or the level of, some contributory social security benefits, statutory maternity pay and statutory sick pay.

 

They may also have a similar effect in respect of some contributory social security benefit paid to your wife or husband.

 

With this agreement you should have been given information on the effect of deductions from your pay to buy Partnership Shares on entitlement to social security benefits, statutory sick pay and statutory maternity pay.  The effect is particularly significant if your earnings are brought below the lower earnings limit for National Insurance purposes, and is explained in the information: it is therefore important that you read it.  If you have not been given a copy, ask your employer for it.  Otherwise a copy may be obtained from any office of the Inland Revenue, the Department of Social Security, or, in Northern Ireland, the Department for Social Development.  You should take the information you have been given into account in deciding whether to buy Partnership Shares.

 

24



 

PARTICIPANT

£   *

 

1.            I agree to allow my employer to deduct the following amount per [ insert period ] from my Salary:

2.            I agree that these deductions will be used to buy Partnership Shares in Diageo plc for me.

3.            I agree to accept Matching Shares in Diageo plc awarded to me under the Plan and leave them in the hands of the Trustees, and not to assign, charge or otherwise dispose of my beneficial interest in the shares for the whole of the Holding Period of three years.

4.            I understand that shares may fall in value as well as rise.

5.            I have read this agreement and agree to be bound by it and by the rules of the Plan.

 

COMPANY

 

6.            The Company agrees to arrange for shares in Diageo plc to be bought for me, according to the rules of the Plan.

7.            The Company agrees to provide [ insert number ] Matching Share(s) for every [ insert number ] Partnership Share(s).

8.            The Company undertakes to notify me of any restriction on the number of Partnership Shares available in the (or each) Award.

 

TRUSTEES

 

9.            The Trustees agree to keep my Salary deductions in [ insert name of bank/building society ] until they are used to buy shares in Diageo plc for me.

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Date:

/              /

 


*            Insert amount between [ ] and [ ] [per month] and not more than 10% of salary.

 

Rights and Obligations

 

1.            I agree that taking part in the Plan does not affect my rights, entitlements and obligations under my contract of employment, and does not give me any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages if my employment ceases.

2.            I may stop the deductions at any time, or begin them again, by writing to my employer, but I may not make up any amounts missed when deductions were stopped.

3.            I agree that the deductions from my salary, or the number of shares that I receive may be scaled down if the limit on the number of shares set by the Company for this Award is exceeded.

4.            I may ask the Trustees for my Partnership Shares at any time, but I may have to pay income tax and National Insurance Contributions when they are taken out of the Plan.

5.            I agree to allow the Trustees to sell some or all of my shares to pay any income tax and National Insurance Contributions in respect of my shares ceasing to be subject to the Plan, unless I provide them in advance with sufficient funds to pay these amounts.

6.            I agree that any deductions not used to buy shares will at the discretion of the Trustees be repaid to me after the deduction of any necessary income tax and/or National Insurance Contributions, or will be carried forward and added to the next deduction.  I further agree that if I cease to be in Relevant Employment and the total deductions held in the Plan which have not been used to buy shares equal 50 pence or less that amount shall be paid on my behalf to the Trustee and the Trustee shall give the deductions to a charity chosen

 

25



 

at the discretion of the Trustee but if the total of such deductions exceeds 50 pence the money shall be returned to me.

7.            If there is a rights issue, I agree to allow the Trustees to sell some of the rights attached to my shares in the Plan, in order to fund the exercise of the rights attached to other shares held by me in the Plan.

8.            I can at any time withdraw from this agreement by writing to my employer.  Any unused deductions will be returned to me after the deduction of any necessary income tax and/or National Insurance Contributions.

9.            I agree that withdrawal from this agreement will not affect the terms on which I agreed to buy shares already held for me under the Plan.

 

Matching Shares

 

10.          The ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares is 1 Matching Share for every 2 Partnership Shares and may be varied by the Company.

11.          If the ratio varies, the Company will notify me before the Partnership Shares are bought for me.

12.          I will lose my Matching Shares if:

·       I cease to be in Relevant Employment, or

·       I withdraw the Partnership Shares in respect of which the Matching Shares were awarded

within 3 years from the date of the Award, unless the employment ceases for one of the following reasons -

(a)

 

injury or disability

(b)

 

redundancy

(c)

 

transfer of employment to which the Transfer of Undertaking (Protection of Employment) Regulations 1981 apply

(d)

 

change of control or other circumstances ending the Associated Company status of the company by which I am employed

(e)

 

retirement on or after reaching Retirement Age

(f)

 

death.

 

Partnership Share Money held by Trustees

 

13.          The Trustees are under no obligation to keep the deductions in an interest-bearing account, but if they do, they will pay the interest to me.

 

Holding Period: Matching Shares

 

14.          I understand that my obligations during the Holding Period will end:

(a)

 

if I cease to be in Relevant Employment, and this may lead to forfeiture of the Matching Shares;

(b)

 

if the Company terminates the Plan in accordance with Clause 21 of the Deed and I have consented to the transfer of the Shares to me.

15.          I understand that my obligations under the Holding Period are subject to:

(a)

 

the right of the Trustees to sell my shares to meet PAYE obligations;

(b)

 

the Trustees accepting at my direction an offer for my shares in accordance with the Plan.

 

26




Exhibit 4.16

 

[DIAGEO  LETTERHEAD ]

 

[Date]

 

<Staff Member>

<Address>

<City, State   Zip>

 

Re:

 

Your Employment Agreement – Proposed Compliance Amendment

 

 

for Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”)

 

Dear                         :

 

You may have heard of Code Section 409A, which imposes an extra 20% tax on employees who receive payments pursuant to certain plans and individual agreements that provide compensation or severance benefits.  Certain states also impose an additional 20% state tax on payments made in violation of Section 409A.  Because your employment agreement could fall within the scope of Code Section 409A, we are enclosing—and proposing—a compliance amendment that we believe will exempt it from Code Section 409A.

 

December 31, 2007 is the deadline by which you may sign the enclosed 409A Compliance Amendment.  Doing so should establish an exemption for future amounts you receive pursuant to your Employment Agreement, and thereby will protect you from Code Section 409A taxes and interest assessments, and should avoid a future need for Diageo to issue W-2 reports identifying amounts paid to you as 409A violations

 

Please understand that the enclosed 409A Compliance Amendment does not guarantee an exemption from Code Section 409A penalties, and that you will remain solely responsible for any taxes that are payable on income you receive pursuant to your Employment Agreement.  Section 3 of the 409A Compliance Amendment details this and other controlling tax principles, for your review.  In general, the changes set forth in the 409A Compliance Amendment are as follows:

 

·                   Resignation for Good Reason .  One basis for a Section 409A exemption is available, up to certain limits, for severance pay that arises solely from an involuntary separation from service (including resignation for “good reason” within the meaning of Section 409A).  In order to establish this ground for exemption, your Employment Agreement’s definition of a Good Reason termination requires refinement in the manner described in the 409A Compliance Amendment.

 

·                   Reimbursement .  Likewise, the 409A Compliance Amendment will amend your Employment Agreement to limit the period in which you may be reimbursed for eligible expenses provided for in the Employment Agreement.

 



 

·                   General Compliance .  The 409A Compliance Amendment contains provisions that are designed to avoid inadvertent violations of Section 409A.

 

Please carefully review the attached 409A Compliance Amendment to your Employment Agreement, sign and date the amendment, and return to [                              ] by [                         ], 2007.  If you have any questions, contact [                                        ].

 

Sincerely,

 

DIAGEO NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

By

 

 

<title>

 



 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

409 COMPLIANCE AMENDMENTS

 


 

Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

WHEREAS , Diageo North America, Inc. (“Diageo”) has entered into an Employment Agreement letter dated                      , 200       with you as the undersigned Executive;

 

WHEREAS , the Employment Agreement provides for certain payments, reimbursement arrangements, and/or in-kind benefits that are intended to be exempt from (or comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”); and

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the guidance and final regulations under Section 409A, you and Diageo desire to assure that your Employment Agreement is exempt from (or in compliance with) Section 409A.

 

NOW, THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED that your Employment Agreement shall be amended as follows, effective January 1, 2008:

 

1.                Section 3.2(e) of the Employment Agreement (“Termination for Good Reason by Executive”) is replaced with the following:

 

Executive may terminate this Agreement and the employment relationship at any time for Good Reason on thirty (30) day’s advance written Notice of Termination to the Company, but only if the following conditions are met: (1) one or more “Good Reasons,” defined below in this paragraph, arises without Executive’s consent; (2) Executive gives written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of the Good Reason; (3) the Company fails to reasonably remedy the Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receiving such written notice from Executive, and (4) the Date of Termination occurs within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the thirty-day period in which the Company fails to reasonably remedy the Good Reason.  “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) elimination of the Executive’s position without being offered a comparable alternative position (a comparable position is an alternative executive level position within 90% of target cash compensation); or (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Salary.

 

2.     Section 3.3(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:

 



 

(b)   For the purposes of the Paragraph 3.3(a) above Corporate Change means a change in ownership or effective control, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

3.     The following is hereby added as Section 3.6 of the Employment Agreement:

 

3.6           Executive is solely responsible for any tax liability (including any taxes and penalties arising under Section 409A of the Code) that may result from any payments or benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement.  However, if and to the extent that the Company determines in good faith that any payment or benefit otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement involves a “deferral of compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, such payment will not commence until Executive incurs a “separation from service” under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) (“Separation from Service”).  If, at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then any payments or benefits that otherwise would be payable under this Agreement within the first six months following Executive’s Separation from Service shall instead be paid in a lump sum within 14 calendar days after the end of such six-month period.

 

4.     Section 8.1 of the Employment Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:

 

8.1           The Company shall make all reimbursements within two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which Executive incurs the reimbursable expenses, or not later than 60 days after the end of the calendar year in which Executive incurs the expense, whichever is sooner. The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or payment by the Company during any calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or payment in any other calendar year.

 

WHEREFORE , the undersigned agree to the terms and conditions of this 409A Compliance Amendment.

 

 

Diageo North America, Inc.

 

 

Date:

                               , 2007

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Executive

 

 

Date:

                               , 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 12.1

I, Paul S. Walsh, certify that:


Date: 15 September 2008   /s/ PS WALSH

Name: PS Walsh
Title: Chief Executive
(Principal Executive Officer)



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 12.2

I, Nicholas C. Rose, certify that:


Date: 15 September 2008   /s/ NC ROSE

Name: NC Rose
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 13.1

Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

        Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Diageo plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the " Company "), hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:

        The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (the " Report ") of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: 15 September 2008   /s/ PS WALSH

Name: PS Walsh
Title: Chief Executive
(Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 13.2

Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

        Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Diageo plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the " Company "), hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:

        The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (the " Report ") of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: 15 September 2008   /s/ NC ROSE

Name: NC Rose
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.




QuickLinks


Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors

Diageo plc:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements listed below of Diageo plc of our reports dated 27 August 2008, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Diageo plc as of 30 June 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of recognised income and expense and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2008 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2008, which reports appear in the 30 June 2008 annual report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc.

 

Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-10410, 333-14100, 333-11084, and 333-132732);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-11460);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-11462);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-09770);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08092);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08094);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08096);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08098);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08090);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08102);

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08104); and

Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-08106).

 

 

KPMG Audit Plc

London, England

 

15 September 2008